| 1 | /* Ada language support routines for GDB, the GNU debugger. |
| 2 | |
| 3 | Copyright (C) 1992-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 4 | |
| 5 | This file is part of GDB. |
| 6 | |
| 7 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or |
| 10 | (at your option) any later version. |
| 11 | |
| 12 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 15 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 16 | |
| 17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 18 | along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ |
| 19 | |
| 20 | |
| 21 | #include "defs.h" |
| 22 | #include <ctype.h> |
| 23 | #include "gdb_regex.h" |
| 24 | #include "frame.h" |
| 25 | #include "symtab.h" |
| 26 | #include "gdbtypes.h" |
| 27 | #include "gdbcmd.h" |
| 28 | #include "expression.h" |
| 29 | #include "parser-defs.h" |
| 30 | #include "language.h" |
| 31 | #include "varobj.h" |
| 32 | #include "inferior.h" |
| 33 | #include "symfile.h" |
| 34 | #include "objfiles.h" |
| 35 | #include "breakpoint.h" |
| 36 | #include "gdbcore.h" |
| 37 | #include "hashtab.h" |
| 38 | #include "gdb_obstack.h" |
| 39 | #include "ada-lang.h" |
| 40 | #include "completer.h" |
| 41 | #include "ui-out.h" |
| 42 | #include "block.h" |
| 43 | #include "infcall.h" |
| 44 | #include "annotate.h" |
| 45 | #include "valprint.h" |
| 46 | #include "source.h" |
| 47 | #include "observable.h" |
| 48 | #include "stack.h" |
| 49 | #include "typeprint.h" |
| 50 | #include "namespace.h" |
| 51 | #include "cli/cli-style.h" |
| 52 | |
| 53 | #include "value.h" |
| 54 | #include "mi/mi-common.h" |
| 55 | #include "arch-utils.h" |
| 56 | #include "cli/cli-utils.h" |
| 57 | #include "gdbsupport/function-view.h" |
| 58 | #include "gdbsupport/byte-vector.h" |
| 59 | #include <algorithm> |
| 60 | |
| 61 | /* Define whether or not the C operator '/' truncates towards zero for |
| 62 | differently signed operands (truncation direction is undefined in C). |
| 63 | Copied from valarith.c. */ |
| 64 | |
| 65 | #ifndef TRUNCATION_TOWARDS_ZERO |
| 66 | #define TRUNCATION_TOWARDS_ZERO ((-5 / 2) == -2) |
| 67 | #endif |
| 68 | |
| 69 | static struct type *desc_base_type (struct type *); |
| 70 | |
| 71 | static struct type *desc_bounds_type (struct type *); |
| 72 | |
| 73 | static struct value *desc_bounds (struct value *); |
| 74 | |
| 75 | static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type *); |
| 76 | |
| 77 | static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type *); |
| 78 | |
| 79 | static struct type *desc_data_target_type (struct type *); |
| 80 | |
| 81 | static struct value *desc_data (struct value *); |
| 82 | |
| 83 | static int fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type *); |
| 84 | |
| 85 | static int fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type *); |
| 86 | |
| 87 | static struct value *desc_one_bound (struct value *, int, int); |
| 88 | |
| 89 | static int desc_bound_bitpos (struct type *, int, int); |
| 90 | |
| 91 | static int desc_bound_bitsize (struct type *, int, int); |
| 92 | |
| 93 | static struct type *desc_index_type (struct type *, int); |
| 94 | |
| 95 | static int desc_arity (struct type *); |
| 96 | |
| 97 | static int ada_type_match (struct type *, struct type *, int); |
| 98 | |
| 99 | static int ada_args_match (struct symbol *, struct value **, int); |
| 100 | |
| 101 | static struct value *make_array_descriptor (struct type *, struct value *); |
| 102 | |
| 103 | static void ada_add_block_symbols (struct obstack *, |
| 104 | const struct block *, |
| 105 | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, |
| 106 | domain_enum, struct objfile *); |
| 107 | |
| 108 | static void ada_add_all_symbols (struct obstack *, const struct block *, |
| 109 | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, |
| 110 | domain_enum, int, int *); |
| 111 | |
| 112 | static int is_nonfunction (struct block_symbol *, int); |
| 113 | |
| 114 | static void add_defn_to_vec (struct obstack *, struct symbol *, |
| 115 | const struct block *); |
| 116 | |
| 117 | static int num_defns_collected (struct obstack *); |
| 118 | |
| 119 | static struct block_symbol *defns_collected (struct obstack *, int); |
| 120 | |
| 121 | static struct value *resolve_subexp (expression_up *, int *, int, |
| 122 | struct type *, int, |
| 123 | innermost_block_tracker *); |
| 124 | |
| 125 | static void replace_operator_with_call (expression_up *, int, int, int, |
| 126 | struct symbol *, const struct block *); |
| 127 | |
| 128 | static int possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode, struct value **); |
| 129 | |
| 130 | static const char *ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode); |
| 131 | |
| 132 | static const char *ada_decoded_op_name (enum exp_opcode); |
| 133 | |
| 134 | static int numeric_type_p (struct type *); |
| 135 | |
| 136 | static int integer_type_p (struct type *); |
| 137 | |
| 138 | static int scalar_type_p (struct type *); |
| 139 | |
| 140 | static int discrete_type_p (struct type *); |
| 141 | |
| 142 | static struct type *ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (struct type *, const char *, |
| 143 | int, int); |
| 144 | |
| 145 | static struct value *evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression *, int *); |
| 146 | |
| 147 | static struct type *ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (struct type *, |
| 148 | const char *); |
| 149 | |
| 150 | static int is_dynamic_field (struct type *, int); |
| 151 | |
| 152 | static struct type *to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type *, |
| 153 | const gdb_byte *, |
| 154 | CORE_ADDR, struct value *); |
| 155 | |
| 156 | static struct type *to_fixed_array_type (struct type *, struct value *, int); |
| 157 | |
| 158 | static struct type *to_fixed_range_type (struct type *, struct value *); |
| 159 | |
| 160 | static struct type *to_static_fixed_type (struct type *); |
| 161 | static struct type *static_unwrap_type (struct type *type); |
| 162 | |
| 163 | static struct value *unwrap_value (struct value *); |
| 164 | |
| 165 | static struct type *constrained_packed_array_type (struct type *, long *); |
| 166 | |
| 167 | static struct type *decode_constrained_packed_array_type (struct type *); |
| 168 | |
| 169 | static long decode_packed_array_bitsize (struct type *); |
| 170 | |
| 171 | static struct value *decode_constrained_packed_array (struct value *); |
| 172 | |
| 173 | static int ada_is_packed_array_type (struct type *); |
| 174 | |
| 175 | static int ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (struct type *); |
| 176 | |
| 177 | static struct value *value_subscript_packed (struct value *, int, |
| 178 | struct value **); |
| 179 | |
| 180 | static struct value *coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value *, |
| 181 | struct type *); |
| 182 | |
| 183 | static int lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol *, struct symbol *); |
| 184 | |
| 185 | static int equiv_types (struct type *, struct type *); |
| 186 | |
| 187 | static int is_name_suffix (const char *); |
| 188 | |
| 189 | static int advance_wild_match (const char **, const char *, int); |
| 190 | |
| 191 | static bool wild_match (const char *name, const char *patn); |
| 192 | |
| 193 | static struct value *ada_coerce_ref (struct value *); |
| 194 | |
| 195 | static LONGEST pos_atr (struct value *); |
| 196 | |
| 197 | static struct value *value_pos_atr (struct type *, struct value *); |
| 198 | |
| 199 | static struct value *value_val_atr (struct type *, struct value *); |
| 200 | |
| 201 | static struct symbol *standard_lookup (const char *, const struct block *, |
| 202 | domain_enum); |
| 203 | |
| 204 | static struct value *ada_search_struct_field (const char *, struct value *, int, |
| 205 | struct type *); |
| 206 | |
| 207 | static struct value *ada_value_primitive_field (struct value *, int, int, |
| 208 | struct type *); |
| 209 | |
| 210 | static int find_struct_field (const char *, struct type *, int, |
| 211 | struct type **, int *, int *, int *, int *); |
| 212 | |
| 213 | static int ada_resolve_function (struct block_symbol *, int, |
| 214 | struct value **, int, const char *, |
| 215 | struct type *, int); |
| 216 | |
| 217 | static int ada_is_direct_array_type (struct type *); |
| 218 | |
| 219 | static void ada_language_arch_info (struct gdbarch *, |
| 220 | struct language_arch_info *); |
| 221 | |
| 222 | static struct value *ada_index_struct_field (int, struct value *, int, |
| 223 | struct type *); |
| 224 | |
| 225 | static struct value *assign_aggregate (struct value *, struct value *, |
| 226 | struct expression *, |
| 227 | int *, enum noside); |
| 228 | |
| 229 | static void aggregate_assign_from_choices (struct value *, struct value *, |
| 230 | struct expression *, |
| 231 | int *, LONGEST *, int *, |
| 232 | int, LONGEST, LONGEST); |
| 233 | |
| 234 | static void aggregate_assign_positional (struct value *, struct value *, |
| 235 | struct expression *, |
| 236 | int *, LONGEST *, int *, int, |
| 237 | LONGEST, LONGEST); |
| 238 | |
| 239 | |
| 240 | static void aggregate_assign_others (struct value *, struct value *, |
| 241 | struct expression *, |
| 242 | int *, LONGEST *, int, LONGEST, LONGEST); |
| 243 | |
| 244 | |
| 245 | static void add_component_interval (LONGEST, LONGEST, LONGEST *, int *, int); |
| 246 | |
| 247 | |
| 248 | static struct value *ada_evaluate_subexp (struct type *, struct expression *, |
| 249 | int *, enum noside); |
| 250 | |
| 251 | static void ada_forward_operator_length (struct expression *, int, int *, |
| 252 | int *); |
| 253 | |
| 254 | static struct type *ada_find_any_type (const char *name); |
| 255 | |
| 256 | static symbol_name_matcher_ftype *ada_get_symbol_name_matcher |
| 257 | (const lookup_name_info &lookup_name); |
| 258 | |
| 259 | \f |
| 260 | |
| 261 | /* The result of a symbol lookup to be stored in our symbol cache. */ |
| 262 | |
| 263 | struct cache_entry |
| 264 | { |
| 265 | /* The name used to perform the lookup. */ |
| 266 | const char *name; |
| 267 | /* The namespace used during the lookup. */ |
| 268 | domain_enum domain; |
| 269 | /* The symbol returned by the lookup, or NULL if no matching symbol |
| 270 | was found. */ |
| 271 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 272 | /* The block where the symbol was found, or NULL if no matching |
| 273 | symbol was found. */ |
| 274 | const struct block *block; |
| 275 | /* A pointer to the next entry with the same hash. */ |
| 276 | struct cache_entry *next; |
| 277 | }; |
| 278 | |
| 279 | /* The Ada symbol cache, used to store the result of Ada-mode symbol |
| 280 | lookups in the course of executing the user's commands. |
| 281 | |
| 282 | The cache is implemented using a simple, fixed-sized hash. |
| 283 | The size is fixed on the grounds that there are not likely to be |
| 284 | all that many symbols looked up during any given session, regardless |
| 285 | of the size of the symbol table. If we decide to go to a resizable |
| 286 | table, let's just use the stuff from libiberty instead. */ |
| 287 | |
| 288 | #define HASH_SIZE 1009 |
| 289 | |
| 290 | struct ada_symbol_cache |
| 291 | { |
| 292 | /* An obstack used to store the entries in our cache. */ |
| 293 | struct obstack cache_space; |
| 294 | |
| 295 | /* The root of the hash table used to implement our symbol cache. */ |
| 296 | struct cache_entry *root[HASH_SIZE]; |
| 297 | }; |
| 298 | |
| 299 | static void ada_free_symbol_cache (struct ada_symbol_cache *sym_cache); |
| 300 | |
| 301 | /* Maximum-sized dynamic type. */ |
| 302 | static unsigned int varsize_limit; |
| 303 | |
| 304 | static const char ada_completer_word_break_characters[] = |
| 305 | #ifdef VMS |
| 306 | " \t\n!@#%^&*()+=|~`}{[]\";:?/,-"; |
| 307 | #else |
| 308 | " \t\n!@#$%^&*()+=|~`}{[]\";:?/,-"; |
| 309 | #endif |
| 310 | |
| 311 | /* The name of the symbol to use to get the name of the main subprogram. */ |
| 312 | static const char ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME[] |
| 313 | = "__gnat_ada_main_program_name"; |
| 314 | |
| 315 | /* Limit on the number of warnings to raise per expression evaluation. */ |
| 316 | static int warning_limit = 2; |
| 317 | |
| 318 | /* Number of warning messages issued; reset to 0 by cleanups after |
| 319 | expression evaluation. */ |
| 320 | static int warnings_issued = 0; |
| 321 | |
| 322 | static const char *known_runtime_file_name_patterns[] = { |
| 323 | ADA_KNOWN_RUNTIME_FILE_NAME_PATTERNS NULL |
| 324 | }; |
| 325 | |
| 326 | static const char *known_auxiliary_function_name_patterns[] = { |
| 327 | ADA_KNOWN_AUXILIARY_FUNCTION_NAME_PATTERNS NULL |
| 328 | }; |
| 329 | |
| 330 | /* Maintenance-related settings for this module. */ |
| 331 | |
| 332 | static struct cmd_list_element *maint_set_ada_cmdlist; |
| 333 | static struct cmd_list_element *maint_show_ada_cmdlist; |
| 334 | |
| 335 | /* The "maintenance ada set/show ignore-descriptive-type" value. */ |
| 336 | |
| 337 | static bool ada_ignore_descriptive_types_p = false; |
| 338 | |
| 339 | /* Inferior-specific data. */ |
| 340 | |
| 341 | /* Per-inferior data for this module. */ |
| 342 | |
| 343 | struct ada_inferior_data |
| 344 | { |
| 345 | /* The ada__tags__type_specific_data type, which is used when decoding |
| 346 | tagged types. With older versions of GNAT, this type was directly |
| 347 | accessible through a component ("tsd") in the object tag. But this |
| 348 | is no longer the case, so we cache it for each inferior. */ |
| 349 | struct type *tsd_type = nullptr; |
| 350 | |
| 351 | /* The exception_support_info data. This data is used to determine |
| 352 | how to implement support for Ada exception catchpoints in a given |
| 353 | inferior. */ |
| 354 | const struct exception_support_info *exception_info = nullptr; |
| 355 | }; |
| 356 | |
| 357 | /* Our key to this module's inferior data. */ |
| 358 | static const struct inferior_key<ada_inferior_data> ada_inferior_data; |
| 359 | |
| 360 | /* Return our inferior data for the given inferior (INF). |
| 361 | |
| 362 | This function always returns a valid pointer to an allocated |
| 363 | ada_inferior_data structure. If INF's inferior data has not |
| 364 | been previously set, this functions creates a new one with all |
| 365 | fields set to zero, sets INF's inferior to it, and then returns |
| 366 | a pointer to that newly allocated ada_inferior_data. */ |
| 367 | |
| 368 | static struct ada_inferior_data * |
| 369 | get_ada_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf) |
| 370 | { |
| 371 | struct ada_inferior_data *data; |
| 372 | |
| 373 | data = ada_inferior_data.get (inf); |
| 374 | if (data == NULL) |
| 375 | data = ada_inferior_data.emplace (inf); |
| 376 | |
| 377 | return data; |
| 378 | } |
| 379 | |
| 380 | /* Perform all necessary cleanups regarding our module's inferior data |
| 381 | that is required after the inferior INF just exited. */ |
| 382 | |
| 383 | static void |
| 384 | ada_inferior_exit (struct inferior *inf) |
| 385 | { |
| 386 | ada_inferior_data.clear (inf); |
| 387 | } |
| 388 | |
| 389 | |
| 390 | /* program-space-specific data. */ |
| 391 | |
| 392 | /* This module's per-program-space data. */ |
| 393 | struct ada_pspace_data |
| 394 | { |
| 395 | ~ada_pspace_data () |
| 396 | { |
| 397 | if (sym_cache != NULL) |
| 398 | ada_free_symbol_cache (sym_cache); |
| 399 | } |
| 400 | |
| 401 | /* The Ada symbol cache. */ |
| 402 | struct ada_symbol_cache *sym_cache = nullptr; |
| 403 | }; |
| 404 | |
| 405 | /* Key to our per-program-space data. */ |
| 406 | static const struct program_space_key<ada_pspace_data> ada_pspace_data_handle; |
| 407 | |
| 408 | /* Return this module's data for the given program space (PSPACE). |
| 409 | If not is found, add a zero'ed one now. |
| 410 | |
| 411 | This function always returns a valid object. */ |
| 412 | |
| 413 | static struct ada_pspace_data * |
| 414 | get_ada_pspace_data (struct program_space *pspace) |
| 415 | { |
| 416 | struct ada_pspace_data *data; |
| 417 | |
| 418 | data = ada_pspace_data_handle.get (pspace); |
| 419 | if (data == NULL) |
| 420 | data = ada_pspace_data_handle.emplace (pspace); |
| 421 | |
| 422 | return data; |
| 423 | } |
| 424 | |
| 425 | /* Utilities */ |
| 426 | |
| 427 | /* If TYPE is a TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF type, return the target type after |
| 428 | all typedef layers have been peeled. Otherwise, return TYPE. |
| 429 | |
| 430 | Normally, we really expect a typedef type to only have 1 typedef layer. |
| 431 | In other words, we really expect the target type of a typedef type to be |
| 432 | a non-typedef type. This is particularly true for Ada units, because |
| 433 | the language does not have a typedef vs not-typedef distinction. |
| 434 | In that respect, the Ada compiler has been trying to eliminate as many |
| 435 | typedef definitions in the debugging information, since they generally |
| 436 | do not bring any extra information (we still use typedef under certain |
| 437 | circumstances related mostly to the GNAT encoding). |
| 438 | |
| 439 | Unfortunately, we have seen situations where the debugging information |
| 440 | generated by the compiler leads to such multiple typedef layers. For |
| 441 | instance, consider the following example with stabs: |
| 442 | |
| 443 | .stabs "pck__float_array___XUP:Tt(0,46)=s16P_ARRAY:(0,47)=[...]"[...] |
| 444 | .stabs "pck__float_array___XUP:t(0,36)=(0,46)",128,0,6,0 |
| 445 | |
| 446 | This is an error in the debugging information which causes type |
| 447 | pck__float_array___XUP to be defined twice, and the second time, |
| 448 | it is defined as a typedef of a typedef. |
| 449 | |
| 450 | This is on the fringe of legality as far as debugging information is |
| 451 | concerned, and certainly unexpected. But it is easy to handle these |
| 452 | situations correctly, so we can afford to be lenient in this case. */ |
| 453 | |
| 454 | static struct type * |
| 455 | ada_typedef_target_type (struct type *type) |
| 456 | { |
| 457 | while (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) |
| 458 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 459 | return type; |
| 460 | } |
| 461 | |
| 462 | /* Given DECODED_NAME a string holding a symbol name in its |
| 463 | decoded form (ie using the Ada dotted notation), returns |
| 464 | its unqualified name. */ |
| 465 | |
| 466 | static const char * |
| 467 | ada_unqualified_name (const char *decoded_name) |
| 468 | { |
| 469 | const char *result; |
| 470 | |
| 471 | /* If the decoded name starts with '<', it means that the encoded |
| 472 | name does not follow standard naming conventions, and thus that |
| 473 | it is not your typical Ada symbol name. Trying to unqualify it |
| 474 | is therefore pointless and possibly erroneous. */ |
| 475 | if (decoded_name[0] == '<') |
| 476 | return decoded_name; |
| 477 | |
| 478 | result = strrchr (decoded_name, '.'); |
| 479 | if (result != NULL) |
| 480 | result++; /* Skip the dot... */ |
| 481 | else |
| 482 | result = decoded_name; |
| 483 | |
| 484 | return result; |
| 485 | } |
| 486 | |
| 487 | /* Return a string starting with '<', followed by STR, and '>'. */ |
| 488 | |
| 489 | static std::string |
| 490 | add_angle_brackets (const char *str) |
| 491 | { |
| 492 | return string_printf ("<%s>", str); |
| 493 | } |
| 494 | |
| 495 | static const char * |
| 496 | ada_get_gdb_completer_word_break_characters (void) |
| 497 | { |
| 498 | return ada_completer_word_break_characters; |
| 499 | } |
| 500 | |
| 501 | /* Print an array element index using the Ada syntax. */ |
| 502 | |
| 503 | static void |
| 504 | ada_print_array_index (struct value *index_value, struct ui_file *stream, |
| 505 | const struct value_print_options *options) |
| 506 | { |
| 507 | LA_VALUE_PRINT (index_value, stream, options); |
| 508 | fprintf_filtered (stream, " => "); |
| 509 | } |
| 510 | |
| 511 | /* la_watch_location_expression for Ada. */ |
| 512 | |
| 513 | static gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> |
| 514 | ada_watch_location_expression (struct type *type, CORE_ADDR addr) |
| 515 | { |
| 516 | type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (type))); |
| 517 | std::string name = type_to_string (type); |
| 518 | return gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> |
| 519 | (xstrprintf ("{%s} %s", name.c_str (), core_addr_to_string (addr))); |
| 520 | } |
| 521 | |
| 522 | /* Assuming V points to an array of S objects, make sure that it contains at |
| 523 | least M objects, updating V and S as necessary. */ |
| 524 | |
| 525 | #define GROW_VECT(v, s, m) \ |
| 526 | if ((s) < (m)) (v) = (char *) grow_vect (v, &(s), m, sizeof *(v)); |
| 527 | |
| 528 | /* Assuming VECT points to an array of *SIZE objects of size |
| 529 | ELEMENT_SIZE, grow it to contain at least MIN_SIZE objects, |
| 530 | updating *SIZE as necessary and returning the (new) array. */ |
| 531 | |
| 532 | static void * |
| 533 | grow_vect (void *vect, size_t *size, size_t min_size, int element_size) |
| 534 | { |
| 535 | if (*size < min_size) |
| 536 | { |
| 537 | *size *= 2; |
| 538 | if (*size < min_size) |
| 539 | *size = min_size; |
| 540 | vect = xrealloc (vect, *size * element_size); |
| 541 | } |
| 542 | return vect; |
| 543 | } |
| 544 | |
| 545 | /* True (non-zero) iff TARGET matches FIELD_NAME up to any trailing |
| 546 | suffix of FIELD_NAME beginning "___". */ |
| 547 | |
| 548 | static int |
| 549 | field_name_match (const char *field_name, const char *target) |
| 550 | { |
| 551 | int len = strlen (target); |
| 552 | |
| 553 | return |
| 554 | (strncmp (field_name, target, len) == 0 |
| 555 | && (field_name[len] == '\0' |
| 556 | || (startswith (field_name + len, "___") |
| 557 | && strcmp (field_name + strlen (field_name) - 6, |
| 558 | "___XVN") != 0))); |
| 559 | } |
| 560 | |
| 561 | |
| 562 | /* Assuming TYPE is a TYPE_CODE_STRUCT or a TYPE_CODE_TYPDEF to |
| 563 | a TYPE_CODE_STRUCT, find the field whose name matches FIELD_NAME, |
| 564 | and return its index. This function also handles fields whose name |
| 565 | have ___ suffixes because the compiler sometimes alters their name |
| 566 | by adding such a suffix to represent fields with certain constraints. |
| 567 | If the field could not be found, return a negative number if |
| 568 | MAYBE_MISSING is set. Otherwise raise an error. */ |
| 569 | |
| 570 | int |
| 571 | ada_get_field_index (const struct type *type, const char *field_name, |
| 572 | int maybe_missing) |
| 573 | { |
| 574 | int fieldno; |
| 575 | struct type *struct_type = check_typedef ((struct type *) type); |
| 576 | |
| 577 | for (fieldno = 0; fieldno < TYPE_NFIELDS (struct_type); fieldno++) |
| 578 | if (field_name_match (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (struct_type, fieldno), field_name)) |
| 579 | return fieldno; |
| 580 | |
| 581 | if (!maybe_missing) |
| 582 | error (_("Unable to find field %s in struct %s. Aborting"), |
| 583 | field_name, TYPE_NAME (struct_type)); |
| 584 | |
| 585 | return -1; |
| 586 | } |
| 587 | |
| 588 | /* The length of the prefix of NAME prior to any "___" suffix. */ |
| 589 | |
| 590 | int |
| 591 | ada_name_prefix_len (const char *name) |
| 592 | { |
| 593 | if (name == NULL) |
| 594 | return 0; |
| 595 | else |
| 596 | { |
| 597 | const char *p = strstr (name, "___"); |
| 598 | |
| 599 | if (p == NULL) |
| 600 | return strlen (name); |
| 601 | else |
| 602 | return p - name; |
| 603 | } |
| 604 | } |
| 605 | |
| 606 | /* Return non-zero if SUFFIX is a suffix of STR. |
| 607 | Return zero if STR is null. */ |
| 608 | |
| 609 | static int |
| 610 | is_suffix (const char *str, const char *suffix) |
| 611 | { |
| 612 | int len1, len2; |
| 613 | |
| 614 | if (str == NULL) |
| 615 | return 0; |
| 616 | len1 = strlen (str); |
| 617 | len2 = strlen (suffix); |
| 618 | return (len1 >= len2 && strcmp (str + len1 - len2, suffix) == 0); |
| 619 | } |
| 620 | |
| 621 | /* The contents of value VAL, treated as a value of type TYPE. The |
| 622 | result is an lval in memory if VAL is. */ |
| 623 | |
| 624 | static struct value * |
| 625 | coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value *val, struct type *type) |
| 626 | { |
| 627 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 628 | if (value_type (val) == type) |
| 629 | return val; |
| 630 | else |
| 631 | { |
| 632 | struct value *result; |
| 633 | |
| 634 | /* Make sure that the object size is not unreasonable before |
| 635 | trying to allocate some memory for it. */ |
| 636 | ada_ensure_varsize_limit (type); |
| 637 | |
| 638 | if (value_lazy (val) |
| 639 | || TYPE_LENGTH (type) > TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (val))) |
| 640 | result = allocate_value_lazy (type); |
| 641 | else |
| 642 | { |
| 643 | result = allocate_value (type); |
| 644 | value_contents_copy_raw (result, 0, val, 0, TYPE_LENGTH (type)); |
| 645 | } |
| 646 | set_value_component_location (result, val); |
| 647 | set_value_bitsize (result, value_bitsize (val)); |
| 648 | set_value_bitpos (result, value_bitpos (val)); |
| 649 | if (VALUE_LVAL (result) == lval_memory) |
| 650 | set_value_address (result, value_address (val)); |
| 651 | return result; |
| 652 | } |
| 653 | } |
| 654 | |
| 655 | static const gdb_byte * |
| 656 | cond_offset_host (const gdb_byte *valaddr, long offset) |
| 657 | { |
| 658 | if (valaddr == NULL) |
| 659 | return NULL; |
| 660 | else |
| 661 | return valaddr + offset; |
| 662 | } |
| 663 | |
| 664 | static CORE_ADDR |
| 665 | cond_offset_target (CORE_ADDR address, long offset) |
| 666 | { |
| 667 | if (address == 0) |
| 668 | return 0; |
| 669 | else |
| 670 | return address + offset; |
| 671 | } |
| 672 | |
| 673 | /* Issue a warning (as for the definition of warning in utils.c, but |
| 674 | with exactly one argument rather than ...), unless the limit on the |
| 675 | number of warnings has passed during the evaluation of the current |
| 676 | expression. */ |
| 677 | |
| 678 | /* FIXME: cagney/2004-10-10: This function is mimicking the behavior |
| 679 | provided by "complaint". */ |
| 680 | static void lim_warning (const char *format, ...) ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF (1, 2); |
| 681 | |
| 682 | static void |
| 683 | lim_warning (const char *format, ...) |
| 684 | { |
| 685 | va_list args; |
| 686 | |
| 687 | va_start (args, format); |
| 688 | warnings_issued += 1; |
| 689 | if (warnings_issued <= warning_limit) |
| 690 | vwarning (format, args); |
| 691 | |
| 692 | va_end (args); |
| 693 | } |
| 694 | |
| 695 | /* Issue an error if the size of an object of type T is unreasonable, |
| 696 | i.e. if it would be a bad idea to allocate a value of this type in |
| 697 | GDB. */ |
| 698 | |
| 699 | void |
| 700 | ada_ensure_varsize_limit (const struct type *type) |
| 701 | { |
| 702 | if (TYPE_LENGTH (type) > varsize_limit) |
| 703 | error (_("object size is larger than varsize-limit")); |
| 704 | } |
| 705 | |
| 706 | /* Maximum value of a SIZE-byte signed integer type. */ |
| 707 | static LONGEST |
| 708 | max_of_size (int size) |
| 709 | { |
| 710 | LONGEST top_bit = (LONGEST) 1 << (size * 8 - 2); |
| 711 | |
| 712 | return top_bit | (top_bit - 1); |
| 713 | } |
| 714 | |
| 715 | /* Minimum value of a SIZE-byte signed integer type. */ |
| 716 | static LONGEST |
| 717 | min_of_size (int size) |
| 718 | { |
| 719 | return -max_of_size (size) - 1; |
| 720 | } |
| 721 | |
| 722 | /* Maximum value of a SIZE-byte unsigned integer type. */ |
| 723 | static ULONGEST |
| 724 | umax_of_size (int size) |
| 725 | { |
| 726 | ULONGEST top_bit = (ULONGEST) 1 << (size * 8 - 1); |
| 727 | |
| 728 | return top_bit | (top_bit - 1); |
| 729 | } |
| 730 | |
| 731 | /* Maximum value of integral type T, as a signed quantity. */ |
| 732 | static LONGEST |
| 733 | max_of_type (struct type *t) |
| 734 | { |
| 735 | if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (t)) |
| 736 | return (LONGEST) umax_of_size (TYPE_LENGTH (t)); |
| 737 | else |
| 738 | return max_of_size (TYPE_LENGTH (t)); |
| 739 | } |
| 740 | |
| 741 | /* Minimum value of integral type T, as a signed quantity. */ |
| 742 | static LONGEST |
| 743 | min_of_type (struct type *t) |
| 744 | { |
| 745 | if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (t)) |
| 746 | return 0; |
| 747 | else |
| 748 | return min_of_size (TYPE_LENGTH (t)); |
| 749 | } |
| 750 | |
| 751 | /* The largest value in the domain of TYPE, a discrete type, as an integer. */ |
| 752 | LONGEST |
| 753 | ada_discrete_type_high_bound (struct type *type) |
| 754 | { |
| 755 | type = resolve_dynamic_type (type, {}, 0); |
| 756 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 757 | { |
| 758 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 759 | return TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type); |
| 760 | case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: |
| 761 | return TYPE_FIELD_ENUMVAL (type, TYPE_NFIELDS (type) - 1); |
| 762 | case TYPE_CODE_BOOL: |
| 763 | return 1; |
| 764 | case TYPE_CODE_CHAR: |
| 765 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 766 | return max_of_type (type); |
| 767 | default: |
| 768 | error (_("Unexpected type in ada_discrete_type_high_bound.")); |
| 769 | } |
| 770 | } |
| 771 | |
| 772 | /* The smallest value in the domain of TYPE, a discrete type, as an integer. */ |
| 773 | LONGEST |
| 774 | ada_discrete_type_low_bound (struct type *type) |
| 775 | { |
| 776 | type = resolve_dynamic_type (type, {}, 0); |
| 777 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 778 | { |
| 779 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 780 | return TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type); |
| 781 | case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: |
| 782 | return TYPE_FIELD_ENUMVAL (type, 0); |
| 783 | case TYPE_CODE_BOOL: |
| 784 | return 0; |
| 785 | case TYPE_CODE_CHAR: |
| 786 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 787 | return min_of_type (type); |
| 788 | default: |
| 789 | error (_("Unexpected type in ada_discrete_type_low_bound.")); |
| 790 | } |
| 791 | } |
| 792 | |
| 793 | /* The identity on non-range types. For range types, the underlying |
| 794 | non-range scalar type. */ |
| 795 | |
| 796 | static struct type * |
| 797 | get_base_type (struct type *type) |
| 798 | { |
| 799 | while (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) |
| 800 | { |
| 801 | if (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) || TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) == NULL) |
| 802 | return type; |
| 803 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 804 | } |
| 805 | return type; |
| 806 | } |
| 807 | |
| 808 | /* Return a decoded version of the given VALUE. This means returning |
| 809 | a value whose type is obtained by applying all the GNAT-specific |
| 810 | encodings, making the resulting type a static but standard description |
| 811 | of the initial type. */ |
| 812 | |
| 813 | struct value * |
| 814 | ada_get_decoded_value (struct value *value) |
| 815 | { |
| 816 | struct type *type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (value)); |
| 817 | |
| 818 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type) |
| 819 | || (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type) |
| 820 | && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR)) |
| 821 | { |
| 822 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) /* array access type. */ |
| 823 | value = ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (value); |
| 824 | else |
| 825 | value = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (value); |
| 826 | } |
| 827 | else |
| 828 | value = ada_to_fixed_value (value); |
| 829 | |
| 830 | return value; |
| 831 | } |
| 832 | |
| 833 | /* Same as ada_get_decoded_value, but with the given TYPE. |
| 834 | Because there is no associated actual value for this type, |
| 835 | the resulting type might be a best-effort approximation in |
| 836 | the case of dynamic types. */ |
| 837 | |
| 838 | struct type * |
| 839 | ada_get_decoded_type (struct type *type) |
| 840 | { |
| 841 | type = to_static_fixed_type (type); |
| 842 | if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type)) |
| 843 | type = ada_coerce_to_simple_array_type (type); |
| 844 | return type; |
| 845 | } |
| 846 | |
| 847 | \f |
| 848 | |
| 849 | /* Language Selection */ |
| 850 | |
| 851 | /* If the main program is in Ada, return language_ada, otherwise return LANG |
| 852 | (the main program is in Ada iif the adainit symbol is found). */ |
| 853 | |
| 854 | static enum language |
| 855 | ada_update_initial_language (enum language lang) |
| 856 | { |
| 857 | if (lookup_minimal_symbol ("adainit", NULL, NULL).minsym != NULL) |
| 858 | return language_ada; |
| 859 | |
| 860 | return lang; |
| 861 | } |
| 862 | |
| 863 | /* If the main procedure is written in Ada, then return its name. |
| 864 | The result is good until the next call. Return NULL if the main |
| 865 | procedure doesn't appear to be in Ada. */ |
| 866 | |
| 867 | char * |
| 868 | ada_main_name (void) |
| 869 | { |
| 870 | struct bound_minimal_symbol msym; |
| 871 | static gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> main_program_name; |
| 872 | |
| 873 | /* For Ada, the name of the main procedure is stored in a specific |
| 874 | string constant, generated by the binder. Look for that symbol, |
| 875 | extract its address, and then read that string. If we didn't find |
| 876 | that string, then most probably the main procedure is not written |
| 877 | in Ada. */ |
| 878 | msym = lookup_minimal_symbol (ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME, NULL, NULL); |
| 879 | |
| 880 | if (msym.minsym != NULL) |
| 881 | { |
| 882 | CORE_ADDR main_program_name_addr; |
| 883 | int err_code; |
| 884 | |
| 885 | main_program_name_addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msym); |
| 886 | if (main_program_name_addr == 0) |
| 887 | error (_("Invalid address for Ada main program name.")); |
| 888 | |
| 889 | target_read_string (main_program_name_addr, &main_program_name, |
| 890 | 1024, &err_code); |
| 891 | |
| 892 | if (err_code != 0) |
| 893 | return NULL; |
| 894 | return main_program_name.get (); |
| 895 | } |
| 896 | |
| 897 | /* The main procedure doesn't seem to be in Ada. */ |
| 898 | return NULL; |
| 899 | } |
| 900 | \f |
| 901 | /* Symbols */ |
| 902 | |
| 903 | /* Table of Ada operators and their GNAT-encoded names. Last entry is pair |
| 904 | of NULLs. */ |
| 905 | |
| 906 | const struct ada_opname_map ada_opname_table[] = { |
| 907 | {"Oadd", "\"+\"", BINOP_ADD}, |
| 908 | {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", BINOP_SUB}, |
| 909 | {"Omultiply", "\"*\"", BINOP_MUL}, |
| 910 | {"Odivide", "\"/\"", BINOP_DIV}, |
| 911 | {"Omod", "\"mod\"", BINOP_MOD}, |
| 912 | {"Orem", "\"rem\"", BINOP_REM}, |
| 913 | {"Oexpon", "\"**\"", BINOP_EXP}, |
| 914 | {"Olt", "\"<\"", BINOP_LESS}, |
| 915 | {"Ole", "\"<=\"", BINOP_LEQ}, |
| 916 | {"Ogt", "\">\"", BINOP_GTR}, |
| 917 | {"Oge", "\">=\"", BINOP_GEQ}, |
| 918 | {"Oeq", "\"=\"", BINOP_EQUAL}, |
| 919 | {"One", "\"/=\"", BINOP_NOTEQUAL}, |
| 920 | {"Oand", "\"and\"", BINOP_BITWISE_AND}, |
| 921 | {"Oor", "\"or\"", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR}, |
| 922 | {"Oxor", "\"xor\"", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR}, |
| 923 | {"Oconcat", "\"&\"", BINOP_CONCAT}, |
| 924 | {"Oabs", "\"abs\"", UNOP_ABS}, |
| 925 | {"Onot", "\"not\"", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT}, |
| 926 | {"Oadd", "\"+\"", UNOP_PLUS}, |
| 927 | {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", UNOP_NEG}, |
| 928 | {NULL, NULL} |
| 929 | }; |
| 930 | |
| 931 | /* The "encoded" form of DECODED, according to GNAT conventions. The |
| 932 | result is valid until the next call to ada_encode. If |
| 933 | THROW_ERRORS, throw an error if invalid operator name is found. |
| 934 | Otherwise, return NULL in that case. */ |
| 935 | |
| 936 | static char * |
| 937 | ada_encode_1 (const char *decoded, bool throw_errors) |
| 938 | { |
| 939 | static char *encoding_buffer = NULL; |
| 940 | static size_t encoding_buffer_size = 0; |
| 941 | const char *p; |
| 942 | int k; |
| 943 | |
| 944 | if (decoded == NULL) |
| 945 | return NULL; |
| 946 | |
| 947 | GROW_VECT (encoding_buffer, encoding_buffer_size, |
| 948 | 2 * strlen (decoded) + 10); |
| 949 | |
| 950 | k = 0; |
| 951 | for (p = decoded; *p != '\0'; p += 1) |
| 952 | { |
| 953 | if (*p == '.') |
| 954 | { |
| 955 | encoding_buffer[k] = encoding_buffer[k + 1] = '_'; |
| 956 | k += 2; |
| 957 | } |
| 958 | else if (*p == '"') |
| 959 | { |
| 960 | const struct ada_opname_map *mapping; |
| 961 | |
| 962 | for (mapping = ada_opname_table; |
| 963 | mapping->encoded != NULL |
| 964 | && !startswith (p, mapping->decoded); mapping += 1) |
| 965 | ; |
| 966 | if (mapping->encoded == NULL) |
| 967 | { |
| 968 | if (throw_errors) |
| 969 | error (_("invalid Ada operator name: %s"), p); |
| 970 | else |
| 971 | return NULL; |
| 972 | } |
| 973 | strcpy (encoding_buffer + k, mapping->encoded); |
| 974 | k += strlen (mapping->encoded); |
| 975 | break; |
| 976 | } |
| 977 | else |
| 978 | { |
| 979 | encoding_buffer[k] = *p; |
| 980 | k += 1; |
| 981 | } |
| 982 | } |
| 983 | |
| 984 | encoding_buffer[k] = '\0'; |
| 985 | return encoding_buffer; |
| 986 | } |
| 987 | |
| 988 | /* The "encoded" form of DECODED, according to GNAT conventions. |
| 989 | The result is valid until the next call to ada_encode. */ |
| 990 | |
| 991 | char * |
| 992 | ada_encode (const char *decoded) |
| 993 | { |
| 994 | return ada_encode_1 (decoded, true); |
| 995 | } |
| 996 | |
| 997 | /* Return NAME folded to lower case, or, if surrounded by single |
| 998 | quotes, unfolded, but with the quotes stripped away. Result good |
| 999 | to next call. */ |
| 1000 | |
| 1001 | static char * |
| 1002 | ada_fold_name (gdb::string_view name) |
| 1003 | { |
| 1004 | static char *fold_buffer = NULL; |
| 1005 | static size_t fold_buffer_size = 0; |
| 1006 | |
| 1007 | int len = name.size (); |
| 1008 | GROW_VECT (fold_buffer, fold_buffer_size, len + 1); |
| 1009 | |
| 1010 | if (name[0] == '\'') |
| 1011 | { |
| 1012 | strncpy (fold_buffer, name.data () + 1, len - 2); |
| 1013 | fold_buffer[len - 2] = '\000'; |
| 1014 | } |
| 1015 | else |
| 1016 | { |
| 1017 | int i; |
| 1018 | |
| 1019 | for (i = 0; i <= len; i += 1) |
| 1020 | fold_buffer[i] = tolower (name[i]); |
| 1021 | } |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 | return fold_buffer; |
| 1024 | } |
| 1025 | |
| 1026 | /* Return nonzero if C is either a digit or a lowercase alphabet character. */ |
| 1027 | |
| 1028 | static int |
| 1029 | is_lower_alphanum (const char c) |
| 1030 | { |
| 1031 | return (isdigit (c) || (isalpha (c) && islower (c))); |
| 1032 | } |
| 1033 | |
| 1034 | /* ENCODED is the linkage name of a symbol and LEN contains its length. |
| 1035 | This function saves in LEN the length of that same symbol name but |
| 1036 | without either of these suffixes: |
| 1037 | . .{DIGIT}+ |
| 1038 | . ${DIGIT}+ |
| 1039 | . ___{DIGIT}+ |
| 1040 | . __{DIGIT}+. |
| 1041 | |
| 1042 | These are suffixes introduced by the compiler for entities such as |
| 1043 | nested subprogram for instance, in order to avoid name clashes. |
| 1044 | They do not serve any purpose for the debugger. */ |
| 1045 | |
| 1046 | static void |
| 1047 | ada_remove_trailing_digits (const char *encoded, int *len) |
| 1048 | { |
| 1049 | if (*len > 1 && isdigit (encoded[*len - 1])) |
| 1050 | { |
| 1051 | int i = *len - 2; |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 | while (i > 0 && isdigit (encoded[i])) |
| 1054 | i--; |
| 1055 | if (i >= 0 && encoded[i] == '.') |
| 1056 | *len = i; |
| 1057 | else if (i >= 0 && encoded[i] == '$') |
| 1058 | *len = i; |
| 1059 | else if (i >= 2 && startswith (encoded + i - 2, "___")) |
| 1060 | *len = i - 2; |
| 1061 | else if (i >= 1 && startswith (encoded + i - 1, "__")) |
| 1062 | *len = i - 1; |
| 1063 | } |
| 1064 | } |
| 1065 | |
| 1066 | /* Remove the suffix introduced by the compiler for protected object |
| 1067 | subprograms. */ |
| 1068 | |
| 1069 | static void |
| 1070 | ada_remove_po_subprogram_suffix (const char *encoded, int *len) |
| 1071 | { |
| 1072 | /* Remove trailing N. */ |
| 1073 | |
| 1074 | /* Protected entry subprograms are broken into two |
| 1075 | separate subprograms: The first one is unprotected, and has |
| 1076 | a 'N' suffix; the second is the protected version, and has |
| 1077 | the 'P' suffix. The second calls the first one after handling |
| 1078 | the protection. Since the P subprograms are internally generated, |
| 1079 | we leave these names undecoded, giving the user a clue that this |
| 1080 | entity is internal. */ |
| 1081 | |
| 1082 | if (*len > 1 |
| 1083 | && encoded[*len - 1] == 'N' |
| 1084 | && (isdigit (encoded[*len - 2]) || islower (encoded[*len - 2]))) |
| 1085 | *len = *len - 1; |
| 1086 | } |
| 1087 | |
| 1088 | /* If ENCODED follows the GNAT entity encoding conventions, then return |
| 1089 | the decoded form of ENCODED. Otherwise, return "<%s>" where "%s" is |
| 1090 | replaced by ENCODED. */ |
| 1091 | |
| 1092 | std::string |
| 1093 | ada_decode (const char *encoded) |
| 1094 | { |
| 1095 | int i, j; |
| 1096 | int len0; |
| 1097 | const char *p; |
| 1098 | int at_start_name; |
| 1099 | std::string decoded; |
| 1100 | |
| 1101 | /* With function descriptors on PPC64, the value of a symbol named |
| 1102 | ".FN", if it exists, is the entry point of the function "FN". */ |
| 1103 | if (encoded[0] == '.') |
| 1104 | encoded += 1; |
| 1105 | |
| 1106 | /* The name of the Ada main procedure starts with "_ada_". |
| 1107 | This prefix is not part of the decoded name, so skip this part |
| 1108 | if we see this prefix. */ |
| 1109 | if (startswith (encoded, "_ada_")) |
| 1110 | encoded += 5; |
| 1111 | |
| 1112 | /* If the name starts with '_', then it is not a properly encoded |
| 1113 | name, so do not attempt to decode it. Similarly, if the name |
| 1114 | starts with '<', the name should not be decoded. */ |
| 1115 | if (encoded[0] == '_' || encoded[0] == '<') |
| 1116 | goto Suppress; |
| 1117 | |
| 1118 | len0 = strlen (encoded); |
| 1119 | |
| 1120 | ada_remove_trailing_digits (encoded, &len0); |
| 1121 | ada_remove_po_subprogram_suffix (encoded, &len0); |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 | /* Remove the ___X.* suffix if present. Do not forget to verify that |
| 1124 | the suffix is located before the current "end" of ENCODED. We want |
| 1125 | to avoid re-matching parts of ENCODED that have previously been |
| 1126 | marked as discarded (by decrementing LEN0). */ |
| 1127 | p = strstr (encoded, "___"); |
| 1128 | if (p != NULL && p - encoded < len0 - 3) |
| 1129 | { |
| 1130 | if (p[3] == 'X') |
| 1131 | len0 = p - encoded; |
| 1132 | else |
| 1133 | goto Suppress; |
| 1134 | } |
| 1135 | |
| 1136 | /* Remove any trailing TKB suffix. It tells us that this symbol |
| 1137 | is for the body of a task, but that information does not actually |
| 1138 | appear in the decoded name. */ |
| 1139 | |
| 1140 | if (len0 > 3 && startswith (encoded + len0 - 3, "TKB")) |
| 1141 | len0 -= 3; |
| 1142 | |
| 1143 | /* Remove any trailing TB suffix. The TB suffix is slightly different |
| 1144 | from the TKB suffix because it is used for non-anonymous task |
| 1145 | bodies. */ |
| 1146 | |
| 1147 | if (len0 > 2 && startswith (encoded + len0 - 2, "TB")) |
| 1148 | len0 -= 2; |
| 1149 | |
| 1150 | /* Remove trailing "B" suffixes. */ |
| 1151 | /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-04-19: Not sure what this are used for... */ |
| 1152 | |
| 1153 | if (len0 > 1 && startswith (encoded + len0 - 1, "B")) |
| 1154 | len0 -= 1; |
| 1155 | |
| 1156 | /* Make decoded big enough for possible expansion by operator name. */ |
| 1157 | |
| 1158 | decoded.resize (2 * len0 + 1, 'X'); |
| 1159 | |
| 1160 | /* Remove trailing __{digit}+ or trailing ${digit}+. */ |
| 1161 | |
| 1162 | if (len0 > 1 && isdigit (encoded[len0 - 1])) |
| 1163 | { |
| 1164 | i = len0 - 2; |
| 1165 | while ((i >= 0 && isdigit (encoded[i])) |
| 1166 | || (i >= 1 && encoded[i] == '_' && isdigit (encoded[i - 1]))) |
| 1167 | i -= 1; |
| 1168 | if (i > 1 && encoded[i] == '_' && encoded[i - 1] == '_') |
| 1169 | len0 = i - 1; |
| 1170 | else if (encoded[i] == '$') |
| 1171 | len0 = i; |
| 1172 | } |
| 1173 | |
| 1174 | /* The first few characters that are not alphabetic are not part |
| 1175 | of any encoding we use, so we can copy them over verbatim. */ |
| 1176 | |
| 1177 | for (i = 0, j = 0; i < len0 && !isalpha (encoded[i]); i += 1, j += 1) |
| 1178 | decoded[j] = encoded[i]; |
| 1179 | |
| 1180 | at_start_name = 1; |
| 1181 | while (i < len0) |
| 1182 | { |
| 1183 | /* Is this a symbol function? */ |
| 1184 | if (at_start_name && encoded[i] == 'O') |
| 1185 | { |
| 1186 | int k; |
| 1187 | |
| 1188 | for (k = 0; ada_opname_table[k].encoded != NULL; k += 1) |
| 1189 | { |
| 1190 | int op_len = strlen (ada_opname_table[k].encoded); |
| 1191 | if ((strncmp (ada_opname_table[k].encoded + 1, encoded + i + 1, |
| 1192 | op_len - 1) == 0) |
| 1193 | && !isalnum (encoded[i + op_len])) |
| 1194 | { |
| 1195 | strcpy (&decoded.front() + j, ada_opname_table[k].decoded); |
| 1196 | at_start_name = 0; |
| 1197 | i += op_len; |
| 1198 | j += strlen (ada_opname_table[k].decoded); |
| 1199 | break; |
| 1200 | } |
| 1201 | } |
| 1202 | if (ada_opname_table[k].encoded != NULL) |
| 1203 | continue; |
| 1204 | } |
| 1205 | at_start_name = 0; |
| 1206 | |
| 1207 | /* Replace "TK__" with "__", which will eventually be translated |
| 1208 | into "." (just below). */ |
| 1209 | |
| 1210 | if (i < len0 - 4 && startswith (encoded + i, "TK__")) |
| 1211 | i += 2; |
| 1212 | |
| 1213 | /* Replace "__B_{DIGITS}+__" sequences by "__", which will eventually |
| 1214 | be translated into "." (just below). These are internal names |
| 1215 | generated for anonymous blocks inside which our symbol is nested. */ |
| 1216 | |
| 1217 | if (len0 - i > 5 && encoded [i] == '_' && encoded [i+1] == '_' |
| 1218 | && encoded [i+2] == 'B' && encoded [i+3] == '_' |
| 1219 | && isdigit (encoded [i+4])) |
| 1220 | { |
| 1221 | int k = i + 5; |
| 1222 | |
| 1223 | while (k < len0 && isdigit (encoded[k])) |
| 1224 | k++; /* Skip any extra digit. */ |
| 1225 | |
| 1226 | /* Double-check that the "__B_{DIGITS}+" sequence we found |
| 1227 | is indeed followed by "__". */ |
| 1228 | if (len0 - k > 2 && encoded [k] == '_' && encoded [k+1] == '_') |
| 1229 | i = k; |
| 1230 | } |
| 1231 | |
| 1232 | /* Remove _E{DIGITS}+[sb] */ |
| 1233 | |
| 1234 | /* Just as for protected object subprograms, there are 2 categories |
| 1235 | of subprograms created by the compiler for each entry. The first |
| 1236 | one implements the actual entry code, and has a suffix following |
| 1237 | the convention above; the second one implements the barrier and |
| 1238 | uses the same convention as above, except that the 'E' is replaced |
| 1239 | by a 'B'. |
| 1240 | |
| 1241 | Just as above, we do not decode the name of barrier functions |
| 1242 | to give the user a clue that the code he is debugging has been |
| 1243 | internally generated. */ |
| 1244 | |
| 1245 | if (len0 - i > 3 && encoded [i] == '_' && encoded[i+1] == 'E' |
| 1246 | && isdigit (encoded[i+2])) |
| 1247 | { |
| 1248 | int k = i + 3; |
| 1249 | |
| 1250 | while (k < len0 && isdigit (encoded[k])) |
| 1251 | k++; |
| 1252 | |
| 1253 | if (k < len0 |
| 1254 | && (encoded[k] == 'b' || encoded[k] == 's')) |
| 1255 | { |
| 1256 | k++; |
| 1257 | /* Just as an extra precaution, make sure that if this |
| 1258 | suffix is followed by anything else, it is a '_'. |
| 1259 | Otherwise, we matched this sequence by accident. */ |
| 1260 | if (k == len0 |
| 1261 | || (k < len0 && encoded[k] == '_')) |
| 1262 | i = k; |
| 1263 | } |
| 1264 | } |
| 1265 | |
| 1266 | /* Remove trailing "N" in [a-z0-9]+N__. The N is added by |
| 1267 | the GNAT front-end in protected object subprograms. */ |
| 1268 | |
| 1269 | if (i < len0 + 3 |
| 1270 | && encoded[i] == 'N' && encoded[i+1] == '_' && encoded[i+2] == '_') |
| 1271 | { |
| 1272 | /* Backtrack a bit up until we reach either the begining of |
| 1273 | the encoded name, or "__". Make sure that we only find |
| 1274 | digits or lowercase characters. */ |
| 1275 | const char *ptr = encoded + i - 1; |
| 1276 | |
| 1277 | while (ptr >= encoded && is_lower_alphanum (ptr[0])) |
| 1278 | ptr--; |
| 1279 | if (ptr < encoded |
| 1280 | || (ptr > encoded && ptr[0] == '_' && ptr[-1] == '_')) |
| 1281 | i++; |
| 1282 | } |
| 1283 | |
| 1284 | if (encoded[i] == 'X' && i != 0 && isalnum (encoded[i - 1])) |
| 1285 | { |
| 1286 | /* This is a X[bn]* sequence not separated from the previous |
| 1287 | part of the name with a non-alpha-numeric character (in other |
| 1288 | words, immediately following an alpha-numeric character), then |
| 1289 | verify that it is placed at the end of the encoded name. If |
| 1290 | not, then the encoding is not valid and we should abort the |
| 1291 | decoding. Otherwise, just skip it, it is used in body-nested |
| 1292 | package names. */ |
| 1293 | do |
| 1294 | i += 1; |
| 1295 | while (i < len0 && (encoded[i] == 'b' || encoded[i] == 'n')); |
| 1296 | if (i < len0) |
| 1297 | goto Suppress; |
| 1298 | } |
| 1299 | else if (i < len0 - 2 && encoded[i] == '_' && encoded[i + 1] == '_') |
| 1300 | { |
| 1301 | /* Replace '__' by '.'. */ |
| 1302 | decoded[j] = '.'; |
| 1303 | at_start_name = 1; |
| 1304 | i += 2; |
| 1305 | j += 1; |
| 1306 | } |
| 1307 | else |
| 1308 | { |
| 1309 | /* It's a character part of the decoded name, so just copy it |
| 1310 | over. */ |
| 1311 | decoded[j] = encoded[i]; |
| 1312 | i += 1; |
| 1313 | j += 1; |
| 1314 | } |
| 1315 | } |
| 1316 | decoded.resize (j); |
| 1317 | |
| 1318 | /* Decoded names should never contain any uppercase character. |
| 1319 | Double-check this, and abort the decoding if we find one. */ |
| 1320 | |
| 1321 | for (i = 0; i < decoded.length(); ++i) |
| 1322 | if (isupper (decoded[i]) || decoded[i] == ' ') |
| 1323 | goto Suppress; |
| 1324 | |
| 1325 | return decoded; |
| 1326 | |
| 1327 | Suppress: |
| 1328 | if (encoded[0] == '<') |
| 1329 | decoded = encoded; |
| 1330 | else |
| 1331 | decoded = '<' + std::string(encoded) + '>'; |
| 1332 | return decoded; |
| 1333 | |
| 1334 | } |
| 1335 | |
| 1336 | /* Table for keeping permanent unique copies of decoded names. Once |
| 1337 | allocated, names in this table are never released. While this is a |
| 1338 | storage leak, it should not be significant unless there are massive |
| 1339 | changes in the set of decoded names in successive versions of a |
| 1340 | symbol table loaded during a single session. */ |
| 1341 | static struct htab *decoded_names_store; |
| 1342 | |
| 1343 | /* Returns the decoded name of GSYMBOL, as for ada_decode, caching it |
| 1344 | in the language-specific part of GSYMBOL, if it has not been |
| 1345 | previously computed. Tries to save the decoded name in the same |
| 1346 | obstack as GSYMBOL, if possible, and otherwise on the heap (so that, |
| 1347 | in any case, the decoded symbol has a lifetime at least that of |
| 1348 | GSYMBOL). |
| 1349 | The GSYMBOL parameter is "mutable" in the C++ sense: logically |
| 1350 | const, but nevertheless modified to a semantically equivalent form |
| 1351 | when a decoded name is cached in it. */ |
| 1352 | |
| 1353 | const char * |
| 1354 | ada_decode_symbol (const struct general_symbol_info *arg) |
| 1355 | { |
| 1356 | struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol = (struct general_symbol_info *) arg; |
| 1357 | const char **resultp = |
| 1358 | &gsymbol->language_specific.demangled_name; |
| 1359 | |
| 1360 | if (!gsymbol->ada_mangled) |
| 1361 | { |
| 1362 | std::string decoded = ada_decode (gsymbol->linkage_name ()); |
| 1363 | struct obstack *obstack = gsymbol->language_specific.obstack; |
| 1364 | |
| 1365 | gsymbol->ada_mangled = 1; |
| 1366 | |
| 1367 | if (obstack != NULL) |
| 1368 | *resultp = obstack_strdup (obstack, decoded.c_str ()); |
| 1369 | else |
| 1370 | { |
| 1371 | /* Sometimes, we can't find a corresponding objfile, in |
| 1372 | which case, we put the result on the heap. Since we only |
| 1373 | decode when needed, we hope this usually does not cause a |
| 1374 | significant memory leak (FIXME). */ |
| 1375 | |
| 1376 | char **slot = (char **) htab_find_slot (decoded_names_store, |
| 1377 | decoded.c_str (), INSERT); |
| 1378 | |
| 1379 | if (*slot == NULL) |
| 1380 | *slot = xstrdup (decoded.c_str ()); |
| 1381 | *resultp = *slot; |
| 1382 | } |
| 1383 | } |
| 1384 | |
| 1385 | return *resultp; |
| 1386 | } |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 | static char * |
| 1389 | ada_la_decode (const char *encoded, int options) |
| 1390 | { |
| 1391 | return xstrdup (ada_decode (encoded).c_str ()); |
| 1392 | } |
| 1393 | |
| 1394 | /* Implement la_sniff_from_mangled_name for Ada. */ |
| 1395 | |
| 1396 | static int |
| 1397 | ada_sniff_from_mangled_name (const char *mangled, char **out) |
| 1398 | { |
| 1399 | std::string demangled = ada_decode (mangled); |
| 1400 | |
| 1401 | *out = NULL; |
| 1402 | |
| 1403 | if (demangled != mangled && demangled[0] != '<') |
| 1404 | { |
| 1405 | /* Set the gsymbol language to Ada, but still return 0. |
| 1406 | Two reasons for that: |
| 1407 | |
| 1408 | 1. For Ada, we prefer computing the symbol's decoded name |
| 1409 | on the fly rather than pre-compute it, in order to save |
| 1410 | memory (Ada projects are typically very large). |
| 1411 | |
| 1412 | 2. There are some areas in the definition of the GNAT |
| 1413 | encoding where, with a bit of bad luck, we might be able |
| 1414 | to decode a non-Ada symbol, generating an incorrect |
| 1415 | demangled name (Eg: names ending with "TB" for instance |
| 1416 | are identified as task bodies and so stripped from |
| 1417 | the decoded name returned). |
| 1418 | |
| 1419 | Returning 1, here, but not setting *DEMANGLED, helps us get a |
| 1420 | little bit of the best of both worlds. Because we're last, |
| 1421 | we should not affect any of the other languages that were |
| 1422 | able to demangle the symbol before us; we get to correctly |
| 1423 | tag Ada symbols as such; and even if we incorrectly tagged a |
| 1424 | non-Ada symbol, which should be rare, any routing through the |
| 1425 | Ada language should be transparent (Ada tries to behave much |
| 1426 | like C/C++ with non-Ada symbols). */ |
| 1427 | return 1; |
| 1428 | } |
| 1429 | |
| 1430 | return 0; |
| 1431 | } |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 | \f |
| 1434 | |
| 1435 | /* Arrays */ |
| 1436 | |
| 1437 | /* Assuming that INDEX_DESC_TYPE is an ___XA structure, a structure |
| 1438 | generated by the GNAT compiler to describe the index type used |
| 1439 | for each dimension of an array, check whether it follows the latest |
| 1440 | known encoding. If not, fix it up to conform to the latest encoding. |
| 1441 | Otherwise, do nothing. This function also does nothing if |
| 1442 | INDEX_DESC_TYPE is NULL. |
| 1443 | |
| 1444 | The GNAT encoding used to describe the array index type evolved a bit. |
| 1445 | Initially, the information would be provided through the name of each |
| 1446 | field of the structure type only, while the type of these fields was |
| 1447 | described as unspecified and irrelevant. The debugger was then expected |
| 1448 | to perform a global type lookup using the name of that field in order |
| 1449 | to get access to the full index type description. Because these global |
| 1450 | lookups can be very expensive, the encoding was later enhanced to make |
| 1451 | the global lookup unnecessary by defining the field type as being |
| 1452 | the full index type description. |
| 1453 | |
| 1454 | The purpose of this routine is to allow us to support older versions |
| 1455 | of the compiler by detecting the use of the older encoding, and by |
| 1456 | fixing up the INDEX_DESC_TYPE to follow the new one (at this point, |
| 1457 | we essentially replace each field's meaningless type by the associated |
| 1458 | index subtype). */ |
| 1459 | |
| 1460 | void |
| 1461 | ada_fixup_array_indexes_type (struct type *index_desc_type) |
| 1462 | { |
| 1463 | int i; |
| 1464 | |
| 1465 | if (index_desc_type == NULL) |
| 1466 | return; |
| 1467 | gdb_assert (TYPE_NFIELDS (index_desc_type) > 0); |
| 1468 | |
| 1469 | /* Check if INDEX_DESC_TYPE follows the older encoding (it is sufficient |
| 1470 | to check one field only, no need to check them all). If not, return |
| 1471 | now. |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 | If our INDEX_DESC_TYPE was generated using the older encoding, |
| 1474 | the field type should be a meaningless integer type whose name |
| 1475 | is not equal to the field name. */ |
| 1476 | if (TYPE_NAME (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_desc_type, 0)) != NULL |
| 1477 | && strcmp (TYPE_NAME (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_desc_type, 0)), |
| 1478 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_desc_type, 0)) == 0) |
| 1479 | return; |
| 1480 | |
| 1481 | /* Fixup each field of INDEX_DESC_TYPE. */ |
| 1482 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (index_desc_type); i++) |
| 1483 | { |
| 1484 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_desc_type, i); |
| 1485 | struct type *raw_type = ada_check_typedef (ada_find_any_type (name)); |
| 1486 | |
| 1487 | if (raw_type) |
| 1488 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_desc_type, i) = raw_type; |
| 1489 | } |
| 1490 | } |
| 1491 | |
| 1492 | /* Names of MAX_ADA_DIMENS bounds in P_BOUNDS fields of array descriptors. */ |
| 1493 | |
| 1494 | static const char *bound_name[] = { |
| 1495 | "LB0", "UB0", "LB1", "UB1", "LB2", "UB2", "LB3", "UB3", |
| 1496 | "LB4", "UB4", "LB5", "UB5", "LB6", "UB6", "LB7", "UB7" |
| 1497 | }; |
| 1498 | |
| 1499 | /* Maximum number of array dimensions we are prepared to handle. */ |
| 1500 | |
| 1501 | #define MAX_ADA_DIMENS (sizeof(bound_name) / (2*sizeof(char *))) |
| 1502 | |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 | /* The desc_* routines return primitive portions of array descriptors |
| 1505 | (fat pointers). */ |
| 1506 | |
| 1507 | /* The descriptor or array type, if any, indicated by TYPE; removes |
| 1508 | level of indirection, if needed. */ |
| 1509 | |
| 1510 | static struct type * |
| 1511 | desc_base_type (struct type *type) |
| 1512 | { |
| 1513 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1514 | return NULL; |
| 1515 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 1516 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) |
| 1517 | type = ada_typedef_target_type (type); |
| 1518 | |
| 1519 | if (type != NULL |
| 1520 | && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 1521 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF)) |
| 1522 | return ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 1523 | else |
| 1524 | return type; |
| 1525 | } |
| 1526 | |
| 1527 | /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thin" array pointer type. */ |
| 1528 | |
| 1529 | static int |
| 1530 | is_thin_pntr (struct type *type) |
| 1531 | { |
| 1532 | return |
| 1533 | is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)), "___XUT") |
| 1534 | || is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)), "___XUT___XVE"); |
| 1535 | } |
| 1536 | |
| 1537 | /* The descriptor type for thin pointer type TYPE. */ |
| 1538 | |
| 1539 | static struct type * |
| 1540 | thin_descriptor_type (struct type *type) |
| 1541 | { |
| 1542 | struct type *base_type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1543 | |
| 1544 | if (base_type == NULL) |
| 1545 | return NULL; |
| 1546 | if (is_suffix (ada_type_name (base_type), "___XVE")) |
| 1547 | return base_type; |
| 1548 | else |
| 1549 | { |
| 1550 | struct type *alt_type = ada_find_parallel_type (base_type, "___XVE"); |
| 1551 | |
| 1552 | if (alt_type == NULL) |
| 1553 | return base_type; |
| 1554 | else |
| 1555 | return alt_type; |
| 1556 | } |
| 1557 | } |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 | /* A pointer to the array data for thin-pointer value VAL. */ |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 | static struct value * |
| 1562 | thin_data_pntr (struct value *val) |
| 1563 | { |
| 1564 | struct type *type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (val)); |
| 1565 | struct type *data_type = desc_data_target_type (thin_descriptor_type (type)); |
| 1566 | |
| 1567 | data_type = lookup_pointer_type (data_type); |
| 1568 | |
| 1569 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 1570 | return value_cast (data_type, value_copy (val)); |
| 1571 | else |
| 1572 | return value_from_longest (data_type, value_address (val)); |
| 1573 | } |
| 1574 | |
| 1575 | /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thick" array pointer type. */ |
| 1576 | |
| 1577 | static int |
| 1578 | is_thick_pntr (struct type *type) |
| 1579 | { |
| 1580 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1581 | return (type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 1582 | && lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL); |
| 1583 | } |
| 1584 | |
| 1585 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a |
| 1586 | pointer to one, the type of its bounds data; otherwise, NULL. */ |
| 1587 | |
| 1588 | static struct type * |
| 1589 | desc_bounds_type (struct type *type) |
| 1590 | { |
| 1591 | struct type *r; |
| 1592 | |
| 1593 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1594 | |
| 1595 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1596 | return NULL; |
| 1597 | else if (is_thin_pntr (type)) |
| 1598 | { |
| 1599 | type = thin_descriptor_type (type); |
| 1600 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1601 | return NULL; |
| 1602 | r = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "BOUNDS", 1); |
| 1603 | if (r != NULL) |
| 1604 | return ada_check_typedef (r); |
| 1605 | } |
| 1606 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 1607 | { |
| 1608 | r = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1); |
| 1609 | if (r != NULL) |
| 1610 | return ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ada_check_typedef (r))); |
| 1611 | } |
| 1612 | return NULL; |
| 1613 | } |
| 1614 | |
| 1615 | /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), or pointer to |
| 1616 | one, a pointer to its bounds data. Otherwise NULL. */ |
| 1617 | |
| 1618 | static struct value * |
| 1619 | desc_bounds (struct value *arr) |
| 1620 | { |
| 1621 | struct type *type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr)); |
| 1622 | |
| 1623 | if (is_thin_pntr (type)) |
| 1624 | { |
| 1625 | struct type *bounds_type = |
| 1626 | desc_bounds_type (thin_descriptor_type (type)); |
| 1627 | LONGEST addr; |
| 1628 | |
| 1629 | if (bounds_type == NULL) |
| 1630 | error (_("Bad GNAT array descriptor")); |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 | /* NOTE: The following calculation is not really kosher, but |
| 1633 | since desc_type is an XVE-encoded type (and shouldn't be), |
| 1634 | the correct calculation is a real pain. FIXME (and fix GCC). */ |
| 1635 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 1636 | addr = value_as_long (arr); |
| 1637 | else |
| 1638 | addr = value_address (arr); |
| 1639 | |
| 1640 | return |
| 1641 | value_from_longest (lookup_pointer_type (bounds_type), |
| 1642 | addr - TYPE_LENGTH (bounds_type)); |
| 1643 | } |
| 1644 | |
| 1645 | else if (is_thick_pntr (type)) |
| 1646 | { |
| 1647 | struct value *p_bounds = value_struct_elt (&arr, NULL, "P_BOUNDS", NULL, |
| 1648 | _("Bad GNAT array descriptor")); |
| 1649 | struct type *p_bounds_type = value_type (p_bounds); |
| 1650 | |
| 1651 | if (p_bounds_type |
| 1652 | && TYPE_CODE (p_bounds_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 1653 | { |
| 1654 | struct type *target_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_bounds_type); |
| 1655 | |
| 1656 | if (TYPE_STUB (target_type)) |
| 1657 | p_bounds = value_cast (lookup_pointer_type |
| 1658 | (ada_check_typedef (target_type)), |
| 1659 | p_bounds); |
| 1660 | } |
| 1661 | else |
| 1662 | error (_("Bad GNAT array descriptor")); |
| 1663 | |
| 1664 | return p_bounds; |
| 1665 | } |
| 1666 | else |
| 1667 | return NULL; |
| 1668 | } |
| 1669 | |
| 1670 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit |
| 1671 | position of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */ |
| 1672 | |
| 1673 | static int |
| 1674 | fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type *type) |
| 1675 | { |
| 1676 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 1); |
| 1677 | } |
| 1678 | |
| 1679 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit |
| 1680 | size of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */ |
| 1681 | |
| 1682 | static int |
| 1683 | fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type *type) |
| 1684 | { |
| 1685 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1686 | |
| 1687 | if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 1) > 0) |
| 1688 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 1); |
| 1689 | else |
| 1690 | return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 1))); |
| 1691 | } |
| 1692 | |
| 1693 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a |
| 1694 | pointer to one, the type of its array data (a array-with-no-bounds type); |
| 1695 | otherwise, NULL. Use ada_type_of_array to get an array type with bounds |
| 1696 | data. */ |
| 1697 | |
| 1698 | static struct type * |
| 1699 | desc_data_target_type (struct type *type) |
| 1700 | { |
| 1701 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 | /* NOTE: The following is bogus; see comment in desc_bounds. */ |
| 1704 | if (is_thin_pntr (type)) |
| 1705 | return desc_base_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (thin_descriptor_type (type), 1)); |
| 1706 | else if (is_thick_pntr (type)) |
| 1707 | { |
| 1708 | struct type *data_type = lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_ARRAY", 1); |
| 1709 | |
| 1710 | if (data_type |
| 1711 | && TYPE_CODE (ada_check_typedef (data_type)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 1712 | return ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (data_type)); |
| 1713 | } |
| 1714 | |
| 1715 | return NULL; |
| 1716 | } |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 | /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), a pointer to |
| 1719 | its array data. */ |
| 1720 | |
| 1721 | static struct value * |
| 1722 | desc_data (struct value *arr) |
| 1723 | { |
| 1724 | struct type *type = value_type (arr); |
| 1725 | |
| 1726 | if (is_thin_pntr (type)) |
| 1727 | return thin_data_pntr (arr); |
| 1728 | else if (is_thick_pntr (type)) |
| 1729 | return value_struct_elt (&arr, NULL, "P_ARRAY", NULL, |
| 1730 | _("Bad GNAT array descriptor")); |
| 1731 | else |
| 1732 | return NULL; |
| 1733 | } |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit |
| 1737 | position of the field containing the address of the data. */ |
| 1738 | |
| 1739 | static int |
| 1740 | fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type *type) |
| 1741 | { |
| 1742 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 0); |
| 1743 | } |
| 1744 | |
| 1745 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit |
| 1746 | size of the field containing the address of the data. */ |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 | static int |
| 1749 | fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type *type) |
| 1750 | { |
| 1751 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 | if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 0) > 0) |
| 1754 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 0); |
| 1755 | else |
| 1756 | return TARGET_CHAR_BIT * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0)); |
| 1757 | } |
| 1758 | |
| 1759 | /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure (or pointer to one), return |
| 1760 | the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper |
| 1761 | bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */ |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 | static struct value * |
| 1764 | desc_one_bound (struct value *bounds, int i, int which) |
| 1765 | { |
| 1766 | return value_struct_elt (&bounds, NULL, bound_name[2 * i + which - 2], NULL, |
| 1767 | _("Bad GNAT array descriptor bounds")); |
| 1768 | } |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 | /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit position |
| 1771 | of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper |
| 1772 | bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */ |
| 1773 | |
| 1774 | static int |
| 1775 | desc_bound_bitpos (struct type *type, int i, int which) |
| 1776 | { |
| 1777 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type), 2 * i + which - 2); |
| 1778 | } |
| 1779 | |
| 1780 | /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit field size |
| 1781 | of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper |
| 1782 | bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */ |
| 1783 | |
| 1784 | static int |
| 1785 | desc_bound_bitsize (struct type *type, int i, int which) |
| 1786 | { |
| 1787 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1788 | |
| 1789 | if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 2 * i + which - 2) > 0) |
| 1790 | return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 2 * i + which - 2); |
| 1791 | else |
| 1792 | return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 2 * i + which - 2)); |
| 1793 | } |
| 1794 | |
| 1795 | /* If TYPE is the type of an array-bounds structure, the type of its |
| 1796 | Ith bound (numbering from 1). Otherwise, NULL. */ |
| 1797 | |
| 1798 | static struct type * |
| 1799 | desc_index_type (struct type *type, int i) |
| 1800 | { |
| 1801 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1802 | |
| 1803 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 1804 | return lookup_struct_elt_type (type, bound_name[2 * i - 2], 1); |
| 1805 | else |
| 1806 | return NULL; |
| 1807 | } |
| 1808 | |
| 1809 | /* The number of index positions in the array-bounds type TYPE. |
| 1810 | Return 0 if TYPE is NULL. */ |
| 1811 | |
| 1812 | static int |
| 1813 | desc_arity (struct type *type) |
| 1814 | { |
| 1815 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 | if (type != NULL) |
| 1818 | return TYPE_NFIELDS (type) / 2; |
| 1819 | return 0; |
| 1820 | } |
| 1821 | |
| 1822 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE is a simple array type (not a pointer to one) or |
| 1823 | an array descriptor type (representing an unconstrained array |
| 1824 | type). */ |
| 1825 | |
| 1826 | static int |
| 1827 | ada_is_direct_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 1828 | { |
| 1829 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1830 | return 0; |
| 1831 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 1832 | return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 1833 | || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type)); |
| 1834 | } |
| 1835 | |
| 1836 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents any kind of array in Ada, or a pointer |
| 1837 | * to one. */ |
| 1838 | |
| 1839 | static int |
| 1840 | ada_is_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 1841 | { |
| 1842 | while (type != NULL |
| 1843 | && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 1844 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF)) |
| 1845 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 1846 | return ada_is_direct_array_type (type); |
| 1847 | } |
| 1848 | |
| 1849 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE is a simple array type or pointer to one. */ |
| 1850 | |
| 1851 | int |
| 1852 | ada_is_simple_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 1853 | { |
| 1854 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1855 | return 0; |
| 1856 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 1857 | return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 1858 | || (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 1859 | && TYPE_CODE (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))) |
| 1860 | == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY)); |
| 1861 | } |
| 1862 | |
| 1863 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE belongs to a GNAT array descriptor. */ |
| 1864 | |
| 1865 | int |
| 1866 | ada_is_array_descriptor_type (struct type *type) |
| 1867 | { |
| 1868 | struct type *data_type = desc_data_target_type (type); |
| 1869 | |
| 1870 | if (type == NULL) |
| 1871 | return 0; |
| 1872 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 1873 | return (data_type != NULL |
| 1874 | && TYPE_CODE (data_type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 1875 | && desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type)) > 0); |
| 1876 | } |
| 1877 | |
| 1878 | /* Non-zero iff type is a partially mal-formed GNAT array |
| 1879 | descriptor. FIXME: This is to compensate for some problems with |
| 1880 | debugging output from GNAT. Re-examine periodically to see if it |
| 1881 | is still needed. */ |
| 1882 | |
| 1883 | int |
| 1884 | ada_is_bogus_array_descriptor (struct type *type) |
| 1885 | { |
| 1886 | return |
| 1887 | type != NULL |
| 1888 | && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 1889 | && (lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL |
| 1890 | || lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "P_ARRAY", 1) != NULL) |
| 1891 | && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type); |
| 1892 | } |
| 1893 | |
| 1894 | |
| 1895 | /* If ARR has a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array descriptor, |
| 1896 | (fat pointer) returns the type of the array data described---specifically, |
| 1897 | a pointer-to-array type. If BOUNDS is non-zero, the bounds data are filled |
| 1898 | in from the descriptor; otherwise, they are left unspecified. If |
| 1899 | the ARR denotes a null array descriptor and BOUNDS is non-zero, |
| 1900 | returns NULL. The result is simply the type of ARR if ARR is not |
| 1901 | a descriptor. */ |
| 1902 | |
| 1903 | static struct type * |
| 1904 | ada_type_of_array (struct value *arr, int bounds) |
| 1905 | { |
| 1906 | if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr))) |
| 1907 | return decode_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr)); |
| 1908 | |
| 1909 | if (!ada_is_array_descriptor_type (value_type (arr))) |
| 1910 | return value_type (arr); |
| 1911 | |
| 1912 | if (!bounds) |
| 1913 | { |
| 1914 | struct type *array_type = |
| 1915 | ada_check_typedef (desc_data_target_type (value_type (arr))); |
| 1916 | |
| 1917 | if (ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr))) |
| 1918 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (array_type, 0) = |
| 1919 | decode_packed_array_bitsize (value_type (arr)); |
| 1920 | |
| 1921 | return array_type; |
| 1922 | } |
| 1923 | else |
| 1924 | { |
| 1925 | struct type *elt_type; |
| 1926 | int arity; |
| 1927 | struct value *descriptor; |
| 1928 | |
| 1929 | elt_type = ada_array_element_type (value_type (arr), -1); |
| 1930 | arity = ada_array_arity (value_type (arr)); |
| 1931 | |
| 1932 | if (elt_type == NULL || arity == 0) |
| 1933 | return ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr)); |
| 1934 | |
| 1935 | descriptor = desc_bounds (arr); |
| 1936 | if (value_as_long (descriptor) == 0) |
| 1937 | return NULL; |
| 1938 | while (arity > 0) |
| 1939 | { |
| 1940 | struct type *range_type = alloc_type_copy (value_type (arr)); |
| 1941 | struct type *array_type = alloc_type_copy (value_type (arr)); |
| 1942 | struct value *low = desc_one_bound (descriptor, arity, 0); |
| 1943 | struct value *high = desc_one_bound (descriptor, arity, 1); |
| 1944 | |
| 1945 | arity -= 1; |
| 1946 | create_static_range_type (range_type, value_type (low), |
| 1947 | longest_to_int (value_as_long (low)), |
| 1948 | longest_to_int (value_as_long (high))); |
| 1949 | elt_type = create_array_type (array_type, elt_type, range_type); |
| 1950 | |
| 1951 | if (ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr))) |
| 1952 | { |
| 1953 | /* We need to store the element packed bitsize, as well as |
| 1954 | recompute the array size, because it was previously |
| 1955 | computed based on the unpacked element size. */ |
| 1956 | LONGEST lo = value_as_long (low); |
| 1957 | LONGEST hi = value_as_long (high); |
| 1958 | |
| 1959 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) = |
| 1960 | decode_packed_array_bitsize (value_type (arr)); |
| 1961 | /* If the array has no element, then the size is already |
| 1962 | zero, and does not need to be recomputed. */ |
| 1963 | if (lo < hi) |
| 1964 | { |
| 1965 | int array_bitsize = |
| 1966 | (hi - lo + 1) * TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0); |
| 1967 | |
| 1968 | TYPE_LENGTH (array_type) = (array_bitsize + 7) / 8; |
| 1969 | } |
| 1970 | } |
| 1971 | } |
| 1972 | |
| 1973 | return lookup_pointer_type (elt_type); |
| 1974 | } |
| 1975 | } |
| 1976 | |
| 1977 | /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged. |
| 1978 | Otherwise, returns either a standard GDB array with bounds set |
| 1979 | appropriately or, if ARR is a non-null fat pointer, a pointer to a standard |
| 1980 | GDB array. Returns NULL if ARR is a null fat pointer. */ |
| 1981 | |
| 1982 | struct value * |
| 1983 | ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (struct value *arr) |
| 1984 | { |
| 1985 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (value_type (arr))) |
| 1986 | { |
| 1987 | struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (arr, 1); |
| 1988 | |
| 1989 | if (arrType == NULL) |
| 1990 | return NULL; |
| 1991 | return value_cast (arrType, value_copy (desc_data (arr))); |
| 1992 | } |
| 1993 | else if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr))) |
| 1994 | return decode_constrained_packed_array (arr); |
| 1995 | else |
| 1996 | return arr; |
| 1997 | } |
| 1998 | |
| 1999 | /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged. |
| 2000 | Otherwise, returns a standard GDB array describing ARR (which may |
| 2001 | be ARR itself if it already is in the proper form). */ |
| 2002 | |
| 2003 | struct value * |
| 2004 | ada_coerce_to_simple_array (struct value *arr) |
| 2005 | { |
| 2006 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (value_type (arr))) |
| 2007 | { |
| 2008 | struct value *arrVal = ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (arr); |
| 2009 | |
| 2010 | if (arrVal == NULL) |
| 2011 | error (_("Bounds unavailable for null array pointer.")); |
| 2012 | ada_ensure_varsize_limit (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (arrVal))); |
| 2013 | return value_ind (arrVal); |
| 2014 | } |
| 2015 | else if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr))) |
| 2016 | return decode_constrained_packed_array (arr); |
| 2017 | else |
| 2018 | return arr; |
| 2019 | } |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 | /* If TYPE represents a GNAT array type, return it translated to an |
| 2022 | ordinary GDB array type (possibly with BITSIZE fields indicating |
| 2023 | packing). For other types, is the identity. */ |
| 2024 | |
| 2025 | struct type * |
| 2026 | ada_coerce_to_simple_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 2027 | { |
| 2028 | if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type)) |
| 2029 | return decode_constrained_packed_array_type (type); |
| 2030 | |
| 2031 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type)) |
| 2032 | return ada_check_typedef (desc_data_target_type (type)); |
| 2033 | |
| 2034 | return type; |
| 2035 | } |
| 2036 | |
| 2037 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents a standard GNAT packed-array type. */ |
| 2038 | |
| 2039 | static int |
| 2040 | ada_is_packed_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 2041 | { |
| 2042 | if (type == NULL) |
| 2043 | return 0; |
| 2044 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 2045 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 2046 | return |
| 2047 | ada_type_name (type) != NULL |
| 2048 | && strstr (ada_type_name (type), "___XP") != NULL; |
| 2049 | } |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents a standard GNAT constrained |
| 2052 | packed-array type. */ |
| 2053 | |
| 2054 | int |
| 2055 | ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 2056 | { |
| 2057 | return ada_is_packed_array_type (type) |
| 2058 | && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type); |
| 2059 | } |
| 2060 | |
| 2061 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents an array descriptor for a |
| 2062 | unconstrained packed-array type. */ |
| 2063 | |
| 2064 | static int |
| 2065 | ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 2066 | { |
| 2067 | return ada_is_packed_array_type (type) |
| 2068 | && ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type); |
| 2069 | } |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 | /* Given that TYPE encodes a packed array type (constrained or unconstrained), |
| 2072 | return the size of its elements in bits. */ |
| 2073 | |
| 2074 | static long |
| 2075 | decode_packed_array_bitsize (struct type *type) |
| 2076 | { |
| 2077 | const char *raw_name; |
| 2078 | const char *tail; |
| 2079 | long bits; |
| 2080 | |
| 2081 | /* Access to arrays implemented as fat pointers are encoded as a typedef |
| 2082 | of the fat pointer type. We need the name of the fat pointer type |
| 2083 | to do the decoding, so strip the typedef layer. */ |
| 2084 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) |
| 2085 | type = ada_typedef_target_type (type); |
| 2086 | |
| 2087 | raw_name = ada_type_name (ada_check_typedef (type)); |
| 2088 | if (!raw_name) |
| 2089 | raw_name = ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)); |
| 2090 | |
| 2091 | if (!raw_name) |
| 2092 | return 0; |
| 2093 | |
| 2094 | tail = strstr (raw_name, "___XP"); |
| 2095 | gdb_assert (tail != NULL); |
| 2096 | |
| 2097 | if (sscanf (tail + sizeof ("___XP") - 1, "%ld", &bits) != 1) |
| 2098 | { |
| 2099 | lim_warning |
| 2100 | (_("could not understand bit size information on packed array")); |
| 2101 | return 0; |
| 2102 | } |
| 2103 | |
| 2104 | return bits; |
| 2105 | } |
| 2106 | |
| 2107 | /* Given that TYPE is a standard GDB array type with all bounds filled |
| 2108 | in, and that the element size of its ultimate scalar constituents |
| 2109 | (that is, either its elements, or, if it is an array of arrays, its |
| 2110 | elements' elements, etc.) is *ELT_BITS, return an identical type, |
| 2111 | but with the bit sizes of its elements (and those of any |
| 2112 | constituent arrays) recorded in the BITSIZE components of its |
| 2113 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE values, and with *ELT_BITS set to its total size |
| 2114 | in bits. |
| 2115 | |
| 2116 | Note that, for arrays whose index type has an XA encoding where |
| 2117 | a bound references a record discriminant, getting that discriminant, |
| 2118 | and therefore the actual value of that bound, is not possible |
| 2119 | because none of the given parameters gives us access to the record. |
| 2120 | This function assumes that it is OK in the context where it is being |
| 2121 | used to return an array whose bounds are still dynamic and where |
| 2122 | the length is arbitrary. */ |
| 2123 | |
| 2124 | static struct type * |
| 2125 | constrained_packed_array_type (struct type *type, long *elt_bits) |
| 2126 | { |
| 2127 | struct type *new_elt_type; |
| 2128 | struct type *new_type; |
| 2129 | struct type *index_type_desc; |
| 2130 | struct type *index_type; |
| 2131 | LONGEST low_bound, high_bound; |
| 2132 | |
| 2133 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 2134 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 2135 | return type; |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 | index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XA"); |
| 2138 | if (index_type_desc) |
| 2139 | index_type = to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_type_desc, 0), |
| 2140 | NULL); |
| 2141 | else |
| 2142 | index_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type); |
| 2143 | |
| 2144 | new_type = alloc_type_copy (type); |
| 2145 | new_elt_type = |
| 2146 | constrained_packed_array_type (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)), |
| 2147 | elt_bits); |
| 2148 | create_array_type (new_type, new_elt_type, index_type); |
| 2149 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (new_type, 0) = *elt_bits; |
| 2150 | TYPE_NAME (new_type) = ada_type_name (type); |
| 2151 | |
| 2152 | if ((TYPE_CODE (check_typedef (index_type)) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE |
| 2153 | && is_dynamic_type (check_typedef (index_type))) |
| 2154 | || get_discrete_bounds (index_type, &low_bound, &high_bound) < 0) |
| 2155 | low_bound = high_bound = 0; |
| 2156 | if (high_bound < low_bound) |
| 2157 | *elt_bits = TYPE_LENGTH (new_type) = 0; |
| 2158 | else |
| 2159 | { |
| 2160 | *elt_bits *= (high_bound - low_bound + 1); |
| 2161 | TYPE_LENGTH (new_type) = |
| 2162 | (*elt_bits + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2163 | } |
| 2164 | |
| 2165 | TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (new_type) = 1; |
| 2166 | return new_type; |
| 2167 | } |
| 2168 | |
| 2169 | /* The array type encoded by TYPE, where |
| 2170 | ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (TYPE). */ |
| 2171 | |
| 2172 | static struct type * |
| 2173 | decode_constrained_packed_array_type (struct type *type) |
| 2174 | { |
| 2175 | const char *raw_name = ada_type_name (ada_check_typedef (type)); |
| 2176 | char *name; |
| 2177 | const char *tail; |
| 2178 | struct type *shadow_type; |
| 2179 | long bits; |
| 2180 | |
| 2181 | if (!raw_name) |
| 2182 | raw_name = ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type)); |
| 2183 | |
| 2184 | if (!raw_name) |
| 2185 | return NULL; |
| 2186 | |
| 2187 | name = (char *) alloca (strlen (raw_name) + 1); |
| 2188 | tail = strstr (raw_name, "___XP"); |
| 2189 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 2190 | |
| 2191 | memcpy (name, raw_name, tail - raw_name); |
| 2192 | name[tail - raw_name] = '\000'; |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 | shadow_type = ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (type, name); |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 | if (shadow_type == NULL) |
| 2197 | { |
| 2198 | lim_warning (_("could not find bounds information on packed array")); |
| 2199 | return NULL; |
| 2200 | } |
| 2201 | shadow_type = check_typedef (shadow_type); |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 | if (TYPE_CODE (shadow_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 2204 | { |
| 2205 | lim_warning (_("could not understand bounds " |
| 2206 | "information on packed array")); |
| 2207 | return NULL; |
| 2208 | } |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 | bits = decode_packed_array_bitsize (type); |
| 2211 | return constrained_packed_array_type (shadow_type, &bits); |
| 2212 | } |
| 2213 | |
| 2214 | /* Given that ARR is a struct value *indicating a GNAT constrained packed |
| 2215 | array, returns a simple array that denotes that array. Its type is a |
| 2216 | standard GDB array type except that the BITSIZEs of the array |
| 2217 | target types are set to the number of bits in each element, and the |
| 2218 | type length is set appropriately. */ |
| 2219 | |
| 2220 | static struct value * |
| 2221 | decode_constrained_packed_array (struct value *arr) |
| 2222 | { |
| 2223 | struct type *type; |
| 2224 | |
| 2225 | /* If our value is a pointer, then dereference it. Likewise if |
| 2226 | the value is a reference. Make sure that this operation does not |
| 2227 | cause the target type to be fixed, as this would indirectly cause |
| 2228 | this array to be decoded. The rest of the routine assumes that |
| 2229 | the array hasn't been decoded yet, so we use the basic "coerce_ref" |
| 2230 | and "value_ind" routines to perform the dereferencing, as opposed |
| 2231 | to using "ada_coerce_ref" or "ada_value_ind". */ |
| 2232 | arr = coerce_ref (arr); |
| 2233 | if (TYPE_CODE (ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr))) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 2234 | arr = value_ind (arr); |
| 2235 | |
| 2236 | type = decode_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr)); |
| 2237 | if (type == NULL) |
| 2238 | { |
| 2239 | error (_("can't unpack array")); |
| 2240 | return NULL; |
| 2241 | } |
| 2242 | |
| 2243 | if (type_byte_order (value_type (arr)) == BFD_ENDIAN_BIG |
| 2244 | && ada_is_modular_type (value_type (arr))) |
| 2245 | { |
| 2246 | /* This is a (right-justified) modular type representing a packed |
| 2247 | array with no wrapper. In order to interpret the value through |
| 2248 | the (left-justified) packed array type we just built, we must |
| 2249 | first left-justify it. */ |
| 2250 | int bit_size, bit_pos; |
| 2251 | ULONGEST mod; |
| 2252 | |
| 2253 | mod = ada_modulus (value_type (arr)) - 1; |
| 2254 | bit_size = 0; |
| 2255 | while (mod > 0) |
| 2256 | { |
| 2257 | bit_size += 1; |
| 2258 | mod >>= 1; |
| 2259 | } |
| 2260 | bit_pos = HOST_CHAR_BIT * TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (arr)) - bit_size; |
| 2261 | arr = ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arr, NULL, |
| 2262 | bit_pos / HOST_CHAR_BIT, |
| 2263 | bit_pos % HOST_CHAR_BIT, |
| 2264 | bit_size, |
| 2265 | type); |
| 2266 | } |
| 2267 | |
| 2268 | return coerce_unspec_val_to_type (arr, type); |
| 2269 | } |
| 2270 | |
| 2271 | |
| 2272 | /* The value of the element of packed array ARR at the ARITY indices |
| 2273 | given in IND. ARR must be a simple array. */ |
| 2274 | |
| 2275 | static struct value * |
| 2276 | value_subscript_packed (struct value *arr, int arity, struct value **ind) |
| 2277 | { |
| 2278 | int i; |
| 2279 | int bits, elt_off, bit_off; |
| 2280 | long elt_total_bit_offset; |
| 2281 | struct type *elt_type; |
| 2282 | struct value *v; |
| 2283 | |
| 2284 | bits = 0; |
| 2285 | elt_total_bit_offset = 0; |
| 2286 | elt_type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr)); |
| 2287 | for (i = 0; i < arity; i += 1) |
| 2288 | { |
| 2289 | if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 2290 | || TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) == 0) |
| 2291 | error |
| 2292 | (_("attempt to do packed indexing of " |
| 2293 | "something other than a packed array")); |
| 2294 | else |
| 2295 | { |
| 2296 | struct type *range_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (elt_type); |
| 2297 | LONGEST lowerbound, upperbound; |
| 2298 | LONGEST idx; |
| 2299 | |
| 2300 | if (get_discrete_bounds (range_type, &lowerbound, &upperbound) < 0) |
| 2301 | { |
| 2302 | lim_warning (_("don't know bounds of array")); |
| 2303 | lowerbound = upperbound = 0; |
| 2304 | } |
| 2305 | |
| 2306 | idx = pos_atr (ind[i]); |
| 2307 | if (idx < lowerbound || idx > upperbound) |
| 2308 | lim_warning (_("packed array index %ld out of bounds"), |
| 2309 | (long) idx); |
| 2310 | bits = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0); |
| 2311 | elt_total_bit_offset += (idx - lowerbound) * bits; |
| 2312 | elt_type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type)); |
| 2313 | } |
| 2314 | } |
| 2315 | elt_off = elt_total_bit_offset / HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2316 | bit_off = elt_total_bit_offset % HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2317 | |
| 2318 | v = ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arr, NULL, elt_off, bit_off, |
| 2319 | bits, elt_type); |
| 2320 | return v; |
| 2321 | } |
| 2322 | |
| 2323 | /* Non-zero iff TYPE includes negative integer values. */ |
| 2324 | |
| 2325 | static int |
| 2326 | has_negatives (struct type *type) |
| 2327 | { |
| 2328 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 2329 | { |
| 2330 | default: |
| 2331 | return 0; |
| 2332 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 2333 | return !TYPE_UNSIGNED (type); |
| 2334 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 2335 | return TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type) - TYPE_RANGE_DATA (type)->bias < 0; |
| 2336 | } |
| 2337 | } |
| 2338 | |
| 2339 | /* With SRC being a buffer containing BIT_SIZE bits of data at BIT_OFFSET, |
| 2340 | unpack that data into UNPACKED. UNPACKED_LEN is the size in bytes of |
| 2341 | the unpacked buffer. |
| 2342 | |
| 2343 | The size of the unpacked buffer (UNPACKED_LEN) is expected to be large |
| 2344 | enough to contain at least BIT_OFFSET bits. If not, an error is raised. |
| 2345 | |
| 2346 | IS_BIG_ENDIAN is nonzero if the data is stored in big endian mode, |
| 2347 | zero otherwise. |
| 2348 | |
| 2349 | IS_SIGNED_TYPE is nonzero if the data corresponds to a signed type. |
| 2350 | |
| 2351 | IS_SCALAR is nonzero if the data corresponds to a signed type. */ |
| 2352 | |
| 2353 | static void |
| 2354 | ada_unpack_from_contents (const gdb_byte *src, int bit_offset, int bit_size, |
| 2355 | gdb_byte *unpacked, int unpacked_len, |
| 2356 | int is_big_endian, int is_signed_type, |
| 2357 | int is_scalar) |
| 2358 | { |
| 2359 | int src_len = (bit_size + bit_offset + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / 8; |
| 2360 | int src_idx; /* Index into the source area */ |
| 2361 | int src_bytes_left; /* Number of source bytes left to process. */ |
| 2362 | int srcBitsLeft; /* Number of source bits left to move */ |
| 2363 | int unusedLS; /* Number of bits in next significant |
| 2364 | byte of source that are unused */ |
| 2365 | |
| 2366 | int unpacked_idx; /* Index into the unpacked buffer */ |
| 2367 | int unpacked_bytes_left; /* Number of bytes left to set in unpacked. */ |
| 2368 | |
| 2369 | unsigned long accum; /* Staging area for bits being transferred */ |
| 2370 | int accumSize; /* Number of meaningful bits in accum */ |
| 2371 | unsigned char sign; |
| 2372 | |
| 2373 | /* Transmit bytes from least to most significant; delta is the direction |
| 2374 | the indices move. */ |
| 2375 | int delta = is_big_endian ? -1 : 1; |
| 2376 | |
| 2377 | /* Make sure that unpacked is large enough to receive the BIT_SIZE |
| 2378 | bits from SRC. .*/ |
| 2379 | if ((bit_size + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT > unpacked_len) |
| 2380 | error (_("Cannot unpack %d bits into buffer of %d bytes"), |
| 2381 | bit_size, unpacked_len); |
| 2382 | |
| 2383 | srcBitsLeft = bit_size; |
| 2384 | src_bytes_left = src_len; |
| 2385 | unpacked_bytes_left = unpacked_len; |
| 2386 | sign = 0; |
| 2387 | |
| 2388 | if (is_big_endian) |
| 2389 | { |
| 2390 | src_idx = src_len - 1; |
| 2391 | if (is_signed_type |
| 2392 | && ((src[0] << bit_offset) & (1 << (HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1)))) |
| 2393 | sign = ~0; |
| 2394 | |
| 2395 | unusedLS = |
| 2396 | (HOST_CHAR_BIT - (bit_size + bit_offset) % HOST_CHAR_BIT) |
| 2397 | % HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2398 | |
| 2399 | if (is_scalar) |
| 2400 | { |
| 2401 | accumSize = 0; |
| 2402 | unpacked_idx = unpacked_len - 1; |
| 2403 | } |
| 2404 | else |
| 2405 | { |
| 2406 | /* Non-scalar values must be aligned at a byte boundary... */ |
| 2407 | accumSize = |
| 2408 | (HOST_CHAR_BIT - bit_size % HOST_CHAR_BIT) % HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2409 | /* ... And are placed at the beginning (most-significant) bytes |
| 2410 | of the target. */ |
| 2411 | unpacked_idx = (bit_size + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1; |
| 2412 | unpacked_bytes_left = unpacked_idx + 1; |
| 2413 | } |
| 2414 | } |
| 2415 | else |
| 2416 | { |
| 2417 | int sign_bit_offset = (bit_size + bit_offset - 1) % 8; |
| 2418 | |
| 2419 | src_idx = unpacked_idx = 0; |
| 2420 | unusedLS = bit_offset; |
| 2421 | accumSize = 0; |
| 2422 | |
| 2423 | if (is_signed_type && (src[src_len - 1] & (1 << sign_bit_offset))) |
| 2424 | sign = ~0; |
| 2425 | } |
| 2426 | |
| 2427 | accum = 0; |
| 2428 | while (src_bytes_left > 0) |
| 2429 | { |
| 2430 | /* Mask for removing bits of the next source byte that are not |
| 2431 | part of the value. */ |
| 2432 | unsigned int unusedMSMask = |
| 2433 | (1 << (srcBitsLeft >= HOST_CHAR_BIT ? HOST_CHAR_BIT : srcBitsLeft)) - |
| 2434 | 1; |
| 2435 | /* Sign-extend bits for this byte. */ |
| 2436 | unsigned int signMask = sign & ~unusedMSMask; |
| 2437 | |
| 2438 | accum |= |
| 2439 | (((src[src_idx] >> unusedLS) & unusedMSMask) | signMask) << accumSize; |
| 2440 | accumSize += HOST_CHAR_BIT - unusedLS; |
| 2441 | if (accumSize >= HOST_CHAR_BIT) |
| 2442 | { |
| 2443 | unpacked[unpacked_idx] = accum & ~(~0UL << HOST_CHAR_BIT); |
| 2444 | accumSize -= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2445 | accum >>= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2446 | unpacked_bytes_left -= 1; |
| 2447 | unpacked_idx += delta; |
| 2448 | } |
| 2449 | srcBitsLeft -= HOST_CHAR_BIT - unusedLS; |
| 2450 | unusedLS = 0; |
| 2451 | src_bytes_left -= 1; |
| 2452 | src_idx += delta; |
| 2453 | } |
| 2454 | while (unpacked_bytes_left > 0) |
| 2455 | { |
| 2456 | accum |= sign << accumSize; |
| 2457 | unpacked[unpacked_idx] = accum & ~(~0UL << HOST_CHAR_BIT); |
| 2458 | accumSize -= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2459 | if (accumSize < 0) |
| 2460 | accumSize = 0; |
| 2461 | accum >>= HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2462 | unpacked_bytes_left -= 1; |
| 2463 | unpacked_idx += delta; |
| 2464 | } |
| 2465 | } |
| 2466 | |
| 2467 | /* Create a new value of type TYPE from the contents of OBJ starting |
| 2468 | at byte OFFSET, and bit offset BIT_OFFSET within that byte, |
| 2469 | proceeding for BIT_SIZE bits. If OBJ is an lval in memory, then |
| 2470 | assigning through the result will set the field fetched from. |
| 2471 | VALADDR is ignored unless OBJ is NULL, in which case, |
| 2472 | VALADDR+OFFSET must address the start of storage containing the |
| 2473 | packed value. The value returned in this case is never an lval. |
| 2474 | Assumes 0 <= BIT_OFFSET < HOST_CHAR_BIT. */ |
| 2475 | |
| 2476 | struct value * |
| 2477 | ada_value_primitive_packed_val (struct value *obj, const gdb_byte *valaddr, |
| 2478 | long offset, int bit_offset, int bit_size, |
| 2479 | struct type *type) |
| 2480 | { |
| 2481 | struct value *v; |
| 2482 | const gdb_byte *src; /* First byte containing data to unpack */ |
| 2483 | gdb_byte *unpacked; |
| 2484 | const int is_scalar = is_scalar_type (type); |
| 2485 | const int is_big_endian = type_byte_order (type) == BFD_ENDIAN_BIG; |
| 2486 | gdb::byte_vector staging; |
| 2487 | |
| 2488 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 2489 | |
| 2490 | if (obj == NULL) |
| 2491 | src = valaddr + offset; |
| 2492 | else |
| 2493 | src = value_contents (obj) + offset; |
| 2494 | |
| 2495 | if (is_dynamic_type (type)) |
| 2496 | { |
| 2497 | /* The length of TYPE might by dynamic, so we need to resolve |
| 2498 | TYPE in order to know its actual size, which we then use |
| 2499 | to create the contents buffer of the value we return. |
| 2500 | The difficulty is that the data containing our object is |
| 2501 | packed, and therefore maybe not at a byte boundary. So, what |
| 2502 | we do, is unpack the data into a byte-aligned buffer, and then |
| 2503 | use that buffer as our object's value for resolving the type. */ |
| 2504 | int staging_len = (bit_size + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2505 | staging.resize (staging_len); |
| 2506 | |
| 2507 | ada_unpack_from_contents (src, bit_offset, bit_size, |
| 2508 | staging.data (), staging.size (), |
| 2509 | is_big_endian, has_negatives (type), |
| 2510 | is_scalar); |
| 2511 | type = resolve_dynamic_type (type, staging, 0); |
| 2512 | if (TYPE_LENGTH (type) < (bit_size + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT) |
| 2513 | { |
| 2514 | /* This happens when the length of the object is dynamic, |
| 2515 | and is actually smaller than the space reserved for it. |
| 2516 | For instance, in an array of variant records, the bit_size |
| 2517 | we're given is the array stride, which is constant and |
| 2518 | normally equal to the maximum size of its element. |
| 2519 | But, in reality, each element only actually spans a portion |
| 2520 | of that stride. */ |
| 2521 | bit_size = TYPE_LENGTH (type) * HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2522 | } |
| 2523 | } |
| 2524 | |
| 2525 | if (obj == NULL) |
| 2526 | { |
| 2527 | v = allocate_value (type); |
| 2528 | src = valaddr + offset; |
| 2529 | } |
| 2530 | else if (VALUE_LVAL (obj) == lval_memory && value_lazy (obj)) |
| 2531 | { |
| 2532 | int src_len = (bit_size + bit_offset + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / 8; |
| 2533 | gdb_byte *buf; |
| 2534 | |
| 2535 | v = value_at (type, value_address (obj) + offset); |
| 2536 | buf = (gdb_byte *) alloca (src_len); |
| 2537 | read_memory (value_address (v), buf, src_len); |
| 2538 | src = buf; |
| 2539 | } |
| 2540 | else |
| 2541 | { |
| 2542 | v = allocate_value (type); |
| 2543 | src = value_contents (obj) + offset; |
| 2544 | } |
| 2545 | |
| 2546 | if (obj != NULL) |
| 2547 | { |
| 2548 | long new_offset = offset; |
| 2549 | |
| 2550 | set_value_component_location (v, obj); |
| 2551 | set_value_bitpos (v, bit_offset + value_bitpos (obj)); |
| 2552 | set_value_bitsize (v, bit_size); |
| 2553 | if (value_bitpos (v) >= HOST_CHAR_BIT) |
| 2554 | { |
| 2555 | ++new_offset; |
| 2556 | set_value_bitpos (v, value_bitpos (v) - HOST_CHAR_BIT); |
| 2557 | } |
| 2558 | set_value_offset (v, new_offset); |
| 2559 | |
| 2560 | /* Also set the parent value. This is needed when trying to |
| 2561 | assign a new value (in inferior memory). */ |
| 2562 | set_value_parent (v, obj); |
| 2563 | } |
| 2564 | else |
| 2565 | set_value_bitsize (v, bit_size); |
| 2566 | unpacked = value_contents_writeable (v); |
| 2567 | |
| 2568 | if (bit_size == 0) |
| 2569 | { |
| 2570 | memset (unpacked, 0, TYPE_LENGTH (type)); |
| 2571 | return v; |
| 2572 | } |
| 2573 | |
| 2574 | if (staging.size () == TYPE_LENGTH (type)) |
| 2575 | { |
| 2576 | /* Small short-cut: If we've unpacked the data into a buffer |
| 2577 | of the same size as TYPE's length, then we can reuse that, |
| 2578 | instead of doing the unpacking again. */ |
| 2579 | memcpy (unpacked, staging.data (), staging.size ()); |
| 2580 | } |
| 2581 | else |
| 2582 | ada_unpack_from_contents (src, bit_offset, bit_size, |
| 2583 | unpacked, TYPE_LENGTH (type), |
| 2584 | is_big_endian, has_negatives (type), is_scalar); |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 | return v; |
| 2587 | } |
| 2588 | |
| 2589 | /* Store the contents of FROMVAL into the location of TOVAL. |
| 2590 | Return a new value with the location of TOVAL and contents of |
| 2591 | FROMVAL. Handles assignment into packed fields that have |
| 2592 | floating-point or non-scalar types. */ |
| 2593 | |
| 2594 | static struct value * |
| 2595 | ada_value_assign (struct value *toval, struct value *fromval) |
| 2596 | { |
| 2597 | struct type *type = value_type (toval); |
| 2598 | int bits = value_bitsize (toval); |
| 2599 | |
| 2600 | toval = ada_coerce_ref (toval); |
| 2601 | fromval = ada_coerce_ref (fromval); |
| 2602 | |
| 2603 | if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (toval))) |
| 2604 | toval = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (toval); |
| 2605 | if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (fromval))) |
| 2606 | fromval = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (fromval); |
| 2607 | |
| 2608 | if (!deprecated_value_modifiable (toval)) |
| 2609 | error (_("Left operand of assignment is not a modifiable lvalue.")); |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 | if (VALUE_LVAL (toval) == lval_memory |
| 2612 | && bits > 0 |
| 2613 | && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FLT |
| 2614 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)) |
| 2615 | { |
| 2616 | int len = (value_bitpos (toval) |
| 2617 | + bits + HOST_CHAR_BIT - 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2618 | int from_size; |
| 2619 | gdb_byte *buffer = (gdb_byte *) alloca (len); |
| 2620 | struct value *val; |
| 2621 | CORE_ADDR to_addr = value_address (toval); |
| 2622 | |
| 2623 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FLT) |
| 2624 | fromval = value_cast (type, fromval); |
| 2625 | |
| 2626 | read_memory (to_addr, buffer, len); |
| 2627 | from_size = value_bitsize (fromval); |
| 2628 | if (from_size == 0) |
| 2629 | from_size = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (fromval)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 2630 | |
| 2631 | const int is_big_endian = type_byte_order (type) == BFD_ENDIAN_BIG; |
| 2632 | ULONGEST from_offset = 0; |
| 2633 | if (is_big_endian && is_scalar_type (value_type (fromval))) |
| 2634 | from_offset = from_size - bits; |
| 2635 | copy_bitwise (buffer, value_bitpos (toval), |
| 2636 | value_contents (fromval), from_offset, |
| 2637 | bits, is_big_endian); |
| 2638 | write_memory_with_notification (to_addr, buffer, len); |
| 2639 | |
| 2640 | val = value_copy (toval); |
| 2641 | memcpy (value_contents_raw (val), value_contents (fromval), |
| 2642 | TYPE_LENGTH (type)); |
| 2643 | deprecated_set_value_type (val, type); |
| 2644 | |
| 2645 | return val; |
| 2646 | } |
| 2647 | |
| 2648 | return value_assign (toval, fromval); |
| 2649 | } |
| 2650 | |
| 2651 | |
| 2652 | /* Given that COMPONENT is a memory lvalue that is part of the lvalue |
| 2653 | CONTAINER, assign the contents of VAL to COMPONENTS's place in |
| 2654 | CONTAINER. Modifies the VALUE_CONTENTS of CONTAINER only, not |
| 2655 | COMPONENT, and not the inferior's memory. The current contents |
| 2656 | of COMPONENT are ignored. |
| 2657 | |
| 2658 | Although not part of the initial design, this function also works |
| 2659 | when CONTAINER and COMPONENT are not_lval's: it works as if CONTAINER |
| 2660 | had a null address, and COMPONENT had an address which is equal to |
| 2661 | its offset inside CONTAINER. */ |
| 2662 | |
| 2663 | static void |
| 2664 | value_assign_to_component (struct value *container, struct value *component, |
| 2665 | struct value *val) |
| 2666 | { |
| 2667 | LONGEST offset_in_container = |
| 2668 | (LONGEST) (value_address (component) - value_address (container)); |
| 2669 | int bit_offset_in_container = |
| 2670 | value_bitpos (component) - value_bitpos (container); |
| 2671 | int bits; |
| 2672 | |
| 2673 | val = value_cast (value_type (component), val); |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 | if (value_bitsize (component) == 0) |
| 2676 | bits = TARGET_CHAR_BIT * TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (component)); |
| 2677 | else |
| 2678 | bits = value_bitsize (component); |
| 2679 | |
| 2680 | if (type_byte_order (value_type (container)) == BFD_ENDIAN_BIG) |
| 2681 | { |
| 2682 | int src_offset; |
| 2683 | |
| 2684 | if (is_scalar_type (check_typedef (value_type (component)))) |
| 2685 | src_offset |
| 2686 | = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (component)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT - bits; |
| 2687 | else |
| 2688 | src_offset = 0; |
| 2689 | copy_bitwise (value_contents_writeable (container) + offset_in_container, |
| 2690 | value_bitpos (container) + bit_offset_in_container, |
| 2691 | value_contents (val), src_offset, bits, 1); |
| 2692 | } |
| 2693 | else |
| 2694 | copy_bitwise (value_contents_writeable (container) + offset_in_container, |
| 2695 | value_bitpos (container) + bit_offset_in_container, |
| 2696 | value_contents (val), 0, bits, 0); |
| 2697 | } |
| 2698 | |
| 2699 | /* Determine if TYPE is an access to an unconstrained array. */ |
| 2700 | |
| 2701 | bool |
| 2702 | ada_is_access_to_unconstrained_array (struct type *type) |
| 2703 | { |
| 2704 | return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF |
| 2705 | && is_thick_pntr (ada_typedef_target_type (type))); |
| 2706 | } |
| 2707 | |
| 2708 | /* The value of the element of array ARR at the ARITY indices given in IND. |
| 2709 | ARR may be either a simple array, GNAT array descriptor, or pointer |
| 2710 | thereto. */ |
| 2711 | |
| 2712 | struct value * |
| 2713 | ada_value_subscript (struct value *arr, int arity, struct value **ind) |
| 2714 | { |
| 2715 | int k; |
| 2716 | struct value *elt; |
| 2717 | struct type *elt_type; |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 | elt = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arr); |
| 2720 | |
| 2721 | elt_type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (elt)); |
| 2722 | if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 2723 | && TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type, 0) > 0) |
| 2724 | return value_subscript_packed (elt, arity, ind); |
| 2725 | |
| 2726 | for (k = 0; k < arity; k += 1) |
| 2727 | { |
| 2728 | struct type *saved_elt_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type); |
| 2729 | |
| 2730 | if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 2731 | error (_("too many subscripts (%d expected)"), k); |
| 2732 | |
| 2733 | elt = value_subscript (elt, pos_atr (ind[k])); |
| 2734 | |
| 2735 | if (ada_is_access_to_unconstrained_array (saved_elt_type) |
| 2736 | && TYPE_CODE (value_type (elt)) != TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) |
| 2737 | { |
| 2738 | /* The element is a typedef to an unconstrained array, |
| 2739 | except that the value_subscript call stripped the |
| 2740 | typedef layer. The typedef layer is GNAT's way to |
| 2741 | specify that the element is, at the source level, an |
| 2742 | access to the unconstrained array, rather than the |
| 2743 | unconstrained array. So, we need to restore that |
| 2744 | typedef layer, which we can do by forcing the element's |
| 2745 | type back to its original type. Otherwise, the returned |
| 2746 | value is going to be printed as the array, rather |
| 2747 | than as an access. Another symptom of the same issue |
| 2748 | would be that an expression trying to dereference the |
| 2749 | element would also be improperly rejected. */ |
| 2750 | deprecated_set_value_type (elt, saved_elt_type); |
| 2751 | } |
| 2752 | |
| 2753 | elt_type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (elt)); |
| 2754 | } |
| 2755 | |
| 2756 | return elt; |
| 2757 | } |
| 2758 | |
| 2759 | /* Assuming ARR is a pointer to a GDB array, the value of the element |
| 2760 | of *ARR at the ARITY indices given in IND. |
| 2761 | Does not read the entire array into memory. |
| 2762 | |
| 2763 | Note: Unlike what one would expect, this function is used instead of |
| 2764 | ada_value_subscript for basically all non-packed array types. The reason |
| 2765 | for this is that a side effect of doing our own pointer arithmetics instead |
| 2766 | of relying on value_subscript is that there is no implicit typedef peeling. |
| 2767 | This is important for arrays of array accesses, where it allows us to |
| 2768 | preserve the fact that the array's element is an array access, where the |
| 2769 | access part os encoded in a typedef layer. */ |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 | static struct value * |
| 2772 | ada_value_ptr_subscript (struct value *arr, int arity, struct value **ind) |
| 2773 | { |
| 2774 | int k; |
| 2775 | struct value *array_ind = ada_value_ind (arr); |
| 2776 | struct type *type |
| 2777 | = check_typedef (value_enclosing_type (array_ind)); |
| 2778 | |
| 2779 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 2780 | && TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 0) > 0) |
| 2781 | return value_subscript_packed (array_ind, arity, ind); |
| 2782 | |
| 2783 | for (k = 0; k < arity; k += 1) |
| 2784 | { |
| 2785 | LONGEST lwb, upb; |
| 2786 | struct value *lwb_value; |
| 2787 | |
| 2788 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 2789 | error (_("too many subscripts (%d expected)"), k); |
| 2790 | arr = value_cast (lookup_pointer_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)), |
| 2791 | value_copy (arr)); |
| 2792 | get_discrete_bounds (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type), &lwb, &upb); |
| 2793 | lwb_value = value_from_longest (value_type(ind[k]), lwb); |
| 2794 | arr = value_ptradd (arr, pos_atr (ind[k]) - pos_atr (lwb_value)); |
| 2795 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 2796 | } |
| 2797 | |
| 2798 | return value_ind (arr); |
| 2799 | } |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 | /* Given that ARRAY_PTR is a pointer or reference to an array of type TYPE (the |
| 2802 | actual type of ARRAY_PTR is ignored), returns the Ada slice of |
| 2803 | HIGH'Pos-LOW'Pos+1 elements starting at index LOW. The lower bound of |
| 2804 | this array is LOW, as per Ada rules. */ |
| 2805 | static struct value * |
| 2806 | ada_value_slice_from_ptr (struct value *array_ptr, struct type *type, |
| 2807 | int low, int high) |
| 2808 | { |
| 2809 | struct type *type0 = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 2810 | struct type *base_index_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type0)); |
| 2811 | struct type *index_type |
| 2812 | = create_static_range_type (NULL, base_index_type, low, high); |
| 2813 | struct type *slice_type = create_array_type_with_stride |
| 2814 | (NULL, TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0), index_type, |
| 2815 | get_dyn_prop (DYN_PROP_BYTE_STRIDE, type0), |
| 2816 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type0, 0)); |
| 2817 | int base_low = ada_discrete_type_low_bound (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type0)); |
| 2818 | LONGEST base_low_pos, low_pos; |
| 2819 | CORE_ADDR base; |
| 2820 | |
| 2821 | if (!discrete_position (base_index_type, low, &low_pos) |
| 2822 | || !discrete_position (base_index_type, base_low, &base_low_pos)) |
| 2823 | { |
| 2824 | warning (_("unable to get positions in slice, use bounds instead")); |
| 2825 | low_pos = low; |
| 2826 | base_low_pos = base_low; |
| 2827 | } |
| 2828 | |
| 2829 | base = value_as_address (array_ptr) |
| 2830 | + ((low_pos - base_low_pos) |
| 2831 | * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0))); |
| 2832 | return value_at_lazy (slice_type, base); |
| 2833 | } |
| 2834 | |
| 2835 | |
| 2836 | static struct value * |
| 2837 | ada_value_slice (struct value *array, int low, int high) |
| 2838 | { |
| 2839 | struct type *type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (array)); |
| 2840 | struct type *base_index_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type)); |
| 2841 | struct type *index_type |
| 2842 | = create_static_range_type (NULL, TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type), low, high); |
| 2843 | struct type *slice_type = create_array_type_with_stride |
| 2844 | (NULL, TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type), index_type, |
| 2845 | get_dyn_prop (DYN_PROP_BYTE_STRIDE, type), |
| 2846 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, 0)); |
| 2847 | LONGEST low_pos, high_pos; |
| 2848 | |
| 2849 | if (!discrete_position (base_index_type, low, &low_pos) |
| 2850 | || !discrete_position (base_index_type, high, &high_pos)) |
| 2851 | { |
| 2852 | warning (_("unable to get positions in slice, use bounds instead")); |
| 2853 | low_pos = low; |
| 2854 | high_pos = high; |
| 2855 | } |
| 2856 | |
| 2857 | return value_cast (slice_type, |
| 2858 | value_slice (array, low, high_pos - low_pos + 1)); |
| 2859 | } |
| 2860 | |
| 2861 | /* If type is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array |
| 2862 | descriptor, returns the number of dimensions for type. If arr is a |
| 2863 | simple array, returns the number of "array of"s that prefix its |
| 2864 | type designation. Otherwise, returns 0. */ |
| 2865 | |
| 2866 | int |
| 2867 | ada_array_arity (struct type *type) |
| 2868 | { |
| 2869 | int arity; |
| 2870 | |
| 2871 | if (type == NULL) |
| 2872 | return 0; |
| 2873 | |
| 2874 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 2875 | |
| 2876 | arity = 0; |
| 2877 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 2878 | return desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type)); |
| 2879 | else |
| 2880 | while (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 2881 | { |
| 2882 | arity += 1; |
| 2883 | type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 2884 | } |
| 2885 | |
| 2886 | return arity; |
| 2887 | } |
| 2888 | |
| 2889 | /* If TYPE is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array |
| 2890 | descriptor or a simple array type, returns the element type for |
| 2891 | TYPE after indexing by NINDICES indices, or by all indices if |
| 2892 | NINDICES is -1. Otherwise, returns NULL. */ |
| 2893 | |
| 2894 | struct type * |
| 2895 | ada_array_element_type (struct type *type, int nindices) |
| 2896 | { |
| 2897 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 2898 | |
| 2899 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 2900 | { |
| 2901 | int k; |
| 2902 | struct type *p_array_type; |
| 2903 | |
| 2904 | p_array_type = desc_data_target_type (type); |
| 2905 | |
| 2906 | k = ada_array_arity (type); |
| 2907 | if (k == 0) |
| 2908 | return NULL; |
| 2909 | |
| 2910 | /* Initially p_array_type = elt_type(*)[]...(k times)...[]. */ |
| 2911 | if (nindices >= 0 && k > nindices) |
| 2912 | k = nindices; |
| 2913 | while (k > 0 && p_array_type != NULL) |
| 2914 | { |
| 2915 | p_array_type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_array_type)); |
| 2916 | k -= 1; |
| 2917 | } |
| 2918 | return p_array_type; |
| 2919 | } |
| 2920 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 2921 | { |
| 2922 | while (nindices != 0 && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 2923 | { |
| 2924 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 2925 | nindices -= 1; |
| 2926 | } |
| 2927 | return type; |
| 2928 | } |
| 2929 | |
| 2930 | return NULL; |
| 2931 | } |
| 2932 | |
| 2933 | /* The type of nth index in arrays of given type (n numbering from 1). |
| 2934 | Does not examine memory. Throws an error if N is invalid or TYPE |
| 2935 | is not an array type. NAME is the name of the Ada attribute being |
| 2936 | evaluated ('range, 'first, 'last, or 'length); it is used in building |
| 2937 | the error message. */ |
| 2938 | |
| 2939 | static struct type * |
| 2940 | ada_index_type (struct type *type, int n, const char *name) |
| 2941 | { |
| 2942 | struct type *result_type; |
| 2943 | |
| 2944 | type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 2945 | |
| 2946 | if (n < 0 || n > ada_array_arity (type)) |
| 2947 | error (_("invalid dimension number to '%s"), name); |
| 2948 | |
| 2949 | if (ada_is_simple_array_type (type)) |
| 2950 | { |
| 2951 | int i; |
| 2952 | |
| 2953 | for (i = 1; i < n; i += 1) |
| 2954 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 2955 | result_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type)); |
| 2956 | /* FIXME: The stabs type r(0,0);bound;bound in an array type |
| 2957 | has a target type of TYPE_CODE_UNDEF. We compensate here, but |
| 2958 | perhaps stabsread.c would make more sense. */ |
| 2959 | if (result_type && TYPE_CODE (result_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF) |
| 2960 | result_type = NULL; |
| 2961 | } |
| 2962 | else |
| 2963 | { |
| 2964 | result_type = desc_index_type (desc_bounds_type (type), n); |
| 2965 | if (result_type == NULL) |
| 2966 | error (_("attempt to take bound of something that is not an array")); |
| 2967 | } |
| 2968 | |
| 2969 | return result_type; |
| 2970 | } |
| 2971 | |
| 2972 | /* Given that arr is an array type, returns the lower bound of the |
| 2973 | Nth index (numbering from 1) if WHICH is 0, and the upper bound if |
| 2974 | WHICH is 1. This returns bounds 0 .. -1 if ARR_TYPE is an |
| 2975 | array-descriptor type. It works for other arrays with bounds supplied |
| 2976 | by run-time quantities other than discriminants. */ |
| 2977 | |
| 2978 | static LONGEST |
| 2979 | ada_array_bound_from_type (struct type *arr_type, int n, int which) |
| 2980 | { |
| 2981 | struct type *type, *index_type_desc, *index_type; |
| 2982 | int i; |
| 2983 | |
| 2984 | gdb_assert (which == 0 || which == 1); |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 | if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type)) |
| 2987 | arr_type = decode_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type); |
| 2988 | |
| 2989 | if (arr_type == NULL || !ada_is_simple_array_type (arr_type)) |
| 2990 | return (LONGEST) - which; |
| 2991 | |
| 2992 | if (TYPE_CODE (arr_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 2993 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (arr_type); |
| 2994 | else |
| 2995 | type = arr_type; |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 | if (TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type)) |
| 2998 | { |
| 2999 | /* The array has already been fixed, so we do not need to |
| 3000 | check the parallel ___XA type again. That encoding has |
| 3001 | already been applied, so ignore it now. */ |
| 3002 | index_type_desc = NULL; |
| 3003 | } |
| 3004 | else |
| 3005 | { |
| 3006 | index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XA"); |
| 3007 | ada_fixup_array_indexes_type (index_type_desc); |
| 3008 | } |
| 3009 | |
| 3010 | if (index_type_desc != NULL) |
| 3011 | index_type = to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_type_desc, n - 1), |
| 3012 | NULL); |
| 3013 | else |
| 3014 | { |
| 3015 | struct type *elt_type = check_typedef (type); |
| 3016 | |
| 3017 | for (i = 1; i < n; i++) |
| 3018 | elt_type = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type)); |
| 3019 | |
| 3020 | index_type = TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (elt_type); |
| 3021 | } |
| 3022 | |
| 3023 | return |
| 3024 | (LONGEST) (which == 0 |
| 3025 | ? ada_discrete_type_low_bound (index_type) |
| 3026 | : ada_discrete_type_high_bound (index_type)); |
| 3027 | } |
| 3028 | |
| 3029 | /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the lower bound of the |
| 3030 | nth index (numbering from 1) if WHICH is 0, and the upper bound if |
| 3031 | WHICH is 1. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds |
| 3032 | supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. */ |
| 3033 | |
| 3034 | static LONGEST |
| 3035 | ada_array_bound (struct value *arr, int n, int which) |
| 3036 | { |
| 3037 | struct type *arr_type; |
| 3038 | |
| 3039 | if (TYPE_CODE (check_typedef (value_type (arr))) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 3040 | arr = value_ind (arr); |
| 3041 | arr_type = value_enclosing_type (arr); |
| 3042 | |
| 3043 | if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type)) |
| 3044 | return ada_array_bound (decode_constrained_packed_array (arr), n, which); |
| 3045 | else if (ada_is_simple_array_type (arr_type)) |
| 3046 | return ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, which); |
| 3047 | else |
| 3048 | return value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr), n, which)); |
| 3049 | } |
| 3050 | |
| 3051 | /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the length of the |
| 3052 | nth index. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds |
| 3053 | supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. |
| 3054 | Does not work for arrays indexed by enumeration types with representation |
| 3055 | clauses at the moment. */ |
| 3056 | |
| 3057 | static LONGEST |
| 3058 | ada_array_length (struct value *arr, int n) |
| 3059 | { |
| 3060 | struct type *arr_type, *index_type; |
| 3061 | int low, high; |
| 3062 | |
| 3063 | if (TYPE_CODE (check_typedef (value_type (arr))) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 3064 | arr = value_ind (arr); |
| 3065 | arr_type = value_enclosing_type (arr); |
| 3066 | |
| 3067 | if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type)) |
| 3068 | return ada_array_length (decode_constrained_packed_array (arr), n); |
| 3069 | |
| 3070 | if (ada_is_simple_array_type (arr_type)) |
| 3071 | { |
| 3072 | low = ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, 0); |
| 3073 | high = ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type, n, 1); |
| 3074 | } |
| 3075 | else |
| 3076 | { |
| 3077 | low = value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr), n, 0)); |
| 3078 | high = value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr), n, 1)); |
| 3079 | } |
| 3080 | |
| 3081 | arr_type = check_typedef (arr_type); |
| 3082 | index_type = ada_index_type (arr_type, n, "length"); |
| 3083 | if (index_type != NULL) |
| 3084 | { |
| 3085 | struct type *base_type; |
| 3086 | if (TYPE_CODE (index_type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) |
| 3087 | base_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (index_type); |
| 3088 | else |
| 3089 | base_type = index_type; |
| 3090 | |
| 3091 | low = pos_atr (value_from_longest (base_type, low)); |
| 3092 | high = pos_atr (value_from_longest (base_type, high)); |
| 3093 | } |
| 3094 | return high - low + 1; |
| 3095 | } |
| 3096 | |
| 3097 | /* An array whose type is that of ARR_TYPE (an array type), with |
| 3098 | bounds LOW to HIGH, but whose contents are unimportant. If HIGH is |
| 3099 | less than LOW, then LOW-1 is used. */ |
| 3100 | |
| 3101 | static struct value * |
| 3102 | empty_array (struct type *arr_type, int low, int high) |
| 3103 | { |
| 3104 | struct type *arr_type0 = ada_check_typedef (arr_type); |
| 3105 | struct type *index_type |
| 3106 | = create_static_range_type |
| 3107 | (NULL, TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (arr_type0)), low, |
| 3108 | high < low ? low - 1 : high); |
| 3109 | struct type *elt_type = ada_array_element_type (arr_type0, 1); |
| 3110 | |
| 3111 | return allocate_value (create_array_type (NULL, elt_type, index_type)); |
| 3112 | } |
| 3113 | \f |
| 3114 | |
| 3115 | /* Name resolution */ |
| 3116 | |
| 3117 | /* The "decoded" name for the user-definable Ada operator corresponding |
| 3118 | to OP. */ |
| 3119 | |
| 3120 | static const char * |
| 3121 | ada_decoded_op_name (enum exp_opcode op) |
| 3122 | { |
| 3123 | int i; |
| 3124 | |
| 3125 | for (i = 0; ada_opname_table[i].encoded != NULL; i += 1) |
| 3126 | { |
| 3127 | if (ada_opname_table[i].op == op) |
| 3128 | return ada_opname_table[i].decoded; |
| 3129 | } |
| 3130 | error (_("Could not find operator name for opcode")); |
| 3131 | } |
| 3132 | |
| 3133 | /* Returns true (non-zero) iff decoded name N0 should appear before N1 |
| 3134 | in a listing of choices during disambiguation (see sort_choices, below). |
| 3135 | The idea is that overloadings of a subprogram name from the |
| 3136 | same package should sort in their source order. We settle for ordering |
| 3137 | such symbols by their trailing number (__N or $N). */ |
| 3138 | |
| 3139 | static int |
| 3140 | encoded_ordered_before (const char *N0, const char *N1) |
| 3141 | { |
| 3142 | if (N1 == NULL) |
| 3143 | return 0; |
| 3144 | else if (N0 == NULL) |
| 3145 | return 1; |
| 3146 | else |
| 3147 | { |
| 3148 | int k0, k1; |
| 3149 | |
| 3150 | for (k0 = strlen (N0) - 1; k0 > 0 && isdigit (N0[k0]); k0 -= 1) |
| 3151 | ; |
| 3152 | for (k1 = strlen (N1) - 1; k1 > 0 && isdigit (N1[k1]); k1 -= 1) |
| 3153 | ; |
| 3154 | if ((N0[k0] == '_' || N0[k0] == '$') && N0[k0 + 1] != '\000' |
| 3155 | && (N1[k1] == '_' || N1[k1] == '$') && N1[k1 + 1] != '\000') |
| 3156 | { |
| 3157 | int n0, n1; |
| 3158 | |
| 3159 | n0 = k0; |
| 3160 | while (N0[n0] == '_' && n0 > 0 && N0[n0 - 1] == '_') |
| 3161 | n0 -= 1; |
| 3162 | n1 = k1; |
| 3163 | while (N1[n1] == '_' && n1 > 0 && N1[n1 - 1] == '_') |
| 3164 | n1 -= 1; |
| 3165 | if (n0 == n1 && strncmp (N0, N1, n0) == 0) |
| 3166 | return (atoi (N0 + k0 + 1) < atoi (N1 + k1 + 1)); |
| 3167 | } |
| 3168 | return (strcmp (N0, N1) < 0); |
| 3169 | } |
| 3170 | } |
| 3171 | |
| 3172 | /* Sort SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] to put the choices in a canonical order by the |
| 3173 | encoded names. */ |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 | static void |
| 3176 | sort_choices (struct block_symbol syms[], int nsyms) |
| 3177 | { |
| 3178 | int i; |
| 3179 | |
| 3180 | for (i = 1; i < nsyms; i += 1) |
| 3181 | { |
| 3182 | struct block_symbol sym = syms[i]; |
| 3183 | int j; |
| 3184 | |
| 3185 | for (j = i - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1) |
| 3186 | { |
| 3187 | if (encoded_ordered_before (syms[j].symbol->linkage_name (), |
| 3188 | sym.symbol->linkage_name ())) |
| 3189 | break; |
| 3190 | syms[j + 1] = syms[j]; |
| 3191 | } |
| 3192 | syms[j + 1] = sym; |
| 3193 | } |
| 3194 | } |
| 3195 | |
| 3196 | /* Whether GDB should display formals and return types for functions in the |
| 3197 | overloads selection menu. */ |
| 3198 | static bool print_signatures = true; |
| 3199 | |
| 3200 | /* Print the signature for SYM on STREAM according to the FLAGS options. For |
| 3201 | all but functions, the signature is just the name of the symbol. For |
| 3202 | functions, this is the name of the function, the list of types for formals |
| 3203 | and the return type (if any). */ |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 | static void |
| 3206 | ada_print_symbol_signature (struct ui_file *stream, struct symbol *sym, |
| 3207 | const struct type_print_options *flags) |
| 3208 | { |
| 3209 | struct type *type = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym); |
| 3210 | |
| 3211 | fprintf_filtered (stream, "%s", sym->print_name ()); |
| 3212 | if (!print_signatures |
| 3213 | || type == NULL |
| 3214 | || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC) |
| 3215 | return; |
| 3216 | |
| 3217 | if (TYPE_NFIELDS (type) > 0) |
| 3218 | { |
| 3219 | int i; |
| 3220 | |
| 3221 | fprintf_filtered (stream, " ("); |
| 3222 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); ++i) |
| 3223 | { |
| 3224 | if (i > 0) |
| 3225 | fprintf_filtered (stream, "; "); |
| 3226 | ada_print_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i), NULL, stream, -1, 0, |
| 3227 | flags); |
| 3228 | } |
| 3229 | fprintf_filtered (stream, ")"); |
| 3230 | } |
| 3231 | if (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) != NULL |
| 3232 | && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)) != TYPE_CODE_VOID) |
| 3233 | { |
| 3234 | fprintf_filtered (stream, " return "); |
| 3235 | ada_print_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type), NULL, stream, -1, 0, flags); |
| 3236 | } |
| 3237 | } |
| 3238 | |
| 3239 | /* Read and validate a set of numeric choices from the user in the |
| 3240 | range 0 .. N_CHOICES-1. Place the results in increasing |
| 3241 | order in CHOICES[0 .. N-1], and return N. |
| 3242 | |
| 3243 | The user types choices as a sequence of numbers on one line |
| 3244 | separated by blanks, encoding them as follows: |
| 3245 | |
| 3246 | + A choice of 0 means to cancel the selection, throwing an error. |
| 3247 | + If IS_ALL_CHOICE, a choice of 1 selects the entire set 0 .. N_CHOICES-1. |
| 3248 | + The user chooses k by typing k+IS_ALL_CHOICE+1. |
| 3249 | |
| 3250 | The user is not allowed to choose more than MAX_RESULTS values. |
| 3251 | |
| 3252 | ANNOTATION_SUFFIX, if present, is used to annotate the input |
| 3253 | prompts (for use with the -f switch). */ |
| 3254 | |
| 3255 | static int |
| 3256 | get_selections (int *choices, int n_choices, int max_results, |
| 3257 | int is_all_choice, const char *annotation_suffix) |
| 3258 | { |
| 3259 | const char *args; |
| 3260 | const char *prompt; |
| 3261 | int n_chosen; |
| 3262 | int first_choice = is_all_choice ? 2 : 1; |
| 3263 | |
| 3264 | prompt = getenv ("PS2"); |
| 3265 | if (prompt == NULL) |
| 3266 | prompt = "> "; |
| 3267 | |
| 3268 | args = command_line_input (prompt, annotation_suffix); |
| 3269 | |
| 3270 | if (args == NULL) |
| 3271 | error_no_arg (_("one or more choice numbers")); |
| 3272 | |
| 3273 | n_chosen = 0; |
| 3274 | |
| 3275 | /* Set choices[0 .. n_chosen-1] to the users' choices in ascending |
| 3276 | order, as given in args. Choices are validated. */ |
| 3277 | while (1) |
| 3278 | { |
| 3279 | char *args2; |
| 3280 | int choice, j; |
| 3281 | |
| 3282 | args = skip_spaces (args); |
| 3283 | if (*args == '\0' && n_chosen == 0) |
| 3284 | error_no_arg (_("one or more choice numbers")); |
| 3285 | else if (*args == '\0') |
| 3286 | break; |
| 3287 | |
| 3288 | choice = strtol (args, &args2, 10); |
| 3289 | if (args == args2 || choice < 0 |
| 3290 | || choice > n_choices + first_choice - 1) |
| 3291 | error (_("Argument must be choice number")); |
| 3292 | args = args2; |
| 3293 | |
| 3294 | if (choice == 0) |
| 3295 | error (_("cancelled")); |
| 3296 | |
| 3297 | if (choice < first_choice) |
| 3298 | { |
| 3299 | n_chosen = n_choices; |
| 3300 | for (j = 0; j < n_choices; j += 1) |
| 3301 | choices[j] = j; |
| 3302 | break; |
| 3303 | } |
| 3304 | choice -= first_choice; |
| 3305 | |
| 3306 | for (j = n_chosen - 1; j >= 0 && choice < choices[j]; j -= 1) |
| 3307 | { |
| 3308 | } |
| 3309 | |
| 3310 | if (j < 0 || choice != choices[j]) |
| 3311 | { |
| 3312 | int k; |
| 3313 | |
| 3314 | for (k = n_chosen - 1; k > j; k -= 1) |
| 3315 | choices[k + 1] = choices[k]; |
| 3316 | choices[j + 1] = choice; |
| 3317 | n_chosen += 1; |
| 3318 | } |
| 3319 | } |
| 3320 | |
| 3321 | if (n_chosen > max_results) |
| 3322 | error (_("Select no more than %d of the above"), max_results); |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 | return n_chosen; |
| 3325 | } |
| 3326 | |
| 3327 | /* Given a list of NSYMS symbols in SYMS, select up to MAX_RESULTS>0 |
| 3328 | by asking the user (if necessary), returning the number selected, |
| 3329 | and setting the first elements of SYMS items. Error if no symbols |
| 3330 | selected. */ |
| 3331 | |
| 3332 | /* NOTE: Adapted from decode_line_2 in symtab.c, with which it ought |
| 3333 | to be re-integrated one of these days. */ |
| 3334 | |
| 3335 | static int |
| 3336 | user_select_syms (struct block_symbol *syms, int nsyms, int max_results) |
| 3337 | { |
| 3338 | int i; |
| 3339 | int *chosen = XALLOCAVEC (int , nsyms); |
| 3340 | int n_chosen; |
| 3341 | int first_choice = (max_results == 1) ? 1 : 2; |
| 3342 | const char *select_mode = multiple_symbols_select_mode (); |
| 3343 | |
| 3344 | if (max_results < 1) |
| 3345 | error (_("Request to select 0 symbols!")); |
| 3346 | if (nsyms <= 1) |
| 3347 | return nsyms; |
| 3348 | |
| 3349 | if (select_mode == multiple_symbols_cancel) |
| 3350 | error (_("\ |
| 3351 | canceled because the command is ambiguous\n\ |
| 3352 | See set/show multiple-symbol.")); |
| 3353 | |
| 3354 | /* If select_mode is "all", then return all possible symbols. |
| 3355 | Only do that if more than one symbol can be selected, of course. |
| 3356 | Otherwise, display the menu as usual. */ |
| 3357 | if (select_mode == multiple_symbols_all && max_results > 1) |
| 3358 | return nsyms; |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 | printf_filtered (_("[0] cancel\n")); |
| 3361 | if (max_results > 1) |
| 3362 | printf_filtered (_("[1] all\n")); |
| 3363 | |
| 3364 | sort_choices (syms, nsyms); |
| 3365 | |
| 3366 | for (i = 0; i < nsyms; i += 1) |
| 3367 | { |
| 3368 | if (syms[i].symbol == NULL) |
| 3369 | continue; |
| 3370 | |
| 3371 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i].symbol) == LOC_BLOCK) |
| 3372 | { |
| 3373 | struct symtab_and_line sal = |
| 3374 | find_function_start_sal (syms[i].symbol, 1); |
| 3375 | |
| 3376 | printf_filtered ("[%d] ", i + first_choice); |
| 3377 | ada_print_symbol_signature (gdb_stdout, syms[i].symbol, |
| 3378 | &type_print_raw_options); |
| 3379 | if (sal.symtab == NULL) |
| 3380 | printf_filtered (_(" at %p[<no source file available>%p]:%d\n"), |
| 3381 | metadata_style.style ().ptr (), nullptr, sal.line); |
| 3382 | else |
| 3383 | printf_filtered |
| 3384 | (_(" at %ps:%d\n"), |
| 3385 | styled_string (file_name_style.style (), |
| 3386 | symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal.symtab)), |
| 3387 | sal.line); |
| 3388 | continue; |
| 3389 | } |
| 3390 | else |
| 3391 | { |
| 3392 | int is_enumeral = |
| 3393 | (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i].symbol) == LOC_CONST |
| 3394 | && SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].symbol) != NULL |
| 3395 | && TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].symbol)) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM); |
| 3396 | struct symtab *symtab = NULL; |
| 3397 | |
| 3398 | if (SYMBOL_OBJFILE_OWNED (syms[i].symbol)) |
| 3399 | symtab = symbol_symtab (syms[i].symbol); |
| 3400 | |
| 3401 | if (SYMBOL_LINE (syms[i].symbol) != 0 && symtab != NULL) |
| 3402 | { |
| 3403 | printf_filtered ("[%d] ", i + first_choice); |
| 3404 | ada_print_symbol_signature (gdb_stdout, syms[i].symbol, |
| 3405 | &type_print_raw_options); |
| 3406 | printf_filtered (_(" at %s:%d\n"), |
| 3407 | symtab_to_filename_for_display (symtab), |
| 3408 | SYMBOL_LINE (syms[i].symbol)); |
| 3409 | } |
| 3410 | else if (is_enumeral |
| 3411 | && TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].symbol)) != NULL) |
| 3412 | { |
| 3413 | printf_filtered (("[%d] "), i + first_choice); |
| 3414 | ada_print_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].symbol), NULL, |
| 3415 | gdb_stdout, -1, 0, &type_print_raw_options); |
| 3416 | printf_filtered (_("'(%s) (enumeral)\n"), |
| 3417 | syms[i].symbol->print_name ()); |
| 3418 | } |
| 3419 | else |
| 3420 | { |
| 3421 | printf_filtered ("[%d] ", i + first_choice); |
| 3422 | ada_print_symbol_signature (gdb_stdout, syms[i].symbol, |
| 3423 | &type_print_raw_options); |
| 3424 | |
| 3425 | if (symtab != NULL) |
| 3426 | printf_filtered (is_enumeral |
| 3427 | ? _(" in %s (enumeral)\n") |
| 3428 | : _(" at %s:?\n"), |
| 3429 | symtab_to_filename_for_display (symtab)); |
| 3430 | else |
| 3431 | printf_filtered (is_enumeral |
| 3432 | ? _(" (enumeral)\n") |
| 3433 | : _(" at ?\n")); |
| 3434 | } |
| 3435 | } |
| 3436 | } |
| 3437 | |
| 3438 | n_chosen = get_selections (chosen, nsyms, max_results, max_results > 1, |
| 3439 | "overload-choice"); |
| 3440 | |
| 3441 | for (i = 0; i < n_chosen; i += 1) |
| 3442 | syms[i] = syms[chosen[i]]; |
| 3443 | |
| 3444 | return n_chosen; |
| 3445 | } |
| 3446 | |
| 3447 | /* Same as evaluate_type (*EXP), but resolves ambiguous symbol |
| 3448 | references (marked by OP_VAR_VALUE nodes in which the symbol has an |
| 3449 | undefined namespace) and converts operators that are |
| 3450 | user-defined into appropriate function calls. If CONTEXT_TYPE is |
| 3451 | non-null, it provides a preferred result type [at the moment, only |
| 3452 | type void has any effect---causing procedures to be preferred over |
| 3453 | functions in calls]. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates that a non-void |
| 3454 | return type is preferred. May change (expand) *EXP. */ |
| 3455 | |
| 3456 | static void |
| 3457 | resolve (expression_up *expp, int void_context_p, int parse_completion, |
| 3458 | innermost_block_tracker *tracker) |
| 3459 | { |
| 3460 | struct type *context_type = NULL; |
| 3461 | int pc = 0; |
| 3462 | |
| 3463 | if (void_context_p) |
| 3464 | context_type = builtin_type ((*expp)->gdbarch)->builtin_void; |
| 3465 | |
| 3466 | resolve_subexp (expp, &pc, 1, context_type, parse_completion, tracker); |
| 3467 | } |
| 3468 | |
| 3469 | /* Resolve the operator of the subexpression beginning at |
| 3470 | position *POS of *EXPP. "Resolving" consists of replacing |
| 3471 | the symbols that have undefined namespaces in OP_VAR_VALUE nodes |
| 3472 | with their resolutions, replacing built-in operators with |
| 3473 | function calls to user-defined operators, where appropriate, and, |
| 3474 | when DEPROCEDURE_P is non-zero, converting function-valued variables |
| 3475 | into parameterless calls. May expand *EXPP. The CONTEXT_TYPE functions |
| 3476 | are as in ada_resolve, above. */ |
| 3477 | |
| 3478 | static struct value * |
| 3479 | resolve_subexp (expression_up *expp, int *pos, int deprocedure_p, |
| 3480 | struct type *context_type, int parse_completion, |
| 3481 | innermost_block_tracker *tracker) |
| 3482 | { |
| 3483 | int pc = *pos; |
| 3484 | int i; |
| 3485 | struct expression *exp; /* Convenience: == *expp. */ |
| 3486 | enum exp_opcode op = (*expp)->elts[pc].opcode; |
| 3487 | struct value **argvec; /* Vector of operand types (alloca'ed). */ |
| 3488 | int nargs; /* Number of operands. */ |
| 3489 | int oplen; |
| 3490 | |
| 3491 | argvec = NULL; |
| 3492 | nargs = 0; |
| 3493 | exp = expp->get (); |
| 3494 | |
| 3495 | /* Pass one: resolve operands, saving their types and updating *pos, |
| 3496 | if needed. */ |
| 3497 | switch (op) |
| 3498 | { |
| 3499 | case OP_FUNCALL: |
| 3500 | if (exp->elts[pc + 3].opcode == OP_VAR_VALUE |
| 3501 | && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol) == UNDEF_DOMAIN) |
| 3502 | *pos += 7; |
| 3503 | else |
| 3504 | { |
| 3505 | *pos += 3; |
| 3506 | resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL, parse_completion, tracker); |
| 3507 | } |
| 3508 | nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 3509 | break; |
| 3510 | |
| 3511 | case UNOP_ADDR: |
| 3512 | *pos += 1; |
| 3513 | resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL, parse_completion, tracker); |
| 3514 | break; |
| 3515 | |
| 3516 | case UNOP_QUAL: |
| 3517 | *pos += 3; |
| 3518 | resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, check_typedef (exp->elts[pc + 1].type), |
| 3519 | parse_completion, tracker); |
| 3520 | break; |
| 3521 | |
| 3522 | case OP_ATR_MODULUS: |
| 3523 | case OP_ATR_SIZE: |
| 3524 | case OP_ATR_TAG: |
| 3525 | case OP_ATR_FIRST: |
| 3526 | case OP_ATR_LAST: |
| 3527 | case OP_ATR_LENGTH: |
| 3528 | case OP_ATR_POS: |
| 3529 | case OP_ATR_VAL: |
| 3530 | case OP_ATR_MIN: |
| 3531 | case OP_ATR_MAX: |
| 3532 | case TERNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 3533 | case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS: |
| 3534 | case UNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 3535 | case OP_AGGREGATE: |
| 3536 | case OP_OTHERS: |
| 3537 | case OP_CHOICES: |
| 3538 | case OP_POSITIONAL: |
| 3539 | case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE: |
| 3540 | case OP_NAME: |
| 3541 | ada_forward_operator_length (exp, pc, &oplen, &nargs); |
| 3542 | *pos += oplen; |
| 3543 | break; |
| 3544 | |
| 3545 | case BINOP_ASSIGN: |
| 3546 | { |
| 3547 | struct value *arg1; |
| 3548 | |
| 3549 | *pos += 1; |
| 3550 | arg1 = resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 0, NULL, parse_completion, tracker); |
| 3551 | if (arg1 == NULL) |
| 3552 | resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL, parse_completion, tracker); |
| 3553 | else |
| 3554 | resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, value_type (arg1), parse_completion, |
| 3555 | tracker); |
| 3556 | break; |
| 3557 | } |
| 3558 | |
| 3559 | case UNOP_CAST: |
| 3560 | *pos += 3; |
| 3561 | nargs = 1; |
| 3562 | break; |
| 3563 | |
| 3564 | case BINOP_ADD: |
| 3565 | case BINOP_SUB: |
| 3566 | case BINOP_MUL: |
| 3567 | case BINOP_DIV: |
| 3568 | case BINOP_REM: |
| 3569 | case BINOP_MOD: |
| 3570 | case BINOP_EXP: |
| 3571 | case BINOP_CONCAT: |
| 3572 | case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND: |
| 3573 | case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR: |
| 3574 | case BINOP_BITWISE_AND: |
| 3575 | case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR: |
| 3576 | case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR: |
| 3577 | |
| 3578 | case BINOP_EQUAL: |
| 3579 | case BINOP_NOTEQUAL: |
| 3580 | case BINOP_LESS: |
| 3581 | case BINOP_GTR: |
| 3582 | case BINOP_LEQ: |
| 3583 | case BINOP_GEQ: |
| 3584 | |
| 3585 | case BINOP_REPEAT: |
| 3586 | case BINOP_SUBSCRIPT: |
| 3587 | case BINOP_COMMA: |
| 3588 | *pos += 1; |
| 3589 | nargs = 2; |
| 3590 | break; |
| 3591 | |
| 3592 | case UNOP_NEG: |
| 3593 | case UNOP_PLUS: |
| 3594 | case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT: |
| 3595 | case UNOP_ABS: |
| 3596 | case UNOP_IND: |
| 3597 | *pos += 1; |
| 3598 | nargs = 1; |
| 3599 | break; |
| 3600 | |
| 3601 | case OP_LONG: |
| 3602 | case OP_FLOAT: |
| 3603 | case OP_VAR_VALUE: |
| 3604 | case OP_VAR_MSYM_VALUE: |
| 3605 | *pos += 4; |
| 3606 | break; |
| 3607 | |
| 3608 | case OP_TYPE: |
| 3609 | case OP_BOOL: |
| 3610 | case OP_LAST: |
| 3611 | case OP_INTERNALVAR: |
| 3612 | *pos += 3; |
| 3613 | break; |
| 3614 | |
| 3615 | case UNOP_MEMVAL: |
| 3616 | *pos += 3; |
| 3617 | nargs = 1; |
| 3618 | break; |
| 3619 | |
| 3620 | case OP_REGISTER: |
| 3621 | *pos += 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst + 1); |
| 3622 | break; |
| 3623 | |
| 3624 | case STRUCTOP_STRUCT: |
| 3625 | *pos += 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst + 1); |
| 3626 | nargs = 1; |
| 3627 | break; |
| 3628 | |
| 3629 | case TERNOP_SLICE: |
| 3630 | *pos += 1; |
| 3631 | nargs = 3; |
| 3632 | break; |
| 3633 | |
| 3634 | case OP_STRING: |
| 3635 | break; |
| 3636 | |
| 3637 | default: |
| 3638 | error (_("Unexpected operator during name resolution")); |
| 3639 | } |
| 3640 | |
| 3641 | argvec = XALLOCAVEC (struct value *, nargs + 1); |
| 3642 | for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1) |
| 3643 | argvec[i] = resolve_subexp (expp, pos, 1, NULL, parse_completion, |
| 3644 | tracker); |
| 3645 | argvec[i] = NULL; |
| 3646 | exp = expp->get (); |
| 3647 | |
| 3648 | /* Pass two: perform any resolution on principal operator. */ |
| 3649 | switch (op) |
| 3650 | { |
| 3651 | default: |
| 3652 | break; |
| 3653 | |
| 3654 | case OP_VAR_VALUE: |
| 3655 | if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol) == UNDEF_DOMAIN) |
| 3656 | { |
| 3657 | std::vector<struct block_symbol> candidates; |
| 3658 | int n_candidates; |
| 3659 | |
| 3660 | n_candidates = |
| 3661 | ada_lookup_symbol_list (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol->linkage_name (), |
| 3662 | exp->elts[pc + 1].block, VAR_DOMAIN, |
| 3663 | &candidates); |
| 3664 | |
| 3665 | if (n_candidates > 1) |
| 3666 | { |
| 3667 | /* Types tend to get re-introduced locally, so if there |
| 3668 | are any local symbols that are not types, first filter |
| 3669 | out all types. */ |
| 3670 | int j; |
| 3671 | for (j = 0; j < n_candidates; j += 1) |
| 3672 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidates[j].symbol)) |
| 3673 | { |
| 3674 | case LOC_REGISTER: |
| 3675 | case LOC_ARG: |
| 3676 | case LOC_REF_ARG: |
| 3677 | case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR: |
| 3678 | case LOC_LOCAL: |
| 3679 | case LOC_COMPUTED: |
| 3680 | goto FoundNonType; |
| 3681 | default: |
| 3682 | break; |
| 3683 | } |
| 3684 | FoundNonType: |
| 3685 | if (j < n_candidates) |
| 3686 | { |
| 3687 | j = 0; |
| 3688 | while (j < n_candidates) |
| 3689 | { |
| 3690 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidates[j].symbol) == LOC_TYPEDEF) |
| 3691 | { |
| 3692 | candidates[j] = candidates[n_candidates - 1]; |
| 3693 | n_candidates -= 1; |
| 3694 | } |
| 3695 | else |
| 3696 | j += 1; |
| 3697 | } |
| 3698 | } |
| 3699 | } |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 | if (n_candidates == 0) |
| 3702 | error (_("No definition found for %s"), |
| 3703 | exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol->print_name ()); |
| 3704 | else if (n_candidates == 1) |
| 3705 | i = 0; |
| 3706 | else if (deprocedure_p |
| 3707 | && !is_nonfunction (candidates.data (), n_candidates)) |
| 3708 | { |
| 3709 | i = ada_resolve_function |
| 3710 | (candidates.data (), n_candidates, NULL, 0, |
| 3711 | exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol->linkage_name (), |
| 3712 | context_type, parse_completion); |
| 3713 | if (i < 0) |
| 3714 | error (_("Could not find a match for %s"), |
| 3715 | exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol->print_name ()); |
| 3716 | } |
| 3717 | else |
| 3718 | { |
| 3719 | printf_filtered (_("Multiple matches for %s\n"), |
| 3720 | exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol->print_name ()); |
| 3721 | user_select_syms (candidates.data (), n_candidates, 1); |
| 3722 | i = 0; |
| 3723 | } |
| 3724 | |
| 3725 | exp->elts[pc + 1].block = candidates[i].block; |
| 3726 | exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol = candidates[i].symbol; |
| 3727 | tracker->update (candidates[i]); |
| 3728 | } |
| 3729 | |
| 3730 | if (deprocedure_p |
| 3731 | && (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)) |
| 3732 | == TYPE_CODE_FUNC)) |
| 3733 | { |
| 3734 | replace_operator_with_call (expp, pc, 0, 4, |
| 3735 | exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol, |
| 3736 | exp->elts[pc + 1].block); |
| 3737 | exp = expp->get (); |
| 3738 | } |
| 3739 | break; |
| 3740 | |
| 3741 | case OP_FUNCALL: |
| 3742 | { |
| 3743 | if (exp->elts[pc + 3].opcode == OP_VAR_VALUE |
| 3744 | && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol) == UNDEF_DOMAIN) |
| 3745 | { |
| 3746 | std::vector<struct block_symbol> candidates; |
| 3747 | int n_candidates; |
| 3748 | |
| 3749 | n_candidates = |
| 3750 | ada_lookup_symbol_list (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol->linkage_name (), |
| 3751 | exp->elts[pc + 4].block, VAR_DOMAIN, |
| 3752 | &candidates); |
| 3753 | |
| 3754 | if (n_candidates == 1) |
| 3755 | i = 0; |
| 3756 | else |
| 3757 | { |
| 3758 | i = ada_resolve_function |
| 3759 | (candidates.data (), n_candidates, |
| 3760 | argvec, nargs, |
| 3761 | exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol->linkage_name (), |
| 3762 | context_type, parse_completion); |
| 3763 | if (i < 0) |
| 3764 | error (_("Could not find a match for %s"), |
| 3765 | exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol->print_name ()); |
| 3766 | } |
| 3767 | |
| 3768 | exp->elts[pc + 4].block = candidates[i].block; |
| 3769 | exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol = candidates[i].symbol; |
| 3770 | tracker->update (candidates[i]); |
| 3771 | } |
| 3772 | } |
| 3773 | break; |
| 3774 | case BINOP_ADD: |
| 3775 | case BINOP_SUB: |
| 3776 | case BINOP_MUL: |
| 3777 | case BINOP_DIV: |
| 3778 | case BINOP_REM: |
| 3779 | case BINOP_MOD: |
| 3780 | case BINOP_CONCAT: |
| 3781 | case BINOP_BITWISE_AND: |
| 3782 | case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR: |
| 3783 | case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR: |
| 3784 | case BINOP_EQUAL: |
| 3785 | case BINOP_NOTEQUAL: |
| 3786 | case BINOP_LESS: |
| 3787 | case BINOP_GTR: |
| 3788 | case BINOP_LEQ: |
| 3789 | case BINOP_GEQ: |
| 3790 | case BINOP_EXP: |
| 3791 | case UNOP_NEG: |
| 3792 | case UNOP_PLUS: |
| 3793 | case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT: |
| 3794 | case UNOP_ABS: |
| 3795 | if (possible_user_operator_p (op, argvec)) |
| 3796 | { |
| 3797 | std::vector<struct block_symbol> candidates; |
| 3798 | int n_candidates; |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 | n_candidates = |
| 3801 | ada_lookup_symbol_list (ada_decoded_op_name (op), |
| 3802 | NULL, VAR_DOMAIN, |
| 3803 | &candidates); |
| 3804 | |
| 3805 | i = ada_resolve_function (candidates.data (), n_candidates, argvec, |
| 3806 | nargs, ada_decoded_op_name (op), NULL, |
| 3807 | parse_completion); |
| 3808 | if (i < 0) |
| 3809 | break; |
| 3810 | |
| 3811 | replace_operator_with_call (expp, pc, nargs, 1, |
| 3812 | candidates[i].symbol, |
| 3813 | candidates[i].block); |
| 3814 | exp = expp->get (); |
| 3815 | } |
| 3816 | break; |
| 3817 | |
| 3818 | case OP_TYPE: |
| 3819 | case OP_REGISTER: |
| 3820 | return NULL; |
| 3821 | } |
| 3822 | |
| 3823 | *pos = pc; |
| 3824 | if (exp->elts[pc].opcode == OP_VAR_MSYM_VALUE) |
| 3825 | return evaluate_var_msym_value (EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS, |
| 3826 | exp->elts[pc + 1].objfile, |
| 3827 | exp->elts[pc + 2].msymbol); |
| 3828 | else |
| 3829 | return evaluate_subexp_type (exp, pos); |
| 3830 | } |
| 3831 | |
| 3832 | /* Return non-zero if formal type FTYPE matches actual type ATYPE. If |
| 3833 | MAY_DEREF is non-zero, the formal may be a pointer and the actual |
| 3834 | a non-pointer. */ |
| 3835 | /* The term "match" here is rather loose. The match is heuristic and |
| 3836 | liberal. */ |
| 3837 | |
| 3838 | static int |
| 3839 | ada_type_match (struct type *ftype, struct type *atype, int may_deref) |
| 3840 | { |
| 3841 | ftype = ada_check_typedef (ftype); |
| 3842 | atype = ada_check_typedef (atype); |
| 3843 | |
| 3844 | if (TYPE_CODE (ftype) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 3845 | ftype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype); |
| 3846 | if (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 3847 | atype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype); |
| 3848 | |
| 3849 | switch (TYPE_CODE (ftype)) |
| 3850 | { |
| 3851 | default: |
| 3852 | return TYPE_CODE (ftype) == TYPE_CODE (atype); |
| 3853 | case TYPE_CODE_PTR: |
| 3854 | if (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 3855 | return ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype), |
| 3856 | TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype), 0); |
| 3857 | else |
| 3858 | return (may_deref |
| 3859 | && ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype), atype, 0)); |
| 3860 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 3861 | case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: |
| 3862 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 3863 | switch (TYPE_CODE (atype)) |
| 3864 | { |
| 3865 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 3866 | case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: |
| 3867 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 3868 | return 1; |
| 3869 | default: |
| 3870 | return 0; |
| 3871 | } |
| 3872 | |
| 3873 | case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: |
| 3874 | return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 3875 | || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (atype)); |
| 3876 | |
| 3877 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 3878 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (ftype)) |
| 3879 | return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 3880 | || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (atype)); |
| 3881 | else |
| 3882 | return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 3883 | && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (atype)); |
| 3884 | |
| 3885 | case TYPE_CODE_UNION: |
| 3886 | case TYPE_CODE_FLT: |
| 3887 | return (TYPE_CODE (atype) == TYPE_CODE (ftype)); |
| 3888 | } |
| 3889 | } |
| 3890 | |
| 3891 | /* Return non-zero if the formals of FUNC "sufficiently match" the |
| 3892 | vector of actual argument types ACTUALS of size N_ACTUALS. FUNC |
| 3893 | may also be an enumeral, in which case it is treated as a 0- |
| 3894 | argument function. */ |
| 3895 | |
| 3896 | static int |
| 3897 | ada_args_match (struct symbol *func, struct value **actuals, int n_actuals) |
| 3898 | { |
| 3899 | int i; |
| 3900 | struct type *func_type = SYMBOL_TYPE (func); |
| 3901 | |
| 3902 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (func) == LOC_CONST |
| 3903 | && TYPE_CODE (func_type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 3904 | return (n_actuals == 0); |
| 3905 | else if (func_type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (func_type) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC) |
| 3906 | return 0; |
| 3907 | |
| 3908 | if (TYPE_NFIELDS (func_type) != n_actuals) |
| 3909 | return 0; |
| 3910 | |
| 3911 | for (i = 0; i < n_actuals; i += 1) |
| 3912 | { |
| 3913 | if (actuals[i] == NULL) |
| 3914 | return 0; |
| 3915 | else |
| 3916 | { |
| 3917 | struct type *ftype = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (func_type, |
| 3918 | i)); |
| 3919 | struct type *atype = ada_check_typedef (value_type (actuals[i])); |
| 3920 | |
| 3921 | if (!ada_type_match (ftype, atype, 1)) |
| 3922 | return 0; |
| 3923 | } |
| 3924 | } |
| 3925 | return 1; |
| 3926 | } |
| 3927 | |
| 3928 | /* False iff function type FUNC_TYPE definitely does not produce a value |
| 3929 | compatible with type CONTEXT_TYPE. Conservatively returns 1 if |
| 3930 | FUNC_TYPE is not a valid function type with a non-null return type |
| 3931 | or an enumerated type. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates any non-void type. */ |
| 3932 | |
| 3933 | static int |
| 3934 | return_match (struct type *func_type, struct type *context_type) |
| 3935 | { |
| 3936 | struct type *return_type; |
| 3937 | |
| 3938 | if (func_type == NULL) |
| 3939 | return 1; |
| 3940 | |
| 3941 | if (TYPE_CODE (func_type) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC) |
| 3942 | return_type = get_base_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (func_type)); |
| 3943 | else |
| 3944 | return_type = get_base_type (func_type); |
| 3945 | if (return_type == NULL) |
| 3946 | return 1; |
| 3947 | |
| 3948 | context_type = get_base_type (context_type); |
| 3949 | |
| 3950 | if (TYPE_CODE (return_type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 3951 | return context_type == NULL || return_type == context_type; |
| 3952 | else if (context_type == NULL) |
| 3953 | return TYPE_CODE (return_type) != TYPE_CODE_VOID; |
| 3954 | else |
| 3955 | return TYPE_CODE (return_type) == TYPE_CODE (context_type); |
| 3956 | } |
| 3957 | |
| 3958 | |
| 3959 | /* Returns the index in SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] that contains the symbol for the |
| 3960 | function (if any) that matches the types of the NARGS arguments in |
| 3961 | ARGS. If CONTEXT_TYPE is non-null and there is at least one match |
| 3962 | that returns that type, then eliminate matches that don't. If |
| 3963 | CONTEXT_TYPE is void and there is at least one match that does not |
| 3964 | return void, eliminate all matches that do. |
| 3965 | |
| 3966 | Asks the user if there is more than one match remaining. Returns -1 |
| 3967 | if there is no such symbol or none is selected. NAME is used |
| 3968 | solely for messages. May re-arrange and modify SYMS in |
| 3969 | the process; the index returned is for the modified vector. */ |
| 3970 | |
| 3971 | static int |
| 3972 | ada_resolve_function (struct block_symbol syms[], |
| 3973 | int nsyms, struct value **args, int nargs, |
| 3974 | const char *name, struct type *context_type, |
| 3975 | int parse_completion) |
| 3976 | { |
| 3977 | int fallback; |
| 3978 | int k; |
| 3979 | int m; /* Number of hits */ |
| 3980 | |
| 3981 | m = 0; |
| 3982 | /* In the first pass of the loop, we only accept functions matching |
| 3983 | context_type. If none are found, we add a second pass of the loop |
| 3984 | where every function is accepted. */ |
| 3985 | for (fallback = 0; m == 0 && fallback < 2; fallback++) |
| 3986 | { |
| 3987 | for (k = 0; k < nsyms; k += 1) |
| 3988 | { |
| 3989 | struct type *type = ada_check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[k].symbol)); |
| 3990 | |
| 3991 | if (ada_args_match (syms[k].symbol, args, nargs) |
| 3992 | && (fallback || return_match (type, context_type))) |
| 3993 | { |
| 3994 | syms[m] = syms[k]; |
| 3995 | m += 1; |
| 3996 | } |
| 3997 | } |
| 3998 | } |
| 3999 | |
| 4000 | /* If we got multiple matches, ask the user which one to use. Don't do this |
| 4001 | interactive thing during completion, though, as the purpose of the |
| 4002 | completion is providing a list of all possible matches. Prompting the |
| 4003 | user to filter it down would be completely unexpected in this case. */ |
| 4004 | if (m == 0) |
| 4005 | return -1; |
| 4006 | else if (m > 1 && !parse_completion) |
| 4007 | { |
| 4008 | printf_filtered (_("Multiple matches for %s\n"), name); |
| 4009 | user_select_syms (syms, m, 1); |
| 4010 | return 0; |
| 4011 | } |
| 4012 | return 0; |
| 4013 | } |
| 4014 | |
| 4015 | /* Replace the operator of length OPLEN at position PC in *EXPP with a call |
| 4016 | on the function identified by SYM and BLOCK, and taking NARGS |
| 4017 | arguments. Update *EXPP as needed to hold more space. */ |
| 4018 | |
| 4019 | static void |
| 4020 | replace_operator_with_call (expression_up *expp, int pc, int nargs, |
| 4021 | int oplen, struct symbol *sym, |
| 4022 | const struct block *block) |
| 4023 | { |
| 4024 | /* A new expression, with 6 more elements (3 for funcall, 4 for function |
| 4025 | symbol, -oplen for operator being replaced). */ |
| 4026 | struct expression *newexp = (struct expression *) |
| 4027 | xzalloc (sizeof (struct expression) |
| 4028 | + EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES ((*expp)->nelts + 7 - oplen)); |
| 4029 | struct expression *exp = expp->get (); |
| 4030 | |
| 4031 | newexp->nelts = exp->nelts + 7 - oplen; |
| 4032 | newexp->language_defn = exp->language_defn; |
| 4033 | newexp->gdbarch = exp->gdbarch; |
| 4034 | memcpy (newexp->elts, exp->elts, EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (pc)); |
| 4035 | memcpy (newexp->elts + pc + 7, exp->elts + pc + oplen, |
| 4036 | EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (exp->nelts - pc - oplen)); |
| 4037 | |
| 4038 | newexp->elts[pc].opcode = newexp->elts[pc + 2].opcode = OP_FUNCALL; |
| 4039 | newexp->elts[pc + 1].longconst = (LONGEST) nargs; |
| 4040 | |
| 4041 | newexp->elts[pc + 3].opcode = newexp->elts[pc + 6].opcode = OP_VAR_VALUE; |
| 4042 | newexp->elts[pc + 4].block = block; |
| 4043 | newexp->elts[pc + 5].symbol = sym; |
| 4044 | |
| 4045 | expp->reset (newexp); |
| 4046 | } |
| 4047 | |
| 4048 | /* Type-class predicates */ |
| 4049 | |
| 4050 | /* True iff TYPE is numeric (i.e., an INT, RANGE (of numeric type), |
| 4051 | or FLOAT). */ |
| 4052 | |
| 4053 | static int |
| 4054 | numeric_type_p (struct type *type) |
| 4055 | { |
| 4056 | if (type == NULL) |
| 4057 | return 0; |
| 4058 | else |
| 4059 | { |
| 4060 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 4061 | { |
| 4062 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 4063 | case TYPE_CODE_FLT: |
| 4064 | return 1; |
| 4065 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 4066 | return (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) |
| 4067 | || numeric_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))); |
| 4068 | default: |
| 4069 | return 0; |
| 4070 | } |
| 4071 | } |
| 4072 | } |
| 4073 | |
| 4074 | /* True iff TYPE is integral (an INT or RANGE of INTs). */ |
| 4075 | |
| 4076 | static int |
| 4077 | integer_type_p (struct type *type) |
| 4078 | { |
| 4079 | if (type == NULL) |
| 4080 | return 0; |
| 4081 | else |
| 4082 | { |
| 4083 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 4084 | { |
| 4085 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 4086 | return 1; |
| 4087 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 4088 | return (type == TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) |
| 4089 | || integer_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))); |
| 4090 | default: |
| 4091 | return 0; |
| 4092 | } |
| 4093 | } |
| 4094 | } |
| 4095 | |
| 4096 | /* True iff TYPE is scalar (INT, RANGE, FLOAT, ENUM). */ |
| 4097 | |
| 4098 | static int |
| 4099 | scalar_type_p (struct type *type) |
| 4100 | { |
| 4101 | if (type == NULL) |
| 4102 | return 0; |
| 4103 | else |
| 4104 | { |
| 4105 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 4106 | { |
| 4107 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 4108 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 4109 | case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: |
| 4110 | case TYPE_CODE_FLT: |
| 4111 | return 1; |
| 4112 | default: |
| 4113 | return 0; |
| 4114 | } |
| 4115 | } |
| 4116 | } |
| 4117 | |
| 4118 | /* True iff TYPE is discrete (INT, RANGE, ENUM). */ |
| 4119 | |
| 4120 | static int |
| 4121 | discrete_type_p (struct type *type) |
| 4122 | { |
| 4123 | if (type == NULL) |
| 4124 | return 0; |
| 4125 | else |
| 4126 | { |
| 4127 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 4128 | { |
| 4129 | case TYPE_CODE_INT: |
| 4130 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 4131 | case TYPE_CODE_ENUM: |
| 4132 | case TYPE_CODE_BOOL: |
| 4133 | return 1; |
| 4134 | default: |
| 4135 | return 0; |
| 4136 | } |
| 4137 | } |
| 4138 | } |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 | /* Returns non-zero if OP with operands in the vector ARGS could be |
| 4141 | a user-defined function. Errs on the side of pre-defined operators |
| 4142 | (i.e., result 0). */ |
| 4143 | |
| 4144 | static int |
| 4145 | possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode op, struct value *args[]) |
| 4146 | { |
| 4147 | struct type *type0 = |
| 4148 | (args[0] == NULL) ? NULL : ada_check_typedef (value_type (args[0])); |
| 4149 | struct type *type1 = |
| 4150 | (args[1] == NULL) ? NULL : ada_check_typedef (value_type (args[1])); |
| 4151 | |
| 4152 | if (type0 == NULL) |
| 4153 | return 0; |
| 4154 | |
| 4155 | switch (op) |
| 4156 | { |
| 4157 | default: |
| 4158 | return 0; |
| 4159 | |
| 4160 | case BINOP_ADD: |
| 4161 | case BINOP_SUB: |
| 4162 | case BINOP_MUL: |
| 4163 | case BINOP_DIV: |
| 4164 | return (!(numeric_type_p (type0) && numeric_type_p (type1))); |
| 4165 | |
| 4166 | case BINOP_REM: |
| 4167 | case BINOP_MOD: |
| 4168 | case BINOP_BITWISE_AND: |
| 4169 | case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR: |
| 4170 | case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR: |
| 4171 | return (!(integer_type_p (type0) && integer_type_p (type1))); |
| 4172 | |
| 4173 | case BINOP_EQUAL: |
| 4174 | case BINOP_NOTEQUAL: |
| 4175 | case BINOP_LESS: |
| 4176 | case BINOP_GTR: |
| 4177 | case BINOP_LEQ: |
| 4178 | case BINOP_GEQ: |
| 4179 | return (!(scalar_type_p (type0) && scalar_type_p (type1))); |
| 4180 | |
| 4181 | case BINOP_CONCAT: |
| 4182 | return !ada_is_array_type (type0) || !ada_is_array_type (type1); |
| 4183 | |
| 4184 | case BINOP_EXP: |
| 4185 | return (!(numeric_type_p (type0) && integer_type_p (type1))); |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 | case UNOP_NEG: |
| 4188 | case UNOP_PLUS: |
| 4189 | case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT: |
| 4190 | case UNOP_ABS: |
| 4191 | return (!numeric_type_p (type0)); |
| 4192 | |
| 4193 | } |
| 4194 | } |
| 4195 | \f |
| 4196 | /* Renaming */ |
| 4197 | |
| 4198 | /* NOTES: |
| 4199 | |
| 4200 | 1. In the following, we assume that a renaming type's name may |
| 4201 | have an ___XD suffix. It would be nice if this went away at some |
| 4202 | point. |
| 4203 | 2. We handle both the (old) purely type-based representation of |
| 4204 | renamings and the (new) variable-based encoding. At some point, |
| 4205 | it is devoutly to be hoped that the former goes away |
| 4206 | (FIXME: hilfinger-2007-07-09). |
| 4207 | 3. Subprogram renamings are not implemented, although the XRS |
| 4208 | suffix is recognized (FIXME: hilfinger-2007-07-09). */ |
| 4209 | |
| 4210 | /* If SYM encodes a renaming, |
| 4211 | |
| 4212 | <renaming> renames <renamed entity>, |
| 4213 | |
| 4214 | sets *LEN to the length of the renamed entity's name, |
| 4215 | *RENAMED_ENTITY to that name (not null-terminated), and *RENAMING_EXPR to |
| 4216 | the string describing the subcomponent selected from the renamed |
| 4217 | entity. Returns ADA_NOT_RENAMING if SYM does not encode a renaming |
| 4218 | (in which case, the values of *RENAMED_ENTITY, *LEN, and *RENAMING_EXPR |
| 4219 | are undefined). Otherwise, returns a value indicating the category |
| 4220 | of entity renamed: an object (ADA_OBJECT_RENAMING), exception |
| 4221 | (ADA_EXCEPTION_RENAMING), package (ADA_PACKAGE_RENAMING), or |
| 4222 | subprogram (ADA_SUBPROGRAM_RENAMING). Does no allocation; the |
| 4223 | strings returned in *RENAMED_ENTITY and *RENAMING_EXPR should not be |
| 4224 | deallocated. The values of RENAMED_ENTITY, LEN, or RENAMING_EXPR |
| 4225 | may be NULL, in which case they are not assigned. |
| 4226 | |
| 4227 | [Currently, however, GCC does not generate subprogram renamings.] */ |
| 4228 | |
| 4229 | enum ada_renaming_category |
| 4230 | ada_parse_renaming (struct symbol *sym, |
| 4231 | const char **renamed_entity, int *len, |
| 4232 | const char **renaming_expr) |
| 4233 | { |
| 4234 | enum ada_renaming_category kind; |
| 4235 | const char *info; |
| 4236 | const char *suffix; |
| 4237 | |
| 4238 | if (sym == NULL) |
| 4239 | return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; |
| 4240 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym)) |
| 4241 | { |
| 4242 | default: |
| 4243 | return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; |
| 4244 | case LOC_LOCAL: |
| 4245 | case LOC_STATIC: |
| 4246 | case LOC_COMPUTED: |
| 4247 | case LOC_OPTIMIZED_OUT: |
| 4248 | info = strstr (sym->linkage_name (), "___XR"); |
| 4249 | if (info == NULL) |
| 4250 | return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; |
| 4251 | switch (info[5]) |
| 4252 | { |
| 4253 | case '_': |
| 4254 | kind = ADA_OBJECT_RENAMING; |
| 4255 | info += 6; |
| 4256 | break; |
| 4257 | case 'E': |
| 4258 | kind = ADA_EXCEPTION_RENAMING; |
| 4259 | info += 7; |
| 4260 | break; |
| 4261 | case 'P': |
| 4262 | kind = ADA_PACKAGE_RENAMING; |
| 4263 | info += 7; |
| 4264 | break; |
| 4265 | case 'S': |
| 4266 | kind = ADA_SUBPROGRAM_RENAMING; |
| 4267 | info += 7; |
| 4268 | break; |
| 4269 | default: |
| 4270 | return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; |
| 4271 | } |
| 4272 | } |
| 4273 | |
| 4274 | if (renamed_entity != NULL) |
| 4275 | *renamed_entity = info; |
| 4276 | suffix = strstr (info, "___XE"); |
| 4277 | if (suffix == NULL || suffix == info) |
| 4278 | return ADA_NOT_RENAMING; |
| 4279 | if (len != NULL) |
| 4280 | *len = strlen (info) - strlen (suffix); |
| 4281 | suffix += 5; |
| 4282 | if (renaming_expr != NULL) |
| 4283 | *renaming_expr = suffix; |
| 4284 | return kind; |
| 4285 | } |
| 4286 | |
| 4287 | /* Compute the value of the given RENAMING_SYM, which is expected to |
| 4288 | be a symbol encoding a renaming expression. BLOCK is the block |
| 4289 | used to evaluate the renaming. */ |
| 4290 | |
| 4291 | static struct value * |
| 4292 | ada_read_renaming_var_value (struct symbol *renaming_sym, |
| 4293 | const struct block *block) |
| 4294 | { |
| 4295 | const char *sym_name; |
| 4296 | |
| 4297 | sym_name = renaming_sym->linkage_name (); |
| 4298 | expression_up expr = parse_exp_1 (&sym_name, 0, block, 0); |
| 4299 | return evaluate_expression (expr.get ()); |
| 4300 | } |
| 4301 | \f |
| 4302 | |
| 4303 | /* Evaluation: Function Calls */ |
| 4304 | |
| 4305 | /* Return an lvalue containing the value VAL. This is the identity on |
| 4306 | lvalues, and otherwise has the side-effect of allocating memory |
| 4307 | in the inferior where a copy of the value contents is copied. */ |
| 4308 | |
| 4309 | static struct value * |
| 4310 | ensure_lval (struct value *val) |
| 4311 | { |
| 4312 | if (VALUE_LVAL (val) == not_lval |
| 4313 | || VALUE_LVAL (val) == lval_internalvar) |
| 4314 | { |
| 4315 | int len = TYPE_LENGTH (ada_check_typedef (value_type (val))); |
| 4316 | const CORE_ADDR addr = |
| 4317 | value_as_long (value_allocate_space_in_inferior (len)); |
| 4318 | |
| 4319 | VALUE_LVAL (val) = lval_memory; |
| 4320 | set_value_address (val, addr); |
| 4321 | write_memory (addr, value_contents (val), len); |
| 4322 | } |
| 4323 | |
| 4324 | return val; |
| 4325 | } |
| 4326 | |
| 4327 | /* Given ARG, a value of type (pointer or reference to a)* |
| 4328 | structure/union, extract the component named NAME from the ultimate |
| 4329 | target structure/union and return it as a value with its |
| 4330 | appropriate type. |
| 4331 | |
| 4332 | The routine searches for NAME among all members of the structure itself |
| 4333 | and (recursively) among all members of any wrapper members |
| 4334 | (e.g., '_parent'). |
| 4335 | |
| 4336 | If NO_ERR, then simply return NULL in case of error, rather than |
| 4337 | calling error. */ |
| 4338 | |
| 4339 | static struct value * |
| 4340 | ada_value_struct_elt (struct value *arg, const char *name, int no_err) |
| 4341 | { |
| 4342 | struct type *t, *t1; |
| 4343 | struct value *v; |
| 4344 | int check_tag; |
| 4345 | |
| 4346 | v = NULL; |
| 4347 | t1 = t = ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg)); |
| 4348 | if (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 4349 | { |
| 4350 | t1 = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (t); |
| 4351 | if (t1 == NULL) |
| 4352 | goto BadValue; |
| 4353 | t1 = ada_check_typedef (t1); |
| 4354 | if (TYPE_CODE (t1) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 4355 | { |
| 4356 | arg = coerce_ref (arg); |
| 4357 | t = t1; |
| 4358 | } |
| 4359 | } |
| 4360 | |
| 4361 | while (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 4362 | { |
| 4363 | t1 = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (t); |
| 4364 | if (t1 == NULL) |
| 4365 | goto BadValue; |
| 4366 | t1 = ada_check_typedef (t1); |
| 4367 | if (TYPE_CODE (t1) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 4368 | { |
| 4369 | arg = value_ind (arg); |
| 4370 | t = t1; |
| 4371 | } |
| 4372 | else |
| 4373 | break; |
| 4374 | } |
| 4375 | |
| 4376 | if (TYPE_CODE (t1) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT && TYPE_CODE (t1) != TYPE_CODE_UNION) |
| 4377 | goto BadValue; |
| 4378 | |
| 4379 | if (t1 == t) |
| 4380 | v = ada_search_struct_field (name, arg, 0, t); |
| 4381 | else |
| 4382 | { |
| 4383 | int bit_offset, bit_size, byte_offset; |
| 4384 | struct type *field_type; |
| 4385 | CORE_ADDR address; |
| 4386 | |
| 4387 | if (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 4388 | address = value_address (ada_value_ind (arg)); |
| 4389 | else |
| 4390 | address = value_address (ada_coerce_ref (arg)); |
| 4391 | |
| 4392 | /* Check to see if this is a tagged type. We also need to handle |
| 4393 | the case where the type is a reference to a tagged type, but |
| 4394 | we have to be careful to exclude pointers to tagged types. |
| 4395 | The latter should be shown as usual (as a pointer), whereas |
| 4396 | a reference should mostly be transparent to the user. */ |
| 4397 | |
| 4398 | if (ada_is_tagged_type (t1, 0) |
| 4399 | || (TYPE_CODE (t1) == TYPE_CODE_REF |
| 4400 | && ada_is_tagged_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (t1), 0))) |
| 4401 | { |
| 4402 | /* We first try to find the searched field in the current type. |
| 4403 | If not found then let's look in the fixed type. */ |
| 4404 | |
| 4405 | if (!find_struct_field (name, t1, 0, |
| 4406 | &field_type, &byte_offset, &bit_offset, |
| 4407 | &bit_size, NULL)) |
| 4408 | check_tag = 1; |
| 4409 | else |
| 4410 | check_tag = 0; |
| 4411 | } |
| 4412 | else |
| 4413 | check_tag = 0; |
| 4414 | |
| 4415 | /* Convert to fixed type in all cases, so that we have proper |
| 4416 | offsets to each field in unconstrained record types. */ |
| 4417 | t1 = ada_to_fixed_type (ada_get_base_type (t1), NULL, |
| 4418 | address, NULL, check_tag); |
| 4419 | |
| 4420 | if (find_struct_field (name, t1, 0, |
| 4421 | &field_type, &byte_offset, &bit_offset, |
| 4422 | &bit_size, NULL)) |
| 4423 | { |
| 4424 | if (bit_size != 0) |
| 4425 | { |
| 4426 | if (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 4427 | arg = ada_coerce_ref (arg); |
| 4428 | else |
| 4429 | arg = ada_value_ind (arg); |
| 4430 | v = ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arg, NULL, byte_offset, |
| 4431 | bit_offset, bit_size, |
| 4432 | field_type); |
| 4433 | } |
| 4434 | else |
| 4435 | v = value_at_lazy (field_type, address + byte_offset); |
| 4436 | } |
| 4437 | } |
| 4438 | |
| 4439 | if (v != NULL || no_err) |
| 4440 | return v; |
| 4441 | else |
| 4442 | error (_("There is no member named %s."), name); |
| 4443 | |
| 4444 | BadValue: |
| 4445 | if (no_err) |
| 4446 | return NULL; |
| 4447 | else |
| 4448 | error (_("Attempt to extract a component of " |
| 4449 | "a value that is not a record.")); |
| 4450 | } |
| 4451 | |
| 4452 | /* Return the value ACTUAL, converted to be an appropriate value for a |
| 4453 | formal of type FORMAL_TYPE. Use *SP as a stack pointer for |
| 4454 | allocating any necessary descriptors (fat pointers), or copies of |
| 4455 | values not residing in memory, updating it as needed. */ |
| 4456 | |
| 4457 | struct value * |
| 4458 | ada_convert_actual (struct value *actual, struct type *formal_type0) |
| 4459 | { |
| 4460 | struct type *actual_type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (actual)); |
| 4461 | struct type *formal_type = ada_check_typedef (formal_type0); |
| 4462 | struct type *formal_target = |
| 4463 | TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 4464 | ? ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (formal_type)) : formal_type; |
| 4465 | struct type *actual_target = |
| 4466 | TYPE_CODE (actual_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 4467 | ? ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (actual_type)) : actual_type; |
| 4468 | |
| 4469 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (formal_target) |
| 4470 | && TYPE_CODE (actual_target) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 4471 | return make_array_descriptor (formal_type, actual); |
| 4472 | else if (TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 4473 | || TYPE_CODE (formal_type) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 4474 | { |
| 4475 | struct value *result; |
| 4476 | |
| 4477 | if (TYPE_CODE (formal_target) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 4478 | && ada_is_array_descriptor_type (actual_target)) |
| 4479 | result = desc_data (actual); |
| 4480 | else if (TYPE_CODE (formal_type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 4481 | { |
| 4482 | if (VALUE_LVAL (actual) != lval_memory) |
| 4483 | { |
| 4484 | struct value *val; |
| 4485 | |
| 4486 | actual_type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (actual)); |
| 4487 | val = allocate_value (actual_type); |
| 4488 | memcpy ((char *) value_contents_raw (val), |
| 4489 | (char *) value_contents (actual), |
| 4490 | TYPE_LENGTH (actual_type)); |
| 4491 | actual = ensure_lval (val); |
| 4492 | } |
| 4493 | result = value_addr (actual); |
| 4494 | } |
| 4495 | else |
| 4496 | return actual; |
| 4497 | return value_cast_pointers (formal_type, result, 0); |
| 4498 | } |
| 4499 | else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 4500 | return ada_value_ind (actual); |
| 4501 | else if (ada_is_aligner_type (formal_type)) |
| 4502 | { |
| 4503 | /* We need to turn this parameter into an aligner type |
| 4504 | as well. */ |
| 4505 | struct value *aligner = allocate_value (formal_type); |
| 4506 | struct value *component = ada_value_struct_elt (aligner, "F", 0); |
| 4507 | |
| 4508 | value_assign_to_component (aligner, component, actual); |
| 4509 | return aligner; |
| 4510 | } |
| 4511 | |
| 4512 | return actual; |
| 4513 | } |
| 4514 | |
| 4515 | /* Convert VALUE (which must be an address) to a CORE_ADDR that is a pointer of |
| 4516 | type TYPE. This is usually an inefficient no-op except on some targets |
| 4517 | (such as AVR) where the representation of a pointer and an address |
| 4518 | differs. */ |
| 4519 | |
| 4520 | static CORE_ADDR |
| 4521 | value_pointer (struct value *value, struct type *type) |
| 4522 | { |
| 4523 | struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_type_arch (type); |
| 4524 | unsigned len = TYPE_LENGTH (type); |
| 4525 | gdb_byte *buf = (gdb_byte *) alloca (len); |
| 4526 | CORE_ADDR addr; |
| 4527 | |
| 4528 | addr = value_address (value); |
| 4529 | gdbarch_address_to_pointer (gdbarch, type, buf, addr); |
| 4530 | addr = extract_unsigned_integer (buf, len, type_byte_order (type)); |
| 4531 | return addr; |
| 4532 | } |
| 4533 | |
| 4534 | |
| 4535 | /* Push a descriptor of type TYPE for array value ARR on the stack at |
| 4536 | *SP, updating *SP to reflect the new descriptor. Return either |
| 4537 | an lvalue representing the new descriptor, or (if TYPE is a pointer- |
| 4538 | to-descriptor type rather than a descriptor type), a struct value * |
| 4539 | representing a pointer to this descriptor. */ |
| 4540 | |
| 4541 | static struct value * |
| 4542 | make_array_descriptor (struct type *type, struct value *arr) |
| 4543 | { |
| 4544 | struct type *bounds_type = desc_bounds_type (type); |
| 4545 | struct type *desc_type = desc_base_type (type); |
| 4546 | struct value *descriptor = allocate_value (desc_type); |
| 4547 | struct value *bounds = allocate_value (bounds_type); |
| 4548 | int i; |
| 4549 | |
| 4550 | for (i = ada_array_arity (ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr))); |
| 4551 | i > 0; i -= 1) |
| 4552 | { |
| 4553 | modify_field (value_type (bounds), value_contents_writeable (bounds), |
| 4554 | ada_array_bound (arr, i, 0), |
| 4555 | desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type, i, 0), |
| 4556 | desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type, i, 0)); |
| 4557 | modify_field (value_type (bounds), value_contents_writeable (bounds), |
| 4558 | ada_array_bound (arr, i, 1), |
| 4559 | desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type, i, 1), |
| 4560 | desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type, i, 1)); |
| 4561 | } |
| 4562 | |
| 4563 | bounds = ensure_lval (bounds); |
| 4564 | |
| 4565 | modify_field (value_type (descriptor), |
| 4566 | value_contents_writeable (descriptor), |
| 4567 | value_pointer (ensure_lval (arr), |
| 4568 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (desc_type, 0)), |
| 4569 | fat_pntr_data_bitpos (desc_type), |
| 4570 | fat_pntr_data_bitsize (desc_type)); |
| 4571 | |
| 4572 | modify_field (value_type (descriptor), |
| 4573 | value_contents_writeable (descriptor), |
| 4574 | value_pointer (bounds, |
| 4575 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (desc_type, 1)), |
| 4576 | fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (desc_type), |
| 4577 | fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (desc_type)); |
| 4578 | |
| 4579 | descriptor = ensure_lval (descriptor); |
| 4580 | |
| 4581 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 4582 | return value_addr (descriptor); |
| 4583 | else |
| 4584 | return descriptor; |
| 4585 | } |
| 4586 | \f |
| 4587 | /* Symbol Cache Module */ |
| 4588 | |
| 4589 | /* Performance measurements made as of 2010-01-15 indicate that |
| 4590 | this cache does bring some noticeable improvements. Depending |
| 4591 | on the type of entity being printed, the cache can make it as much |
| 4592 | as an order of magnitude faster than without it. |
| 4593 | |
| 4594 | The descriptive type DWARF extension has significantly reduced |
| 4595 | the need for this cache, at least when DWARF is being used. However, |
| 4596 | even in this case, some expensive name-based symbol searches are still |
| 4597 | sometimes necessary - to find an XVZ variable, mostly. */ |
| 4598 | |
| 4599 | /* Initialize the contents of SYM_CACHE. */ |
| 4600 | |
| 4601 | static void |
| 4602 | ada_init_symbol_cache (struct ada_symbol_cache *sym_cache) |
| 4603 | { |
| 4604 | obstack_init (&sym_cache->cache_space); |
| 4605 | memset (sym_cache->root, '\000', sizeof (sym_cache->root)); |
| 4606 | } |
| 4607 | |
| 4608 | /* Free the memory used by SYM_CACHE. */ |
| 4609 | |
| 4610 | static void |
| 4611 | ada_free_symbol_cache (struct ada_symbol_cache *sym_cache) |
| 4612 | { |
| 4613 | obstack_free (&sym_cache->cache_space, NULL); |
| 4614 | xfree (sym_cache); |
| 4615 | } |
| 4616 | |
| 4617 | /* Return the symbol cache associated to the given program space PSPACE. |
| 4618 | If not allocated for this PSPACE yet, allocate and initialize one. */ |
| 4619 | |
| 4620 | static struct ada_symbol_cache * |
| 4621 | ada_get_symbol_cache (struct program_space *pspace) |
| 4622 | { |
| 4623 | struct ada_pspace_data *pspace_data = get_ada_pspace_data (pspace); |
| 4624 | |
| 4625 | if (pspace_data->sym_cache == NULL) |
| 4626 | { |
| 4627 | pspace_data->sym_cache = XCNEW (struct ada_symbol_cache); |
| 4628 | ada_init_symbol_cache (pspace_data->sym_cache); |
| 4629 | } |
| 4630 | |
| 4631 | return pspace_data->sym_cache; |
| 4632 | } |
| 4633 | |
| 4634 | /* Clear all entries from the symbol cache. */ |
| 4635 | |
| 4636 | static void |
| 4637 | ada_clear_symbol_cache (void) |
| 4638 | { |
| 4639 | struct ada_symbol_cache *sym_cache |
| 4640 | = ada_get_symbol_cache (current_program_space); |
| 4641 | |
| 4642 | obstack_free (&sym_cache->cache_space, NULL); |
| 4643 | ada_init_symbol_cache (sym_cache); |
| 4644 | } |
| 4645 | |
| 4646 | /* Search our cache for an entry matching NAME and DOMAIN. |
| 4647 | Return it if found, or NULL otherwise. */ |
| 4648 | |
| 4649 | static struct cache_entry ** |
| 4650 | find_entry (const char *name, domain_enum domain) |
| 4651 | { |
| 4652 | struct ada_symbol_cache *sym_cache |
| 4653 | = ada_get_symbol_cache (current_program_space); |
| 4654 | int h = msymbol_hash (name) % HASH_SIZE; |
| 4655 | struct cache_entry **e; |
| 4656 | |
| 4657 | for (e = &sym_cache->root[h]; *e != NULL; e = &(*e)->next) |
| 4658 | { |
| 4659 | if (domain == (*e)->domain && strcmp (name, (*e)->name) == 0) |
| 4660 | return e; |
| 4661 | } |
| 4662 | return NULL; |
| 4663 | } |
| 4664 | |
| 4665 | /* Search the symbol cache for an entry matching NAME and DOMAIN. |
| 4666 | Return 1 if found, 0 otherwise. |
| 4667 | |
| 4668 | If an entry was found and SYM is not NULL, set *SYM to the entry's |
| 4669 | SYM. Same principle for BLOCK if not NULL. */ |
| 4670 | |
| 4671 | static int |
| 4672 | lookup_cached_symbol (const char *name, domain_enum domain, |
| 4673 | struct symbol **sym, const struct block **block) |
| 4674 | { |
| 4675 | struct cache_entry **e = find_entry (name, domain); |
| 4676 | |
| 4677 | if (e == NULL) |
| 4678 | return 0; |
| 4679 | if (sym != NULL) |
| 4680 | *sym = (*e)->sym; |
| 4681 | if (block != NULL) |
| 4682 | *block = (*e)->block; |
| 4683 | return 1; |
| 4684 | } |
| 4685 | |
| 4686 | /* Assuming that (SYM, BLOCK) is the result of the lookup of NAME |
| 4687 | in domain DOMAIN, save this result in our symbol cache. */ |
| 4688 | |
| 4689 | static void |
| 4690 | cache_symbol (const char *name, domain_enum domain, struct symbol *sym, |
| 4691 | const struct block *block) |
| 4692 | { |
| 4693 | struct ada_symbol_cache *sym_cache |
| 4694 | = ada_get_symbol_cache (current_program_space); |
| 4695 | int h; |
| 4696 | struct cache_entry *e; |
| 4697 | |
| 4698 | /* Symbols for builtin types don't have a block. |
| 4699 | For now don't cache such symbols. */ |
| 4700 | if (sym != NULL && !SYMBOL_OBJFILE_OWNED (sym)) |
| 4701 | return; |
| 4702 | |
| 4703 | /* If the symbol is a local symbol, then do not cache it, as a search |
| 4704 | for that symbol depends on the context. To determine whether |
| 4705 | the symbol is local or not, we check the block where we found it |
| 4706 | against the global and static blocks of its associated symtab. */ |
| 4707 | if (sym |
| 4708 | && BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (SYMTAB_BLOCKVECTOR (symbol_symtab (sym)), |
| 4709 | GLOBAL_BLOCK) != block |
| 4710 | && BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (SYMTAB_BLOCKVECTOR (symbol_symtab (sym)), |
| 4711 | STATIC_BLOCK) != block) |
| 4712 | return; |
| 4713 | |
| 4714 | h = msymbol_hash (name) % HASH_SIZE; |
| 4715 | e = XOBNEW (&sym_cache->cache_space, cache_entry); |
| 4716 | e->next = sym_cache->root[h]; |
| 4717 | sym_cache->root[h] = e; |
| 4718 | e->name = obstack_strdup (&sym_cache->cache_space, name); |
| 4719 | e->sym = sym; |
| 4720 | e->domain = domain; |
| 4721 | e->block = block; |
| 4722 | } |
| 4723 | \f |
| 4724 | /* Symbol Lookup */ |
| 4725 | |
| 4726 | /* Return the symbol name match type that should be used used when |
| 4727 | searching for all symbols matching LOOKUP_NAME. |
| 4728 | |
| 4729 | LOOKUP_NAME is expected to be a symbol name after transformation |
| 4730 | for Ada lookups. */ |
| 4731 | |
| 4732 | static symbol_name_match_type |
| 4733 | name_match_type_from_name (const char *lookup_name) |
| 4734 | { |
| 4735 | return (strstr (lookup_name, "__") == NULL |
| 4736 | ? symbol_name_match_type::WILD |
| 4737 | : symbol_name_match_type::FULL); |
| 4738 | } |
| 4739 | |
| 4740 | /* Return the result of a standard (literal, C-like) lookup of NAME in |
| 4741 | given DOMAIN, visible from lexical block BLOCK. */ |
| 4742 | |
| 4743 | static struct symbol * |
| 4744 | standard_lookup (const char *name, const struct block *block, |
| 4745 | domain_enum domain) |
| 4746 | { |
| 4747 | /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */ |
| 4748 | struct block_symbol sym = {}; |
| 4749 | |
| 4750 | if (lookup_cached_symbol (name, domain, &sym.symbol, NULL)) |
| 4751 | return sym.symbol; |
| 4752 | ada_lookup_encoded_symbol (name, block, domain, &sym); |
| 4753 | cache_symbol (name, domain, sym.symbol, sym.block); |
| 4754 | return sym.symbol; |
| 4755 | } |
| 4756 | |
| 4757 | |
| 4758 | /* Non-zero iff there is at least one non-function/non-enumeral symbol |
| 4759 | in the symbol fields of SYMS[0..N-1]. We treat enumerals as functions, |
| 4760 | since they contend in overloading in the same way. */ |
| 4761 | static int |
| 4762 | is_nonfunction (struct block_symbol syms[], int n) |
| 4763 | { |
| 4764 | int i; |
| 4765 | |
| 4766 | for (i = 0; i < n; i += 1) |
| 4767 | if (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].symbol)) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC |
| 4768 | && (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].symbol)) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM |
| 4769 | || SYMBOL_CLASS (syms[i].symbol) != LOC_CONST)) |
| 4770 | return 1; |
| 4771 | |
| 4772 | return 0; |
| 4773 | } |
| 4774 | |
| 4775 | /* If true (non-zero), then TYPE0 and TYPE1 represent equivalent |
| 4776 | struct types. Otherwise, they may not. */ |
| 4777 | |
| 4778 | static int |
| 4779 | equiv_types (struct type *type0, struct type *type1) |
| 4780 | { |
| 4781 | if (type0 == type1) |
| 4782 | return 1; |
| 4783 | if (type0 == NULL || type1 == NULL |
| 4784 | || TYPE_CODE (type0) != TYPE_CODE (type1)) |
| 4785 | return 0; |
| 4786 | if ((TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 4787 | || TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 4788 | && ada_type_name (type0) != NULL && ada_type_name (type1) != NULL |
| 4789 | && strcmp (ada_type_name (type0), ada_type_name (type1)) == 0) |
| 4790 | return 1; |
| 4791 | |
| 4792 | return 0; |
| 4793 | } |
| 4794 | |
| 4795 | /* True iff SYM0 represents the same entity as SYM1, or one that is |
| 4796 | no more defined than that of SYM1. */ |
| 4797 | |
| 4798 | static int |
| 4799 | lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol *sym0, struct symbol *sym1) |
| 4800 | { |
| 4801 | if (sym0 == sym1) |
| 4802 | return 1; |
| 4803 | if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym0) != SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym1) |
| 4804 | || SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0) != SYMBOL_CLASS (sym1)) |
| 4805 | return 0; |
| 4806 | |
| 4807 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0)) |
| 4808 | { |
| 4809 | case LOC_UNDEF: |
| 4810 | return 1; |
| 4811 | case LOC_TYPEDEF: |
| 4812 | { |
| 4813 | struct type *type0 = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0); |
| 4814 | struct type *type1 = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1); |
| 4815 | const char *name0 = sym0->linkage_name (); |
| 4816 | const char *name1 = sym1->linkage_name (); |
| 4817 | int len0 = strlen (name0); |
| 4818 | |
| 4819 | return |
| 4820 | TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE (type1) |
| 4821 | && (equiv_types (type0, type1) |
| 4822 | || (len0 < strlen (name1) && strncmp (name0, name1, len0) == 0 |
| 4823 | && startswith (name1 + len0, "___XV"))); |
| 4824 | } |
| 4825 | case LOC_CONST: |
| 4826 | return SYMBOL_VALUE (sym0) == SYMBOL_VALUE (sym1) |
| 4827 | && equiv_types (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0), SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1)); |
| 4828 | |
| 4829 | case LOC_STATIC: |
| 4830 | { |
| 4831 | const char *name0 = sym0->linkage_name (); |
| 4832 | const char *name1 = sym1->linkage_name (); |
| 4833 | return (strcmp (name0, name1) == 0 |
| 4834 | && SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym0) == SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym1)); |
| 4835 | } |
| 4836 | |
| 4837 | default: |
| 4838 | return 0; |
| 4839 | } |
| 4840 | } |
| 4841 | |
| 4842 | /* Append (SYM,BLOCK,SYMTAB) to the end of the array of struct block_symbol |
| 4843 | records in OBSTACKP. Do nothing if SYM is a duplicate. */ |
| 4844 | |
| 4845 | static void |
| 4846 | add_defn_to_vec (struct obstack *obstackp, |
| 4847 | struct symbol *sym, |
| 4848 | const struct block *block) |
| 4849 | { |
| 4850 | int i; |
| 4851 | struct block_symbol *prevDefns = defns_collected (obstackp, 0); |
| 4852 | |
| 4853 | /* Do not try to complete stub types, as the debugger is probably |
| 4854 | already scanning all symbols matching a certain name at the |
| 4855 | time when this function is called. Trying to replace the stub |
| 4856 | type by its associated full type will cause us to restart a scan |
| 4857 | which may lead to an infinite recursion. Instead, the client |
| 4858 | collecting the matching symbols will end up collecting several |
| 4859 | matches, with at least one of them complete. It can then filter |
| 4860 | out the stub ones if needed. */ |
| 4861 | |
| 4862 | for (i = num_defns_collected (obstackp) - 1; i >= 0; i -= 1) |
| 4863 | { |
| 4864 | if (lesseq_defined_than (sym, prevDefns[i].symbol)) |
| 4865 | return; |
| 4866 | else if (lesseq_defined_than (prevDefns[i].symbol, sym)) |
| 4867 | { |
| 4868 | prevDefns[i].symbol = sym; |
| 4869 | prevDefns[i].block = block; |
| 4870 | return; |
| 4871 | } |
| 4872 | } |
| 4873 | |
| 4874 | { |
| 4875 | struct block_symbol info; |
| 4876 | |
| 4877 | info.symbol = sym; |
| 4878 | info.block = block; |
| 4879 | obstack_grow (obstackp, &info, sizeof (struct block_symbol)); |
| 4880 | } |
| 4881 | } |
| 4882 | |
| 4883 | /* Number of block_symbol structures currently collected in current vector in |
| 4884 | OBSTACKP. */ |
| 4885 | |
| 4886 | static int |
| 4887 | num_defns_collected (struct obstack *obstackp) |
| 4888 | { |
| 4889 | return obstack_object_size (obstackp) / sizeof (struct block_symbol); |
| 4890 | } |
| 4891 | |
| 4892 | /* Vector of block_symbol structures currently collected in current vector in |
| 4893 | OBSTACKP. If FINISH, close off the vector and return its final address. */ |
| 4894 | |
| 4895 | static struct block_symbol * |
| 4896 | defns_collected (struct obstack *obstackp, int finish) |
| 4897 | { |
| 4898 | if (finish) |
| 4899 | return (struct block_symbol *) obstack_finish (obstackp); |
| 4900 | else |
| 4901 | return (struct block_symbol *) obstack_base (obstackp); |
| 4902 | } |
| 4903 | |
| 4904 | /* Return a bound minimal symbol matching NAME according to Ada |
| 4905 | decoding rules. Returns an invalid symbol if there is no such |
| 4906 | minimal symbol. Names prefixed with "standard__" are handled |
| 4907 | specially: "standard__" is first stripped off, and only static and |
| 4908 | global symbols are searched. */ |
| 4909 | |
| 4910 | struct bound_minimal_symbol |
| 4911 | ada_lookup_simple_minsym (const char *name) |
| 4912 | { |
| 4913 | struct bound_minimal_symbol result; |
| 4914 | |
| 4915 | memset (&result, 0, sizeof (result)); |
| 4916 | |
| 4917 | symbol_name_match_type match_type = name_match_type_from_name (name); |
| 4918 | lookup_name_info lookup_name (name, match_type); |
| 4919 | |
| 4920 | symbol_name_matcher_ftype *match_name |
| 4921 | = ada_get_symbol_name_matcher (lookup_name); |
| 4922 | |
| 4923 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) |
| 4924 | { |
| 4925 | for (minimal_symbol *msymbol : objfile->msymbols ()) |
| 4926 | { |
| 4927 | if (match_name (msymbol->linkage_name (), lookup_name, NULL) |
| 4928 | && MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) != mst_solib_trampoline) |
| 4929 | { |
| 4930 | result.minsym = msymbol; |
| 4931 | result.objfile = objfile; |
| 4932 | break; |
| 4933 | } |
| 4934 | } |
| 4935 | } |
| 4936 | |
| 4937 | return result; |
| 4938 | } |
| 4939 | |
| 4940 | /* For all subprograms that statically enclose the subprogram of the |
| 4941 | selected frame, add symbols matching identifier NAME in DOMAIN |
| 4942 | and their blocks to the list of data in OBSTACKP, as for |
| 4943 | ada_add_block_symbols (q.v.). If WILD_MATCH_P, treat as NAME |
| 4944 | with a wildcard prefix. */ |
| 4945 | |
| 4946 | static void |
| 4947 | add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (struct obstack *obstackp, |
| 4948 | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, |
| 4949 | domain_enum domain) |
| 4950 | { |
| 4951 | } |
| 4952 | |
| 4953 | /* True if TYPE is definitely an artificial type supplied to a symbol |
| 4954 | for which no debugging information was given in the symbol file. */ |
| 4955 | |
| 4956 | static int |
| 4957 | is_nondebugging_type (struct type *type) |
| 4958 | { |
| 4959 | const char *name = ada_type_name (type); |
| 4960 | |
| 4961 | return (name != NULL && strcmp (name, "<variable, no debug info>") == 0); |
| 4962 | } |
| 4963 | |
| 4964 | /* Return nonzero if TYPE1 and TYPE2 are two enumeration types |
| 4965 | that are deemed "identical" for practical purposes. |
| 4966 | |
| 4967 | This function assumes that TYPE1 and TYPE2 are both TYPE_CODE_ENUM |
| 4968 | types and that their number of enumerals is identical (in other |
| 4969 | words, TYPE_NFIELDS (type1) == TYPE_NFIELDS (type2)). */ |
| 4970 | |
| 4971 | static int |
| 4972 | ada_identical_enum_types_p (struct type *type1, struct type *type2) |
| 4973 | { |
| 4974 | int i; |
| 4975 | |
| 4976 | /* The heuristic we use here is fairly conservative. We consider |
| 4977 | that 2 enumerate types are identical if they have the same |
| 4978 | number of enumerals and that all enumerals have the same |
| 4979 | underlying value and name. */ |
| 4980 | |
| 4981 | /* All enums in the type should have an identical underlying value. */ |
| 4982 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type1); i++) |
| 4983 | if (TYPE_FIELD_ENUMVAL (type1, i) != TYPE_FIELD_ENUMVAL (type2, i)) |
| 4984 | return 0; |
| 4985 | |
| 4986 | /* All enumerals should also have the same name (modulo any numerical |
| 4987 | suffix). */ |
| 4988 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type1); i++) |
| 4989 | { |
| 4990 | const char *name_1 = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type1, i); |
| 4991 | const char *name_2 = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type2, i); |
| 4992 | int len_1 = strlen (name_1); |
| 4993 | int len_2 = strlen (name_2); |
| 4994 | |
| 4995 | ada_remove_trailing_digits (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type1, i), &len_1); |
| 4996 | ada_remove_trailing_digits (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type2, i), &len_2); |
| 4997 | if (len_1 != len_2 |
| 4998 | || strncmp (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type1, i), |
| 4999 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type2, i), |
| 5000 | len_1) != 0) |
| 5001 | return 0; |
| 5002 | } |
| 5003 | |
| 5004 | return 1; |
| 5005 | } |
| 5006 | |
| 5007 | /* Return nonzero if all the symbols in SYMS are all enumeral symbols |
| 5008 | that are deemed "identical" for practical purposes. Sometimes, |
| 5009 | enumerals are not strictly identical, but their types are so similar |
| 5010 | that they can be considered identical. |
| 5011 | |
| 5012 | For instance, consider the following code: |
| 5013 | |
| 5014 | type Color is (Black, Red, Green, Blue, White); |
| 5015 | type RGB_Color is new Color range Red .. Blue; |
| 5016 | |
| 5017 | Type RGB_Color is a subrange of an implicit type which is a copy |
| 5018 | of type Color. If we call that implicit type RGB_ColorB ("B" is |
| 5019 | for "Base Type"), then type RGB_ColorB is a copy of type Color. |
| 5020 | As a result, when an expression references any of the enumeral |
| 5021 | by name (Eg. "print green"), the expression is technically |
| 5022 | ambiguous and the user should be asked to disambiguate. But |
| 5023 | doing so would only hinder the user, since it wouldn't matter |
| 5024 | what choice he makes, the outcome would always be the same. |
| 5025 | So, for practical purposes, we consider them as the same. */ |
| 5026 | |
| 5027 | static int |
| 5028 | symbols_are_identical_enums (const std::vector<struct block_symbol> &syms) |
| 5029 | { |
| 5030 | int i; |
| 5031 | |
| 5032 | /* Before performing a thorough comparison check of each type, |
| 5033 | we perform a series of inexpensive checks. We expect that these |
| 5034 | checks will quickly fail in the vast majority of cases, and thus |
| 5035 | help prevent the unnecessary use of a more expensive comparison. |
| 5036 | Said comparison also expects us to make some of these checks |
| 5037 | (see ada_identical_enum_types_p). */ |
| 5038 | |
| 5039 | /* Quick check: All symbols should have an enum type. */ |
| 5040 | for (i = 0; i < syms.size (); i++) |
| 5041 | if (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].symbol)) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 5042 | return 0; |
| 5043 | |
| 5044 | /* Quick check: They should all have the same value. */ |
| 5045 | for (i = 1; i < syms.size (); i++) |
| 5046 | if (SYMBOL_VALUE (syms[i].symbol) != SYMBOL_VALUE (syms[0].symbol)) |
| 5047 | return 0; |
| 5048 | |
| 5049 | /* Quick check: They should all have the same number of enumerals. */ |
| 5050 | for (i = 1; i < syms.size (); i++) |
| 5051 | if (TYPE_NFIELDS (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].symbol)) |
| 5052 | != TYPE_NFIELDS (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[0].symbol))) |
| 5053 | return 0; |
| 5054 | |
| 5055 | /* All the sanity checks passed, so we might have a set of |
| 5056 | identical enumeration types. Perform a more complete |
| 5057 | comparison of the type of each symbol. */ |
| 5058 | for (i = 1; i < syms.size (); i++) |
| 5059 | if (!ada_identical_enum_types_p (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[i].symbol), |
| 5060 | SYMBOL_TYPE (syms[0].symbol))) |
| 5061 | return 0; |
| 5062 | |
| 5063 | return 1; |
| 5064 | } |
| 5065 | |
| 5066 | /* Remove any non-debugging symbols in SYMS that definitely |
| 5067 | duplicate other symbols in the list (The only case I know of where |
| 5068 | this happens is when object files containing stabs-in-ecoff are |
| 5069 | linked with files containing ordinary ecoff debugging symbols (or no |
| 5070 | debugging symbols)). Modifies SYMS to squeeze out deleted entries. |
| 5071 | Returns the number of items in the modified list. */ |
| 5072 | |
| 5073 | static int |
| 5074 | remove_extra_symbols (std::vector<struct block_symbol> *syms) |
| 5075 | { |
| 5076 | int i, j; |
| 5077 | |
| 5078 | /* We should never be called with less than 2 symbols, as there |
| 5079 | cannot be any extra symbol in that case. But it's easy to |
| 5080 | handle, since we have nothing to do in that case. */ |
| 5081 | if (syms->size () < 2) |
| 5082 | return syms->size (); |
| 5083 | |
| 5084 | i = 0; |
| 5085 | while (i < syms->size ()) |
| 5086 | { |
| 5087 | int remove_p = 0; |
| 5088 | |
| 5089 | /* If two symbols have the same name and one of them is a stub type, |
| 5090 | the get rid of the stub. */ |
| 5091 | |
| 5092 | if (TYPE_STUB (SYMBOL_TYPE ((*syms)[i].symbol)) |
| 5093 | && (*syms)[i].symbol->linkage_name () != NULL) |
| 5094 | { |
| 5095 | for (j = 0; j < syms->size (); j++) |
| 5096 | { |
| 5097 | if (j != i |
| 5098 | && !TYPE_STUB (SYMBOL_TYPE ((*syms)[j].symbol)) |
| 5099 | && (*syms)[j].symbol->linkage_name () != NULL |
| 5100 | && strcmp ((*syms)[i].symbol->linkage_name (), |
| 5101 | (*syms)[j].symbol->linkage_name ()) == 0) |
| 5102 | remove_p = 1; |
| 5103 | } |
| 5104 | } |
| 5105 | |
| 5106 | /* Two symbols with the same name, same class and same address |
| 5107 | should be identical. */ |
| 5108 | |
| 5109 | else if ((*syms)[i].symbol->linkage_name () != NULL |
| 5110 | && SYMBOL_CLASS ((*syms)[i].symbol) == LOC_STATIC |
| 5111 | && is_nondebugging_type (SYMBOL_TYPE ((*syms)[i].symbol))) |
| 5112 | { |
| 5113 | for (j = 0; j < syms->size (); j += 1) |
| 5114 | { |
| 5115 | if (i != j |
| 5116 | && (*syms)[j].symbol->linkage_name () != NULL |
| 5117 | && strcmp ((*syms)[i].symbol->linkage_name (), |
| 5118 | (*syms)[j].symbol->linkage_name ()) == 0 |
| 5119 | && SYMBOL_CLASS ((*syms)[i].symbol) |
| 5120 | == SYMBOL_CLASS ((*syms)[j].symbol) |
| 5121 | && SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS ((*syms)[i].symbol) |
| 5122 | == SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS ((*syms)[j].symbol)) |
| 5123 | remove_p = 1; |
| 5124 | } |
| 5125 | } |
| 5126 | |
| 5127 | if (remove_p) |
| 5128 | syms->erase (syms->begin () + i); |
| 5129 | |
| 5130 | i += 1; |
| 5131 | } |
| 5132 | |
| 5133 | /* If all the remaining symbols are identical enumerals, then |
| 5134 | just keep the first one and discard the rest. |
| 5135 | |
| 5136 | Unlike what we did previously, we do not discard any entry |
| 5137 | unless they are ALL identical. This is because the symbol |
| 5138 | comparison is not a strict comparison, but rather a practical |
| 5139 | comparison. If all symbols are considered identical, then |
| 5140 | we can just go ahead and use the first one and discard the rest. |
| 5141 | But if we cannot reduce the list to a single element, we have |
| 5142 | to ask the user to disambiguate anyways. And if we have to |
| 5143 | present a multiple-choice menu, it's less confusing if the list |
| 5144 | isn't missing some choices that were identical and yet distinct. */ |
| 5145 | if (symbols_are_identical_enums (*syms)) |
| 5146 | syms->resize (1); |
| 5147 | |
| 5148 | return syms->size (); |
| 5149 | } |
| 5150 | |
| 5151 | /* Given a type that corresponds to a renaming entity, use the type name |
| 5152 | to extract the scope (package name or function name, fully qualified, |
| 5153 | and following the GNAT encoding convention) where this renaming has been |
| 5154 | defined. */ |
| 5155 | |
| 5156 | static std::string |
| 5157 | xget_renaming_scope (struct type *renaming_type) |
| 5158 | { |
| 5159 | /* The renaming types adhere to the following convention: |
| 5160 | <scope>__<rename>___<XR extension>. |
| 5161 | So, to extract the scope, we search for the "___XR" extension, |
| 5162 | and then backtrack until we find the first "__". */ |
| 5163 | |
| 5164 | const char *name = TYPE_NAME (renaming_type); |
| 5165 | const char *suffix = strstr (name, "___XR"); |
| 5166 | const char *last; |
| 5167 | |
| 5168 | /* Now, backtrack a bit until we find the first "__". Start looking |
| 5169 | at suffix - 3, as the <rename> part is at least one character long. */ |
| 5170 | |
| 5171 | for (last = suffix - 3; last > name; last--) |
| 5172 | if (last[0] == '_' && last[1] == '_') |
| 5173 | break; |
| 5174 | |
| 5175 | /* Make a copy of scope and return it. */ |
| 5176 | return std::string (name, last); |
| 5177 | } |
| 5178 | |
| 5179 | /* Return nonzero if NAME corresponds to a package name. */ |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 | static int |
| 5182 | is_package_name (const char *name) |
| 5183 | { |
| 5184 | /* Here, We take advantage of the fact that no symbols are generated |
| 5185 | for packages, while symbols are generated for each function. |
| 5186 | So the condition for NAME represent a package becomes equivalent |
| 5187 | to NAME not existing in our list of symbols. There is only one |
| 5188 | small complication with library-level functions (see below). */ |
| 5189 | |
| 5190 | /* If it is a function that has not been defined at library level, |
| 5191 | then we should be able to look it up in the symbols. */ |
| 5192 | if (standard_lookup (name, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN) != NULL) |
| 5193 | return 0; |
| 5194 | |
| 5195 | /* Library-level function names start with "_ada_". See if function |
| 5196 | "_ada_" followed by NAME can be found. */ |
| 5197 | |
| 5198 | /* Do a quick check that NAME does not contain "__", since library-level |
| 5199 | functions names cannot contain "__" in them. */ |
| 5200 | if (strstr (name, "__") != NULL) |
| 5201 | return 0; |
| 5202 | |
| 5203 | std::string fun_name = string_printf ("_ada_%s", name); |
| 5204 | |
| 5205 | return (standard_lookup (fun_name.c_str (), NULL, VAR_DOMAIN) == NULL); |
| 5206 | } |
| 5207 | |
| 5208 | /* Return nonzero if SYM corresponds to a renaming entity that is |
| 5209 | not visible from FUNCTION_NAME. */ |
| 5210 | |
| 5211 | static int |
| 5212 | old_renaming_is_invisible (const struct symbol *sym, const char *function_name) |
| 5213 | { |
| 5214 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF) |
| 5215 | return 0; |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 | std::string scope = xget_renaming_scope (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)); |
| 5218 | |
| 5219 | /* If the rename has been defined in a package, then it is visible. */ |
| 5220 | if (is_package_name (scope.c_str ())) |
| 5221 | return 0; |
| 5222 | |
| 5223 | /* Check that the rename is in the current function scope by checking |
| 5224 | that its name starts with SCOPE. */ |
| 5225 | |
| 5226 | /* If the function name starts with "_ada_", it means that it is |
| 5227 | a library-level function. Strip this prefix before doing the |
| 5228 | comparison, as the encoding for the renaming does not contain |
| 5229 | this prefix. */ |
| 5230 | if (startswith (function_name, "_ada_")) |
| 5231 | function_name += 5; |
| 5232 | |
| 5233 | return !startswith (function_name, scope.c_str ()); |
| 5234 | } |
| 5235 | |
| 5236 | /* Remove entries from SYMS that corresponds to a renaming entity that |
| 5237 | is not visible from the function associated with CURRENT_BLOCK or |
| 5238 | that is superfluous due to the presence of more specific renaming |
| 5239 | information. Places surviving symbols in the initial entries of |
| 5240 | SYMS and returns the number of surviving symbols. |
| 5241 | |
| 5242 | Rationale: |
| 5243 | First, in cases where an object renaming is implemented as a |
| 5244 | reference variable, GNAT may produce both the actual reference |
| 5245 | variable and the renaming encoding. In this case, we discard the |
| 5246 | latter. |
| 5247 | |
| 5248 | Second, GNAT emits a type following a specified encoding for each renaming |
| 5249 | entity. Unfortunately, STABS currently does not support the definition |
| 5250 | of types that are local to a given lexical block, so all renamings types |
| 5251 | are emitted at library level. As a consequence, if an application |
| 5252 | contains two renaming entities using the same name, and a user tries to |
| 5253 | print the value of one of these entities, the result of the ada symbol |
| 5254 | lookup will also contain the wrong renaming type. |
| 5255 | |
| 5256 | This function partially covers for this limitation by attempting to |
| 5257 | remove from the SYMS list renaming symbols that should be visible |
| 5258 | from CURRENT_BLOCK. However, there does not seem be a 100% reliable |
| 5259 | method with the current information available. The implementation |
| 5260 | below has a couple of limitations (FIXME: brobecker-2003-05-12): |
| 5261 | |
| 5262 | - When the user tries to print a rename in a function while there |
| 5263 | is another rename entity defined in a package: Normally, the |
| 5264 | rename in the function has precedence over the rename in the |
| 5265 | package, so the latter should be removed from the list. This is |
| 5266 | currently not the case. |
| 5267 | |
| 5268 | - This function will incorrectly remove valid renames if |
| 5269 | the CURRENT_BLOCK corresponds to a function which symbol name |
| 5270 | has been changed by an "Export" pragma. As a consequence, |
| 5271 | the user will be unable to print such rename entities. */ |
| 5272 | |
| 5273 | static int |
| 5274 | remove_irrelevant_renamings (std::vector<struct block_symbol> *syms, |
| 5275 | const struct block *current_block) |
| 5276 | { |
| 5277 | struct symbol *current_function; |
| 5278 | const char *current_function_name; |
| 5279 | int i; |
| 5280 | int is_new_style_renaming; |
| 5281 | |
| 5282 | /* If there is both a renaming foo___XR... encoded as a variable and |
| 5283 | a simple variable foo in the same block, discard the latter. |
| 5284 | First, zero out such symbols, then compress. */ |
| 5285 | is_new_style_renaming = 0; |
| 5286 | for (i = 0; i < syms->size (); i += 1) |
| 5287 | { |
| 5288 | struct symbol *sym = (*syms)[i].symbol; |
| 5289 | const struct block *block = (*syms)[i].block; |
| 5290 | const char *name; |
| 5291 | const char *suffix; |
| 5292 | |
| 5293 | if (sym == NULL || SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF) |
| 5294 | continue; |
| 5295 | name = sym->linkage_name (); |
| 5296 | suffix = strstr (name, "___XR"); |
| 5297 | |
| 5298 | if (suffix != NULL) |
| 5299 | { |
| 5300 | int name_len = suffix - name; |
| 5301 | int j; |
| 5302 | |
| 5303 | is_new_style_renaming = 1; |
| 5304 | for (j = 0; j < syms->size (); j += 1) |
| 5305 | if (i != j && (*syms)[j].symbol != NULL |
| 5306 | && strncmp (name, (*syms)[j].symbol->linkage_name (), |
| 5307 | name_len) == 0 |
| 5308 | && block == (*syms)[j].block) |
| 5309 | (*syms)[j].symbol = NULL; |
| 5310 | } |
| 5311 | } |
| 5312 | if (is_new_style_renaming) |
| 5313 | { |
| 5314 | int j, k; |
| 5315 | |
| 5316 | for (j = k = 0; j < syms->size (); j += 1) |
| 5317 | if ((*syms)[j].symbol != NULL) |
| 5318 | { |
| 5319 | (*syms)[k] = (*syms)[j]; |
| 5320 | k += 1; |
| 5321 | } |
| 5322 | return k; |
| 5323 | } |
| 5324 | |
| 5325 | /* Extract the function name associated to CURRENT_BLOCK. |
| 5326 | Abort if unable to do so. */ |
| 5327 | |
| 5328 | if (current_block == NULL) |
| 5329 | return syms->size (); |
| 5330 | |
| 5331 | current_function = block_linkage_function (current_block); |
| 5332 | if (current_function == NULL) |
| 5333 | return syms->size (); |
| 5334 | |
| 5335 | current_function_name = current_function->linkage_name (); |
| 5336 | if (current_function_name == NULL) |
| 5337 | return syms->size (); |
| 5338 | |
| 5339 | /* Check each of the symbols, and remove it from the list if it is |
| 5340 | a type corresponding to a renaming that is out of the scope of |
| 5341 | the current block. */ |
| 5342 | |
| 5343 | i = 0; |
| 5344 | while (i < syms->size ()) |
| 5345 | { |
| 5346 | if (ada_parse_renaming ((*syms)[i].symbol, NULL, NULL, NULL) |
| 5347 | == ADA_OBJECT_RENAMING |
| 5348 | && old_renaming_is_invisible ((*syms)[i].symbol, |
| 5349 | current_function_name)) |
| 5350 | syms->erase (syms->begin () + i); |
| 5351 | else |
| 5352 | i += 1; |
| 5353 | } |
| 5354 | |
| 5355 | return syms->size (); |
| 5356 | } |
| 5357 | |
| 5358 | /* Add to OBSTACKP all symbols from BLOCK (and its super-blocks) |
| 5359 | whose name and domain match NAME and DOMAIN respectively. |
| 5360 | If no match was found, then extend the search to "enclosing" |
| 5361 | routines (in other words, if we're inside a nested function, |
| 5362 | search the symbols defined inside the enclosing functions). |
| 5363 | If WILD_MATCH_P is nonzero, perform the naming matching in |
| 5364 | "wild" mode (see function "wild_match" for more info). |
| 5365 | |
| 5366 | Note: This function assumes that OBSTACKP has 0 (zero) element in it. */ |
| 5367 | |
| 5368 | static void |
| 5369 | ada_add_local_symbols (struct obstack *obstackp, |
| 5370 | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, |
| 5371 | const struct block *block, domain_enum domain) |
| 5372 | { |
| 5373 | int block_depth = 0; |
| 5374 | |
| 5375 | while (block != NULL) |
| 5376 | { |
| 5377 | block_depth += 1; |
| 5378 | ada_add_block_symbols (obstackp, block, lookup_name, domain, NULL); |
| 5379 | |
| 5380 | /* If we found a non-function match, assume that's the one. */ |
| 5381 | if (is_nonfunction (defns_collected (obstackp, 0), |
| 5382 | num_defns_collected (obstackp))) |
| 5383 | return; |
| 5384 | |
| 5385 | block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block); |
| 5386 | } |
| 5387 | |
| 5388 | /* If no luck so far, try to find NAME as a local symbol in some lexically |
| 5389 | enclosing subprogram. */ |
| 5390 | if (num_defns_collected (obstackp) == 0 && block_depth > 2) |
| 5391 | add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (obstackp, lookup_name, domain); |
| 5392 | } |
| 5393 | |
| 5394 | /* An object of this type is used as the user_data argument when |
| 5395 | calling the map_matching_symbols method. */ |
| 5396 | |
| 5397 | struct match_data |
| 5398 | { |
| 5399 | struct objfile *objfile; |
| 5400 | struct obstack *obstackp; |
| 5401 | struct symbol *arg_sym; |
| 5402 | int found_sym; |
| 5403 | }; |
| 5404 | |
| 5405 | /* A callback for add_nonlocal_symbols that adds symbol, found in BSYM, |
| 5406 | to a list of symbols. DATA is a pointer to a struct match_data * |
| 5407 | containing the obstack that collects the symbol list, the file that SYM |
| 5408 | must come from, a flag indicating whether a non-argument symbol has |
| 5409 | been found in the current block, and the last argument symbol |
| 5410 | passed in SYM within the current block (if any). When SYM is null, |
| 5411 | marking the end of a block, the argument symbol is added if no |
| 5412 | other has been found. */ |
| 5413 | |
| 5414 | static bool |
| 5415 | aux_add_nonlocal_symbols (struct block_symbol *bsym, |
| 5416 | struct match_data *data) |
| 5417 | { |
| 5418 | const struct block *block = bsym->block; |
| 5419 | struct symbol *sym = bsym->symbol; |
| 5420 | |
| 5421 | if (sym == NULL) |
| 5422 | { |
| 5423 | if (!data->found_sym && data->arg_sym != NULL) |
| 5424 | add_defn_to_vec (data->obstackp, |
| 5425 | fixup_symbol_section (data->arg_sym, data->objfile), |
| 5426 | block); |
| 5427 | data->found_sym = 0; |
| 5428 | data->arg_sym = NULL; |
| 5429 | } |
| 5430 | else |
| 5431 | { |
| 5432 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_UNRESOLVED) |
| 5433 | return true; |
| 5434 | else if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym)) |
| 5435 | data->arg_sym = sym; |
| 5436 | else |
| 5437 | { |
| 5438 | data->found_sym = 1; |
| 5439 | add_defn_to_vec (data->obstackp, |
| 5440 | fixup_symbol_section (sym, data->objfile), |
| 5441 | block); |
| 5442 | } |
| 5443 | } |
| 5444 | return true; |
| 5445 | } |
| 5446 | |
| 5447 | /* Helper for add_nonlocal_symbols. Find symbols in DOMAIN which are |
| 5448 | targeted by renamings matching LOOKUP_NAME in BLOCK. Add these |
| 5449 | symbols to OBSTACKP. Return whether we found such symbols. */ |
| 5450 | |
| 5451 | static int |
| 5452 | ada_add_block_renamings (struct obstack *obstackp, |
| 5453 | const struct block *block, |
| 5454 | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, |
| 5455 | domain_enum domain) |
| 5456 | { |
| 5457 | struct using_direct *renaming; |
| 5458 | int defns_mark = num_defns_collected (obstackp); |
| 5459 | |
| 5460 | symbol_name_matcher_ftype *name_match |
| 5461 | = ada_get_symbol_name_matcher (lookup_name); |
| 5462 | |
| 5463 | for (renaming = block_using (block); |
| 5464 | renaming != NULL; |
| 5465 | renaming = renaming->next) |
| 5466 | { |
| 5467 | const char *r_name; |
| 5468 | |
| 5469 | /* Avoid infinite recursions: skip this renaming if we are actually |
| 5470 | already traversing it. |
| 5471 | |
| 5472 | Currently, symbol lookup in Ada don't use the namespace machinery from |
| 5473 | C++/Fortran support: skip namespace imports that use them. */ |
| 5474 | if (renaming->searched |
| 5475 | || (renaming->import_src != NULL |
| 5476 | && renaming->import_src[0] != '\0') |
| 5477 | || (renaming->import_dest != NULL |
| 5478 | && renaming->import_dest[0] != '\0')) |
| 5479 | continue; |
| 5480 | renaming->searched = 1; |
| 5481 | |
| 5482 | /* TODO: here, we perform another name-based symbol lookup, which can |
| 5483 | pull its own multiple overloads. In theory, we should be able to do |
| 5484 | better in this case since, in DWARF, DW_AT_import is a DIE reference, |
| 5485 | not a simple name. But in order to do this, we would need to enhance |
| 5486 | the DWARF reader to associate a symbol to this renaming, instead of a |
| 5487 | name. So, for now, we do something simpler: re-use the C++/Fortran |
| 5488 | namespace machinery. */ |
| 5489 | r_name = (renaming->alias != NULL |
| 5490 | ? renaming->alias |
| 5491 | : renaming->declaration); |
| 5492 | if (name_match (r_name, lookup_name, NULL)) |
| 5493 | { |
| 5494 | lookup_name_info decl_lookup_name (renaming->declaration, |
| 5495 | lookup_name.match_type ()); |
| 5496 | ada_add_all_symbols (obstackp, block, decl_lookup_name, domain, |
| 5497 | 1, NULL); |
| 5498 | } |
| 5499 | renaming->searched = 0; |
| 5500 | } |
| 5501 | return num_defns_collected (obstackp) != defns_mark; |
| 5502 | } |
| 5503 | |
| 5504 | /* Implements compare_names, but only applying the comparision using |
| 5505 | the given CASING. */ |
| 5506 | |
| 5507 | static int |
| 5508 | compare_names_with_case (const char *string1, const char *string2, |
| 5509 | enum case_sensitivity casing) |
| 5510 | { |
| 5511 | while (*string1 != '\0' && *string2 != '\0') |
| 5512 | { |
| 5513 | char c1, c2; |
| 5514 | |
| 5515 | if (isspace (*string1) || isspace (*string2)) |
| 5516 | return strcmp_iw_ordered (string1, string2); |
| 5517 | |
| 5518 | if (casing == case_sensitive_off) |
| 5519 | { |
| 5520 | c1 = tolower (*string1); |
| 5521 | c2 = tolower (*string2); |
| 5522 | } |
| 5523 | else |
| 5524 | { |
| 5525 | c1 = *string1; |
| 5526 | c2 = *string2; |
| 5527 | } |
| 5528 | if (c1 != c2) |
| 5529 | break; |
| 5530 | |
| 5531 | string1 += 1; |
| 5532 | string2 += 1; |
| 5533 | } |
| 5534 | |
| 5535 | switch (*string1) |
| 5536 | { |
| 5537 | case '(': |
| 5538 | return strcmp_iw_ordered (string1, string2); |
| 5539 | case '_': |
| 5540 | if (*string2 == '\0') |
| 5541 | { |
| 5542 | if (is_name_suffix (string1)) |
| 5543 | return 0; |
| 5544 | else |
| 5545 | return 1; |
| 5546 | } |
| 5547 | /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
| 5548 | default: |
| 5549 | if (*string2 == '(') |
| 5550 | return strcmp_iw_ordered (string1, string2); |
| 5551 | else |
| 5552 | { |
| 5553 | if (casing == case_sensitive_off) |
| 5554 | return tolower (*string1) - tolower (*string2); |
| 5555 | else |
| 5556 | return *string1 - *string2; |
| 5557 | } |
| 5558 | } |
| 5559 | } |
| 5560 | |
| 5561 | /* Compare STRING1 to STRING2, with results as for strcmp. |
| 5562 | Compatible with strcmp_iw_ordered in that... |
| 5563 | |
| 5564 | strcmp_iw_ordered (STRING1, STRING2) <= 0 |
| 5565 | |
| 5566 | ... implies... |
| 5567 | |
| 5568 | compare_names (STRING1, STRING2) <= 0 |
| 5569 | |
| 5570 | (they may differ as to what symbols compare equal). */ |
| 5571 | |
| 5572 | static int |
| 5573 | compare_names (const char *string1, const char *string2) |
| 5574 | { |
| 5575 | int result; |
| 5576 | |
| 5577 | /* Similar to what strcmp_iw_ordered does, we need to perform |
| 5578 | a case-insensitive comparison first, and only resort to |
| 5579 | a second, case-sensitive, comparison if the first one was |
| 5580 | not sufficient to differentiate the two strings. */ |
| 5581 | |
| 5582 | result = compare_names_with_case (string1, string2, case_sensitive_off); |
| 5583 | if (result == 0) |
| 5584 | result = compare_names_with_case (string1, string2, case_sensitive_on); |
| 5585 | |
| 5586 | return result; |
| 5587 | } |
| 5588 | |
| 5589 | /* Convenience function to get at the Ada encoded lookup name for |
| 5590 | LOOKUP_NAME, as a C string. */ |
| 5591 | |
| 5592 | static const char * |
| 5593 | ada_lookup_name (const lookup_name_info &lookup_name) |
| 5594 | { |
| 5595 | return lookup_name.ada ().lookup_name ().c_str (); |
| 5596 | } |
| 5597 | |
| 5598 | /* Add to OBSTACKP all non-local symbols whose name and domain match |
| 5599 | LOOKUP_NAME and DOMAIN respectively. The search is performed on |
| 5600 | GLOBAL_BLOCK symbols if GLOBAL is non-zero, or on STATIC_BLOCK |
| 5601 | symbols otherwise. */ |
| 5602 | |
| 5603 | static void |
| 5604 | add_nonlocal_symbols (struct obstack *obstackp, |
| 5605 | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, |
| 5606 | domain_enum domain, int global) |
| 5607 | { |
| 5608 | struct match_data data; |
| 5609 | |
| 5610 | memset (&data, 0, sizeof data); |
| 5611 | data.obstackp = obstackp; |
| 5612 | |
| 5613 | bool is_wild_match = lookup_name.ada ().wild_match_p (); |
| 5614 | |
| 5615 | auto callback = [&] (struct block_symbol *bsym) |
| 5616 | { |
| 5617 | return aux_add_nonlocal_symbols (bsym, &data); |
| 5618 | }; |
| 5619 | |
| 5620 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) |
| 5621 | { |
| 5622 | data.objfile = objfile; |
| 5623 | |
| 5624 | objfile->sf->qf->map_matching_symbols (objfile, lookup_name, |
| 5625 | domain, global, callback, |
| 5626 | (is_wild_match |
| 5627 | ? NULL : compare_names)); |
| 5628 | |
| 5629 | for (compunit_symtab *cu : objfile->compunits ()) |
| 5630 | { |
| 5631 | const struct block *global_block |
| 5632 | = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (cu), GLOBAL_BLOCK); |
| 5633 | |
| 5634 | if (ada_add_block_renamings (obstackp, global_block, lookup_name, |
| 5635 | domain)) |
| 5636 | data.found_sym = 1; |
| 5637 | } |
| 5638 | } |
| 5639 | |
| 5640 | if (num_defns_collected (obstackp) == 0 && global && !is_wild_match) |
| 5641 | { |
| 5642 | const char *name = ada_lookup_name (lookup_name); |
| 5643 | std::string bracket_name = std::string ("<_ada_") + name + '>'; |
| 5644 | lookup_name_info name1 (bracket_name, symbol_name_match_type::FULL); |
| 5645 | |
| 5646 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) |
| 5647 | { |
| 5648 | data.objfile = objfile; |
| 5649 | objfile->sf->qf->map_matching_symbols (objfile, name1, |
| 5650 | domain, global, callback, |
| 5651 | compare_names); |
| 5652 | } |
| 5653 | } |
| 5654 | } |
| 5655 | |
| 5656 | /* Find symbols in DOMAIN matching LOOKUP_NAME, in BLOCK and, if |
| 5657 | FULL_SEARCH is non-zero, enclosing scope and in global scopes, |
| 5658 | returning the number of matches. Add these to OBSTACKP. |
| 5659 | |
| 5660 | When FULL_SEARCH is non-zero, any non-function/non-enumeral |
| 5661 | symbol match within the nest of blocks whose innermost member is BLOCK, |
| 5662 | is the one match returned (no other matches in that or |
| 5663 | enclosing blocks is returned). If there are any matches in or |
| 5664 | surrounding BLOCK, then these alone are returned. |
| 5665 | |
| 5666 | Names prefixed with "standard__" are handled specially: |
| 5667 | "standard__" is first stripped off (by the lookup_name |
| 5668 | constructor), and only static and global symbols are searched. |
| 5669 | |
| 5670 | If MADE_GLOBAL_LOOKUP_P is non-null, set it before return to whether we had |
| 5671 | to lookup global symbols. */ |
| 5672 | |
| 5673 | static void |
| 5674 | ada_add_all_symbols (struct obstack *obstackp, |
| 5675 | const struct block *block, |
| 5676 | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, |
| 5677 | domain_enum domain, |
| 5678 | int full_search, |
| 5679 | int *made_global_lookup_p) |
| 5680 | { |
| 5681 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 5682 | |
| 5683 | if (made_global_lookup_p) |
| 5684 | *made_global_lookup_p = 0; |
| 5685 | |
| 5686 | /* Special case: If the user specifies a symbol name inside package |
| 5687 | Standard, do a non-wild matching of the symbol name without |
| 5688 | the "standard__" prefix. This was primarily introduced in order |
| 5689 | to allow the user to specifically access the standard exceptions |
| 5690 | using, for instance, Standard.Constraint_Error when Constraint_Error |
| 5691 | is ambiguous (due to the user defining its own Constraint_Error |
| 5692 | entity inside its program). */ |
| 5693 | if (lookup_name.ada ().standard_p ()) |
| 5694 | block = NULL; |
| 5695 | |
| 5696 | /* Check the non-global symbols. If we have ANY match, then we're done. */ |
| 5697 | |
| 5698 | if (block != NULL) |
| 5699 | { |
| 5700 | if (full_search) |
| 5701 | ada_add_local_symbols (obstackp, lookup_name, block, domain); |
| 5702 | else |
| 5703 | { |
| 5704 | /* In the !full_search case we're are being called by |
| 5705 | ada_iterate_over_symbols, and we don't want to search |
| 5706 | superblocks. */ |
| 5707 | ada_add_block_symbols (obstackp, block, lookup_name, domain, NULL); |
| 5708 | } |
| 5709 | if (num_defns_collected (obstackp) > 0 || !full_search) |
| 5710 | return; |
| 5711 | } |
| 5712 | |
| 5713 | /* No non-global symbols found. Check our cache to see if we have |
| 5714 | already performed this search before. If we have, then return |
| 5715 | the same result. */ |
| 5716 | |
| 5717 | if (lookup_cached_symbol (ada_lookup_name (lookup_name), |
| 5718 | domain, &sym, &block)) |
| 5719 | { |
| 5720 | if (sym != NULL) |
| 5721 | add_defn_to_vec (obstackp, sym, block); |
| 5722 | return; |
| 5723 | } |
| 5724 | |
| 5725 | if (made_global_lookup_p) |
| 5726 | *made_global_lookup_p = 1; |
| 5727 | |
| 5728 | /* Search symbols from all global blocks. */ |
| 5729 | |
| 5730 | add_nonlocal_symbols (obstackp, lookup_name, domain, 1); |
| 5731 | |
| 5732 | /* Now add symbols from all per-file blocks if we've gotten no hits |
| 5733 | (not strictly correct, but perhaps better than an error). */ |
| 5734 | |
| 5735 | if (num_defns_collected (obstackp) == 0) |
| 5736 | add_nonlocal_symbols (obstackp, lookup_name, domain, 0); |
| 5737 | } |
| 5738 | |
| 5739 | /* Find symbols in DOMAIN matching LOOKUP_NAME, in BLOCK and, if FULL_SEARCH |
| 5740 | is non-zero, enclosing scope and in global scopes, returning the number of |
| 5741 | matches. |
| 5742 | Fills *RESULTS with (SYM,BLOCK) tuples, indicating the symbols |
| 5743 | found and the blocks and symbol tables (if any) in which they were |
| 5744 | found. |
| 5745 | |
| 5746 | When full_search is non-zero, any non-function/non-enumeral |
| 5747 | symbol match within the nest of blocks whose innermost member is BLOCK, |
| 5748 | is the one match returned (no other matches in that or |
| 5749 | enclosing blocks is returned). If there are any matches in or |
| 5750 | surrounding BLOCK, then these alone are returned. |
| 5751 | |
| 5752 | Names prefixed with "standard__" are handled specially: "standard__" |
| 5753 | is first stripped off, and only static and global symbols are searched. */ |
| 5754 | |
| 5755 | static int |
| 5756 | ada_lookup_symbol_list_worker (const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, |
| 5757 | const struct block *block, |
| 5758 | domain_enum domain, |
| 5759 | std::vector<struct block_symbol> *results, |
| 5760 | int full_search) |
| 5761 | { |
| 5762 | int syms_from_global_search; |
| 5763 | int ndefns; |
| 5764 | auto_obstack obstack; |
| 5765 | |
| 5766 | ada_add_all_symbols (&obstack, block, lookup_name, |
| 5767 | domain, full_search, &syms_from_global_search); |
| 5768 | |
| 5769 | ndefns = num_defns_collected (&obstack); |
| 5770 | |
| 5771 | struct block_symbol *base = defns_collected (&obstack, 1); |
| 5772 | for (int i = 0; i < ndefns; ++i) |
| 5773 | results->push_back (base[i]); |
| 5774 | |
| 5775 | ndefns = remove_extra_symbols (results); |
| 5776 | |
| 5777 | if (ndefns == 0 && full_search && syms_from_global_search) |
| 5778 | cache_symbol (ada_lookup_name (lookup_name), domain, NULL, NULL); |
| 5779 | |
| 5780 | if (ndefns == 1 && full_search && syms_from_global_search) |
| 5781 | cache_symbol (ada_lookup_name (lookup_name), domain, |
| 5782 | (*results)[0].symbol, (*results)[0].block); |
| 5783 | |
| 5784 | ndefns = remove_irrelevant_renamings (results, block); |
| 5785 | |
| 5786 | return ndefns; |
| 5787 | } |
| 5788 | |
| 5789 | /* Find symbols in DOMAIN matching NAME, in BLOCK and enclosing scope and |
| 5790 | in global scopes, returning the number of matches, and filling *RESULTS |
| 5791 | with (SYM,BLOCK) tuples. |
| 5792 | |
| 5793 | See ada_lookup_symbol_list_worker for further details. */ |
| 5794 | |
| 5795 | int |
| 5796 | ada_lookup_symbol_list (const char *name, const struct block *block, |
| 5797 | domain_enum domain, |
| 5798 | std::vector<struct block_symbol> *results) |
| 5799 | { |
| 5800 | symbol_name_match_type name_match_type = name_match_type_from_name (name); |
| 5801 | lookup_name_info lookup_name (name, name_match_type); |
| 5802 | |
| 5803 | return ada_lookup_symbol_list_worker (lookup_name, block, domain, results, 1); |
| 5804 | } |
| 5805 | |
| 5806 | /* Implementation of the la_iterate_over_symbols method. */ |
| 5807 | |
| 5808 | static bool |
| 5809 | ada_iterate_over_symbols |
| 5810 | (const struct block *block, const lookup_name_info &name, |
| 5811 | domain_enum domain, |
| 5812 | gdb::function_view<symbol_found_callback_ftype> callback) |
| 5813 | { |
| 5814 | int ndefs, i; |
| 5815 | std::vector<struct block_symbol> results; |
| 5816 | |
| 5817 | ndefs = ada_lookup_symbol_list_worker (name, block, domain, &results, 0); |
| 5818 | |
| 5819 | for (i = 0; i < ndefs; ++i) |
| 5820 | { |
| 5821 | if (!callback (&results[i])) |
| 5822 | return false; |
| 5823 | } |
| 5824 | |
| 5825 | return true; |
| 5826 | } |
| 5827 | |
| 5828 | /* The result is as for ada_lookup_symbol_list with FULL_SEARCH set |
| 5829 | to 1, but choosing the first symbol found if there are multiple |
| 5830 | choices. |
| 5831 | |
| 5832 | The result is stored in *INFO, which must be non-NULL. |
| 5833 | If no match is found, INFO->SYM is set to NULL. */ |
| 5834 | |
| 5835 | void |
| 5836 | ada_lookup_encoded_symbol (const char *name, const struct block *block, |
| 5837 | domain_enum domain, |
| 5838 | struct block_symbol *info) |
| 5839 | { |
| 5840 | /* Since we already have an encoded name, wrap it in '<>' to force a |
| 5841 | verbatim match. Otherwise, if the name happens to not look like |
| 5842 | an encoded name (because it doesn't include a "__"), |
| 5843 | ada_lookup_name_info would re-encode/fold it again, and that |
| 5844 | would e.g., incorrectly lowercase object renaming names like |
| 5845 | "R28b" -> "r28b". */ |
| 5846 | std::string verbatim = std::string ("<") + name + '>'; |
| 5847 | |
| 5848 | gdb_assert (info != NULL); |
| 5849 | *info = ada_lookup_symbol (verbatim.c_str (), block, domain); |
| 5850 | } |
| 5851 | |
| 5852 | /* Return a symbol in DOMAIN matching NAME, in BLOCK0 and enclosing |
| 5853 | scope and in global scopes, or NULL if none. NAME is folded and |
| 5854 | encoded first. Otherwise, the result is as for ada_lookup_symbol_list, |
| 5855 | choosing the first symbol if there are multiple choices. */ |
| 5856 | |
| 5857 | struct block_symbol |
| 5858 | ada_lookup_symbol (const char *name, const struct block *block0, |
| 5859 | domain_enum domain) |
| 5860 | { |
| 5861 | std::vector<struct block_symbol> candidates; |
| 5862 | int n_candidates; |
| 5863 | |
| 5864 | n_candidates = ada_lookup_symbol_list (name, block0, domain, &candidates); |
| 5865 | |
| 5866 | if (n_candidates == 0) |
| 5867 | return {}; |
| 5868 | |
| 5869 | block_symbol info = candidates[0]; |
| 5870 | info.symbol = fixup_symbol_section (info.symbol, NULL); |
| 5871 | return info; |
| 5872 | } |
| 5873 | |
| 5874 | static struct block_symbol |
| 5875 | ada_lookup_symbol_nonlocal (const struct language_defn *langdef, |
| 5876 | const char *name, |
| 5877 | const struct block *block, |
| 5878 | const domain_enum domain) |
| 5879 | { |
| 5880 | struct block_symbol sym; |
| 5881 | |
| 5882 | sym = ada_lookup_symbol (name, block_static_block (block), domain); |
| 5883 | if (sym.symbol != NULL) |
| 5884 | return sym; |
| 5885 | |
| 5886 | /* If we haven't found a match at this point, try the primitive |
| 5887 | types. In other languages, this search is performed before |
| 5888 | searching for global symbols in order to short-circuit that |
| 5889 | global-symbol search if it happens that the name corresponds |
| 5890 | to a primitive type. But we cannot do the same in Ada, because |
| 5891 | it is perfectly legitimate for a program to declare a type which |
| 5892 | has the same name as a standard type. If looking up a type in |
| 5893 | that situation, we have traditionally ignored the primitive type |
| 5894 | in favor of user-defined types. This is why, unlike most other |
| 5895 | languages, we search the primitive types this late and only after |
| 5896 | having searched the global symbols without success. */ |
| 5897 | |
| 5898 | if (domain == VAR_DOMAIN) |
| 5899 | { |
| 5900 | struct gdbarch *gdbarch; |
| 5901 | |
| 5902 | if (block == NULL) |
| 5903 | gdbarch = target_gdbarch (); |
| 5904 | else |
| 5905 | gdbarch = block_gdbarch (block); |
| 5906 | sym.symbol = language_lookup_primitive_type_as_symbol (langdef, gdbarch, name); |
| 5907 | if (sym.symbol != NULL) |
| 5908 | return sym; |
| 5909 | } |
| 5910 | |
| 5911 | return {}; |
| 5912 | } |
| 5913 | |
| 5914 | |
| 5915 | /* True iff STR is a possible encoded suffix of a normal Ada name |
| 5916 | that is to be ignored for matching purposes. Suffixes of parallel |
| 5917 | names (e.g., XVE) are not included here. Currently, the possible suffixes |
| 5918 | are given by any of the regular expressions: |
| 5919 | |
| 5920 | [.$][0-9]+ [nested subprogram suffix, on platforms such as GNU/Linux] |
| 5921 | ___[0-9]+ [nested subprogram suffix, on platforms such as HP/UX] |
| 5922 | TKB [subprogram suffix for task bodies] |
| 5923 | _E[0-9]+[bs]$ [protected object entry suffixes] |
| 5924 | (X[nb]*)?((\$|__)[0-9](_?[0-9]+)|___(JM|LJM|X([FDBUP].*|R[^T]?)))?$ |
| 5925 | |
| 5926 | Also, any leading "__[0-9]+" sequence is skipped before the suffix |
| 5927 | match is performed. This sequence is used to differentiate homonyms, |
| 5928 | is an optional part of a valid name suffix. */ |
| 5929 | |
| 5930 | static int |
| 5931 | is_name_suffix (const char *str) |
| 5932 | { |
| 5933 | int k; |
| 5934 | const char *matching; |
| 5935 | const int len = strlen (str); |
| 5936 | |
| 5937 | /* Skip optional leading __[0-9]+. */ |
| 5938 | |
| 5939 | if (len > 3 && str[0] == '_' && str[1] == '_' && isdigit (str[2])) |
| 5940 | { |
| 5941 | str += 3; |
| 5942 | while (isdigit (str[0])) |
| 5943 | str += 1; |
| 5944 | } |
| 5945 | |
| 5946 | /* [.$][0-9]+ */ |
| 5947 | |
| 5948 | if (str[0] == '.' || str[0] == '$') |
| 5949 | { |
| 5950 | matching = str + 1; |
| 5951 | while (isdigit (matching[0])) |
| 5952 | matching += 1; |
| 5953 | if (matching[0] == '\0') |
| 5954 | return 1; |
| 5955 | } |
| 5956 | |
| 5957 | /* ___[0-9]+ */ |
| 5958 | |
| 5959 | if (len > 3 && str[0] == '_' && str[1] == '_' && str[2] == '_') |
| 5960 | { |
| 5961 | matching = str + 3; |
| 5962 | while (isdigit (matching[0])) |
| 5963 | matching += 1; |
| 5964 | if (matching[0] == '\0') |
| 5965 | return 1; |
| 5966 | } |
| 5967 | |
| 5968 | /* "TKB" suffixes are used for subprograms implementing task bodies. */ |
| 5969 | |
| 5970 | if (strcmp (str, "TKB") == 0) |
| 5971 | return 1; |
| 5972 | |
| 5973 | #if 0 |
| 5974 | /* FIXME: brobecker/2005-09-23: Protected Object subprograms end |
| 5975 | with a N at the end. Unfortunately, the compiler uses the same |
| 5976 | convention for other internal types it creates. So treating |
| 5977 | all entity names that end with an "N" as a name suffix causes |
| 5978 | some regressions. For instance, consider the case of an enumerated |
| 5979 | type. To support the 'Image attribute, it creates an array whose |
| 5980 | name ends with N. |
| 5981 | Having a single character like this as a suffix carrying some |
| 5982 | information is a bit risky. Perhaps we should change the encoding |
| 5983 | to be something like "_N" instead. In the meantime, do not do |
| 5984 | the following check. */ |
| 5985 | /* Protected Object Subprograms */ |
| 5986 | if (len == 1 && str [0] == 'N') |
| 5987 | return 1; |
| 5988 | #endif |
| 5989 | |
| 5990 | /* _E[0-9]+[bs]$ */ |
| 5991 | if (len > 3 && str[0] == '_' && str [1] == 'E' && isdigit (str[2])) |
| 5992 | { |
| 5993 | matching = str + 3; |
| 5994 | while (isdigit (matching[0])) |
| 5995 | matching += 1; |
| 5996 | if ((matching[0] == 'b' || matching[0] == 's') |
| 5997 | && matching [1] == '\0') |
| 5998 | return 1; |
| 5999 | } |
| 6000 | |
| 6001 | /* ??? We should not modify STR directly, as we are doing below. This |
| 6002 | is fine in this case, but may become problematic later if we find |
| 6003 | that this alternative did not work, and want to try matching |
| 6004 | another one from the begining of STR. Since we modified it, we |
| 6005 | won't be able to find the begining of the string anymore! */ |
| 6006 | if (str[0] == 'X') |
| 6007 | { |
| 6008 | str += 1; |
| 6009 | while (str[0] != '_' && str[0] != '\0') |
| 6010 | { |
| 6011 | if (str[0] != 'n' && str[0] != 'b') |
| 6012 | return 0; |
| 6013 | str += 1; |
| 6014 | } |
| 6015 | } |
| 6016 | |
| 6017 | if (str[0] == '\000') |
| 6018 | return 1; |
| 6019 | |
| 6020 | if (str[0] == '_') |
| 6021 | { |
| 6022 | if (str[1] != '_' || str[2] == '\000') |
| 6023 | return 0; |
| 6024 | if (str[2] == '_') |
| 6025 | { |
| 6026 | if (strcmp (str + 3, "JM") == 0) |
| 6027 | return 1; |
| 6028 | /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-09-30: GNAT will soon stop using |
| 6029 | the LJM suffix in favor of the JM one. But we will |
| 6030 | still accept LJM as a valid suffix for a reasonable |
| 6031 | amount of time, just to allow ourselves to debug programs |
| 6032 | compiled using an older version of GNAT. */ |
| 6033 | if (strcmp (str + 3, "LJM") == 0) |
| 6034 | return 1; |
| 6035 | if (str[3] != 'X') |
| 6036 | return 0; |
| 6037 | if (str[4] == 'F' || str[4] == 'D' || str[4] == 'B' |
| 6038 | || str[4] == 'U' || str[4] == 'P') |
| 6039 | return 1; |
| 6040 | if (str[4] == 'R' && str[5] != 'T') |
| 6041 | return 1; |
| 6042 | return 0; |
| 6043 | } |
| 6044 | if (!isdigit (str[2])) |
| 6045 | return 0; |
| 6046 | for (k = 3; str[k] != '\0'; k += 1) |
| 6047 | if (!isdigit (str[k]) && str[k] != '_') |
| 6048 | return 0; |
| 6049 | return 1; |
| 6050 | } |
| 6051 | if (str[0] == '$' && isdigit (str[1])) |
| 6052 | { |
| 6053 | for (k = 2; str[k] != '\0'; k += 1) |
| 6054 | if (!isdigit (str[k]) && str[k] != '_') |
| 6055 | return 0; |
| 6056 | return 1; |
| 6057 | } |
| 6058 | return 0; |
| 6059 | } |
| 6060 | |
| 6061 | /* Return non-zero if the string starting at NAME and ending before |
| 6062 | NAME_END contains no capital letters. */ |
| 6063 | |
| 6064 | static int |
| 6065 | is_valid_name_for_wild_match (const char *name0) |
| 6066 | { |
| 6067 | std::string decoded_name = ada_decode (name0); |
| 6068 | int i; |
| 6069 | |
| 6070 | /* If the decoded name starts with an angle bracket, it means that |
| 6071 | NAME0 does not follow the GNAT encoding format. It should then |
| 6072 | not be allowed as a possible wild match. */ |
| 6073 | if (decoded_name[0] == '<') |
| 6074 | return 0; |
| 6075 | |
| 6076 | for (i=0; decoded_name[i] != '\0'; i++) |
| 6077 | if (isalpha (decoded_name[i]) && !islower (decoded_name[i])) |
| 6078 | return 0; |
| 6079 | |
| 6080 | return 1; |
| 6081 | } |
| 6082 | |
| 6083 | /* Advance *NAMEP to next occurrence of TARGET0 in the string NAME0 |
| 6084 | that could start a simple name. Assumes that *NAMEP points into |
| 6085 | the string beginning at NAME0. */ |
| 6086 | |
| 6087 | static int |
| 6088 | advance_wild_match (const char **namep, const char *name0, int target0) |
| 6089 | { |
| 6090 | const char *name = *namep; |
| 6091 | |
| 6092 | while (1) |
| 6093 | { |
| 6094 | int t0, t1; |
| 6095 | |
| 6096 | t0 = *name; |
| 6097 | if (t0 == '_') |
| 6098 | { |
| 6099 | t1 = name[1]; |
| 6100 | if ((t1 >= 'a' && t1 <= 'z') || (t1 >= '0' && t1 <= '9')) |
| 6101 | { |
| 6102 | name += 1; |
| 6103 | if (name == name0 + 5 && startswith (name0, "_ada")) |
| 6104 | break; |
| 6105 | else |
| 6106 | name += 1; |
| 6107 | } |
| 6108 | else if (t1 == '_' && ((name[2] >= 'a' && name[2] <= 'z') |
| 6109 | || name[2] == target0)) |
| 6110 | { |
| 6111 | name += 2; |
| 6112 | break; |
| 6113 | } |
| 6114 | else |
| 6115 | return 0; |
| 6116 | } |
| 6117 | else if ((t0 >= 'a' && t0 <= 'z') || (t0 >= '0' && t0 <= '9')) |
| 6118 | name += 1; |
| 6119 | else |
| 6120 | return 0; |
| 6121 | } |
| 6122 | |
| 6123 | *namep = name; |
| 6124 | return 1; |
| 6125 | } |
| 6126 | |
| 6127 | /* Return true iff NAME encodes a name of the form prefix.PATN. |
| 6128 | Ignores any informational suffixes of NAME (i.e., for which |
| 6129 | is_name_suffix is true). Assumes that PATN is a lower-cased Ada |
| 6130 | simple name. */ |
| 6131 | |
| 6132 | static bool |
| 6133 | wild_match (const char *name, const char *patn) |
| 6134 | { |
| 6135 | const char *p; |
| 6136 | const char *name0 = name; |
| 6137 | |
| 6138 | while (1) |
| 6139 | { |
| 6140 | const char *match = name; |
| 6141 | |
| 6142 | if (*name == *patn) |
| 6143 | { |
| 6144 | for (name += 1, p = patn + 1; *p != '\0'; name += 1, p += 1) |
| 6145 | if (*p != *name) |
| 6146 | break; |
| 6147 | if (*p == '\0' && is_name_suffix (name)) |
| 6148 | return match == name0 || is_valid_name_for_wild_match (name0); |
| 6149 | |
| 6150 | if (name[-1] == '_') |
| 6151 | name -= 1; |
| 6152 | } |
| 6153 | if (!advance_wild_match (&name, name0, *patn)) |
| 6154 | return false; |
| 6155 | } |
| 6156 | } |
| 6157 | |
| 6158 | /* Returns true iff symbol name SYM_NAME matches SEARCH_NAME, ignoring |
| 6159 | any trailing suffixes that encode debugging information or leading |
| 6160 | _ada_ on SYM_NAME (see is_name_suffix commentary for the debugging |
| 6161 | information that is ignored). */ |
| 6162 | |
| 6163 | static bool |
| 6164 | full_match (const char *sym_name, const char *search_name) |
| 6165 | { |
| 6166 | size_t search_name_len = strlen (search_name); |
| 6167 | |
| 6168 | if (strncmp (sym_name, search_name, search_name_len) == 0 |
| 6169 | && is_name_suffix (sym_name + search_name_len)) |
| 6170 | return true; |
| 6171 | |
| 6172 | if (startswith (sym_name, "_ada_") |
| 6173 | && strncmp (sym_name + 5, search_name, search_name_len) == 0 |
| 6174 | && is_name_suffix (sym_name + search_name_len + 5)) |
| 6175 | return true; |
| 6176 | |
| 6177 | return false; |
| 6178 | } |
| 6179 | |
| 6180 | /* Add symbols from BLOCK matching LOOKUP_NAME in DOMAIN to vector |
| 6181 | *defn_symbols, updating the list of symbols in OBSTACKP (if |
| 6182 | necessary). OBJFILE is the section containing BLOCK. */ |
| 6183 | |
| 6184 | static void |
| 6185 | ada_add_block_symbols (struct obstack *obstackp, |
| 6186 | const struct block *block, |
| 6187 | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, |
| 6188 | domain_enum domain, struct objfile *objfile) |
| 6189 | { |
| 6190 | struct block_iterator iter; |
| 6191 | /* A matching argument symbol, if any. */ |
| 6192 | struct symbol *arg_sym; |
| 6193 | /* Set true when we find a matching non-argument symbol. */ |
| 6194 | int found_sym; |
| 6195 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 6196 | |
| 6197 | arg_sym = NULL; |
| 6198 | found_sym = 0; |
| 6199 | for (sym = block_iter_match_first (block, lookup_name, &iter); |
| 6200 | sym != NULL; |
| 6201 | sym = block_iter_match_next (lookup_name, &iter)) |
| 6202 | { |
| 6203 | if (symbol_matches_domain (sym->language (), SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym), domain)) |
| 6204 | { |
| 6205 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_UNRESOLVED) |
| 6206 | { |
| 6207 | if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym)) |
| 6208 | arg_sym = sym; |
| 6209 | else |
| 6210 | { |
| 6211 | found_sym = 1; |
| 6212 | add_defn_to_vec (obstackp, |
| 6213 | fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile), |
| 6214 | block); |
| 6215 | } |
| 6216 | } |
| 6217 | } |
| 6218 | } |
| 6219 | |
| 6220 | /* Handle renamings. */ |
| 6221 | |
| 6222 | if (ada_add_block_renamings (obstackp, block, lookup_name, domain)) |
| 6223 | found_sym = 1; |
| 6224 | |
| 6225 | if (!found_sym && arg_sym != NULL) |
| 6226 | { |
| 6227 | add_defn_to_vec (obstackp, |
| 6228 | fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym, objfile), |
| 6229 | block); |
| 6230 | } |
| 6231 | |
| 6232 | if (!lookup_name.ada ().wild_match_p ()) |
| 6233 | { |
| 6234 | arg_sym = NULL; |
| 6235 | found_sym = 0; |
| 6236 | const std::string &ada_lookup_name = lookup_name.ada ().lookup_name (); |
| 6237 | const char *name = ada_lookup_name.c_str (); |
| 6238 | size_t name_len = ada_lookup_name.size (); |
| 6239 | |
| 6240 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, iter, sym) |
| 6241 | { |
| 6242 | if (symbol_matches_domain (sym->language (), |
| 6243 | SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym), domain)) |
| 6244 | { |
| 6245 | int cmp; |
| 6246 | |
| 6247 | cmp = (int) '_' - (int) sym->linkage_name ()[0]; |
| 6248 | if (cmp == 0) |
| 6249 | { |
| 6250 | cmp = !startswith (sym->linkage_name (), "_ada_"); |
| 6251 | if (cmp == 0) |
| 6252 | cmp = strncmp (name, sym->linkage_name () + 5, |
| 6253 | name_len); |
| 6254 | } |
| 6255 | |
| 6256 | if (cmp == 0 |
| 6257 | && is_name_suffix (sym->linkage_name () + name_len + 5)) |
| 6258 | { |
| 6259 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_UNRESOLVED) |
| 6260 | { |
| 6261 | if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym)) |
| 6262 | arg_sym = sym; |
| 6263 | else |
| 6264 | { |
| 6265 | found_sym = 1; |
| 6266 | add_defn_to_vec (obstackp, |
| 6267 | fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile), |
| 6268 | block); |
| 6269 | } |
| 6270 | } |
| 6271 | } |
| 6272 | } |
| 6273 | } |
| 6274 | |
| 6275 | /* NOTE: This really shouldn't be needed for _ada_ symbols. |
| 6276 | They aren't parameters, right? */ |
| 6277 | if (!found_sym && arg_sym != NULL) |
| 6278 | { |
| 6279 | add_defn_to_vec (obstackp, |
| 6280 | fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym, objfile), |
| 6281 | block); |
| 6282 | } |
| 6283 | } |
| 6284 | } |
| 6285 | \f |
| 6286 | |
| 6287 | /* Symbol Completion */ |
| 6288 | |
| 6289 | /* See symtab.h. */ |
| 6290 | |
| 6291 | bool |
| 6292 | ada_lookup_name_info::matches |
| 6293 | (const char *sym_name, |
| 6294 | symbol_name_match_type match_type, |
| 6295 | completion_match_result *comp_match_res) const |
| 6296 | { |
| 6297 | bool match = false; |
| 6298 | const char *text = m_encoded_name.c_str (); |
| 6299 | size_t text_len = m_encoded_name.size (); |
| 6300 | |
| 6301 | /* First, test against the fully qualified name of the symbol. */ |
| 6302 | |
| 6303 | if (strncmp (sym_name, text, text_len) == 0) |
| 6304 | match = true; |
| 6305 | |
| 6306 | std::string decoded_name = ada_decode (sym_name); |
| 6307 | if (match && !m_encoded_p) |
| 6308 | { |
| 6309 | /* One needed check before declaring a positive match is to verify |
| 6310 | that iff we are doing a verbatim match, the decoded version |
| 6311 | of the symbol name starts with '<'. Otherwise, this symbol name |
| 6312 | is not a suitable completion. */ |
| 6313 | |
| 6314 | bool has_angle_bracket = (decoded_name[0] == '<'); |
| 6315 | match = (has_angle_bracket == m_verbatim_p); |
| 6316 | } |
| 6317 | |
| 6318 | if (match && !m_verbatim_p) |
| 6319 | { |
| 6320 | /* When doing non-verbatim match, another check that needs to |
| 6321 | be done is to verify that the potentially matching symbol name |
| 6322 | does not include capital letters, because the ada-mode would |
| 6323 | not be able to understand these symbol names without the |
| 6324 | angle bracket notation. */ |
| 6325 | const char *tmp; |
| 6326 | |
| 6327 | for (tmp = sym_name; *tmp != '\0' && !isupper (*tmp); tmp++); |
| 6328 | if (*tmp != '\0') |
| 6329 | match = false; |
| 6330 | } |
| 6331 | |
| 6332 | /* Second: Try wild matching... */ |
| 6333 | |
| 6334 | if (!match && m_wild_match_p) |
| 6335 | { |
| 6336 | /* Since we are doing wild matching, this means that TEXT |
| 6337 | may represent an unqualified symbol name. We therefore must |
| 6338 | also compare TEXT against the unqualified name of the symbol. */ |
| 6339 | sym_name = ada_unqualified_name (decoded_name.c_str ()); |
| 6340 | |
| 6341 | if (strncmp (sym_name, text, text_len) == 0) |
| 6342 | match = true; |
| 6343 | } |
| 6344 | |
| 6345 | /* Finally: If we found a match, prepare the result to return. */ |
| 6346 | |
| 6347 | if (!match) |
| 6348 | return false; |
| 6349 | |
| 6350 | if (comp_match_res != NULL) |
| 6351 | { |
| 6352 | std::string &match_str = comp_match_res->match.storage (); |
| 6353 | |
| 6354 | if (!m_encoded_p) |
| 6355 | match_str = ada_decode (sym_name); |
| 6356 | else |
| 6357 | { |
| 6358 | if (m_verbatim_p) |
| 6359 | match_str = add_angle_brackets (sym_name); |
| 6360 | else |
| 6361 | match_str = sym_name; |
| 6362 | |
| 6363 | } |
| 6364 | |
| 6365 | comp_match_res->set_match (match_str.c_str ()); |
| 6366 | } |
| 6367 | |
| 6368 | return true; |
| 6369 | } |
| 6370 | |
| 6371 | /* Add the list of possible symbol names completing TEXT to TRACKER. |
| 6372 | WORD is the entire command on which completion is made. */ |
| 6373 | |
| 6374 | static void |
| 6375 | ada_collect_symbol_completion_matches (completion_tracker &tracker, |
| 6376 | complete_symbol_mode mode, |
| 6377 | symbol_name_match_type name_match_type, |
| 6378 | const char *text, const char *word, |
| 6379 | enum type_code code) |
| 6380 | { |
| 6381 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 6382 | const struct block *b, *surrounding_static_block = 0; |
| 6383 | struct block_iterator iter; |
| 6384 | |
| 6385 | gdb_assert (code == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF); |
| 6386 | |
| 6387 | lookup_name_info lookup_name (text, name_match_type, true); |
| 6388 | |
| 6389 | /* First, look at the partial symtab symbols. */ |
| 6390 | expand_symtabs_matching (NULL, |
| 6391 | lookup_name, |
| 6392 | NULL, |
| 6393 | NULL, |
| 6394 | ALL_DOMAIN); |
| 6395 | |
| 6396 | /* At this point scan through the misc symbol vectors and add each |
| 6397 | symbol you find to the list. Eventually we want to ignore |
| 6398 | anything that isn't a text symbol (everything else will be |
| 6399 | handled by the psymtab code above). */ |
| 6400 | |
| 6401 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) |
| 6402 | { |
| 6403 | for (minimal_symbol *msymbol : objfile->msymbols ()) |
| 6404 | { |
| 6405 | QUIT; |
| 6406 | |
| 6407 | if (completion_skip_symbol (mode, msymbol)) |
| 6408 | continue; |
| 6409 | |
| 6410 | language symbol_language = msymbol->language (); |
| 6411 | |
| 6412 | /* Ada minimal symbols won't have their language set to Ada. If |
| 6413 | we let completion_list_add_name compare using the |
| 6414 | default/C-like matcher, then when completing e.g., symbols in a |
| 6415 | package named "pck", we'd match internal Ada symbols like |
| 6416 | "pckS", which are invalid in an Ada expression, unless you wrap |
| 6417 | them in '<' '>' to request a verbatim match. |
| 6418 | |
| 6419 | Unfortunately, some Ada encoded names successfully demangle as |
| 6420 | C++ symbols (using an old mangling scheme), such as "name__2Xn" |
| 6421 | -> "Xn::name(void)" and thus some Ada minimal symbols end up |
| 6422 | with the wrong language set. Paper over that issue here. */ |
| 6423 | if (symbol_language == language_auto |
| 6424 | || symbol_language == language_cplus) |
| 6425 | symbol_language = language_ada; |
| 6426 | |
| 6427 | completion_list_add_name (tracker, |
| 6428 | symbol_language, |
| 6429 | msymbol->linkage_name (), |
| 6430 | lookup_name, text, word); |
| 6431 | } |
| 6432 | } |
| 6433 | |
| 6434 | /* Search upwards from currently selected frame (so that we can |
| 6435 | complete on local vars. */ |
| 6436 | |
| 6437 | for (b = get_selected_block (0); b != NULL; b = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b)) |
| 6438 | { |
| 6439 | if (!BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b)) |
| 6440 | surrounding_static_block = b; /* For elmin of dups */ |
| 6441 | |
| 6442 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) |
| 6443 | { |
| 6444 | if (completion_skip_symbol (mode, sym)) |
| 6445 | continue; |
| 6446 | |
| 6447 | completion_list_add_name (tracker, |
| 6448 | sym->language (), |
| 6449 | sym->linkage_name (), |
| 6450 | lookup_name, text, word); |
| 6451 | } |
| 6452 | } |
| 6453 | |
| 6454 | /* Go through the symtabs and check the externs and statics for |
| 6455 | symbols which match. */ |
| 6456 | |
| 6457 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) |
| 6458 | { |
| 6459 | for (compunit_symtab *s : objfile->compunits ()) |
| 6460 | { |
| 6461 | QUIT; |
| 6462 | b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK); |
| 6463 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) |
| 6464 | { |
| 6465 | if (completion_skip_symbol (mode, sym)) |
| 6466 | continue; |
| 6467 | |
| 6468 | completion_list_add_name (tracker, |
| 6469 | sym->language (), |
| 6470 | sym->linkage_name (), |
| 6471 | lookup_name, text, word); |
| 6472 | } |
| 6473 | } |
| 6474 | } |
| 6475 | |
| 6476 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) |
| 6477 | { |
| 6478 | for (compunit_symtab *s : objfile->compunits ()) |
| 6479 | { |
| 6480 | QUIT; |
| 6481 | b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK); |
| 6482 | /* Don't do this block twice. */ |
| 6483 | if (b == surrounding_static_block) |
| 6484 | continue; |
| 6485 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) |
| 6486 | { |
| 6487 | if (completion_skip_symbol (mode, sym)) |
| 6488 | continue; |
| 6489 | |
| 6490 | completion_list_add_name (tracker, |
| 6491 | sym->language (), |
| 6492 | sym->linkage_name (), |
| 6493 | lookup_name, text, word); |
| 6494 | } |
| 6495 | } |
| 6496 | } |
| 6497 | } |
| 6498 | |
| 6499 | /* Field Access */ |
| 6500 | |
| 6501 | /* Return non-zero if TYPE is a pointer to the GNAT dispatch table used |
| 6502 | for tagged types. */ |
| 6503 | |
| 6504 | static int |
| 6505 | ada_is_dispatch_table_ptr_type (struct type *type) |
| 6506 | { |
| 6507 | const char *name; |
| 6508 | |
| 6509 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 6510 | return 0; |
| 6511 | |
| 6512 | name = TYPE_NAME (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 6513 | if (name == NULL) |
| 6514 | return 0; |
| 6515 | |
| 6516 | return (strcmp (name, "ada__tags__dispatch_table") == 0); |
| 6517 | } |
| 6518 | |
| 6519 | /* Return non-zero if TYPE is an interface tag. */ |
| 6520 | |
| 6521 | static int |
| 6522 | ada_is_interface_tag (struct type *type) |
| 6523 | { |
| 6524 | const char *name = TYPE_NAME (type); |
| 6525 | |
| 6526 | if (name == NULL) |
| 6527 | return 0; |
| 6528 | |
| 6529 | return (strcmp (name, "ada__tags__interface_tag") == 0); |
| 6530 | } |
| 6531 | |
| 6532 | /* True if field number FIELD_NUM in struct or union type TYPE is supposed |
| 6533 | to be invisible to users. */ |
| 6534 | |
| 6535 | int |
| 6536 | ada_is_ignored_field (struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 6537 | { |
| 6538 | if (field_num < 0 || field_num > TYPE_NFIELDS (type)) |
| 6539 | return 1; |
| 6540 | |
| 6541 | /* Check the name of that field. */ |
| 6542 | { |
| 6543 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num); |
| 6544 | |
| 6545 | /* Anonymous field names should not be printed. |
| 6546 | brobecker/2007-02-20: I don't think this can actually happen |
| 6547 | but we don't want to print the value of anonymous fields anyway. */ |
| 6548 | if (name == NULL) |
| 6549 | return 1; |
| 6550 | |
| 6551 | /* Normally, fields whose name start with an underscore ("_") |
| 6552 | are fields that have been internally generated by the compiler, |
| 6553 | and thus should not be printed. The "_parent" field is special, |
| 6554 | however: This is a field internally generated by the compiler |
| 6555 | for tagged types, and it contains the components inherited from |
| 6556 | the parent type. This field should not be printed as is, but |
| 6557 | should not be ignored either. */ |
| 6558 | if (name[0] == '_' && !startswith (name, "_parent")) |
| 6559 | return 1; |
| 6560 | } |
| 6561 | |
| 6562 | /* If this is the dispatch table of a tagged type or an interface tag, |
| 6563 | then ignore. */ |
| 6564 | if (ada_is_tagged_type (type, 1) |
| 6565 | && (ada_is_dispatch_table_ptr_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, field_num)) |
| 6566 | || ada_is_interface_tag (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, field_num)))) |
| 6567 | return 1; |
| 6568 | |
| 6569 | /* Not a special field, so it should not be ignored. */ |
| 6570 | return 0; |
| 6571 | } |
| 6572 | |
| 6573 | /* True iff TYPE has a tag field. If REFOK, then TYPE may also be a |
| 6574 | pointer or reference type whose ultimate target has a tag field. */ |
| 6575 | |
| 6576 | int |
| 6577 | ada_is_tagged_type (struct type *type, int refok) |
| 6578 | { |
| 6579 | return (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type, "_tag", refok, 1) != NULL); |
| 6580 | } |
| 6581 | |
| 6582 | /* True iff TYPE represents the type of X'Tag */ |
| 6583 | |
| 6584 | int |
| 6585 | ada_is_tag_type (struct type *type) |
| 6586 | { |
| 6587 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 6588 | |
| 6589 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 6590 | return 0; |
| 6591 | else |
| 6592 | { |
| 6593 | const char *name = ada_type_name (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 6594 | |
| 6595 | return (name != NULL |
| 6596 | && strcmp (name, "ada__tags__dispatch_table") == 0); |
| 6597 | } |
| 6598 | } |
| 6599 | |
| 6600 | /* The type of the tag on VAL. */ |
| 6601 | |
| 6602 | static struct type * |
| 6603 | ada_tag_type (struct value *val) |
| 6604 | { |
| 6605 | return ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (value_type (val), "_tag", 1, 0); |
| 6606 | } |
| 6607 | |
| 6608 | /* Return 1 if TAG follows the old scheme for Ada tags (used for Ada 95, |
| 6609 | retired at Ada 05). */ |
| 6610 | |
| 6611 | static int |
| 6612 | is_ada95_tag (struct value *tag) |
| 6613 | { |
| 6614 | return ada_value_struct_elt (tag, "tsd", 1) != NULL; |
| 6615 | } |
| 6616 | |
| 6617 | /* The value of the tag on VAL. */ |
| 6618 | |
| 6619 | static struct value * |
| 6620 | ada_value_tag (struct value *val) |
| 6621 | { |
| 6622 | return ada_value_struct_elt (val, "_tag", 0); |
| 6623 | } |
| 6624 | |
| 6625 | /* The value of the tag on the object of type TYPE whose contents are |
| 6626 | saved at VALADDR, if it is non-null, or is at memory address |
| 6627 | ADDRESS. */ |
| 6628 | |
| 6629 | static struct value * |
| 6630 | value_tag_from_contents_and_address (struct type *type, |
| 6631 | const gdb_byte *valaddr, |
| 6632 | CORE_ADDR address) |
| 6633 | { |
| 6634 | int tag_byte_offset; |
| 6635 | struct type *tag_type; |
| 6636 | |
| 6637 | if (find_struct_field ("_tag", type, 0, &tag_type, &tag_byte_offset, |
| 6638 | NULL, NULL, NULL)) |
| 6639 | { |
| 6640 | const gdb_byte *valaddr1 = ((valaddr == NULL) |
| 6641 | ? NULL |
| 6642 | : valaddr + tag_byte_offset); |
| 6643 | CORE_ADDR address1 = (address == 0) ? 0 : address + tag_byte_offset; |
| 6644 | |
| 6645 | return value_from_contents_and_address (tag_type, valaddr1, address1); |
| 6646 | } |
| 6647 | return NULL; |
| 6648 | } |
| 6649 | |
| 6650 | static struct type * |
| 6651 | type_from_tag (struct value *tag) |
| 6652 | { |
| 6653 | const char *type_name = ada_tag_name (tag); |
| 6654 | |
| 6655 | if (type_name != NULL) |
| 6656 | return ada_find_any_type (ada_encode (type_name)); |
| 6657 | return NULL; |
| 6658 | } |
| 6659 | |
| 6660 | /* Given a value OBJ of a tagged type, return a value of this |
| 6661 | type at the base address of the object. The base address, as |
| 6662 | defined in Ada.Tags, it is the address of the primary tag of |
| 6663 | the object, and therefore where the field values of its full |
| 6664 | view can be fetched. */ |
| 6665 | |
| 6666 | struct value * |
| 6667 | ada_tag_value_at_base_address (struct value *obj) |
| 6668 | { |
| 6669 | struct value *val; |
| 6670 | LONGEST offset_to_top = 0; |
| 6671 | struct type *ptr_type, *obj_type; |
| 6672 | struct value *tag; |
| 6673 | CORE_ADDR base_address; |
| 6674 | |
| 6675 | obj_type = value_type (obj); |
| 6676 | |
| 6677 | /* It is the responsability of the caller to deref pointers. */ |
| 6678 | |
| 6679 | if (TYPE_CODE (obj_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 6680 | || TYPE_CODE (obj_type) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 6681 | return obj; |
| 6682 | |
| 6683 | tag = ada_value_tag (obj); |
| 6684 | if (!tag) |
| 6685 | return obj; |
| 6686 | |
| 6687 | /* Base addresses only appeared with Ada 05 and multiple inheritance. */ |
| 6688 | |
| 6689 | if (is_ada95_tag (tag)) |
| 6690 | return obj; |
| 6691 | |
| 6692 | ptr_type = language_lookup_primitive_type |
| 6693 | (language_def (language_ada), target_gdbarch(), "storage_offset"); |
| 6694 | ptr_type = lookup_pointer_type (ptr_type); |
| 6695 | val = value_cast (ptr_type, tag); |
| 6696 | if (!val) |
| 6697 | return obj; |
| 6698 | |
| 6699 | /* It is perfectly possible that an exception be raised while |
| 6700 | trying to determine the base address, just like for the tag; |
| 6701 | see ada_tag_name for more details. We do not print the error |
| 6702 | message for the same reason. */ |
| 6703 | |
| 6704 | try |
| 6705 | { |
| 6706 | offset_to_top = value_as_long (value_ind (value_ptradd (val, -2))); |
| 6707 | } |
| 6708 | |
| 6709 | catch (const gdb_exception_error &e) |
| 6710 | { |
| 6711 | return obj; |
| 6712 | } |
| 6713 | |
| 6714 | /* If offset is null, nothing to do. */ |
| 6715 | |
| 6716 | if (offset_to_top == 0) |
| 6717 | return obj; |
| 6718 | |
| 6719 | /* -1 is a special case in Ada.Tags; however, what should be done |
| 6720 | is not quite clear from the documentation. So do nothing for |
| 6721 | now. */ |
| 6722 | |
| 6723 | if (offset_to_top == -1) |
| 6724 | return obj; |
| 6725 | |
| 6726 | /* OFFSET_TO_TOP used to be a positive value to be subtracted |
| 6727 | from the base address. This was however incompatible with |
| 6728 | C++ dispatch table: C++ uses a *negative* value to *add* |
| 6729 | to the base address. Ada's convention has therefore been |
| 6730 | changed in GNAT 19.0w 20171023: since then, C++ and Ada |
| 6731 | use the same convention. Here, we support both cases by |
| 6732 | checking the sign of OFFSET_TO_TOP. */ |
| 6733 | |
| 6734 | if (offset_to_top > 0) |
| 6735 | offset_to_top = -offset_to_top; |
| 6736 | |
| 6737 | base_address = value_address (obj) + offset_to_top; |
| 6738 | tag = value_tag_from_contents_and_address (obj_type, NULL, base_address); |
| 6739 | |
| 6740 | /* Make sure that we have a proper tag at the new address. |
| 6741 | Otherwise, offset_to_top is bogus (which can happen when |
| 6742 | the object is not initialized yet). */ |
| 6743 | |
| 6744 | if (!tag) |
| 6745 | return obj; |
| 6746 | |
| 6747 | obj_type = type_from_tag (tag); |
| 6748 | |
| 6749 | if (!obj_type) |
| 6750 | return obj; |
| 6751 | |
| 6752 | return value_from_contents_and_address (obj_type, NULL, base_address); |
| 6753 | } |
| 6754 | |
| 6755 | /* Return the "ada__tags__type_specific_data" type. */ |
| 6756 | |
| 6757 | static struct type * |
| 6758 | ada_get_tsd_type (struct inferior *inf) |
| 6759 | { |
| 6760 | struct ada_inferior_data *data = get_ada_inferior_data (inf); |
| 6761 | |
| 6762 | if (data->tsd_type == 0) |
| 6763 | data->tsd_type = ada_find_any_type ("ada__tags__type_specific_data"); |
| 6764 | return data->tsd_type; |
| 6765 | } |
| 6766 | |
| 6767 | /* Return the TSD (type-specific data) associated to the given TAG. |
| 6768 | TAG is assumed to be the tag of a tagged-type entity. |
| 6769 | |
| 6770 | May return NULL if we are unable to get the TSD. */ |
| 6771 | |
| 6772 | static struct value * |
| 6773 | ada_get_tsd_from_tag (struct value *tag) |
| 6774 | { |
| 6775 | struct value *val; |
| 6776 | struct type *type; |
| 6777 | |
| 6778 | /* First option: The TSD is simply stored as a field of our TAG. |
| 6779 | Only older versions of GNAT would use this format, but we have |
| 6780 | to test it first, because there are no visible markers for |
| 6781 | the current approach except the absence of that field. */ |
| 6782 | |
| 6783 | val = ada_value_struct_elt (tag, "tsd", 1); |
| 6784 | if (val) |
| 6785 | return val; |
| 6786 | |
| 6787 | /* Try the second representation for the dispatch table (in which |
| 6788 | there is no explicit 'tsd' field in the referent of the tag pointer, |
| 6789 | and instead the tsd pointer is stored just before the dispatch |
| 6790 | table. */ |
| 6791 | |
| 6792 | type = ada_get_tsd_type (current_inferior()); |
| 6793 | if (type == NULL) |
| 6794 | return NULL; |
| 6795 | type = lookup_pointer_type (lookup_pointer_type (type)); |
| 6796 | val = value_cast (type, tag); |
| 6797 | if (val == NULL) |
| 6798 | return NULL; |
| 6799 | return value_ind (value_ptradd (val, -1)); |
| 6800 | } |
| 6801 | |
| 6802 | /* Given the TSD of a tag (type-specific data), return a string |
| 6803 | containing the name of the associated type. |
| 6804 | |
| 6805 | The returned value is good until the next call. May return NULL |
| 6806 | if we are unable to determine the tag name. */ |
| 6807 | |
| 6808 | static char * |
| 6809 | ada_tag_name_from_tsd (struct value *tsd) |
| 6810 | { |
| 6811 | static char name[1024]; |
| 6812 | char *p; |
| 6813 | struct value *val; |
| 6814 | |
| 6815 | val = ada_value_struct_elt (tsd, "expanded_name", 1); |
| 6816 | if (val == NULL) |
| 6817 | return NULL; |
| 6818 | read_memory_string (value_as_address (val), name, sizeof (name) - 1); |
| 6819 | for (p = name; *p != '\0'; p += 1) |
| 6820 | if (isalpha (*p)) |
| 6821 | *p = tolower (*p); |
| 6822 | return name; |
| 6823 | } |
| 6824 | |
| 6825 | /* The type name of the dynamic type denoted by the 'tag value TAG, as |
| 6826 | a C string. |
| 6827 | |
| 6828 | Return NULL if the TAG is not an Ada tag, or if we were unable to |
| 6829 | determine the name of that tag. The result is good until the next |
| 6830 | call. */ |
| 6831 | |
| 6832 | const char * |
| 6833 | ada_tag_name (struct value *tag) |
| 6834 | { |
| 6835 | char *name = NULL; |
| 6836 | |
| 6837 | if (!ada_is_tag_type (value_type (tag))) |
| 6838 | return NULL; |
| 6839 | |
| 6840 | /* It is perfectly possible that an exception be raised while trying |
| 6841 | to determine the TAG's name, even under normal circumstances: |
| 6842 | The associated variable may be uninitialized or corrupted, for |
| 6843 | instance. We do not let any exception propagate past this point. |
| 6844 | instead we return NULL. |
| 6845 | |
| 6846 | We also do not print the error message either (which often is very |
| 6847 | low-level (Eg: "Cannot read memory at 0x[...]"), but instead let |
| 6848 | the caller print a more meaningful message if necessary. */ |
| 6849 | try |
| 6850 | { |
| 6851 | struct value *tsd = ada_get_tsd_from_tag (tag); |
| 6852 | |
| 6853 | if (tsd != NULL) |
| 6854 | name = ada_tag_name_from_tsd (tsd); |
| 6855 | } |
| 6856 | catch (const gdb_exception_error &e) |
| 6857 | { |
| 6858 | } |
| 6859 | |
| 6860 | return name; |
| 6861 | } |
| 6862 | |
| 6863 | /* The parent type of TYPE, or NULL if none. */ |
| 6864 | |
| 6865 | struct type * |
| 6866 | ada_parent_type (struct type *type) |
| 6867 | { |
| 6868 | int i; |
| 6869 | |
| 6870 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 6871 | |
| 6872 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 6873 | return NULL; |
| 6874 | |
| 6875 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) |
| 6876 | if (ada_is_parent_field (type, i)) |
| 6877 | { |
| 6878 | struct type *parent_type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i); |
| 6879 | |
| 6880 | /* If the _parent field is a pointer, then dereference it. */ |
| 6881 | if (TYPE_CODE (parent_type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 6882 | parent_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (parent_type); |
| 6883 | /* If there is a parallel XVS type, get the actual base type. */ |
| 6884 | parent_type = ada_get_base_type (parent_type); |
| 6885 | |
| 6886 | return ada_check_typedef (parent_type); |
| 6887 | } |
| 6888 | |
| 6889 | return NULL; |
| 6890 | } |
| 6891 | |
| 6892 | /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE contains the |
| 6893 | parent-type (inherited) fields of a derived type. Assumes TYPE is |
| 6894 | a structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */ |
| 6895 | |
| 6896 | int |
| 6897 | ada_is_parent_field (struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 6898 | { |
| 6899 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (ada_check_typedef (type), field_num); |
| 6900 | |
| 6901 | return (name != NULL |
| 6902 | && (startswith (name, "PARENT") |
| 6903 | || startswith (name, "_parent"))); |
| 6904 | } |
| 6905 | |
| 6906 | /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE is a |
| 6907 | transparent wrapper field (which should be silently traversed when doing |
| 6908 | field selection and flattened when printing). Assumes TYPE is a |
| 6909 | structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. Such fields are always |
| 6910 | structures. */ |
| 6911 | |
| 6912 | int |
| 6913 | ada_is_wrapper_field (struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 6914 | { |
| 6915 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num); |
| 6916 | |
| 6917 | if (name != NULL && strcmp (name, "RETVAL") == 0) |
| 6918 | { |
| 6919 | /* This happens in functions with "out" or "in out" parameters |
| 6920 | which are passed by copy. For such functions, GNAT describes |
| 6921 | the function's return type as being a struct where the return |
| 6922 | value is in a field called RETVAL, and where the other "out" |
| 6923 | or "in out" parameters are fields of that struct. This is not |
| 6924 | a wrapper. */ |
| 6925 | return 0; |
| 6926 | } |
| 6927 | |
| 6928 | return (name != NULL |
| 6929 | && (startswith (name, "PARENT") |
| 6930 | || strcmp (name, "REP") == 0 |
| 6931 | || startswith (name, "_parent") |
| 6932 | || name[0] == 'S' || name[0] == 'R' || name[0] == 'O')); |
| 6933 | } |
| 6934 | |
| 6935 | /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure or union type TYPE |
| 6936 | is a variant wrapper. Assumes TYPE is a structure type with at least |
| 6937 | FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */ |
| 6938 | |
| 6939 | int |
| 6940 | ada_is_variant_part (struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 6941 | { |
| 6942 | /* Only Ada types are eligible. */ |
| 6943 | if (!ADA_TYPE_P (type)) |
| 6944 | return 0; |
| 6945 | |
| 6946 | struct type *field_type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, field_num); |
| 6947 | |
| 6948 | return (TYPE_CODE (field_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNION |
| 6949 | || (is_dynamic_field (type, field_num) |
| 6950 | && (TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (field_type)) |
| 6951 | == TYPE_CODE_UNION))); |
| 6952 | } |
| 6953 | |
| 6954 | /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is a variant wrapper (type of the variant part) |
| 6955 | whose discriminants are contained in the record type OUTER_TYPE, |
| 6956 | returns the type of the controlling discriminant for the variant. |
| 6957 | May return NULL if the type could not be found. */ |
| 6958 | |
| 6959 | struct type * |
| 6960 | ada_variant_discrim_type (struct type *var_type, struct type *outer_type) |
| 6961 | { |
| 6962 | const char *name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type); |
| 6963 | |
| 6964 | return ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type, name, 1, 1); |
| 6965 | } |
| 6966 | |
| 6967 | /* Assuming that TYPE is the type of a variant wrapper, and FIELD_NUM is a |
| 6968 | valid field number within it, returns 1 iff field FIELD_NUM of TYPE |
| 6969 | represents a 'when others' clause; otherwise 0. */ |
| 6970 | |
| 6971 | static int |
| 6972 | ada_is_others_clause (struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 6973 | { |
| 6974 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num); |
| 6975 | |
| 6976 | return (name != NULL && name[0] == 'O'); |
| 6977 | } |
| 6978 | |
| 6979 | /* Assuming that TYPE0 is the type of the variant part of a record, |
| 6980 | returns the name of the discriminant controlling the variant. |
| 6981 | The value is valid until the next call to ada_variant_discrim_name. */ |
| 6982 | |
| 6983 | const char * |
| 6984 | ada_variant_discrim_name (struct type *type0) |
| 6985 | { |
| 6986 | static char *result = NULL; |
| 6987 | static size_t result_len = 0; |
| 6988 | struct type *type; |
| 6989 | const char *name; |
| 6990 | const char *discrim_end; |
| 6991 | const char *discrim_start; |
| 6992 | |
| 6993 | if (TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 6994 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0); |
| 6995 | else |
| 6996 | type = type0; |
| 6997 | |
| 6998 | name = ada_type_name (type); |
| 6999 | |
| 7000 | if (name == NULL || name[0] == '\000') |
| 7001 | return ""; |
| 7002 | |
| 7003 | for (discrim_end = name + strlen (name) - 6; discrim_end != name; |
| 7004 | discrim_end -= 1) |
| 7005 | { |
| 7006 | if (startswith (discrim_end, "___XVN")) |
| 7007 | break; |
| 7008 | } |
| 7009 | if (discrim_end == name) |
| 7010 | return ""; |
| 7011 | |
| 7012 | for (discrim_start = discrim_end; discrim_start != name + 3; |
| 7013 | discrim_start -= 1) |
| 7014 | { |
| 7015 | if (discrim_start == name + 1) |
| 7016 | return ""; |
| 7017 | if ((discrim_start > name + 3 |
| 7018 | && startswith (discrim_start - 3, "___")) |
| 7019 | || discrim_start[-1] == '.') |
| 7020 | break; |
| 7021 | } |
| 7022 | |
| 7023 | GROW_VECT (result, result_len, discrim_end - discrim_start + 1); |
| 7024 | strncpy (result, discrim_start, discrim_end - discrim_start); |
| 7025 | result[discrim_end - discrim_start] = '\0'; |
| 7026 | return result; |
| 7027 | } |
| 7028 | |
| 7029 | /* Scan STR for a subtype-encoded number, beginning at position K. |
| 7030 | Put the position of the character just past the number scanned in |
| 7031 | *NEW_K, if NEW_K!=NULL. Put the scanned number in *R, if R!=NULL. |
| 7032 | Return 1 if there was a valid number at the given position, and 0 |
| 7033 | otherwise. A "subtype-encoded" number consists of the absolute value |
| 7034 | in decimal, followed by the letter 'm' to indicate a negative number. |
| 7035 | Assumes 0m does not occur. */ |
| 7036 | |
| 7037 | int |
| 7038 | ada_scan_number (const char str[], int k, LONGEST * R, int *new_k) |
| 7039 | { |
| 7040 | ULONGEST RU; |
| 7041 | |
| 7042 | if (!isdigit (str[k])) |
| 7043 | return 0; |
| 7044 | |
| 7045 | /* Do it the hard way so as not to make any assumption about |
| 7046 | the relationship of unsigned long (%lu scan format code) and |
| 7047 | LONGEST. */ |
| 7048 | RU = 0; |
| 7049 | while (isdigit (str[k])) |
| 7050 | { |
| 7051 | RU = RU * 10 + (str[k] - '0'); |
| 7052 | k += 1; |
| 7053 | } |
| 7054 | |
| 7055 | if (str[k] == 'm') |
| 7056 | { |
| 7057 | if (R != NULL) |
| 7058 | *R = (-(LONGEST) (RU - 1)) - 1; |
| 7059 | k += 1; |
| 7060 | } |
| 7061 | else if (R != NULL) |
| 7062 | *R = (LONGEST) RU; |
| 7063 | |
| 7064 | /* NOTE on the above: Technically, C does not say what the results of |
| 7065 | - (LONGEST) RU or (LONGEST) -RU are for RU == largest positive |
| 7066 | number representable as a LONGEST (although either would probably work |
| 7067 | in most implementations). When RU>0, the locution in the then branch |
| 7068 | above is always equivalent to the negative of RU. */ |
| 7069 | |
| 7070 | if (new_k != NULL) |
| 7071 | *new_k = k; |
| 7072 | return 1; |
| 7073 | } |
| 7074 | |
| 7075 | /* Assuming that TYPE is a variant part wrapper type (a VARIANTS field), |
| 7076 | and FIELD_NUM is a valid field number within it, returns 1 iff VAL is |
| 7077 | in the range encoded by field FIELD_NUM of TYPE; otherwise 0. */ |
| 7078 | |
| 7079 | static int |
| 7080 | ada_in_variant (LONGEST val, struct type *type, int field_num) |
| 7081 | { |
| 7082 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, field_num); |
| 7083 | int p; |
| 7084 | |
| 7085 | p = 0; |
| 7086 | while (1) |
| 7087 | { |
| 7088 | switch (name[p]) |
| 7089 | { |
| 7090 | case '\0': |
| 7091 | return 0; |
| 7092 | case 'S': |
| 7093 | { |
| 7094 | LONGEST W; |
| 7095 | |
| 7096 | if (!ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &W, &p)) |
| 7097 | return 0; |
| 7098 | if (val == W) |
| 7099 | return 1; |
| 7100 | break; |
| 7101 | } |
| 7102 | case 'R': |
| 7103 | { |
| 7104 | LONGEST L, U; |
| 7105 | |
| 7106 | if (!ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &L, &p) |
| 7107 | || name[p] != 'T' || !ada_scan_number (name, p + 1, &U, &p)) |
| 7108 | return 0; |
| 7109 | if (val >= L && val <= U) |
| 7110 | return 1; |
| 7111 | break; |
| 7112 | } |
| 7113 | case 'O': |
| 7114 | return 1; |
| 7115 | default: |
| 7116 | return 0; |
| 7117 | } |
| 7118 | } |
| 7119 | } |
| 7120 | |
| 7121 | /* FIXME: Lots of redundancy below. Try to consolidate. */ |
| 7122 | |
| 7123 | /* Given a value ARG1 (offset by OFFSET bytes) of a struct or union type |
| 7124 | ARG_TYPE, extract and return the value of one of its (non-static) |
| 7125 | fields. FIELDNO says which field. Differs from value_primitive_field |
| 7126 | only in that it can handle packed values of arbitrary type. */ |
| 7127 | |
| 7128 | static struct value * |
| 7129 | ada_value_primitive_field (struct value *arg1, int offset, int fieldno, |
| 7130 | struct type *arg_type) |
| 7131 | { |
| 7132 | struct type *type; |
| 7133 | |
| 7134 | arg_type = ada_check_typedef (arg_type); |
| 7135 | type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (arg_type, fieldno); |
| 7136 | |
| 7137 | /* Handle packed fields. It might be that the field is not packed |
| 7138 | relative to its containing structure, but the structure itself is |
| 7139 | packed; in this case we must take the bit-field path. */ |
| 7140 | if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type, fieldno) != 0 || value_bitpos (arg1) != 0) |
| 7141 | { |
| 7142 | int bit_pos = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (arg_type, fieldno); |
| 7143 | int bit_size = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type, fieldno); |
| 7144 | |
| 7145 | return ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arg1, value_contents (arg1), |
| 7146 | offset + bit_pos / 8, |
| 7147 | bit_pos % 8, bit_size, type); |
| 7148 | } |
| 7149 | else |
| 7150 | return value_primitive_field (arg1, offset, fieldno, arg_type); |
| 7151 | } |
| 7152 | |
| 7153 | /* Find field with name NAME in object of type TYPE. If found, |
| 7154 | set the following for each argument that is non-null: |
| 7155 | - *FIELD_TYPE_P to the field's type; |
| 7156 | - *BYTE_OFFSET_P to OFFSET + the byte offset of the field within |
| 7157 | an object of that type; |
| 7158 | - *BIT_OFFSET_P to the bit offset modulo byte size of the field; |
| 7159 | - *BIT_SIZE_P to its size in bits if the field is packed, and |
| 7160 | 0 otherwise; |
| 7161 | If INDEX_P is non-null, increment *INDEX_P by the number of source-visible |
| 7162 | fields up to but not including the desired field, or by the total |
| 7163 | number of fields if not found. A NULL value of NAME never |
| 7164 | matches; the function just counts visible fields in this case. |
| 7165 | |
| 7166 | Notice that we need to handle when a tagged record hierarchy |
| 7167 | has some components with the same name, like in this scenario: |
| 7168 | |
| 7169 | type Top_T is tagged record |
| 7170 | N : Integer := 1; |
| 7171 | U : Integer := 974; |
| 7172 | A : Integer := 48; |
| 7173 | end record; |
| 7174 | |
| 7175 | type Middle_T is new Top.Top_T with record |
| 7176 | N : Character := 'a'; |
| 7177 | C : Integer := 3; |
| 7178 | end record; |
| 7179 | |
| 7180 | type Bottom_T is new Middle.Middle_T with record |
| 7181 | N : Float := 4.0; |
| 7182 | C : Character := '5'; |
| 7183 | X : Integer := 6; |
| 7184 | A : Character := 'J'; |
| 7185 | end record; |
| 7186 | |
| 7187 | Let's say we now have a variable declared and initialized as follow: |
| 7188 | |
| 7189 | TC : Top_A := new Bottom_T; |
| 7190 | |
| 7191 | And then we use this variable to call this function |
| 7192 | |
| 7193 | procedure Assign (Obj: in out Top_T; TV : Integer); |
| 7194 | |
| 7195 | as follow: |
| 7196 | |
| 7197 | Assign (Top_T (B), 12); |
| 7198 | |
| 7199 | Now, we're in the debugger, and we're inside that procedure |
| 7200 | then and we want to print the value of obj.c: |
| 7201 | |
| 7202 | Usually, the tagged record or one of the parent type owns the |
| 7203 | component to print and there's no issue but in this particular |
| 7204 | case, what does it mean to ask for Obj.C? Since the actual |
| 7205 | type for object is type Bottom_T, it could mean two things: type |
| 7206 | component C from the Middle_T view, but also component C from |
| 7207 | Bottom_T. So in that "undefined" case, when the component is |
| 7208 | not found in the non-resolved type (which includes all the |
| 7209 | components of the parent type), then resolve it and see if we |
| 7210 | get better luck once expanded. |
| 7211 | |
| 7212 | In the case of homonyms in the derived tagged type, we don't |
| 7213 | guaranty anything, and pick the one that's easiest for us |
| 7214 | to program. |
| 7215 | |
| 7216 | Returns 1 if found, 0 otherwise. */ |
| 7217 | |
| 7218 | static int |
| 7219 | find_struct_field (const char *name, struct type *type, int offset, |
| 7220 | struct type **field_type_p, |
| 7221 | int *byte_offset_p, int *bit_offset_p, int *bit_size_p, |
| 7222 | int *index_p) |
| 7223 | { |
| 7224 | int i; |
| 7225 | int parent_offset = -1; |
| 7226 | |
| 7227 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 7228 | |
| 7229 | if (field_type_p != NULL) |
| 7230 | *field_type_p = NULL; |
| 7231 | if (byte_offset_p != NULL) |
| 7232 | *byte_offset_p = 0; |
| 7233 | if (bit_offset_p != NULL) |
| 7234 | *bit_offset_p = 0; |
| 7235 | if (bit_size_p != NULL) |
| 7236 | *bit_size_p = 0; |
| 7237 | |
| 7238 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) |
| 7239 | { |
| 7240 | int bit_pos = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i); |
| 7241 | int fld_offset = offset + bit_pos / 8; |
| 7242 | const char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i); |
| 7243 | |
| 7244 | if (t_field_name == NULL) |
| 7245 | continue; |
| 7246 | |
| 7247 | else if (ada_is_parent_field (type, i)) |
| 7248 | { |
| 7249 | /* This is a field pointing us to the parent type of a tagged |
| 7250 | type. As hinted in this function's documentation, we give |
| 7251 | preference to fields in the current record first, so what |
| 7252 | we do here is just record the index of this field before |
| 7253 | we skip it. If it turns out we couldn't find our field |
| 7254 | in the current record, then we'll get back to it and search |
| 7255 | inside it whether the field might exist in the parent. */ |
| 7256 | |
| 7257 | parent_offset = i; |
| 7258 | continue; |
| 7259 | } |
| 7260 | |
| 7261 | else if (name != NULL && field_name_match (t_field_name, name)) |
| 7262 | { |
| 7263 | int bit_size = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, i); |
| 7264 | |
| 7265 | if (field_type_p != NULL) |
| 7266 | *field_type_p = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i); |
| 7267 | if (byte_offset_p != NULL) |
| 7268 | *byte_offset_p = fld_offset; |
| 7269 | if (bit_offset_p != NULL) |
| 7270 | *bit_offset_p = bit_pos % 8; |
| 7271 | if (bit_size_p != NULL) |
| 7272 | *bit_size_p = bit_size; |
| 7273 | return 1; |
| 7274 | } |
| 7275 | else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i)) |
| 7276 | { |
| 7277 | if (find_struct_field (name, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i), fld_offset, |
| 7278 | field_type_p, byte_offset_p, bit_offset_p, |
| 7279 | bit_size_p, index_p)) |
| 7280 | return 1; |
| 7281 | } |
| 7282 | else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i)) |
| 7283 | { |
| 7284 | /* PNH: Wait. Do we ever execute this section, or is ARG always of |
| 7285 | fixed type?? */ |
| 7286 | int j; |
| 7287 | struct type *field_type |
| 7288 | = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); |
| 7289 | |
| 7290 | for (j = 0; j < TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type); j += 1) |
| 7291 | { |
| 7292 | if (find_struct_field (name, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type, j), |
| 7293 | fld_offset |
| 7294 | + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (field_type, j) / 8, |
| 7295 | field_type_p, byte_offset_p, |
| 7296 | bit_offset_p, bit_size_p, index_p)) |
| 7297 | return 1; |
| 7298 | } |
| 7299 | } |
| 7300 | else if (index_p != NULL) |
| 7301 | *index_p += 1; |
| 7302 | } |
| 7303 | |
| 7304 | /* Field not found so far. If this is a tagged type which |
| 7305 | has a parent, try finding that field in the parent now. */ |
| 7306 | |
| 7307 | if (parent_offset != -1) |
| 7308 | { |
| 7309 | int bit_pos = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, parent_offset); |
| 7310 | int fld_offset = offset + bit_pos / 8; |
| 7311 | |
| 7312 | if (find_struct_field (name, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, parent_offset), |
| 7313 | fld_offset, field_type_p, byte_offset_p, |
| 7314 | bit_offset_p, bit_size_p, index_p)) |
| 7315 | return 1; |
| 7316 | } |
| 7317 | |
| 7318 | return 0; |
| 7319 | } |
| 7320 | |
| 7321 | /* Number of user-visible fields in record type TYPE. */ |
| 7322 | |
| 7323 | static int |
| 7324 | num_visible_fields (struct type *type) |
| 7325 | { |
| 7326 | int n; |
| 7327 | |
| 7328 | n = 0; |
| 7329 | find_struct_field (NULL, type, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, &n); |
| 7330 | return n; |
| 7331 | } |
| 7332 | |
| 7333 | /* Look for a field NAME in ARG. Adjust the address of ARG by OFFSET bytes, |
| 7334 | and search in it assuming it has (class) type TYPE. |
| 7335 | If found, return value, else return NULL. |
| 7336 | |
| 7337 | Searches recursively through wrapper fields (e.g., '_parent'). |
| 7338 | |
| 7339 | In the case of homonyms in the tagged types, please refer to the |
| 7340 | long explanation in find_struct_field's function documentation. */ |
| 7341 | |
| 7342 | static struct value * |
| 7343 | ada_search_struct_field (const char *name, struct value *arg, int offset, |
| 7344 | struct type *type) |
| 7345 | { |
| 7346 | int i; |
| 7347 | int parent_offset = -1; |
| 7348 | |
| 7349 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 7350 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) |
| 7351 | { |
| 7352 | const char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i); |
| 7353 | |
| 7354 | if (t_field_name == NULL) |
| 7355 | continue; |
| 7356 | |
| 7357 | else if (ada_is_parent_field (type, i)) |
| 7358 | { |
| 7359 | /* This is a field pointing us to the parent type of a tagged |
| 7360 | type. As hinted in this function's documentation, we give |
| 7361 | preference to fields in the current record first, so what |
| 7362 | we do here is just record the index of this field before |
| 7363 | we skip it. If it turns out we couldn't find our field |
| 7364 | in the current record, then we'll get back to it and search |
| 7365 | inside it whether the field might exist in the parent. */ |
| 7366 | |
| 7367 | parent_offset = i; |
| 7368 | continue; |
| 7369 | } |
| 7370 | |
| 7371 | else if (field_name_match (t_field_name, name)) |
| 7372 | return ada_value_primitive_field (arg, offset, i, type); |
| 7373 | |
| 7374 | else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i)) |
| 7375 | { |
| 7376 | struct value *v = /* Do not let indent join lines here. */ |
| 7377 | ada_search_struct_field (name, arg, |
| 7378 | offset + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8, |
| 7379 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); |
| 7380 | |
| 7381 | if (v != NULL) |
| 7382 | return v; |
| 7383 | } |
| 7384 | |
| 7385 | else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i)) |
| 7386 | { |
| 7387 | /* PNH: Do we ever get here? See find_struct_field. */ |
| 7388 | int j; |
| 7389 | struct type *field_type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, |
| 7390 | i)); |
| 7391 | int var_offset = offset + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8; |
| 7392 | |
| 7393 | for (j = 0; j < TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type); j += 1) |
| 7394 | { |
| 7395 | struct value *v = ada_search_struct_field /* Force line |
| 7396 | break. */ |
| 7397 | (name, arg, |
| 7398 | var_offset + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (field_type, j) / 8, |
| 7399 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type, j)); |
| 7400 | |
| 7401 | if (v != NULL) |
| 7402 | return v; |
| 7403 | } |
| 7404 | } |
| 7405 | } |
| 7406 | |
| 7407 | /* Field not found so far. If this is a tagged type which |
| 7408 | has a parent, try finding that field in the parent now. */ |
| 7409 | |
| 7410 | if (parent_offset != -1) |
| 7411 | { |
| 7412 | struct value *v = ada_search_struct_field ( |
| 7413 | name, arg, offset + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, parent_offset) / 8, |
| 7414 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, parent_offset)); |
| 7415 | |
| 7416 | if (v != NULL) |
| 7417 | return v; |
| 7418 | } |
| 7419 | |
| 7420 | return NULL; |
| 7421 | } |
| 7422 | |
| 7423 | static struct value *ada_index_struct_field_1 (int *, struct value *, |
| 7424 | int, struct type *); |
| 7425 | |
| 7426 | |
| 7427 | /* Return field #INDEX in ARG, where the index is that returned by |
| 7428 | * find_struct_field through its INDEX_P argument. Adjust the address |
| 7429 | * of ARG by OFFSET bytes, and search in it assuming it has (class) type TYPE. |
| 7430 | * If found, return value, else return NULL. */ |
| 7431 | |
| 7432 | static struct value * |
| 7433 | ada_index_struct_field (int index, struct value *arg, int offset, |
| 7434 | struct type *type) |
| 7435 | { |
| 7436 | return ada_index_struct_field_1 (&index, arg, offset, type); |
| 7437 | } |
| 7438 | |
| 7439 | |
| 7440 | /* Auxiliary function for ada_index_struct_field. Like |
| 7441 | * ada_index_struct_field, but takes index from *INDEX_P and modifies |
| 7442 | * *INDEX_P. */ |
| 7443 | |
| 7444 | static struct value * |
| 7445 | ada_index_struct_field_1 (int *index_p, struct value *arg, int offset, |
| 7446 | struct type *type) |
| 7447 | { |
| 7448 | int i; |
| 7449 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 7450 | |
| 7451 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) |
| 7452 | { |
| 7453 | if (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i) == NULL) |
| 7454 | continue; |
| 7455 | else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i)) |
| 7456 | { |
| 7457 | struct value *v = /* Do not let indent join lines here. */ |
| 7458 | ada_index_struct_field_1 (index_p, arg, |
| 7459 | offset + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) / 8, |
| 7460 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i)); |
| 7461 | |
| 7462 | if (v != NULL) |
| 7463 | return v; |
| 7464 | } |
| 7465 | |
| 7466 | else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i)) |
| 7467 | { |
| 7468 | /* PNH: Do we ever get here? See ada_search_struct_field, |
| 7469 | find_struct_field. */ |
| 7470 | error (_("Cannot assign this kind of variant record")); |
| 7471 | } |
| 7472 | else if (*index_p == 0) |
| 7473 | return ada_value_primitive_field (arg, offset, i, type); |
| 7474 | else |
| 7475 | *index_p -= 1; |
| 7476 | } |
| 7477 | return NULL; |
| 7478 | } |
| 7479 | |
| 7480 | /* Return a string representation of type TYPE. */ |
| 7481 | |
| 7482 | static std::string |
| 7483 | type_as_string (struct type *type) |
| 7484 | { |
| 7485 | string_file tmp_stream; |
| 7486 | |
| 7487 | type_print (type, "", &tmp_stream, -1); |
| 7488 | |
| 7489 | return std::move (tmp_stream.string ()); |
| 7490 | } |
| 7491 | |
| 7492 | /* Given a type TYPE, look up the type of the component of type named NAME. |
| 7493 | If DISPP is non-null, add its byte displacement from the beginning of a |
| 7494 | structure (pointed to by a value) of type TYPE to *DISPP (does not |
| 7495 | work for packed fields). |
| 7496 | |
| 7497 | Matches any field whose name has NAME as a prefix, possibly |
| 7498 | followed by "___". |
| 7499 | |
| 7500 | TYPE can be either a struct or union. If REFOK, TYPE may also |
| 7501 | be a (pointer or reference)+ to a struct or union, and the |
| 7502 | ultimate target type will be searched. |
| 7503 | |
| 7504 | Looks recursively into variant clauses and parent types. |
| 7505 | |
| 7506 | In the case of homonyms in the tagged types, please refer to the |
| 7507 | long explanation in find_struct_field's function documentation. |
| 7508 | |
| 7509 | If NOERR is nonzero, return NULL if NAME is not suitably defined or |
| 7510 | TYPE is not a type of the right kind. */ |
| 7511 | |
| 7512 | static struct type * |
| 7513 | ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (struct type *type, const char *name, int refok, |
| 7514 | int noerr) |
| 7515 | { |
| 7516 | int i; |
| 7517 | int parent_offset = -1; |
| 7518 | |
| 7519 | if (name == NULL) |
| 7520 | goto BadName; |
| 7521 | |
| 7522 | if (refok && type != NULL) |
| 7523 | while (1) |
| 7524 | { |
| 7525 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 7526 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 7527 | && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 7528 | break; |
| 7529 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 7530 | } |
| 7531 | |
| 7532 | if (type == NULL |
| 7533 | || (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 7534 | && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)) |
| 7535 | { |
| 7536 | if (noerr) |
| 7537 | return NULL; |
| 7538 | |
| 7539 | error (_("Type %s is not a structure or union type"), |
| 7540 | type != NULL ? type_as_string (type).c_str () : _("(null)")); |
| 7541 | } |
| 7542 | |
| 7543 | type = to_static_fixed_type (type); |
| 7544 | |
| 7545 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i += 1) |
| 7546 | { |
| 7547 | const char *t_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i); |
| 7548 | struct type *t; |
| 7549 | |
| 7550 | if (t_field_name == NULL) |
| 7551 | continue; |
| 7552 | |
| 7553 | else if (ada_is_parent_field (type, i)) |
| 7554 | { |
| 7555 | /* This is a field pointing us to the parent type of a tagged |
| 7556 | type. As hinted in this function's documentation, we give |
| 7557 | preference to fields in the current record first, so what |
| 7558 | we do here is just record the index of this field before |
| 7559 | we skip it. If it turns out we couldn't find our field |
| 7560 | in the current record, then we'll get back to it and search |
| 7561 | inside it whether the field might exist in the parent. */ |
| 7562 | |
| 7563 | parent_offset = i; |
| 7564 | continue; |
| 7565 | } |
| 7566 | |
| 7567 | else if (field_name_match (t_field_name, name)) |
| 7568 | return TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i); |
| 7569 | |
| 7570 | else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type, i)) |
| 7571 | { |
| 7572 | t = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, i), name, |
| 7573 | 0, 1); |
| 7574 | if (t != NULL) |
| 7575 | return t; |
| 7576 | } |
| 7577 | |
| 7578 | else if (ada_is_variant_part (type, i)) |
| 7579 | { |
| 7580 | int j; |
| 7581 | struct type *field_type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, |
| 7582 | i)); |
| 7583 | |
| 7584 | for (j = TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type) - 1; j >= 0; j -= 1) |
| 7585 | { |
| 7586 | /* FIXME pnh 2008/01/26: We check for a field that is |
| 7587 | NOT wrapped in a struct, since the compiler sometimes |
| 7588 | generates these for unchecked variant types. Revisit |
| 7589 | if the compiler changes this practice. */ |
| 7590 | const char *v_field_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (field_type, j); |
| 7591 | |
| 7592 | if (v_field_name != NULL |
| 7593 | && field_name_match (v_field_name, name)) |
| 7594 | t = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type, j); |
| 7595 | else |
| 7596 | t = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type, |
| 7597 | j), |
| 7598 | name, 0, 1); |
| 7599 | |
| 7600 | if (t != NULL) |
| 7601 | return t; |
| 7602 | } |
| 7603 | } |
| 7604 | |
| 7605 | } |
| 7606 | |
| 7607 | /* Field not found so far. If this is a tagged type which |
| 7608 | has a parent, try finding that field in the parent now. */ |
| 7609 | |
| 7610 | if (parent_offset != -1) |
| 7611 | { |
| 7612 | struct type *t; |
| 7613 | |
| 7614 | t = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, parent_offset), |
| 7615 | name, 0, 1); |
| 7616 | if (t != NULL) |
| 7617 | return t; |
| 7618 | } |
| 7619 | |
| 7620 | BadName: |
| 7621 | if (!noerr) |
| 7622 | { |
| 7623 | const char *name_str = name != NULL ? name : _("<null>"); |
| 7624 | |
| 7625 | error (_("Type %s has no component named %s"), |
| 7626 | type_as_string (type).c_str (), name_str); |
| 7627 | } |
| 7628 | |
| 7629 | return NULL; |
| 7630 | } |
| 7631 | |
| 7632 | /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is the type of a variant part of a record (a union), |
| 7633 | within a value of type OUTER_TYPE, return true iff VAR_TYPE |
| 7634 | represents an unchecked union (that is, the variant part of a |
| 7635 | record that is named in an Unchecked_Union pragma). */ |
| 7636 | |
| 7637 | static int |
| 7638 | is_unchecked_variant (struct type *var_type, struct type *outer_type) |
| 7639 | { |
| 7640 | const char *discrim_name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type); |
| 7641 | |
| 7642 | return (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type, discrim_name, 0, 1) == NULL); |
| 7643 | } |
| 7644 | |
| 7645 | |
| 7646 | /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is the type of a variant part of a record (a union), |
| 7647 | within OUTER, determine which variant clause (field number in VAR_TYPE, |
| 7648 | numbering from 0) is applicable. Returns -1 if none are. */ |
| 7649 | |
| 7650 | int |
| 7651 | ada_which_variant_applies (struct type *var_type, struct value *outer) |
| 7652 | { |
| 7653 | int others_clause; |
| 7654 | int i; |
| 7655 | const char *discrim_name = ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type); |
| 7656 | struct value *discrim; |
| 7657 | LONGEST discrim_val; |
| 7658 | |
| 7659 | /* Using plain value_from_contents_and_address here causes problems |
| 7660 | because we will end up trying to resolve a type that is currently |
| 7661 | being constructed. */ |
| 7662 | discrim = ada_value_struct_elt (outer, discrim_name, 1); |
| 7663 | if (discrim == NULL) |
| 7664 | return -1; |
| 7665 | discrim_val = value_as_long (discrim); |
| 7666 | |
| 7667 | others_clause = -1; |
| 7668 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (var_type); i += 1) |
| 7669 | { |
| 7670 | if (ada_is_others_clause (var_type, i)) |
| 7671 | others_clause = i; |
| 7672 | else if (ada_in_variant (discrim_val, var_type, i)) |
| 7673 | return i; |
| 7674 | } |
| 7675 | |
| 7676 | return others_clause; |
| 7677 | } |
| 7678 | \f |
| 7679 | |
| 7680 | |
| 7681 | /* Dynamic-Sized Records */ |
| 7682 | |
| 7683 | /* Strategy: The type ostensibly attached to a value with dynamic size |
| 7684 | (i.e., a size that is not statically recorded in the debugging |
| 7685 | data) does not accurately reflect the size or layout of the value. |
| 7686 | Our strategy is to convert these values to values with accurate, |
| 7687 | conventional types that are constructed on the fly. */ |
| 7688 | |
| 7689 | /* There is a subtle and tricky problem here. In general, we cannot |
| 7690 | determine the size of dynamic records without its data. However, |
| 7691 | the 'struct value' data structure, which GDB uses to represent |
| 7692 | quantities in the inferior process (the target), requires the size |
| 7693 | of the type at the time of its allocation in order to reserve space |
| 7694 | for GDB's internal copy of the data. That's why the |
| 7695 | 'to_fixed_xxx_type' routines take (target) addresses as parameters, |
| 7696 | rather than struct value*s. |
| 7697 | |
| 7698 | However, GDB's internal history variables ($1, $2, etc.) are |
| 7699 | struct value*s containing internal copies of the data that are not, in |
| 7700 | general, the same as the data at their corresponding addresses in |
| 7701 | the target. Fortunately, the types we give to these values are all |
| 7702 | conventional, fixed-size types (as per the strategy described |
| 7703 | above), so that we don't usually have to perform the |
| 7704 | 'to_fixed_xxx_type' conversions to look at their values. |
| 7705 | Unfortunately, there is one exception: if one of the internal |
| 7706 | history variables is an array whose elements are unconstrained |
| 7707 | records, then we will need to create distinct fixed types for each |
| 7708 | element selected. */ |
| 7709 | |
| 7710 | /* The upshot of all of this is that many routines take a (type, host |
| 7711 | address, target address) triple as arguments to represent a value. |
| 7712 | The host address, if non-null, is supposed to contain an internal |
| 7713 | copy of the relevant data; otherwise, the program is to consult the |
| 7714 | target at the target address. */ |
| 7715 | |
| 7716 | /* Assuming that VAL0 represents a pointer value, the result of |
| 7717 | dereferencing it. Differs from value_ind in its treatment of |
| 7718 | dynamic-sized types. */ |
| 7719 | |
| 7720 | struct value * |
| 7721 | ada_value_ind (struct value *val0) |
| 7722 | { |
| 7723 | struct value *val = value_ind (val0); |
| 7724 | |
| 7725 | if (ada_is_tagged_type (value_type (val), 0)) |
| 7726 | val = ada_tag_value_at_base_address (val); |
| 7727 | |
| 7728 | return ada_to_fixed_value (val); |
| 7729 | } |
| 7730 | |
| 7731 | /* The value resulting from dereferencing any "reference to" |
| 7732 | qualifiers on VAL0. */ |
| 7733 | |
| 7734 | static struct value * |
| 7735 | ada_coerce_ref (struct value *val0) |
| 7736 | { |
| 7737 | if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val0)) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 7738 | { |
| 7739 | struct value *val = val0; |
| 7740 | |
| 7741 | val = coerce_ref (val); |
| 7742 | |
| 7743 | if (ada_is_tagged_type (value_type (val), 0)) |
| 7744 | val = ada_tag_value_at_base_address (val); |
| 7745 | |
| 7746 | return ada_to_fixed_value (val); |
| 7747 | } |
| 7748 | else |
| 7749 | return val0; |
| 7750 | } |
| 7751 | |
| 7752 | /* Return OFF rounded upward if necessary to a multiple of |
| 7753 | ALIGNMENT (a power of 2). */ |
| 7754 | |
| 7755 | static unsigned int |
| 7756 | align_value (unsigned int off, unsigned int alignment) |
| 7757 | { |
| 7758 | return (off + alignment - 1) & ~(alignment - 1); |
| 7759 | } |
| 7760 | |
| 7761 | /* Return the bit alignment required for field #F of template type TYPE. */ |
| 7762 | |
| 7763 | static unsigned int |
| 7764 | field_alignment (struct type *type, int f) |
| 7765 | { |
| 7766 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f); |
| 7767 | int len; |
| 7768 | int align_offset; |
| 7769 | |
| 7770 | /* The field name should never be null, unless the debugging information |
| 7771 | is somehow malformed. In this case, we assume the field does not |
| 7772 | require any alignment. */ |
| 7773 | if (name == NULL) |
| 7774 | return 1; |
| 7775 | |
| 7776 | len = strlen (name); |
| 7777 | |
| 7778 | if (!isdigit (name[len - 1])) |
| 7779 | return 1; |
| 7780 | |
| 7781 | if (isdigit (name[len - 2])) |
| 7782 | align_offset = len - 2; |
| 7783 | else |
| 7784 | align_offset = len - 1; |
| 7785 | |
| 7786 | if (align_offset < 7 || !startswith (name + align_offset - 6, "___XV")) |
| 7787 | return TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 7788 | |
| 7789 | return atoi (name + align_offset) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 7790 | } |
| 7791 | |
| 7792 | /* Find a typedef or tag symbol named NAME. Ignores ambiguity. */ |
| 7793 | |
| 7794 | static struct symbol * |
| 7795 | ada_find_any_type_symbol (const char *name) |
| 7796 | { |
| 7797 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 7798 | |
| 7799 | sym = standard_lookup (name, get_selected_block (NULL), VAR_DOMAIN); |
| 7800 | if (sym != NULL && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF) |
| 7801 | return sym; |
| 7802 | |
| 7803 | sym = standard_lookup (name, NULL, STRUCT_DOMAIN); |
| 7804 | return sym; |
| 7805 | } |
| 7806 | |
| 7807 | /* Find a type named NAME. Ignores ambiguity. This routine will look |
| 7808 | solely for types defined by debug info, it will not search the GDB |
| 7809 | primitive types. */ |
| 7810 | |
| 7811 | static struct type * |
| 7812 | ada_find_any_type (const char *name) |
| 7813 | { |
| 7814 | struct symbol *sym = ada_find_any_type_symbol (name); |
| 7815 | |
| 7816 | if (sym != NULL) |
| 7817 | return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym); |
| 7818 | |
| 7819 | return NULL; |
| 7820 | } |
| 7821 | |
| 7822 | /* Given NAME_SYM and an associated BLOCK, find a "renaming" symbol |
| 7823 | associated with NAME_SYM's name. NAME_SYM may itself be a renaming |
| 7824 | symbol, in which case it is returned. Otherwise, this looks for |
| 7825 | symbols whose name is that of NAME_SYM suffixed with "___XR". |
| 7826 | Return symbol if found, and NULL otherwise. */ |
| 7827 | |
| 7828 | static bool |
| 7829 | ada_is_renaming_symbol (struct symbol *name_sym) |
| 7830 | { |
| 7831 | const char *name = name_sym->linkage_name (); |
| 7832 | return strstr (name, "___XR") != NULL; |
| 7833 | } |
| 7834 | |
| 7835 | /* Because of GNAT encoding conventions, several GDB symbols may match a |
| 7836 | given type name. If the type denoted by TYPE0 is to be preferred to |
| 7837 | that of TYPE1 for purposes of type printing, return non-zero; |
| 7838 | otherwise return 0. */ |
| 7839 | |
| 7840 | int |
| 7841 | ada_prefer_type (struct type *type0, struct type *type1) |
| 7842 | { |
| 7843 | if (type1 == NULL) |
| 7844 | return 1; |
| 7845 | else if (type0 == NULL) |
| 7846 | return 0; |
| 7847 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type1) == TYPE_CODE_VOID) |
| 7848 | return 1; |
| 7849 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type0) == TYPE_CODE_VOID) |
| 7850 | return 0; |
| 7851 | else if (TYPE_NAME (type1) == NULL && TYPE_NAME (type0) != NULL) |
| 7852 | return 1; |
| 7853 | else if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type0)) |
| 7854 | return 1; |
| 7855 | else if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type0) |
| 7856 | && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type1)) |
| 7857 | return 1; |
| 7858 | else |
| 7859 | { |
| 7860 | const char *type0_name = TYPE_NAME (type0); |
| 7861 | const char *type1_name = TYPE_NAME (type1); |
| 7862 | |
| 7863 | if (type0_name != NULL && strstr (type0_name, "___XR") != NULL |
| 7864 | && (type1_name == NULL || strstr (type1_name, "___XR") == NULL)) |
| 7865 | return 1; |
| 7866 | } |
| 7867 | return 0; |
| 7868 | } |
| 7869 | |
| 7870 | /* The name of TYPE, which is its TYPE_NAME. Null if TYPE is |
| 7871 | null. */ |
| 7872 | |
| 7873 | const char * |
| 7874 | ada_type_name (struct type *type) |
| 7875 | { |
| 7876 | if (type == NULL) |
| 7877 | return NULL; |
| 7878 | return TYPE_NAME (type); |
| 7879 | } |
| 7880 | |
| 7881 | /* Search the list of "descriptive" types associated to TYPE for a type |
| 7882 | whose name is NAME. */ |
| 7883 | |
| 7884 | static struct type * |
| 7885 | find_parallel_type_by_descriptive_type (struct type *type, const char *name) |
| 7886 | { |
| 7887 | struct type *result, *tmp; |
| 7888 | |
| 7889 | if (ada_ignore_descriptive_types_p) |
| 7890 | return NULL; |
| 7891 | |
| 7892 | /* If there no descriptive-type info, then there is no parallel type |
| 7893 | to be found. */ |
| 7894 | if (!HAVE_GNAT_AUX_INFO (type)) |
| 7895 | return NULL; |
| 7896 | |
| 7897 | result = TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE_TYPE (type); |
| 7898 | while (result != NULL) |
| 7899 | { |
| 7900 | const char *result_name = ada_type_name (result); |
| 7901 | |
| 7902 | if (result_name == NULL) |
| 7903 | { |
| 7904 | warning (_("unexpected null name on descriptive type")); |
| 7905 | return NULL; |
| 7906 | } |
| 7907 | |
| 7908 | /* If the names match, stop. */ |
| 7909 | if (strcmp (result_name, name) == 0) |
| 7910 | break; |
| 7911 | |
| 7912 | /* Otherwise, look at the next item on the list, if any. */ |
| 7913 | if (HAVE_GNAT_AUX_INFO (result)) |
| 7914 | tmp = TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE_TYPE (result); |
| 7915 | else |
| 7916 | tmp = NULL; |
| 7917 | |
| 7918 | /* If not found either, try after having resolved the typedef. */ |
| 7919 | if (tmp != NULL) |
| 7920 | result = tmp; |
| 7921 | else |
| 7922 | { |
| 7923 | result = check_typedef (result); |
| 7924 | if (HAVE_GNAT_AUX_INFO (result)) |
| 7925 | result = TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE_TYPE (result); |
| 7926 | else |
| 7927 | result = NULL; |
| 7928 | } |
| 7929 | } |
| 7930 | |
| 7931 | /* If we didn't find a match, see whether this is a packed array. With |
| 7932 | older compilers, the descriptive type information is either absent or |
| 7933 | irrelevant when it comes to packed arrays so the above lookup fails. |
| 7934 | Fall back to using a parallel lookup by name in this case. */ |
| 7935 | if (result == NULL && ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type)) |
| 7936 | return ada_find_any_type (name); |
| 7937 | |
| 7938 | return result; |
| 7939 | } |
| 7940 | |
| 7941 | /* Find a parallel type to TYPE with the specified NAME, using the |
| 7942 | descriptive type taken from the debugging information, if available, |
| 7943 | and otherwise using the (slower) name-based method. */ |
| 7944 | |
| 7945 | static struct type * |
| 7946 | ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (struct type *type, const char *name) |
| 7947 | { |
| 7948 | struct type *result = NULL; |
| 7949 | |
| 7950 | if (HAVE_GNAT_AUX_INFO (type)) |
| 7951 | result = find_parallel_type_by_descriptive_type (type, name); |
| 7952 | else |
| 7953 | result = ada_find_any_type (name); |
| 7954 | |
| 7955 | return result; |
| 7956 | } |
| 7957 | |
| 7958 | /* Same as above, but specify the name of the parallel type by appending |
| 7959 | SUFFIX to the name of TYPE. */ |
| 7960 | |
| 7961 | struct type * |
| 7962 | ada_find_parallel_type (struct type *type, const char *suffix) |
| 7963 | { |
| 7964 | char *name; |
| 7965 | const char *type_name = ada_type_name (type); |
| 7966 | int len; |
| 7967 | |
| 7968 | if (type_name == NULL) |
| 7969 | return NULL; |
| 7970 | |
| 7971 | len = strlen (type_name); |
| 7972 | |
| 7973 | name = (char *) alloca (len + strlen (suffix) + 1); |
| 7974 | |
| 7975 | strcpy (name, type_name); |
| 7976 | strcpy (name + len, suffix); |
| 7977 | |
| 7978 | return ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (type, name); |
| 7979 | } |
| 7980 | |
| 7981 | /* If TYPE is a variable-size record type, return the corresponding template |
| 7982 | type describing its fields. Otherwise, return NULL. */ |
| 7983 | |
| 7984 | static struct type * |
| 7985 | dynamic_template_type (struct type *type) |
| 7986 | { |
| 7987 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 7988 | |
| 7989 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 7990 | || ada_type_name (type) == NULL) |
| 7991 | return NULL; |
| 7992 | else |
| 7993 | { |
| 7994 | int len = strlen (ada_type_name (type)); |
| 7995 | |
| 7996 | if (len > 6 && strcmp (ada_type_name (type) + len - 6, "___XVE") == 0) |
| 7997 | return type; |
| 7998 | else |
| 7999 | return ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XVE"); |
| 8000 | } |
| 8001 | } |
| 8002 | |
| 8003 | /* Assuming that TEMPL_TYPE is a union or struct type, returns |
| 8004 | non-zero iff field FIELD_NUM of TEMPL_TYPE has dynamic size. */ |
| 8005 | |
| 8006 | static int |
| 8007 | is_dynamic_field (struct type *templ_type, int field_num) |
| 8008 | { |
| 8009 | const char *name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type, field_num); |
| 8010 | |
| 8011 | return name != NULL |
| 8012 | && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type, field_num)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 8013 | && strstr (name, "___XVL") != NULL; |
| 8014 | } |
| 8015 | |
| 8016 | /* The index of the variant field of TYPE, or -1 if TYPE does not |
| 8017 | represent a variant record type. */ |
| 8018 | |
| 8019 | static int |
| 8020 | variant_field_index (struct type *type) |
| 8021 | { |
| 8022 | int f; |
| 8023 | |
| 8024 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 8025 | return -1; |
| 8026 | |
| 8027 | for (f = 0; f < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); f += 1) |
| 8028 | { |
| 8029 | if (ada_is_variant_part (type, f)) |
| 8030 | return f; |
| 8031 | } |
| 8032 | return -1; |
| 8033 | } |
| 8034 | |
| 8035 | /* A record type with no fields. */ |
| 8036 | |
| 8037 | static struct type * |
| 8038 | empty_record (struct type *templ) |
| 8039 | { |
| 8040 | struct type *type = alloc_type_copy (templ); |
| 8041 | |
| 8042 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT; |
| 8043 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 0; |
| 8044 | TYPE_FIELDS (type) = NULL; |
| 8045 | INIT_NONE_SPECIFIC (type); |
| 8046 | TYPE_NAME (type) = "<empty>"; |
| 8047 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0; |
| 8048 | return type; |
| 8049 | } |
| 8050 | |
| 8051 | /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes |
| 8052 | the value of type TYPE at VALADDR or ADDRESS (see comments at |
| 8053 | the beginning of this section) VAL according to GNAT conventions. |
| 8054 | DVAL0 should describe the (portion of a) record that contains any |
| 8055 | necessary discriminants. It should be NULL if value_type (VAL) is |
| 8056 | an outer-level type (i.e., as opposed to a branch of a variant.) A |
| 8057 | variant field (unless unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch |
| 8058 | of the variant. |
| 8059 | |
| 8060 | If not KEEP_DYNAMIC_FIELDS, then all fields whose position or |
| 8061 | length are not statically known are discarded. As a consequence, |
| 8062 | VALADDR, ADDRESS and DVAL0 are ignored. |
| 8063 | |
| 8064 | NOTE: Limitations: For now, we assume that dynamic fields and |
| 8065 | variants occupy whole numbers of bytes. However, they need not be |
| 8066 | byte-aligned. */ |
| 8067 | |
| 8068 | struct type * |
| 8069 | ada_template_to_fixed_record_type_1 (struct type *type, |
| 8070 | const gdb_byte *valaddr, |
| 8071 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval0, |
| 8072 | int keep_dynamic_fields) |
| 8073 | { |
| 8074 | struct value *mark = value_mark (); |
| 8075 | struct value *dval; |
| 8076 | struct type *rtype; |
| 8077 | int nfields, bit_len; |
| 8078 | int variant_field; |
| 8079 | long off; |
| 8080 | int fld_bit_len; |
| 8081 | int f; |
| 8082 | |
| 8083 | /* Compute the number of fields in this record type that are going |
| 8084 | to be processed: unless keep_dynamic_fields, this includes only |
| 8085 | fields whose position and length are static will be processed. */ |
| 8086 | if (keep_dynamic_fields) |
| 8087 | nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type); |
| 8088 | else |
| 8089 | { |
| 8090 | nfields = 0; |
| 8091 | while (nfields < TYPE_NFIELDS (type) |
| 8092 | && !ada_is_variant_part (type, nfields) |
| 8093 | && !is_dynamic_field (type, nfields)) |
| 8094 | nfields++; |
| 8095 | } |
| 8096 | |
| 8097 | rtype = alloc_type_copy (type); |
| 8098 | TYPE_CODE (rtype) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT; |
| 8099 | INIT_NONE_SPECIFIC (rtype); |
| 8100 | TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) = nfields; |
| 8101 | TYPE_FIELDS (rtype) = (struct field *) |
| 8102 | TYPE_ALLOC (rtype, nfields * sizeof (struct field)); |
| 8103 | memset (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype), 0, sizeof (struct field) * nfields); |
| 8104 | TYPE_NAME (rtype) = ada_type_name (type); |
| 8105 | TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (rtype) = 1; |
| 8106 | |
| 8107 | off = 0; |
| 8108 | bit_len = 0; |
| 8109 | variant_field = -1; |
| 8110 | |
| 8111 | for (f = 0; f < nfields; f += 1) |
| 8112 | { |
| 8113 | off = align_value (off, field_alignment (type, f)) |
| 8114 | + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, f); |
| 8115 | SET_FIELD_BITPOS (TYPE_FIELD (rtype, f), off); |
| 8116 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, f) = 0; |
| 8117 | |
| 8118 | if (ada_is_variant_part (type, f)) |
| 8119 | { |
| 8120 | variant_field = f; |
| 8121 | fld_bit_len = 0; |
| 8122 | } |
| 8123 | else if (is_dynamic_field (type, f)) |
| 8124 | { |
| 8125 | const gdb_byte *field_valaddr = valaddr; |
| 8126 | CORE_ADDR field_address = address; |
| 8127 | struct type *field_type = |
| 8128 | TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f)); |
| 8129 | |
| 8130 | if (dval0 == NULL) |
| 8131 | { |
| 8132 | /* rtype's length is computed based on the run-time |
| 8133 | value of discriminants. If the discriminants are not |
| 8134 | initialized, the type size may be completely bogus and |
| 8135 | GDB may fail to allocate a value for it. So check the |
| 8136 | size first before creating the value. */ |
| 8137 | ada_ensure_varsize_limit (rtype); |
| 8138 | /* Using plain value_from_contents_and_address here |
| 8139 | causes problems because we will end up trying to |
| 8140 | resolve a type that is currently being |
| 8141 | constructed. */ |
| 8142 | dval = value_from_contents_and_address_unresolved (rtype, |
| 8143 | valaddr, |
| 8144 | address); |
| 8145 | rtype = value_type (dval); |
| 8146 | } |
| 8147 | else |
| 8148 | dval = dval0; |
| 8149 | |
| 8150 | /* If the type referenced by this field is an aligner type, we need |
| 8151 | to unwrap that aligner type, because its size might not be set. |
| 8152 | Keeping the aligner type would cause us to compute the wrong |
| 8153 | size for this field, impacting the offset of the all the fields |
| 8154 | that follow this one. */ |
| 8155 | if (ada_is_aligner_type (field_type)) |
| 8156 | { |
| 8157 | long field_offset = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (field_type, f); |
| 8158 | |
| 8159 | field_valaddr = cond_offset_host (field_valaddr, field_offset); |
| 8160 | field_address = cond_offset_target (field_address, field_offset); |
| 8161 | field_type = ada_aligned_type (field_type); |
| 8162 | } |
| 8163 | |
| 8164 | field_valaddr = cond_offset_host (field_valaddr, |
| 8165 | off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT); |
| 8166 | field_address = cond_offset_target (field_address, |
| 8167 | off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT); |
| 8168 | |
| 8169 | /* Get the fixed type of the field. Note that, in this case, |
| 8170 | we do not want to get the real type out of the tag: if |
| 8171 | the current field is the parent part of a tagged record, |
| 8172 | we will get the tag of the object. Clearly wrong: the real |
| 8173 | type of the parent is not the real type of the child. We |
| 8174 | would end up in an infinite loop. */ |
| 8175 | field_type = ada_get_base_type (field_type); |
| 8176 | field_type = ada_to_fixed_type (field_type, field_valaddr, |
| 8177 | field_address, dval, 0); |
| 8178 | /* If the field size is already larger than the maximum |
| 8179 | object size, then the record itself will necessarily |
| 8180 | be larger than the maximum object size. We need to make |
| 8181 | this check now, because the size might be so ridiculously |
| 8182 | large (due to an uninitialized variable in the inferior) |
| 8183 | that it would cause an overflow when adding it to the |
| 8184 | record size. */ |
| 8185 | ada_ensure_varsize_limit (field_type); |
| 8186 | |
| 8187 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) = field_type; |
| 8188 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f); |
| 8189 | /* The multiplication can potentially overflow. But because |
| 8190 | the field length has been size-checked just above, and |
| 8191 | assuming that the maximum size is a reasonable value, |
| 8192 | an overflow should not happen in practice. So rather than |
| 8193 | adding overflow recovery code to this already complex code, |
| 8194 | we just assume that it's not going to happen. */ |
| 8195 | fld_bit_len = |
| 8196 | TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 8197 | } |
| 8198 | else |
| 8199 | { |
| 8200 | /* Note: If this field's type is a typedef, it is important |
| 8201 | to preserve the typedef layer. |
| 8202 | |
| 8203 | Otherwise, we might be transforming a typedef to a fat |
| 8204 | pointer (encoding a pointer to an unconstrained array), |
| 8205 | into a basic fat pointer (encoding an unconstrained |
| 8206 | array). As both types are implemented using the same |
| 8207 | structure, the typedef is the only clue which allows us |
| 8208 | to distinguish between the two options. Stripping it |
| 8209 | would prevent us from printing this field appropriately. */ |
| 8210 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f); |
| 8211 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f); |
| 8212 | if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f) > 0) |
| 8213 | fld_bit_len = |
| 8214 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, f) = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, f); |
| 8215 | else |
| 8216 | { |
| 8217 | struct type *field_type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f); |
| 8218 | |
| 8219 | /* We need to be careful of typedefs when computing |
| 8220 | the length of our field. If this is a typedef, |
| 8221 | get the length of the target type, not the length |
| 8222 | of the typedef. */ |
| 8223 | if (TYPE_CODE (field_type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) |
| 8224 | field_type = ada_typedef_target_type (field_type); |
| 8225 | |
| 8226 | fld_bit_len = |
| 8227 | TYPE_LENGTH (ada_check_typedef (field_type)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 8228 | } |
| 8229 | } |
| 8230 | if (off + fld_bit_len > bit_len) |
| 8231 | bit_len = off + fld_bit_len; |
| 8232 | off += fld_bit_len; |
| 8233 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = |
| 8234 | align_value (bit_len, TARGET_CHAR_BIT) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 8235 | } |
| 8236 | |
| 8237 | /* We handle the variant part, if any, at the end because of certain |
| 8238 | odd cases in which it is re-ordered so as NOT to be the last field of |
| 8239 | the record. This can happen in the presence of representation |
| 8240 | clauses. */ |
| 8241 | if (variant_field >= 0) |
| 8242 | { |
| 8243 | struct type *branch_type; |
| 8244 | |
| 8245 | off = TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (rtype, variant_field); |
| 8246 | |
| 8247 | if (dval0 == NULL) |
| 8248 | { |
| 8249 | /* Using plain value_from_contents_and_address here causes |
| 8250 | problems because we will end up trying to resolve a type |
| 8251 | that is currently being constructed. */ |
| 8252 | dval = value_from_contents_and_address_unresolved (rtype, valaddr, |
| 8253 | address); |
| 8254 | rtype = value_type (dval); |
| 8255 | } |
| 8256 | else |
| 8257 | dval = dval0; |
| 8258 | |
| 8259 | branch_type = |
| 8260 | to_fixed_variant_branch_type |
| 8261 | (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, variant_field), |
| 8262 | cond_offset_host (valaddr, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), |
| 8263 | cond_offset_target (address, off / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), dval); |
| 8264 | if (branch_type == NULL) |
| 8265 | { |
| 8266 | for (f = variant_field + 1; f < TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype); f += 1) |
| 8267 | TYPE_FIELDS (rtype)[f - 1] = TYPE_FIELDS (rtype)[f]; |
| 8268 | TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) -= 1; |
| 8269 | } |
| 8270 | else |
| 8271 | { |
| 8272 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, variant_field) = branch_type; |
| 8273 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, variant_field) = "S"; |
| 8274 | fld_bit_len = |
| 8275 | TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, variant_field)) * |
| 8276 | TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 8277 | if (off + fld_bit_len > bit_len) |
| 8278 | bit_len = off + fld_bit_len; |
| 8279 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = |
| 8280 | align_value (bit_len, TARGET_CHAR_BIT) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT; |
| 8281 | } |
| 8282 | } |
| 8283 | |
| 8284 | /* According to exp_dbug.ads, the size of TYPE for variable-size records |
| 8285 | should contain the alignment of that record, which should be a strictly |
| 8286 | positive value. If null or negative, then something is wrong, most |
| 8287 | probably in the debug info. In that case, we don't round up the size |
| 8288 | of the resulting type. If this record is not part of another structure, |
| 8289 | the current RTYPE length might be good enough for our purposes. */ |
| 8290 | if (TYPE_LENGTH (type) <= 0) |
| 8291 | { |
| 8292 | if (TYPE_NAME (rtype)) |
| 8293 | warning (_("Invalid type size for `%s' detected: %s."), |
| 8294 | TYPE_NAME (rtype), pulongest (TYPE_LENGTH (type))); |
| 8295 | else |
| 8296 | warning (_("Invalid type size for <unnamed> detected: %s."), |
| 8297 | pulongest (TYPE_LENGTH (type))); |
| 8298 | } |
| 8299 | else |
| 8300 | { |
| 8301 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = align_value (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype), |
| 8302 | TYPE_LENGTH (type)); |
| 8303 | } |
| 8304 | |
| 8305 | value_free_to_mark (mark); |
| 8306 | if (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) > varsize_limit) |
| 8307 | error (_("record type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit")); |
| 8308 | return rtype; |
| 8309 | } |
| 8310 | |
| 8311 | /* As for ada_template_to_fixed_record_type_1 with KEEP_DYNAMIC_FIELDS |
| 8312 | of 1. */ |
| 8313 | |
| 8314 | static struct type * |
| 8315 | template_to_fixed_record_type (struct type *type, const gdb_byte *valaddr, |
| 8316 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval0) |
| 8317 | { |
| 8318 | return ada_template_to_fixed_record_type_1 (type, valaddr, |
| 8319 | address, dval0, 1); |
| 8320 | } |
| 8321 | |
| 8322 | /* An ordinary record type in which ___XVL-convention fields and |
| 8323 | ___XVU- and ___XVN-convention field types in TYPE0 are replaced with |
| 8324 | static approximations, containing all possible fields. Uses |
| 8325 | no runtime values. Useless for use in values, but that's OK, |
| 8326 | since the results are used only for type determinations. Works on both |
| 8327 | structs and unions. Representation note: to save space, we memorize |
| 8328 | the result of this function in the TYPE_TARGET_TYPE of the |
| 8329 | template type. */ |
| 8330 | |
| 8331 | static struct type * |
| 8332 | template_to_static_fixed_type (struct type *type0) |
| 8333 | { |
| 8334 | struct type *type; |
| 8335 | int nfields; |
| 8336 | int f; |
| 8337 | |
| 8338 | /* No need no do anything if the input type is already fixed. */ |
| 8339 | if (TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type0)) |
| 8340 | return type0; |
| 8341 | |
| 8342 | /* Likewise if we already have computed the static approximation. */ |
| 8343 | if (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0) != NULL) |
| 8344 | return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0); |
| 8345 | |
| 8346 | /* Don't clone TYPE0 until we are sure we are going to need a copy. */ |
| 8347 | type = type0; |
| 8348 | nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type0); |
| 8349 | |
| 8350 | /* Whether or not we cloned TYPE0, cache the result so that we don't do |
| 8351 | recompute all over next time. */ |
| 8352 | TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0) = type; |
| 8353 | |
| 8354 | for (f = 0; f < nfields; f += 1) |
| 8355 | { |
| 8356 | struct type *field_type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type0, f); |
| 8357 | struct type *new_type; |
| 8358 | |
| 8359 | if (is_dynamic_field (type0, f)) |
| 8360 | { |
| 8361 | field_type = ada_check_typedef (field_type); |
| 8362 | new_type = to_static_fixed_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (field_type)); |
| 8363 | } |
| 8364 | else |
| 8365 | new_type = static_unwrap_type (field_type); |
| 8366 | |
| 8367 | if (new_type != field_type) |
| 8368 | { |
| 8369 | /* Clone TYPE0 only the first time we get a new field type. */ |
| 8370 | if (type == type0) |
| 8371 | { |
| 8372 | TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0) = type = alloc_type_copy (type0); |
| 8373 | TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE (type0); |
| 8374 | INIT_NONE_SPECIFIC (type); |
| 8375 | TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nfields; |
| 8376 | TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *) |
| 8377 | TYPE_ALLOC (type, nfields * sizeof (struct field)); |
| 8378 | memcpy (TYPE_FIELDS (type), TYPE_FIELDS (type0), |
| 8379 | sizeof (struct field) * nfields); |
| 8380 | TYPE_NAME (type) = ada_type_name (type0); |
| 8381 | TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type) = 1; |
| 8382 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0; |
| 8383 | } |
| 8384 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, f) = new_type; |
| 8385 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, f) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type0, f); |
| 8386 | } |
| 8387 | } |
| 8388 | |
| 8389 | return type; |
| 8390 | } |
| 8391 | |
| 8392 | /* Given an object of type TYPE whose contents are at VALADDR and |
| 8393 | whose address in memory is ADDRESS, returns a revision of TYPE, |
| 8394 | which should be a non-dynamic-sized record, in which the variant |
| 8395 | part, if any, is replaced with the appropriate branch. Looks |
| 8396 | for discriminant values in DVAL0, which can be NULL if the record |
| 8397 | contains the necessary discriminant values. */ |
| 8398 | |
| 8399 | static struct type * |
| 8400 | to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (struct type *type, const gdb_byte *valaddr, |
| 8401 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval0) |
| 8402 | { |
| 8403 | struct value *mark = value_mark (); |
| 8404 | struct value *dval; |
| 8405 | struct type *rtype; |
| 8406 | struct type *branch_type; |
| 8407 | int nfields = TYPE_NFIELDS (type); |
| 8408 | int variant_field = variant_field_index (type); |
| 8409 | |
| 8410 | if (variant_field == -1) |
| 8411 | return type; |
| 8412 | |
| 8413 | if (dval0 == NULL) |
| 8414 | { |
| 8415 | dval = value_from_contents_and_address (type, valaddr, address); |
| 8416 | type = value_type (dval); |
| 8417 | } |
| 8418 | else |
| 8419 | dval = dval0; |
| 8420 | |
| 8421 | rtype = alloc_type_copy (type); |
| 8422 | TYPE_CODE (rtype) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT; |
| 8423 | INIT_NONE_SPECIFIC (rtype); |
| 8424 | TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) = nfields; |
| 8425 | TYPE_FIELDS (rtype) = |
| 8426 | (struct field *) TYPE_ALLOC (rtype, nfields * sizeof (struct field)); |
| 8427 | memcpy (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype), TYPE_FIELDS (type), |
| 8428 | sizeof (struct field) * nfields); |
| 8429 | TYPE_NAME (rtype) = ada_type_name (type); |
| 8430 | TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (rtype) = 1; |
| 8431 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) = TYPE_LENGTH (type); |
| 8432 | |
| 8433 | branch_type = to_fixed_variant_branch_type |
| 8434 | (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, variant_field), |
| 8435 | cond_offset_host (valaddr, |
| 8436 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, variant_field) |
| 8437 | / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), |
| 8438 | cond_offset_target (address, |
| 8439 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, variant_field) |
| 8440 | / TARGET_CHAR_BIT), dval); |
| 8441 | if (branch_type == NULL) |
| 8442 | { |
| 8443 | int f; |
| 8444 | |
| 8445 | for (f = variant_field + 1; f < nfields; f += 1) |
| 8446 | TYPE_FIELDS (rtype)[f - 1] = TYPE_FIELDS (rtype)[f]; |
| 8447 | TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype) -= 1; |
| 8448 | } |
| 8449 | else |
| 8450 | { |
| 8451 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype, variant_field) = branch_type; |
| 8452 | TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype, variant_field) = "S"; |
| 8453 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype, variant_field) = 0; |
| 8454 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) += TYPE_LENGTH (branch_type); |
| 8455 | } |
| 8456 | TYPE_LENGTH (rtype) -= TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, variant_field)); |
| 8457 | |
| 8458 | value_free_to_mark (mark); |
| 8459 | return rtype; |
| 8460 | } |
| 8461 | |
| 8462 | /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes |
| 8463 | the value at (TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS) [see explanation at |
| 8464 | beginning of this section]. Any necessary discriminants' values |
| 8465 | should be in DVAL, a record value; it may be NULL if the object |
| 8466 | at ADDR itself contains any necessary discriminant values. |
| 8467 | Additionally, VALADDR and ADDRESS may also be NULL if no discriminant |
| 8468 | values from the record are needed. Except in the case that DVAL, |
| 8469 | VALADDR, and ADDRESS are all 0 or NULL, a variant field (unless |
| 8470 | unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch of the variant. |
| 8471 | |
| 8472 | NOTE: the case in which DVAL and VALADDR are NULL and ADDRESS is 0 |
| 8473 | is questionable and may be removed. It can arise during the |
| 8474 | processing of an unconstrained-array-of-record type where all the |
| 8475 | variant branches have exactly the same size. This is because in |
| 8476 | such cases, the compiler does not bother to use the XVS convention |
| 8477 | when encoding the record. I am currently dubious of this |
| 8478 | shortcut and suspect the compiler should be altered. FIXME. */ |
| 8479 | |
| 8480 | static struct type * |
| 8481 | to_fixed_record_type (struct type *type0, const gdb_byte *valaddr, |
| 8482 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval) |
| 8483 | { |
| 8484 | struct type *templ_type; |
| 8485 | |
| 8486 | if (TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type0)) |
| 8487 | return type0; |
| 8488 | |
| 8489 | templ_type = dynamic_template_type (type0); |
| 8490 | |
| 8491 | if (templ_type != NULL) |
| 8492 | return template_to_fixed_record_type (templ_type, valaddr, address, dval); |
| 8493 | else if (variant_field_index (type0) >= 0) |
| 8494 | { |
| 8495 | if (dval == NULL && valaddr == NULL && address == 0) |
| 8496 | return type0; |
| 8497 | return to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (type0, valaddr, address, |
| 8498 | dval); |
| 8499 | } |
| 8500 | else |
| 8501 | { |
| 8502 | TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type0) = 1; |
| 8503 | return type0; |
| 8504 | } |
| 8505 | |
| 8506 | } |
| 8507 | |
| 8508 | /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes |
| 8509 | the value at (VAR_TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS), where VAR_TYPE0 is a |
| 8510 | union type. Any necessary discriminants' values should be in DVAL, |
| 8511 | a record value. That is, this routine selects the appropriate |
| 8512 | branch of the union at ADDR according to the discriminant value |
| 8513 | indicated in the union's type name. Returns VAR_TYPE0 itself if |
| 8514 | it represents a variant subject to a pragma Unchecked_Union. */ |
| 8515 | |
| 8516 | static struct type * |
| 8517 | to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type *var_type0, const gdb_byte *valaddr, |
| 8518 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval) |
| 8519 | { |
| 8520 | int which; |
| 8521 | struct type *templ_type; |
| 8522 | struct type *var_type; |
| 8523 | |
| 8524 | if (TYPE_CODE (var_type0) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 8525 | var_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (var_type0); |
| 8526 | else |
| 8527 | var_type = var_type0; |
| 8528 | |
| 8529 | templ_type = ada_find_parallel_type (var_type, "___XVU"); |
| 8530 | |
| 8531 | if (templ_type != NULL) |
| 8532 | var_type = templ_type; |
| 8533 | |
| 8534 | if (is_unchecked_variant (var_type, value_type (dval))) |
| 8535 | return var_type0; |
| 8536 | which = ada_which_variant_applies (var_type, dval); |
| 8537 | |
| 8538 | if (which < 0) |
| 8539 | return empty_record (var_type); |
| 8540 | else if (is_dynamic_field (var_type, which)) |
| 8541 | return to_fixed_record_type |
| 8542 | (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which)), |
| 8543 | valaddr, address, dval); |
| 8544 | else if (variant_field_index (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which)) >= 0) |
| 8545 | return |
| 8546 | to_fixed_record_type |
| 8547 | (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which), valaddr, address, dval); |
| 8548 | else |
| 8549 | return TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type, which); |
| 8550 | } |
| 8551 | |
| 8552 | /* Assuming RANGE_TYPE is a TYPE_CODE_RANGE, return nonzero if |
| 8553 | ENCODING_TYPE, a type following the GNAT conventions for discrete |
| 8554 | type encodings, only carries redundant information. */ |
| 8555 | |
| 8556 | static int |
| 8557 | ada_is_redundant_range_encoding (struct type *range_type, |
| 8558 | struct type *encoding_type) |
| 8559 | { |
| 8560 | const char *bounds_str; |
| 8561 | int n; |
| 8562 | LONGEST lo, hi; |
| 8563 | |
| 8564 | gdb_assert (TYPE_CODE (range_type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE); |
| 8565 | |
| 8566 | if (TYPE_CODE (get_base_type (range_type)) |
| 8567 | != TYPE_CODE (get_base_type (encoding_type))) |
| 8568 | { |
| 8569 | /* The compiler probably used a simple base type to describe |
| 8570 | the range type instead of the range's actual base type, |
| 8571 | expecting us to get the real base type from the encoding |
| 8572 | anyway. In this situation, the encoding cannot be ignored |
| 8573 | as redundant. */ |
| 8574 | return 0; |
| 8575 | } |
| 8576 | |
| 8577 | if (is_dynamic_type (range_type)) |
| 8578 | return 0; |
| 8579 | |
| 8580 | if (TYPE_NAME (encoding_type) == NULL) |
| 8581 | return 0; |
| 8582 | |
| 8583 | bounds_str = strstr (TYPE_NAME (encoding_type), "___XDLU_"); |
| 8584 | if (bounds_str == NULL) |
| 8585 | return 0; |
| 8586 | |
| 8587 | n = 8; /* Skip "___XDLU_". */ |
| 8588 | if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str, n, &lo, &n)) |
| 8589 | return 0; |
| 8590 | if (TYPE_LOW_BOUND (range_type) != lo) |
| 8591 | return 0; |
| 8592 | |
| 8593 | n += 2; /* Skip the "__" separator between the two bounds. */ |
| 8594 | if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str, n, &hi, &n)) |
| 8595 | return 0; |
| 8596 | if (TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (range_type) != hi) |
| 8597 | return 0; |
| 8598 | |
| 8599 | return 1; |
| 8600 | } |
| 8601 | |
| 8602 | /* Given the array type ARRAY_TYPE, return nonzero if DESC_TYPE, |
| 8603 | a type following the GNAT encoding for describing array type |
| 8604 | indices, only carries redundant information. */ |
| 8605 | |
| 8606 | static int |
| 8607 | ada_is_redundant_index_type_desc (struct type *array_type, |
| 8608 | struct type *desc_type) |
| 8609 | { |
| 8610 | struct type *this_layer = check_typedef (array_type); |
| 8611 | int i; |
| 8612 | |
| 8613 | for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (desc_type); i++) |
| 8614 | { |
| 8615 | if (!ada_is_redundant_range_encoding (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (this_layer), |
| 8616 | TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (desc_type, i))) |
| 8617 | return 0; |
| 8618 | this_layer = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (this_layer)); |
| 8619 | } |
| 8620 | |
| 8621 | return 1; |
| 8622 | } |
| 8623 | |
| 8624 | /* Assuming that TYPE0 is an array type describing the type of a value |
| 8625 | at ADDR, and that DVAL describes a record containing any |
| 8626 | discriminants used in TYPE0, returns a type for the value that |
| 8627 | contains no dynamic components (that is, no components whose sizes |
| 8628 | are determined by run-time quantities). Unless IGNORE_TOO_BIG is |
| 8629 | true, gives an error message if the resulting type's size is over |
| 8630 | varsize_limit. */ |
| 8631 | |
| 8632 | static struct type * |
| 8633 | to_fixed_array_type (struct type *type0, struct value *dval, |
| 8634 | int ignore_too_big) |
| 8635 | { |
| 8636 | struct type *index_type_desc; |
| 8637 | struct type *result; |
| 8638 | int constrained_packed_array_p; |
| 8639 | static const char *xa_suffix = "___XA"; |
| 8640 | |
| 8641 | type0 = ada_check_typedef (type0); |
| 8642 | if (TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type0)) |
| 8643 | return type0; |
| 8644 | |
| 8645 | constrained_packed_array_p = ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type0); |
| 8646 | if (constrained_packed_array_p) |
| 8647 | type0 = decode_constrained_packed_array_type (type0); |
| 8648 | |
| 8649 | index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type (type0, xa_suffix); |
| 8650 | |
| 8651 | /* As mentioned in exp_dbug.ads, for non bit-packed arrays an |
| 8652 | encoding suffixed with 'P' may still be generated. If so, |
| 8653 | it should be used to find the XA type. */ |
| 8654 | |
| 8655 | if (index_type_desc == NULL) |
| 8656 | { |
| 8657 | const char *type_name = ada_type_name (type0); |
| 8658 | |
| 8659 | if (type_name != NULL) |
| 8660 | { |
| 8661 | const int len = strlen (type_name); |
| 8662 | char *name = (char *) alloca (len + strlen (xa_suffix)); |
| 8663 | |
| 8664 | if (type_name[len - 1] == 'P') |
| 8665 | { |
| 8666 | strcpy (name, type_name); |
| 8667 | strcpy (name + len - 1, xa_suffix); |
| 8668 | index_type_desc = ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (type0, name); |
| 8669 | } |
| 8670 | } |
| 8671 | } |
| 8672 | |
| 8673 | ada_fixup_array_indexes_type (index_type_desc); |
| 8674 | if (index_type_desc != NULL |
| 8675 | && ada_is_redundant_index_type_desc (type0, index_type_desc)) |
| 8676 | { |
| 8677 | /* Ignore this ___XA parallel type, as it does not bring any |
| 8678 | useful information. This allows us to avoid creating fixed |
| 8679 | versions of the array's index types, which would be identical |
| 8680 | to the original ones. This, in turn, can also help avoid |
| 8681 | the creation of fixed versions of the array itself. */ |
| 8682 | index_type_desc = NULL; |
| 8683 | } |
| 8684 | |
| 8685 | if (index_type_desc == NULL) |
| 8686 | { |
| 8687 | struct type *elt_type0 = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0)); |
| 8688 | |
| 8689 | /* NOTE: elt_type---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never |
| 8690 | depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed |
| 8691 | debugging data. */ |
| 8692 | /* Create a fixed version of the array element type. |
| 8693 | We're not providing the address of an element here, |
| 8694 | and thus the actual object value cannot be inspected to do |
| 8695 | the conversion. This should not be a problem, since arrays of |
| 8696 | unconstrained objects are not allowed. In particular, all |
| 8697 | the elements of an array of a tagged type should all be of |
| 8698 | the same type specified in the debugging info. No need to |
| 8699 | consult the object tag. */ |
| 8700 | struct type *elt_type = ada_to_fixed_type (elt_type0, 0, 0, dval, 1); |
| 8701 | |
| 8702 | /* Make sure we always create a new array type when dealing with |
| 8703 | packed array types, since we're going to fix-up the array |
| 8704 | type length and element bitsize a little further down. */ |
| 8705 | if (elt_type0 == elt_type && !constrained_packed_array_p) |
| 8706 | result = type0; |
| 8707 | else |
| 8708 | result = create_array_type (alloc_type_copy (type0), |
| 8709 | elt_type, TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type0)); |
| 8710 | } |
| 8711 | else |
| 8712 | { |
| 8713 | int i; |
| 8714 | struct type *elt_type0; |
| 8715 | |
| 8716 | elt_type0 = type0; |
| 8717 | for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc); i > 0; i -= 1) |
| 8718 | elt_type0 = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type0); |
| 8719 | |
| 8720 | /* NOTE: result---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never |
| 8721 | depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed |
| 8722 | debugging data. */ |
| 8723 | /* Create a fixed version of the array element type. |
| 8724 | We're not providing the address of an element here, |
| 8725 | and thus the actual object value cannot be inspected to do |
| 8726 | the conversion. This should not be a problem, since arrays of |
| 8727 | unconstrained objects are not allowed. In particular, all |
| 8728 | the elements of an array of a tagged type should all be of |
| 8729 | the same type specified in the debugging info. No need to |
| 8730 | consult the object tag. */ |
| 8731 | result = |
| 8732 | ada_to_fixed_type (ada_check_typedef (elt_type0), 0, 0, dval, 1); |
| 8733 | |
| 8734 | elt_type0 = type0; |
| 8735 | for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc) - 1; i >= 0; i -= 1) |
| 8736 | { |
| 8737 | struct type *range_type = |
| 8738 | to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (index_type_desc, i), dval); |
| 8739 | |
| 8740 | result = create_array_type (alloc_type_copy (elt_type0), |
| 8741 | result, range_type); |
| 8742 | elt_type0 = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type0); |
| 8743 | } |
| 8744 | if (!ignore_too_big && TYPE_LENGTH (result) > varsize_limit) |
| 8745 | error (_("array type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit")); |
| 8746 | } |
| 8747 | |
| 8748 | /* We want to preserve the type name. This can be useful when |
| 8749 | trying to get the type name of a value that has already been |
| 8750 | printed (for instance, if the user did "print VAR; whatis $". */ |
| 8751 | TYPE_NAME (result) = TYPE_NAME (type0); |
| 8752 | |
| 8753 | if (constrained_packed_array_p) |
| 8754 | { |
| 8755 | /* So far, the resulting type has been created as if the original |
| 8756 | type was a regular (non-packed) array type. As a result, the |
| 8757 | bitsize of the array elements needs to be set again, and the array |
| 8758 | length needs to be recomputed based on that bitsize. */ |
| 8759 | int len = TYPE_LENGTH (result) / TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (result)); |
| 8760 | int elt_bitsize = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type0, 0); |
| 8761 | |
| 8762 | TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (result, 0) = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type0, 0); |
| 8763 | TYPE_LENGTH (result) = len * elt_bitsize / HOST_CHAR_BIT; |
| 8764 | if (TYPE_LENGTH (result) * HOST_CHAR_BIT < len * elt_bitsize) |
| 8765 | TYPE_LENGTH (result)++; |
| 8766 | } |
| 8767 | |
| 8768 | TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (result) = 1; |
| 8769 | return result; |
| 8770 | } |
| 8771 | |
| 8772 | |
| 8773 | /* A standard type (containing no dynamically sized components) |
| 8774 | corresponding to TYPE for the value (TYPE, VALADDR, ADDRESS) |
| 8775 | DVAL describes a record containing any discriminants used in TYPE0, |
| 8776 | and may be NULL if there are none, or if the object of type TYPE at |
| 8777 | ADDRESS or in VALADDR contains these discriminants. |
| 8778 | |
| 8779 | If CHECK_TAG is not null, in the case of tagged types, this function |
| 8780 | attempts to locate the object's tag and use it to compute the actual |
| 8781 | type. However, when ADDRESS is null, we cannot use it to determine the |
| 8782 | location of the tag, and therefore compute the tagged type's actual type. |
| 8783 | So we return the tagged type without consulting the tag. */ |
| 8784 | |
| 8785 | static struct type * |
| 8786 | ada_to_fixed_type_1 (struct type *type, const gdb_byte *valaddr, |
| 8787 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval, int check_tag) |
| 8788 | { |
| 8789 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 8790 | |
| 8791 | /* Only un-fixed types need to be handled here. */ |
| 8792 | if (!HAVE_GNAT_AUX_INFO (type)) |
| 8793 | return type; |
| 8794 | |
| 8795 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 8796 | { |
| 8797 | default: |
| 8798 | return type; |
| 8799 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 8800 | { |
| 8801 | struct type *static_type = to_static_fixed_type (type); |
| 8802 | struct type *fixed_record_type = |
| 8803 | to_fixed_record_type (type, valaddr, address, NULL); |
| 8804 | |
| 8805 | /* If STATIC_TYPE is a tagged type and we know the object's address, |
| 8806 | then we can determine its tag, and compute the object's actual |
| 8807 | type from there. Note that we have to use the fixed record |
| 8808 | type (the parent part of the record may have dynamic fields |
| 8809 | and the way the location of _tag is expressed may depend on |
| 8810 | them). */ |
| 8811 | |
| 8812 | if (check_tag && address != 0 && ada_is_tagged_type (static_type, 0)) |
| 8813 | { |
| 8814 | struct value *tag = |
| 8815 | value_tag_from_contents_and_address |
| 8816 | (fixed_record_type, |
| 8817 | valaddr, |
| 8818 | address); |
| 8819 | struct type *real_type = type_from_tag (tag); |
| 8820 | struct value *obj = |
| 8821 | value_from_contents_and_address (fixed_record_type, |
| 8822 | valaddr, |
| 8823 | address); |
| 8824 | fixed_record_type = value_type (obj); |
| 8825 | if (real_type != NULL) |
| 8826 | return to_fixed_record_type |
| 8827 | (real_type, NULL, |
| 8828 | value_address (ada_tag_value_at_base_address (obj)), NULL); |
| 8829 | } |
| 8830 | |
| 8831 | /* Check to see if there is a parallel ___XVZ variable. |
| 8832 | If there is, then it provides the actual size of our type. */ |
| 8833 | else if (ada_type_name (fixed_record_type) != NULL) |
| 8834 | { |
| 8835 | const char *name = ada_type_name (fixed_record_type); |
| 8836 | char *xvz_name |
| 8837 | = (char *) alloca (strlen (name) + 7 /* "___XVZ\0" */); |
| 8838 | bool xvz_found = false; |
| 8839 | LONGEST size; |
| 8840 | |
| 8841 | xsnprintf (xvz_name, strlen (name) + 7, "%s___XVZ", name); |
| 8842 | try |
| 8843 | { |
| 8844 | xvz_found = get_int_var_value (xvz_name, size); |
| 8845 | } |
| 8846 | catch (const gdb_exception_error &except) |
| 8847 | { |
| 8848 | /* We found the variable, but somehow failed to read |
| 8849 | its value. Rethrow the same error, but with a little |
| 8850 | bit more information, to help the user understand |
| 8851 | what went wrong (Eg: the variable might have been |
| 8852 | optimized out). */ |
| 8853 | throw_error (except.error, |
| 8854 | _("unable to read value of %s (%s)"), |
| 8855 | xvz_name, except.what ()); |
| 8856 | } |
| 8857 | |
| 8858 | if (xvz_found && TYPE_LENGTH (fixed_record_type) != size) |
| 8859 | { |
| 8860 | fixed_record_type = copy_type (fixed_record_type); |
| 8861 | TYPE_LENGTH (fixed_record_type) = size; |
| 8862 | |
| 8863 | /* The FIXED_RECORD_TYPE may have be a stub. We have |
| 8864 | observed this when the debugging info is STABS, and |
| 8865 | apparently it is something that is hard to fix. |
| 8866 | |
| 8867 | In practice, we don't need the actual type definition |
| 8868 | at all, because the presence of the XVZ variable allows us |
| 8869 | to assume that there must be a XVS type as well, which we |
| 8870 | should be able to use later, when we need the actual type |
| 8871 | definition. |
| 8872 | |
| 8873 | In the meantime, pretend that the "fixed" type we are |
| 8874 | returning is NOT a stub, because this can cause trouble |
| 8875 | when using this type to create new types targeting it. |
| 8876 | Indeed, the associated creation routines often check |
| 8877 | whether the target type is a stub and will try to replace |
| 8878 | it, thus using a type with the wrong size. This, in turn, |
| 8879 | might cause the new type to have the wrong size too. |
| 8880 | Consider the case of an array, for instance, where the size |
| 8881 | of the array is computed from the number of elements in |
| 8882 | our array multiplied by the size of its element. */ |
| 8883 | TYPE_STUB (fixed_record_type) = 0; |
| 8884 | } |
| 8885 | } |
| 8886 | return fixed_record_type; |
| 8887 | } |
| 8888 | case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: |
| 8889 | return to_fixed_array_type (type, dval, 1); |
| 8890 | case TYPE_CODE_UNION: |
| 8891 | if (dval == NULL) |
| 8892 | return type; |
| 8893 | else |
| 8894 | return to_fixed_variant_branch_type (type, valaddr, address, dval); |
| 8895 | } |
| 8896 | } |
| 8897 | |
| 8898 | /* The same as ada_to_fixed_type_1, except that it preserves the type |
| 8899 | if it is a TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF of a type that is already fixed. |
| 8900 | |
| 8901 | The typedef layer needs be preserved in order to differentiate between |
| 8902 | arrays and array pointers when both types are implemented using the same |
| 8903 | fat pointer. In the array pointer case, the pointer is encoded as |
| 8904 | a typedef of the pointer type. For instance, considering: |
| 8905 | |
| 8906 | type String_Access is access String; |
| 8907 | S1 : String_Access := null; |
| 8908 | |
| 8909 | To the debugger, S1 is defined as a typedef of type String. But |
| 8910 | to the user, it is a pointer. So if the user tries to print S1, |
| 8911 | we should not dereference the array, but print the array address |
| 8912 | instead. |
| 8913 | |
| 8914 | If we didn't preserve the typedef layer, we would lose the fact that |
| 8915 | the type is to be presented as a pointer (needs de-reference before |
| 8916 | being printed). And we would also use the source-level type name. */ |
| 8917 | |
| 8918 | struct type * |
| 8919 | ada_to_fixed_type (struct type *type, const gdb_byte *valaddr, |
| 8920 | CORE_ADDR address, struct value *dval, int check_tag) |
| 8921 | |
| 8922 | { |
| 8923 | struct type *fixed_type = |
| 8924 | ada_to_fixed_type_1 (type, valaddr, address, dval, check_tag); |
| 8925 | |
| 8926 | /* If TYPE is a typedef and its target type is the same as the FIXED_TYPE, |
| 8927 | then preserve the typedef layer. |
| 8928 | |
| 8929 | Implementation note: We can only check the main-type portion of |
| 8930 | the TYPE and FIXED_TYPE, because eliminating the typedef layer |
| 8931 | from TYPE now returns a type that has the same instance flags |
| 8932 | as TYPE. For instance, if TYPE is a "typedef const", and its |
| 8933 | target type is a "struct", then the typedef elimination will return |
| 8934 | a "const" version of the target type. See check_typedef for more |
| 8935 | details about how the typedef layer elimination is done. |
| 8936 | |
| 8937 | brobecker/2010-11-19: It seems to me that the only case where it is |
| 8938 | useful to preserve the typedef layer is when dealing with fat pointers. |
| 8939 | Perhaps, we could add a check for that and preserve the typedef layer |
| 8940 | only in that situation. But this seems unnecessary so far, probably |
| 8941 | because we call check_typedef/ada_check_typedef pretty much everywhere. |
| 8942 | */ |
| 8943 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF |
| 8944 | && (TYPE_MAIN_TYPE (ada_typedef_target_type (type)) |
| 8945 | == TYPE_MAIN_TYPE (fixed_type))) |
| 8946 | return type; |
| 8947 | |
| 8948 | return fixed_type; |
| 8949 | } |
| 8950 | |
| 8951 | /* A standard (static-sized) type corresponding as well as possible to |
| 8952 | TYPE0, but based on no runtime data. */ |
| 8953 | |
| 8954 | static struct type * |
| 8955 | to_static_fixed_type (struct type *type0) |
| 8956 | { |
| 8957 | struct type *type; |
| 8958 | |
| 8959 | if (type0 == NULL) |
| 8960 | return NULL; |
| 8961 | |
| 8962 | if (TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type0)) |
| 8963 | return type0; |
| 8964 | |
| 8965 | type0 = ada_check_typedef (type0); |
| 8966 | |
| 8967 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type0)) |
| 8968 | { |
| 8969 | default: |
| 8970 | return type0; |
| 8971 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 8972 | type = dynamic_template_type (type0); |
| 8973 | if (type != NULL) |
| 8974 | return template_to_static_fixed_type (type); |
| 8975 | else |
| 8976 | return template_to_static_fixed_type (type0); |
| 8977 | case TYPE_CODE_UNION: |
| 8978 | type = ada_find_parallel_type (type0, "___XVU"); |
| 8979 | if (type != NULL) |
| 8980 | return template_to_static_fixed_type (type); |
| 8981 | else |
| 8982 | return template_to_static_fixed_type (type0); |
| 8983 | } |
| 8984 | } |
| 8985 | |
| 8986 | /* A static approximation of TYPE with all type wrappers removed. */ |
| 8987 | |
| 8988 | static struct type * |
| 8989 | static_unwrap_type (struct type *type) |
| 8990 | { |
| 8991 | if (ada_is_aligner_type (type)) |
| 8992 | { |
| 8993 | struct type *type1 = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (ada_check_typedef (type), 0); |
| 8994 | if (ada_type_name (type1) == NULL) |
| 8995 | TYPE_NAME (type1) = ada_type_name (type); |
| 8996 | |
| 8997 | return static_unwrap_type (type1); |
| 8998 | } |
| 8999 | else |
| 9000 | { |
| 9001 | struct type *raw_real_type = ada_get_base_type (type); |
| 9002 | |
| 9003 | if (raw_real_type == type) |
| 9004 | return type; |
| 9005 | else |
| 9006 | return to_static_fixed_type (raw_real_type); |
| 9007 | } |
| 9008 | } |
| 9009 | |
| 9010 | /* In some cases, incomplete and private types require |
| 9011 | cross-references that are not resolved as records (for example, |
| 9012 | type Foo; |
| 9013 | type FooP is access Foo; |
| 9014 | V: FooP; |
| 9015 | type Foo is array ...; |
| 9016 | ). In these cases, since there is no mechanism for producing |
| 9017 | cross-references to such types, we instead substitute for FooP a |
| 9018 | stub enumeration type that is nowhere resolved, and whose tag is |
| 9019 | the name of the actual type. Call these types "non-record stubs". */ |
| 9020 | |
| 9021 | /* A type equivalent to TYPE that is not a non-record stub, if one |
| 9022 | exists, otherwise TYPE. */ |
| 9023 | |
| 9024 | struct type * |
| 9025 | ada_check_typedef (struct type *type) |
| 9026 | { |
| 9027 | if (type == NULL) |
| 9028 | return NULL; |
| 9029 | |
| 9030 | /* If our type is an access to an unconstrained array, which is encoded |
| 9031 | as a TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF of a fat pointer, then we're done. |
| 9032 | We don't want to strip the TYPE_CODE_TYPDEF layer, because this is |
| 9033 | what allows us to distinguish between fat pointers that represent |
| 9034 | array types, and fat pointers that represent array access types |
| 9035 | (in both cases, the compiler implements them as fat pointers). */ |
| 9036 | if (ada_is_access_to_unconstrained_array (type)) |
| 9037 | return type; |
| 9038 | |
| 9039 | type = check_typedef (type); |
| 9040 | if (type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM |
| 9041 | || !TYPE_STUB (type) |
| 9042 | || TYPE_NAME (type) == NULL) |
| 9043 | return type; |
| 9044 | else |
| 9045 | { |
| 9046 | const char *name = TYPE_NAME (type); |
| 9047 | struct type *type1 = ada_find_any_type (name); |
| 9048 | |
| 9049 | if (type1 == NULL) |
| 9050 | return type; |
| 9051 | |
| 9052 | /* TYPE1 might itself be a TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF (this can happen with |
| 9053 | stubs pointing to arrays, as we don't create symbols for array |
| 9054 | types, only for the typedef-to-array types). If that's the case, |
| 9055 | strip the typedef layer. */ |
| 9056 | if (TYPE_CODE (type1) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) |
| 9057 | type1 = ada_check_typedef (type1); |
| 9058 | |
| 9059 | return type1; |
| 9060 | } |
| 9061 | } |
| 9062 | |
| 9063 | /* A value representing the data at VALADDR/ADDRESS as described by |
| 9064 | type TYPE0, but with a standard (static-sized) type that correctly |
| 9065 | describes it. If VAL0 is not NULL and TYPE0 already is a standard |
| 9066 | type, then return VAL0 [this feature is simply to avoid redundant |
| 9067 | creation of struct values]. */ |
| 9068 | |
| 9069 | static struct value * |
| 9070 | ada_to_fixed_value_create (struct type *type0, CORE_ADDR address, |
| 9071 | struct value *val0) |
| 9072 | { |
| 9073 | struct type *type = ada_to_fixed_type (type0, 0, address, NULL, 1); |
| 9074 | |
| 9075 | if (type == type0 && val0 != NULL) |
| 9076 | return val0; |
| 9077 | |
| 9078 | if (VALUE_LVAL (val0) != lval_memory) |
| 9079 | { |
| 9080 | /* Our value does not live in memory; it could be a convenience |
| 9081 | variable, for instance. Create a not_lval value using val0's |
| 9082 | contents. */ |
| 9083 | return value_from_contents (type, value_contents (val0)); |
| 9084 | } |
| 9085 | |
| 9086 | return value_from_contents_and_address (type, 0, address); |
| 9087 | } |
| 9088 | |
| 9089 | /* A value representing VAL, but with a standard (static-sized) type |
| 9090 | that correctly describes it. Does not necessarily create a new |
| 9091 | value. */ |
| 9092 | |
| 9093 | struct value * |
| 9094 | ada_to_fixed_value (struct value *val) |
| 9095 | { |
| 9096 | val = unwrap_value (val); |
| 9097 | val = ada_to_fixed_value_create (value_type (val), value_address (val), val); |
| 9098 | return val; |
| 9099 | } |
| 9100 | \f |
| 9101 | |
| 9102 | /* Attributes */ |
| 9103 | |
| 9104 | /* Table mapping attribute numbers to names. |
| 9105 | NOTE: Keep up to date with enum ada_attribute definition in ada-lang.h. */ |
| 9106 | |
| 9107 | static const char *attribute_names[] = { |
| 9108 | "<?>", |
| 9109 | |
| 9110 | "first", |
| 9111 | "last", |
| 9112 | "length", |
| 9113 | "image", |
| 9114 | "max", |
| 9115 | "min", |
| 9116 | "modulus", |
| 9117 | "pos", |
| 9118 | "size", |
| 9119 | "tag", |
| 9120 | "val", |
| 9121 | 0 |
| 9122 | }; |
| 9123 | |
| 9124 | static const char * |
| 9125 | ada_attribute_name (enum exp_opcode n) |
| 9126 | { |
| 9127 | if (n >= OP_ATR_FIRST && n <= (int) OP_ATR_VAL) |
| 9128 | return attribute_names[n - OP_ATR_FIRST + 1]; |
| 9129 | else |
| 9130 | return attribute_names[0]; |
| 9131 | } |
| 9132 | |
| 9133 | /* Evaluate the 'POS attribute applied to ARG. */ |
| 9134 | |
| 9135 | static LONGEST |
| 9136 | pos_atr (struct value *arg) |
| 9137 | { |
| 9138 | struct value *val = coerce_ref (arg); |
| 9139 | struct type *type = value_type (val); |
| 9140 | LONGEST result; |
| 9141 | |
| 9142 | if (!discrete_type_p (type)) |
| 9143 | error (_("'POS only defined on discrete types")); |
| 9144 | |
| 9145 | if (!discrete_position (type, value_as_long (val), &result)) |
| 9146 | error (_("enumeration value is invalid: can't find 'POS")); |
| 9147 | |
| 9148 | return result; |
| 9149 | } |
| 9150 | |
| 9151 | static struct value * |
| 9152 | value_pos_atr (struct type *type, struct value *arg) |
| 9153 | { |
| 9154 | return value_from_longest (type, pos_atr (arg)); |
| 9155 | } |
| 9156 | |
| 9157 | /* Evaluate the TYPE'VAL attribute applied to ARG. */ |
| 9158 | |
| 9159 | static struct value * |
| 9160 | value_val_atr (struct type *type, struct value *arg) |
| 9161 | { |
| 9162 | if (!discrete_type_p (type)) |
| 9163 | error (_("'VAL only defined on discrete types")); |
| 9164 | if (!integer_type_p (value_type (arg))) |
| 9165 | error (_("'VAL requires integral argument")); |
| 9166 | |
| 9167 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 9168 | { |
| 9169 | long pos = value_as_long (arg); |
| 9170 | |
| 9171 | if (pos < 0 || pos >= TYPE_NFIELDS (type)) |
| 9172 | error (_("argument to 'VAL out of range")); |
| 9173 | return value_from_longest (type, TYPE_FIELD_ENUMVAL (type, pos)); |
| 9174 | } |
| 9175 | else |
| 9176 | return value_from_longest (type, value_as_long (arg)); |
| 9177 | } |
| 9178 | \f |
| 9179 | |
| 9180 | /* Evaluation */ |
| 9181 | |
| 9182 | /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada character type. |
| 9183 | [At the moment, this is true only for Character and Wide_Character; |
| 9184 | It is a heuristic test that could stand improvement]. */ |
| 9185 | |
| 9186 | bool |
| 9187 | ada_is_character_type (struct type *type) |
| 9188 | { |
| 9189 | const char *name; |
| 9190 | |
| 9191 | /* If the type code says it's a character, then assume it really is, |
| 9192 | and don't check any further. */ |
| 9193 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_CHAR) |
| 9194 | return true; |
| 9195 | |
| 9196 | /* Otherwise, assume it's a character type iff it is a discrete type |
| 9197 | with a known character type name. */ |
| 9198 | name = ada_type_name (type); |
| 9199 | return (name != NULL |
| 9200 | && (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT |
| 9201 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) |
| 9202 | && (strcmp (name, "character") == 0 |
| 9203 | || strcmp (name, "wide_character") == 0 |
| 9204 | || strcmp (name, "wide_wide_character") == 0 |
| 9205 | || strcmp (name, "unsigned char") == 0)); |
| 9206 | } |
| 9207 | |
| 9208 | /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada string type. */ |
| 9209 | |
| 9210 | bool |
| 9211 | ada_is_string_type (struct type *type) |
| 9212 | { |
| 9213 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 9214 | if (type != NULL |
| 9215 | && TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 9216 | && (ada_is_simple_array_type (type) |
| 9217 | || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type)) |
| 9218 | && ada_array_arity (type) == 1) |
| 9219 | { |
| 9220 | struct type *elttype = ada_array_element_type (type, 1); |
| 9221 | |
| 9222 | return ada_is_character_type (elttype); |
| 9223 | } |
| 9224 | else |
| 9225 | return false; |
| 9226 | } |
| 9227 | |
| 9228 | /* The compiler sometimes provides a parallel XVS type for a given |
| 9229 | PAD type. Normally, it is safe to follow the PAD type directly, |
| 9230 | but older versions of the compiler have a bug that causes the offset |
| 9231 | of its "F" field to be wrong. Following that field in that case |
| 9232 | would lead to incorrect results, but this can be worked around |
| 9233 | by ignoring the PAD type and using the associated XVS type instead. |
| 9234 | |
| 9235 | Set to True if the debugger should trust the contents of PAD types. |
| 9236 | Otherwise, ignore the PAD type if there is a parallel XVS type. */ |
| 9237 | static bool trust_pad_over_xvs = true; |
| 9238 | |
| 9239 | /* True if TYPE is a struct type introduced by the compiler to force the |
| 9240 | alignment of a value. Such types have a single field with a |
| 9241 | distinctive name. */ |
| 9242 | |
| 9243 | int |
| 9244 | ada_is_aligner_type (struct type *type) |
| 9245 | { |
| 9246 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 9247 | |
| 9248 | if (!trust_pad_over_xvs && ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XVS") != NULL) |
| 9249 | return 0; |
| 9250 | |
| 9251 | return (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 9252 | && TYPE_NFIELDS (type) == 1 |
| 9253 | && strcmp (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, 0), "F") == 0); |
| 9254 | } |
| 9255 | |
| 9256 | /* If there is an ___XVS-convention type parallel to SUBTYPE, return |
| 9257 | the parallel type. */ |
| 9258 | |
| 9259 | struct type * |
| 9260 | ada_get_base_type (struct type *raw_type) |
| 9261 | { |
| 9262 | struct type *real_type_namer; |
| 9263 | struct type *raw_real_type; |
| 9264 | |
| 9265 | if (raw_type == NULL || TYPE_CODE (raw_type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 9266 | return raw_type; |
| 9267 | |
| 9268 | if (ada_is_aligner_type (raw_type)) |
| 9269 | /* The encoding specifies that we should always use the aligner type. |
| 9270 | So, even if this aligner type has an associated XVS type, we should |
| 9271 | simply ignore it. |
| 9272 | |
| 9273 | According to the compiler gurus, an XVS type parallel to an aligner |
| 9274 | type may exist because of a stabs limitation. In stabs, aligner |
| 9275 | types are empty because the field has a variable-sized type, and |
| 9276 | thus cannot actually be used as an aligner type. As a result, |
| 9277 | we need the associated parallel XVS type to decode the type. |
| 9278 | Since the policy in the compiler is to not change the internal |
| 9279 | representation based on the debugging info format, we sometimes |
| 9280 | end up having a redundant XVS type parallel to the aligner type. */ |
| 9281 | return raw_type; |
| 9282 | |
| 9283 | real_type_namer = ada_find_parallel_type (raw_type, "___XVS"); |
| 9284 | if (real_type_namer == NULL |
| 9285 | || TYPE_CODE (real_type_namer) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 9286 | || TYPE_NFIELDS (real_type_namer) != 1) |
| 9287 | return raw_type; |
| 9288 | |
| 9289 | if (TYPE_CODE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (real_type_namer, 0)) != TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 9290 | { |
| 9291 | /* This is an older encoding form where the base type needs to be |
| 9292 | looked up by name. We prefer the newer encoding because it is |
| 9293 | more efficient. */ |
| 9294 | raw_real_type = ada_find_any_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (real_type_namer, 0)); |
| 9295 | if (raw_real_type == NULL) |
| 9296 | return raw_type; |
| 9297 | else |
| 9298 | return raw_real_type; |
| 9299 | } |
| 9300 | |
| 9301 | /* The field in our XVS type is a reference to the base type. */ |
| 9302 | return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (real_type_namer, 0)); |
| 9303 | } |
| 9304 | |
| 9305 | /* The type of value designated by TYPE, with all aligners removed. */ |
| 9306 | |
| 9307 | struct type * |
| 9308 | ada_aligned_type (struct type *type) |
| 9309 | { |
| 9310 | if (ada_is_aligner_type (type)) |
| 9311 | return ada_aligned_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0)); |
| 9312 | else |
| 9313 | return ada_get_base_type (type); |
| 9314 | } |
| 9315 | |
| 9316 | |
| 9317 | /* The address of the aligned value in an object at address VALADDR |
| 9318 | having type TYPE. Assumes ada_is_aligner_type (TYPE). */ |
| 9319 | |
| 9320 | const gdb_byte * |
| 9321 | ada_aligned_value_addr (struct type *type, const gdb_byte *valaddr) |
| 9322 | { |
| 9323 | if (ada_is_aligner_type (type)) |
| 9324 | return ada_aligned_value_addr (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0), |
| 9325 | valaddr + |
| 9326 | TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, |
| 9327 | 0) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT); |
| 9328 | else |
| 9329 | return valaddr; |
| 9330 | } |
| 9331 | |
| 9332 | |
| 9333 | |
| 9334 | /* The printed representation of an enumeration literal with encoded |
| 9335 | name NAME. The value is good to the next call of ada_enum_name. */ |
| 9336 | const char * |
| 9337 | ada_enum_name (const char *name) |
| 9338 | { |
| 9339 | static char *result; |
| 9340 | static size_t result_len = 0; |
| 9341 | const char *tmp; |
| 9342 | |
| 9343 | /* First, unqualify the enumeration name: |
| 9344 | 1. Search for the last '.' character. If we find one, then skip |
| 9345 | all the preceding characters, the unqualified name starts |
| 9346 | right after that dot. |
| 9347 | 2. Otherwise, we may be debugging on a target where the compiler |
| 9348 | translates dots into "__". Search forward for double underscores, |
| 9349 | but stop searching when we hit an overloading suffix, which is |
| 9350 | of the form "__" followed by digits. */ |
| 9351 | |
| 9352 | tmp = strrchr (name, '.'); |
| 9353 | if (tmp != NULL) |
| 9354 | name = tmp + 1; |
| 9355 | else |
| 9356 | { |
| 9357 | while ((tmp = strstr (name, "__")) != NULL) |
| 9358 | { |
| 9359 | if (isdigit (tmp[2])) |
| 9360 | break; |
| 9361 | else |
| 9362 | name = tmp + 2; |
| 9363 | } |
| 9364 | } |
| 9365 | |
| 9366 | if (name[0] == 'Q') |
| 9367 | { |
| 9368 | int v; |
| 9369 | |
| 9370 | if (name[1] == 'U' || name[1] == 'W') |
| 9371 | { |
| 9372 | if (sscanf (name + 2, "%x", &v) != 1) |
| 9373 | return name; |
| 9374 | } |
| 9375 | else if (((name[1] >= '0' && name[1] <= '9') |
| 9376 | || (name[1] >= 'a' && name[1] <= 'z')) |
| 9377 | && name[2] == '\0') |
| 9378 | { |
| 9379 | GROW_VECT (result, result_len, 4); |
| 9380 | xsnprintf (result, result_len, "'%c'", name[1]); |
| 9381 | return result; |
| 9382 | } |
| 9383 | else |
| 9384 | return name; |
| 9385 | |
| 9386 | GROW_VECT (result, result_len, 16); |
| 9387 | if (isascii (v) && isprint (v)) |
| 9388 | xsnprintf (result, result_len, "'%c'", v); |
| 9389 | else if (name[1] == 'U') |
| 9390 | xsnprintf (result, result_len, "[\"%02x\"]", v); |
| 9391 | else |
| 9392 | xsnprintf (result, result_len, "[\"%04x\"]", v); |
| 9393 | |
| 9394 | return result; |
| 9395 | } |
| 9396 | else |
| 9397 | { |
| 9398 | tmp = strstr (name, "__"); |
| 9399 | if (tmp == NULL) |
| 9400 | tmp = strstr (name, "$"); |
| 9401 | if (tmp != NULL) |
| 9402 | { |
| 9403 | GROW_VECT (result, result_len, tmp - name + 1); |
| 9404 | strncpy (result, name, tmp - name); |
| 9405 | result[tmp - name] = '\0'; |
| 9406 | return result; |
| 9407 | } |
| 9408 | |
| 9409 | return name; |
| 9410 | } |
| 9411 | } |
| 9412 | |
| 9413 | /* Evaluate the subexpression of EXP starting at *POS as for |
| 9414 | evaluate_type, updating *POS to point just past the evaluated |
| 9415 | expression. */ |
| 9416 | |
| 9417 | static struct value * |
| 9418 | evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression *exp, int *pos) |
| 9419 | { |
| 9420 | return evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS); |
| 9421 | } |
| 9422 | |
| 9423 | /* If VAL is wrapped in an aligner or subtype wrapper, return the |
| 9424 | value it wraps. */ |
| 9425 | |
| 9426 | static struct value * |
| 9427 | unwrap_value (struct value *val) |
| 9428 | { |
| 9429 | struct type *type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (val)); |
| 9430 | |
| 9431 | if (ada_is_aligner_type (type)) |
| 9432 | { |
| 9433 | struct value *v = ada_value_struct_elt (val, "F", 0); |
| 9434 | struct type *val_type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (v)); |
| 9435 | |
| 9436 | if (ada_type_name (val_type) == NULL) |
| 9437 | TYPE_NAME (val_type) = ada_type_name (type); |
| 9438 | |
| 9439 | return unwrap_value (v); |
| 9440 | } |
| 9441 | else |
| 9442 | { |
| 9443 | struct type *raw_real_type = |
| 9444 | ada_check_typedef (ada_get_base_type (type)); |
| 9445 | |
| 9446 | /* If there is no parallel XVS or XVE type, then the value is |
| 9447 | already unwrapped. Return it without further modification. */ |
| 9448 | if ((type == raw_real_type) |
| 9449 | && ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XVE") == NULL) |
| 9450 | return val; |
| 9451 | |
| 9452 | return |
| 9453 | coerce_unspec_val_to_type |
| 9454 | (val, ada_to_fixed_type (raw_real_type, 0, |
| 9455 | value_address (val), |
| 9456 | NULL, 1)); |
| 9457 | } |
| 9458 | } |
| 9459 | |
| 9460 | static struct value * |
| 9461 | cast_from_fixed (struct type *type, struct value *arg) |
| 9462 | { |
| 9463 | struct value *scale = ada_scaling_factor (value_type (arg)); |
| 9464 | arg = value_cast (value_type (scale), arg); |
| 9465 | |
| 9466 | arg = value_binop (arg, scale, BINOP_MUL); |
| 9467 | return value_cast (type, arg); |
| 9468 | } |
| 9469 | |
| 9470 | static struct value * |
| 9471 | cast_to_fixed (struct type *type, struct value *arg) |
| 9472 | { |
| 9473 | if (type == value_type (arg)) |
| 9474 | return arg; |
| 9475 | |
| 9476 | struct value *scale = ada_scaling_factor (type); |
| 9477 | if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg))) |
| 9478 | arg = cast_from_fixed (value_type (scale), arg); |
| 9479 | else |
| 9480 | arg = value_cast (value_type (scale), arg); |
| 9481 | |
| 9482 | arg = value_binop (arg, scale, BINOP_DIV); |
| 9483 | return value_cast (type, arg); |
| 9484 | } |
| 9485 | |
| 9486 | /* Given two array types T1 and T2, return nonzero iff both arrays |
| 9487 | contain the same number of elements. */ |
| 9488 | |
| 9489 | static int |
| 9490 | ada_same_array_size_p (struct type *t1, struct type *t2) |
| 9491 | { |
| 9492 | LONGEST lo1, hi1, lo2, hi2; |
| 9493 | |
| 9494 | /* Get the array bounds in order to verify that the size of |
| 9495 | the two arrays match. */ |
| 9496 | if (!get_array_bounds (t1, &lo1, &hi1) |
| 9497 | || !get_array_bounds (t2, &lo2, &hi2)) |
| 9498 | error (_("unable to determine array bounds")); |
| 9499 | |
| 9500 | /* To make things easier for size comparison, normalize a bit |
| 9501 | the case of empty arrays by making sure that the difference |
| 9502 | between upper bound and lower bound is always -1. */ |
| 9503 | if (lo1 > hi1) |
| 9504 | hi1 = lo1 - 1; |
| 9505 | if (lo2 > hi2) |
| 9506 | hi2 = lo2 - 1; |
| 9507 | |
| 9508 | return (hi1 - lo1 == hi2 - lo2); |
| 9509 | } |
| 9510 | |
| 9511 | /* Assuming that VAL is an array of integrals, and TYPE represents |
| 9512 | an array with the same number of elements, but with wider integral |
| 9513 | elements, return an array "casted" to TYPE. In practice, this |
| 9514 | means that the returned array is built by casting each element |
| 9515 | of the original array into TYPE's (wider) element type. */ |
| 9516 | |
| 9517 | static struct value * |
| 9518 | ada_promote_array_of_integrals (struct type *type, struct value *val) |
| 9519 | { |
| 9520 | struct type *elt_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 9521 | LONGEST lo, hi; |
| 9522 | struct value *res; |
| 9523 | LONGEST i; |
| 9524 | |
| 9525 | /* Verify that both val and type are arrays of scalars, and |
| 9526 | that the size of val's elements is smaller than the size |
| 9527 | of type's element. */ |
| 9528 | gdb_assert (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY); |
| 9529 | gdb_assert (is_integral_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))); |
| 9530 | gdb_assert (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY); |
| 9531 | gdb_assert (is_integral_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (val)))); |
| 9532 | gdb_assert (TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)) |
| 9533 | > TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (val)))); |
| 9534 | |
| 9535 | if (!get_array_bounds (type, &lo, &hi)) |
| 9536 | error (_("unable to determine array bounds")); |
| 9537 | |
| 9538 | res = allocate_value (type); |
| 9539 | |
| 9540 | /* Promote each array element. */ |
| 9541 | for (i = 0; i < hi - lo + 1; i++) |
| 9542 | { |
| 9543 | struct value *elt = value_cast (elt_type, value_subscript (val, lo + i)); |
| 9544 | |
| 9545 | memcpy (value_contents_writeable (res) + (i * TYPE_LENGTH (elt_type)), |
| 9546 | value_contents_all (elt), TYPE_LENGTH (elt_type)); |
| 9547 | } |
| 9548 | |
| 9549 | return res; |
| 9550 | } |
| 9551 | |
| 9552 | /* Coerce VAL as necessary for assignment to an lval of type TYPE, and |
| 9553 | return the converted value. */ |
| 9554 | |
| 9555 | static struct value * |
| 9556 | coerce_for_assign (struct type *type, struct value *val) |
| 9557 | { |
| 9558 | struct type *type2 = value_type (val); |
| 9559 | |
| 9560 | if (type == type2) |
| 9561 | return val; |
| 9562 | |
| 9563 | type2 = ada_check_typedef (type2); |
| 9564 | type = ada_check_typedef (type); |
| 9565 | |
| 9566 | if (TYPE_CODE (type2) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 9567 | && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 9568 | { |
| 9569 | val = ada_value_ind (val); |
| 9570 | type2 = value_type (val); |
| 9571 | } |
| 9572 | |
| 9573 | if (TYPE_CODE (type2) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 9574 | && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 9575 | { |
| 9576 | if (!ada_same_array_size_p (type, type2)) |
| 9577 | error (_("cannot assign arrays of different length")); |
| 9578 | |
| 9579 | if (is_integral_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)) |
| 9580 | && is_integral_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2)) |
| 9581 | && TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2)) |
| 9582 | < TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))) |
| 9583 | { |
| 9584 | /* Allow implicit promotion of the array elements to |
| 9585 | a wider type. */ |
| 9586 | return ada_promote_array_of_integrals (type, val); |
| 9587 | } |
| 9588 | |
| 9589 | if (TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2)) |
| 9590 | != TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type))) |
| 9591 | error (_("Incompatible types in assignment")); |
| 9592 | deprecated_set_value_type (val, type); |
| 9593 | } |
| 9594 | return val; |
| 9595 | } |
| 9596 | |
| 9597 | static struct value * |
| 9598 | ada_value_binop (struct value *arg1, struct value *arg2, enum exp_opcode op) |
| 9599 | { |
| 9600 | struct value *val; |
| 9601 | struct type *type1, *type2; |
| 9602 | LONGEST v, v1, v2; |
| 9603 | |
| 9604 | arg1 = coerce_ref (arg1); |
| 9605 | arg2 = coerce_ref (arg2); |
| 9606 | type1 = get_base_type (ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg1))); |
| 9607 | type2 = get_base_type (ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg2))); |
| 9608 | |
| 9609 | if (TYPE_CODE (type1) != TYPE_CODE_INT |
| 9610 | || TYPE_CODE (type2) != TYPE_CODE_INT) |
| 9611 | return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); |
| 9612 | |
| 9613 | switch (op) |
| 9614 | { |
| 9615 | case BINOP_MOD: |
| 9616 | case BINOP_DIV: |
| 9617 | case BINOP_REM: |
| 9618 | break; |
| 9619 | default: |
| 9620 | return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); |
| 9621 | } |
| 9622 | |
| 9623 | v2 = value_as_long (arg2); |
| 9624 | if (v2 == 0) |
| 9625 | error (_("second operand of %s must not be zero."), op_string (op)); |
| 9626 | |
| 9627 | if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type1) || op == BINOP_MOD) |
| 9628 | return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); |
| 9629 | |
| 9630 | v1 = value_as_long (arg1); |
| 9631 | switch (op) |
| 9632 | { |
| 9633 | case BINOP_DIV: |
| 9634 | v = v1 / v2; |
| 9635 | if (!TRUNCATION_TOWARDS_ZERO && v1 * (v1 % v2) < 0) |
| 9636 | v += v > 0 ? -1 : 1; |
| 9637 | break; |
| 9638 | case BINOP_REM: |
| 9639 | v = v1 % v2; |
| 9640 | if (v * v1 < 0) |
| 9641 | v -= v2; |
| 9642 | break; |
| 9643 | default: |
| 9644 | /* Should not reach this point. */ |
| 9645 | v = 0; |
| 9646 | } |
| 9647 | |
| 9648 | val = allocate_value (type1); |
| 9649 | store_unsigned_integer (value_contents_raw (val), |
| 9650 | TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (val)), |
| 9651 | type_byte_order (type1), v); |
| 9652 | return val; |
| 9653 | } |
| 9654 | |
| 9655 | static int |
| 9656 | ada_value_equal (struct value *arg1, struct value *arg2) |
| 9657 | { |
| 9658 | if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (arg1)) |
| 9659 | || ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (arg2))) |
| 9660 | { |
| 9661 | struct type *arg1_type, *arg2_type; |
| 9662 | |
| 9663 | /* Automatically dereference any array reference before |
| 9664 | we attempt to perform the comparison. */ |
| 9665 | arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1); |
| 9666 | arg2 = ada_coerce_ref (arg2); |
| 9667 | |
| 9668 | arg1 = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1); |
| 9669 | arg2 = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg2); |
| 9670 | |
| 9671 | arg1_type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg1)); |
| 9672 | arg2_type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg2)); |
| 9673 | |
| 9674 | if (TYPE_CODE (arg1_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 9675 | || TYPE_CODE (arg2_type) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 9676 | error (_("Attempt to compare array with non-array")); |
| 9677 | /* FIXME: The following works only for types whose |
| 9678 | representations use all bits (no padding or undefined bits) |
| 9679 | and do not have user-defined equality. */ |
| 9680 | return (TYPE_LENGTH (arg1_type) == TYPE_LENGTH (arg2_type) |
| 9681 | && memcmp (value_contents (arg1), value_contents (arg2), |
| 9682 | TYPE_LENGTH (arg1_type)) == 0); |
| 9683 | } |
| 9684 | return value_equal (arg1, arg2); |
| 9685 | } |
| 9686 | |
| 9687 | /* Total number of component associations in the aggregate starting at |
| 9688 | index PC in EXP. Assumes that index PC is the start of an |
| 9689 | OP_AGGREGATE. */ |
| 9690 | |
| 9691 | static int |
| 9692 | num_component_specs (struct expression *exp, int pc) |
| 9693 | { |
| 9694 | int n, m, i; |
| 9695 | |
| 9696 | m = exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst; |
| 9697 | pc += 3; |
| 9698 | n = 0; |
| 9699 | for (i = 0; i < m; i += 1) |
| 9700 | { |
| 9701 | switch (exp->elts[pc].opcode) |
| 9702 | { |
| 9703 | default: |
| 9704 | n += 1; |
| 9705 | break; |
| 9706 | case OP_CHOICES: |
| 9707 | n += exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst; |
| 9708 | break; |
| 9709 | } |
| 9710 | ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, &pc, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 9711 | } |
| 9712 | return n; |
| 9713 | } |
| 9714 | |
| 9715 | /* Assign the result of evaluating EXP starting at *POS to the INDEXth |
| 9716 | component of LHS (a simple array or a record), updating *POS past |
| 9717 | the expression, assuming that LHS is contained in CONTAINER. Does |
| 9718 | not modify the inferior's memory, nor does it modify LHS (unless |
| 9719 | LHS == CONTAINER). */ |
| 9720 | |
| 9721 | static void |
| 9722 | assign_component (struct value *container, struct value *lhs, LONGEST index, |
| 9723 | struct expression *exp, int *pos) |
| 9724 | { |
| 9725 | struct value *mark = value_mark (); |
| 9726 | struct value *elt; |
| 9727 | struct type *lhs_type = check_typedef (value_type (lhs)); |
| 9728 | |
| 9729 | if (TYPE_CODE (lhs_type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 9730 | { |
| 9731 | struct type *index_type = builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int; |
| 9732 | struct value *index_val = value_from_longest (index_type, index); |
| 9733 | |
| 9734 | elt = unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript (lhs, 1, &index_val)); |
| 9735 | } |
| 9736 | else |
| 9737 | { |
| 9738 | elt = ada_index_struct_field (index, lhs, 0, value_type (lhs)); |
| 9739 | elt = ada_to_fixed_value (elt); |
| 9740 | } |
| 9741 | |
| 9742 | if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_AGGREGATE) |
| 9743 | assign_aggregate (container, elt, exp, pos, EVAL_NORMAL); |
| 9744 | else |
| 9745 | value_assign_to_component (container, elt, |
| 9746 | ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, |
| 9747 | EVAL_NORMAL)); |
| 9748 | |
| 9749 | value_free_to_mark (mark); |
| 9750 | } |
| 9751 | |
| 9752 | /* Assuming that LHS represents an lvalue having a record or array |
| 9753 | type, and EXP->ELTS[*POS] is an OP_AGGREGATE, evaluate an assignment |
| 9754 | of that aggregate's value to LHS, advancing *POS past the |
| 9755 | aggregate. NOSIDE is as for evaluate_subexp. CONTAINER is an |
| 9756 | lvalue containing LHS (possibly LHS itself). Does not modify |
| 9757 | the inferior's memory, nor does it modify the contents of |
| 9758 | LHS (unless == CONTAINER). Returns the modified CONTAINER. */ |
| 9759 | |
| 9760 | static struct value * |
| 9761 | assign_aggregate (struct value *container, |
| 9762 | struct value *lhs, struct expression *exp, |
| 9763 | int *pos, enum noside noside) |
| 9764 | { |
| 9765 | struct type *lhs_type; |
| 9766 | int n = exp->elts[*pos+1].longconst; |
| 9767 | LONGEST low_index, high_index; |
| 9768 | int num_specs; |
| 9769 | LONGEST *indices; |
| 9770 | int max_indices, num_indices; |
| 9771 | int i; |
| 9772 | |
| 9773 | *pos += 3; |
| 9774 | if (noside != EVAL_NORMAL) |
| 9775 | { |
| 9776 | for (i = 0; i < n; i += 1) |
| 9777 | ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, noside); |
| 9778 | return container; |
| 9779 | } |
| 9780 | |
| 9781 | container = ada_coerce_ref (container); |
| 9782 | if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (container))) |
| 9783 | container = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (container); |
| 9784 | lhs = ada_coerce_ref (lhs); |
| 9785 | if (!deprecated_value_modifiable (lhs)) |
| 9786 | error (_("Left operand of assignment is not a modifiable lvalue.")); |
| 9787 | |
| 9788 | lhs_type = check_typedef (value_type (lhs)); |
| 9789 | if (ada_is_direct_array_type (lhs_type)) |
| 9790 | { |
| 9791 | lhs = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (lhs); |
| 9792 | lhs_type = check_typedef (value_type (lhs)); |
| 9793 | low_index = TYPE_ARRAY_LOWER_BOUND_VALUE (lhs_type); |
| 9794 | high_index = TYPE_ARRAY_UPPER_BOUND_VALUE (lhs_type); |
| 9795 | } |
| 9796 | else if (TYPE_CODE (lhs_type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) |
| 9797 | { |
| 9798 | low_index = 0; |
| 9799 | high_index = num_visible_fields (lhs_type) - 1; |
| 9800 | } |
| 9801 | else |
| 9802 | error (_("Left-hand side must be array or record.")); |
| 9803 | |
| 9804 | num_specs = num_component_specs (exp, *pos - 3); |
| 9805 | max_indices = 4 * num_specs + 4; |
| 9806 | indices = XALLOCAVEC (LONGEST, max_indices); |
| 9807 | indices[0] = indices[1] = low_index - 1; |
| 9808 | indices[2] = indices[3] = high_index + 1; |
| 9809 | num_indices = 4; |
| 9810 | |
| 9811 | for (i = 0; i < n; i += 1) |
| 9812 | { |
| 9813 | switch (exp->elts[*pos].opcode) |
| 9814 | { |
| 9815 | case OP_CHOICES: |
| 9816 | aggregate_assign_from_choices (container, lhs, exp, pos, indices, |
| 9817 | &num_indices, max_indices, |
| 9818 | low_index, high_index); |
| 9819 | break; |
| 9820 | case OP_POSITIONAL: |
| 9821 | aggregate_assign_positional (container, lhs, exp, pos, indices, |
| 9822 | &num_indices, max_indices, |
| 9823 | low_index, high_index); |
| 9824 | break; |
| 9825 | case OP_OTHERS: |
| 9826 | if (i != n-1) |
| 9827 | error (_("Misplaced 'others' clause")); |
| 9828 | aggregate_assign_others (container, lhs, exp, pos, indices, |
| 9829 | num_indices, low_index, high_index); |
| 9830 | break; |
| 9831 | default: |
| 9832 | error (_("Internal error: bad aggregate clause")); |
| 9833 | } |
| 9834 | } |
| 9835 | |
| 9836 | return container; |
| 9837 | } |
| 9838 | |
| 9839 | /* Assign into the component of LHS indexed by the OP_POSITIONAL |
| 9840 | construct at *POS, updating *POS past the construct, given that |
| 9841 | the positions are relative to lower bound LOW, where HIGH is the |
| 9842 | upper bound. Record the position in INDICES[0 .. MAX_INDICES-1] |
| 9843 | updating *NUM_INDICES as needed. CONTAINER is as for |
| 9844 | assign_aggregate. */ |
| 9845 | static void |
| 9846 | aggregate_assign_positional (struct value *container, |
| 9847 | struct value *lhs, struct expression *exp, |
| 9848 | int *pos, LONGEST *indices, int *num_indices, |
| 9849 | int max_indices, LONGEST low, LONGEST high) |
| 9850 | { |
| 9851 | LONGEST ind = longest_to_int (exp->elts[*pos + 1].longconst) + low; |
| 9852 | |
| 9853 | if (ind - 1 == high) |
| 9854 | warning (_("Extra components in aggregate ignored.")); |
| 9855 | if (ind <= high) |
| 9856 | { |
| 9857 | add_component_interval (ind, ind, indices, num_indices, max_indices); |
| 9858 | *pos += 3; |
| 9859 | assign_component (container, lhs, ind, exp, pos); |
| 9860 | } |
| 9861 | else |
| 9862 | ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 9863 | } |
| 9864 | |
| 9865 | /* Assign into the components of LHS indexed by the OP_CHOICES |
| 9866 | construct at *POS, updating *POS past the construct, given that |
| 9867 | the allowable indices are LOW..HIGH. Record the indices assigned |
| 9868 | to in INDICES[0 .. MAX_INDICES-1], updating *NUM_INDICES as |
| 9869 | needed. CONTAINER is as for assign_aggregate. */ |
| 9870 | static void |
| 9871 | aggregate_assign_from_choices (struct value *container, |
| 9872 | struct value *lhs, struct expression *exp, |
| 9873 | int *pos, LONGEST *indices, int *num_indices, |
| 9874 | int max_indices, LONGEST low, LONGEST high) |
| 9875 | { |
| 9876 | int j; |
| 9877 | int n_choices = longest_to_int (exp->elts[*pos+1].longconst); |
| 9878 | int choice_pos, expr_pc; |
| 9879 | int is_array = ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (lhs)); |
| 9880 | |
| 9881 | choice_pos = *pos += 3; |
| 9882 | |
| 9883 | for (j = 0; j < n_choices; j += 1) |
| 9884 | ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 9885 | expr_pc = *pos; |
| 9886 | ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 9887 | |
| 9888 | for (j = 0; j < n_choices; j += 1) |
| 9889 | { |
| 9890 | LONGEST lower, upper; |
| 9891 | enum exp_opcode op = exp->elts[choice_pos].opcode; |
| 9892 | |
| 9893 | if (op == OP_DISCRETE_RANGE) |
| 9894 | { |
| 9895 | choice_pos += 1; |
| 9896 | lower = value_as_long (ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, |
| 9897 | EVAL_NORMAL)); |
| 9898 | upper = value_as_long (ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, |
| 9899 | EVAL_NORMAL)); |
| 9900 | } |
| 9901 | else if (is_array) |
| 9902 | { |
| 9903 | lower = value_as_long (ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, &choice_pos, |
| 9904 | EVAL_NORMAL)); |
| 9905 | upper = lower; |
| 9906 | } |
| 9907 | else |
| 9908 | { |
| 9909 | int ind; |
| 9910 | const char *name; |
| 9911 | |
| 9912 | switch (op) |
| 9913 | { |
| 9914 | case OP_NAME: |
| 9915 | name = &exp->elts[choice_pos + 2].string; |
| 9916 | break; |
| 9917 | case OP_VAR_VALUE: |
| 9918 | name = exp->elts[choice_pos + 2].symbol->natural_name (); |
| 9919 | break; |
| 9920 | default: |
| 9921 | error (_("Invalid record component association.")); |
| 9922 | } |
| 9923 | ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, &choice_pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 9924 | ind = 0; |
| 9925 | if (! find_struct_field (name, value_type (lhs), 0, |
| 9926 | NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, &ind)) |
| 9927 | error (_("Unknown component name: %s."), name); |
| 9928 | lower = upper = ind; |
| 9929 | } |
| 9930 | |
| 9931 | if (lower <= upper && (lower < low || upper > high)) |
| 9932 | error (_("Index in component association out of bounds.")); |
| 9933 | |
| 9934 | add_component_interval (lower, upper, indices, num_indices, |
| 9935 | max_indices); |
| 9936 | while (lower <= upper) |
| 9937 | { |
| 9938 | int pos1; |
| 9939 | |
| 9940 | pos1 = expr_pc; |
| 9941 | assign_component (container, lhs, lower, exp, &pos1); |
| 9942 | lower += 1; |
| 9943 | } |
| 9944 | } |
| 9945 | } |
| 9946 | |
| 9947 | /* Assign the value of the expression in the OP_OTHERS construct in |
| 9948 | EXP at *POS into the components of LHS indexed from LOW .. HIGH that |
| 9949 | have not been previously assigned. The index intervals already assigned |
| 9950 | are in INDICES[0 .. NUM_INDICES-1]. Updates *POS to after the |
| 9951 | OP_OTHERS clause. CONTAINER is as for assign_aggregate. */ |
| 9952 | static void |
| 9953 | aggregate_assign_others (struct value *container, |
| 9954 | struct value *lhs, struct expression *exp, |
| 9955 | int *pos, LONGEST *indices, int num_indices, |
| 9956 | LONGEST low, LONGEST high) |
| 9957 | { |
| 9958 | int i; |
| 9959 | int expr_pc = *pos + 1; |
| 9960 | |
| 9961 | for (i = 0; i < num_indices - 2; i += 2) |
| 9962 | { |
| 9963 | LONGEST ind; |
| 9964 | |
| 9965 | for (ind = indices[i + 1] + 1; ind < indices[i + 2]; ind += 1) |
| 9966 | { |
| 9967 | int localpos; |
| 9968 | |
| 9969 | localpos = expr_pc; |
| 9970 | assign_component (container, lhs, ind, exp, &localpos); |
| 9971 | } |
| 9972 | } |
| 9973 | ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 9974 | } |
| 9975 | |
| 9976 | /* Add the interval [LOW .. HIGH] to the sorted set of intervals |
| 9977 | [ INDICES[0] .. INDICES[1] ],..., [ INDICES[*SIZE-2] .. INDICES[*SIZE-1] ], |
| 9978 | modifying *SIZE as needed. It is an error if *SIZE exceeds |
| 9979 | MAX_SIZE. The resulting intervals do not overlap. */ |
| 9980 | static void |
| 9981 | add_component_interval (LONGEST low, LONGEST high, |
| 9982 | LONGEST* indices, int *size, int max_size) |
| 9983 | { |
| 9984 | int i, j; |
| 9985 | |
| 9986 | for (i = 0; i < *size; i += 2) { |
| 9987 | if (high >= indices[i] && low <= indices[i + 1]) |
| 9988 | { |
| 9989 | int kh; |
| 9990 | |
| 9991 | for (kh = i + 2; kh < *size; kh += 2) |
| 9992 | if (high < indices[kh]) |
| 9993 | break; |
| 9994 | if (low < indices[i]) |
| 9995 | indices[i] = low; |
| 9996 | indices[i + 1] = indices[kh - 1]; |
| 9997 | if (high > indices[i + 1]) |
| 9998 | indices[i + 1] = high; |
| 9999 | memcpy (indices + i + 2, indices + kh, *size - kh); |
| 10000 | *size -= kh - i - 2; |
| 10001 | return; |
| 10002 | } |
| 10003 | else if (high < indices[i]) |
| 10004 | break; |
| 10005 | } |
| 10006 | |
| 10007 | if (*size == max_size) |
| 10008 | error (_("Internal error: miscounted aggregate components.")); |
| 10009 | *size += 2; |
| 10010 | for (j = *size-1; j >= i+2; j -= 1) |
| 10011 | indices[j] = indices[j - 2]; |
| 10012 | indices[i] = low; |
| 10013 | indices[i + 1] = high; |
| 10014 | } |
| 10015 | |
| 10016 | /* Perform and Ada cast of ARG2 to type TYPE if the type of ARG2 |
| 10017 | is different. */ |
| 10018 | |
| 10019 | static struct value * |
| 10020 | ada_value_cast (struct type *type, struct value *arg2) |
| 10021 | { |
| 10022 | if (type == ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg2))) |
| 10023 | return arg2; |
| 10024 | |
| 10025 | if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (type)) |
| 10026 | return cast_to_fixed (type, arg2); |
| 10027 | |
| 10028 | if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2))) |
| 10029 | return cast_from_fixed (type, arg2); |
| 10030 | |
| 10031 | return value_cast (type, arg2); |
| 10032 | } |
| 10033 | |
| 10034 | /* Evaluating Ada expressions, and printing their result. |
| 10035 | ------------------------------------------------------ |
| 10036 | |
| 10037 | 1. Introduction: |
| 10038 | ---------------- |
| 10039 | |
| 10040 | We usually evaluate an Ada expression in order to print its value. |
| 10041 | We also evaluate an expression in order to print its type, which |
| 10042 | happens during the EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS phase of the evaluation, |
| 10043 | but we'll focus mostly on the EVAL_NORMAL phase. In practice, the |
| 10044 | EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS phase allows us to simplify certain aspects of |
| 10045 | the evaluation compared to the EVAL_NORMAL, but is otherwise very |
| 10046 | similar. |
| 10047 | |
| 10048 | Evaluating expressions is a little more complicated for Ada entities |
| 10049 | than it is for entities in languages such as C. The main reason for |
| 10050 | this is that Ada provides types whose definition might be dynamic. |
| 10051 | One example of such types is variant records. Or another example |
| 10052 | would be an array whose bounds can only be known at run time. |
| 10053 | |
| 10054 | The following description is a general guide as to what should be |
| 10055 | done (and what should NOT be done) in order to evaluate an expression |
| 10056 | involving such types, and when. This does not cover how the semantic |
| 10057 | information is encoded by GNAT as this is covered separatly. For the |
| 10058 | document used as the reference for the GNAT encoding, see exp_dbug.ads |
| 10059 | in the GNAT sources. |
| 10060 | |
| 10061 | Ideally, we should embed each part of this description next to its |
| 10062 | associated code. Unfortunately, the amount of code is so vast right |
| 10063 | now that it's hard to see whether the code handling a particular |
| 10064 | situation might be duplicated or not. One day, when the code is |
| 10065 | cleaned up, this guide might become redundant with the comments |
| 10066 | inserted in the code, and we might want to remove it. |
| 10067 | |
| 10068 | 2. ``Fixing'' an Entity, the Simple Case: |
| 10069 | ----------------------------------------- |
| 10070 | |
| 10071 | When evaluating Ada expressions, the tricky issue is that they may |
| 10072 | reference entities whose type contents and size are not statically |
| 10073 | known. Consider for instance a variant record: |
| 10074 | |
| 10075 | type Rec (Empty : Boolean := True) is record |
| 10076 | case Empty is |
| 10077 | when True => null; |
| 10078 | when False => Value : Integer; |
| 10079 | end case; |
| 10080 | end record; |
| 10081 | Yes : Rec := (Empty => False, Value => 1); |
| 10082 | No : Rec := (empty => True); |
| 10083 | |
| 10084 | The size and contents of that record depends on the value of the |
| 10085 | descriminant (Rec.Empty). At this point, neither the debugging |
| 10086 | information nor the associated type structure in GDB are able to |
| 10087 | express such dynamic types. So what the debugger does is to create |
| 10088 | "fixed" versions of the type that applies to the specific object. |
| 10089 | We also informally refer to this operation as "fixing" an object, |
| 10090 | which means creating its associated fixed type. |
| 10091 | |
| 10092 | Example: when printing the value of variable "Yes" above, its fixed |
| 10093 | type would look like this: |
| 10094 | |
| 10095 | type Rec is record |
| 10096 | Empty : Boolean; |
| 10097 | Value : Integer; |
| 10098 | end record; |
| 10099 | |
| 10100 | On the other hand, if we printed the value of "No", its fixed type |
| 10101 | would become: |
| 10102 | |
| 10103 | type Rec is record |
| 10104 | Empty : Boolean; |
| 10105 | end record; |
| 10106 | |
| 10107 | Things become a little more complicated when trying to fix an entity |
| 10108 | with a dynamic type that directly contains another dynamic type, |
| 10109 | such as an array of variant records, for instance. There are |
| 10110 | two possible cases: Arrays, and records. |
| 10111 | |
| 10112 | 3. ``Fixing'' Arrays: |
| 10113 | --------------------- |
| 10114 | |
| 10115 | The type structure in GDB describes an array in terms of its bounds, |
| 10116 | and the type of its elements. By design, all elements in the array |
| 10117 | have the same type and we cannot represent an array of variant elements |
| 10118 | using the current type structure in GDB. When fixing an array, |
| 10119 | we cannot fix the array element, as we would potentially need one |
| 10120 | fixed type per element of the array. As a result, the best we can do |
| 10121 | when fixing an array is to produce an array whose bounds and size |
| 10122 | are correct (allowing us to read it from memory), but without having |
| 10123 | touched its element type. Fixing each element will be done later, |
| 10124 | when (if) necessary. |
| 10125 | |
| 10126 | Arrays are a little simpler to handle than records, because the same |
| 10127 | amount of memory is allocated for each element of the array, even if |
| 10128 | the amount of space actually used by each element differs from element |
| 10129 | to element. Consider for instance the following array of type Rec: |
| 10130 | |
| 10131 | type Rec_Array is array (1 .. 2) of Rec; |
| 10132 | |
| 10133 | The actual amount of memory occupied by each element might be different |
| 10134 | from element to element, depending on the value of their discriminant. |
| 10135 | But the amount of space reserved for each element in the array remains |
| 10136 | fixed regardless. So we simply need to compute that size using |
| 10137 | the debugging information available, from which we can then determine |
| 10138 | the array size (we multiply the number of elements of the array by |
| 10139 | the size of each element). |
| 10140 | |
| 10141 | The simplest case is when we have an array of a constrained element |
| 10142 | type. For instance, consider the following type declarations: |
| 10143 | |
| 10144 | type Bounded_String (Max_Size : Integer) is |
| 10145 | Length : Integer; |
| 10146 | Buffer : String (1 .. Max_Size); |
| 10147 | end record; |
| 10148 | type Bounded_String_Array is array (1 ..2) of Bounded_String (80); |
| 10149 | |
| 10150 | In this case, the compiler describes the array as an array of |
| 10151 | variable-size elements (identified by its XVS suffix) for which |
| 10152 | the size can be read in the parallel XVZ variable. |
| 10153 | |
| 10154 | In the case of an array of an unconstrained element type, the compiler |
| 10155 | wraps the array element inside a private PAD type. This type should not |
| 10156 | be shown to the user, and must be "unwrap"'ed before printing. Note |
| 10157 | that we also use the adjective "aligner" in our code to designate |
| 10158 | these wrapper types. |
| 10159 | |
| 10160 | In some cases, the size allocated for each element is statically |
| 10161 | known. In that case, the PAD type already has the correct size, |
| 10162 | and the array element should remain unfixed. |
| 10163 | |
| 10164 | But there are cases when this size is not statically known. |
| 10165 | For instance, assuming that "Five" is an integer variable: |
| 10166 | |
| 10167 | type Dynamic is array (1 .. Five) of Integer; |
| 10168 | type Wrapper (Has_Length : Boolean := False) is record |
| 10169 | Data : Dynamic; |
| 10170 | case Has_Length is |
| 10171 | when True => Length : Integer; |
| 10172 | when False => null; |
| 10173 | end case; |
| 10174 | end record; |
| 10175 | type Wrapper_Array is array (1 .. 2) of Wrapper; |
| 10176 | |
| 10177 | Hello : Wrapper_Array := (others => (Has_Length => True, |
| 10178 | Data => (others => 17), |
| 10179 | Length => 1)); |
| 10180 | |
| 10181 | |
| 10182 | The debugging info would describe variable Hello as being an |
| 10183 | array of a PAD type. The size of that PAD type is not statically |
| 10184 | known, but can be determined using a parallel XVZ variable. |
| 10185 | In that case, a copy of the PAD type with the correct size should |
| 10186 | be used for the fixed array. |
| 10187 | |
| 10188 | 3. ``Fixing'' record type objects: |
| 10189 | ---------------------------------- |
| 10190 | |
| 10191 | Things are slightly different from arrays in the case of dynamic |
| 10192 | record types. In this case, in order to compute the associated |
| 10193 | fixed type, we need to determine the size and offset of each of |
| 10194 | its components. This, in turn, requires us to compute the fixed |
| 10195 | type of each of these components. |
| 10196 | |
| 10197 | Consider for instance the example: |
| 10198 | |
| 10199 | type Bounded_String (Max_Size : Natural) is record |
| 10200 | Str : String (1 .. Max_Size); |
| 10201 | Length : Natural; |
| 10202 | end record; |
| 10203 | My_String : Bounded_String (Max_Size => 10); |
| 10204 | |
| 10205 | In that case, the position of field "Length" depends on the size |
| 10206 | of field Str, which itself depends on the value of the Max_Size |
| 10207 | discriminant. In order to fix the type of variable My_String, |
| 10208 | we need to fix the type of field Str. Therefore, fixing a variant |
| 10209 | record requires us to fix each of its components. |
| 10210 | |
| 10211 | However, if a component does not have a dynamic size, the component |
| 10212 | should not be fixed. In particular, fields that use a PAD type |
| 10213 | should not fixed. Here is an example where this might happen |
| 10214 | (assuming type Rec above): |
| 10215 | |
| 10216 | type Container (Big : Boolean) is record |
| 10217 | First : Rec; |
| 10218 | After : Integer; |
| 10219 | case Big is |
| 10220 | when True => Another : Integer; |
| 10221 | when False => null; |
| 10222 | end case; |
| 10223 | end record; |
| 10224 | My_Container : Container := (Big => False, |
| 10225 | First => (Empty => True), |
| 10226 | After => 42); |
| 10227 | |
| 10228 | In that example, the compiler creates a PAD type for component First, |
| 10229 | whose size is constant, and then positions the component After just |
| 10230 | right after it. The offset of component After is therefore constant |
| 10231 | in this case. |
| 10232 | |
| 10233 | The debugger computes the position of each field based on an algorithm |
| 10234 | that uses, among other things, the actual position and size of the field |
| 10235 | preceding it. Let's now imagine that the user is trying to print |
| 10236 | the value of My_Container. If the type fixing was recursive, we would |
| 10237 | end up computing the offset of field After based on the size of the |
| 10238 | fixed version of field First. And since in our example First has |
| 10239 | only one actual field, the size of the fixed type is actually smaller |
| 10240 | than the amount of space allocated to that field, and thus we would |
| 10241 | compute the wrong offset of field After. |
| 10242 | |
| 10243 | To make things more complicated, we need to watch out for dynamic |
| 10244 | components of variant records (identified by the ___XVL suffix in |
| 10245 | the component name). Even if the target type is a PAD type, the size |
| 10246 | of that type might not be statically known. So the PAD type needs |
| 10247 | to be unwrapped and the resulting type needs to be fixed. Otherwise, |
| 10248 | we might end up with the wrong size for our component. This can be |
| 10249 | observed with the following type declarations: |
| 10250 | |
| 10251 | type Octal is new Integer range 0 .. 7; |
| 10252 | type Octal_Array is array (Positive range <>) of Octal; |
| 10253 | pragma Pack (Octal_Array); |
| 10254 | |
| 10255 | type Octal_Buffer (Size : Positive) is record |
| 10256 | Buffer : Octal_Array (1 .. Size); |
| 10257 | Length : Integer; |
| 10258 | end record; |
| 10259 | |
| 10260 | In that case, Buffer is a PAD type whose size is unset and needs |
| 10261 | to be computed by fixing the unwrapped type. |
| 10262 | |
| 10263 | 4. When to ``Fix'' un-``Fixed'' sub-elements of an entity: |
| 10264 | ---------------------------------------------------------- |
| 10265 | |
| 10266 | Lastly, when should the sub-elements of an entity that remained unfixed |
| 10267 | thus far, be actually fixed? |
| 10268 | |
| 10269 | The answer is: Only when referencing that element. For instance |
| 10270 | when selecting one component of a record, this specific component |
| 10271 | should be fixed at that point in time. Or when printing the value |
| 10272 | of a record, each component should be fixed before its value gets |
| 10273 | printed. Similarly for arrays, the element of the array should be |
| 10274 | fixed when printing each element of the array, or when extracting |
| 10275 | one element out of that array. On the other hand, fixing should |
| 10276 | not be performed on the elements when taking a slice of an array! |
| 10277 | |
| 10278 | Note that one of the side effects of miscomputing the offset and |
| 10279 | size of each field is that we end up also miscomputing the size |
| 10280 | of the containing type. This can have adverse results when computing |
| 10281 | the value of an entity. GDB fetches the value of an entity based |
| 10282 | on the size of its type, and thus a wrong size causes GDB to fetch |
| 10283 | the wrong amount of memory. In the case where the computed size is |
| 10284 | too small, GDB fetches too little data to print the value of our |
| 10285 | entity. Results in this case are unpredictable, as we usually read |
| 10286 | past the buffer containing the data =:-o. */ |
| 10287 | |
| 10288 | /* Evaluate a subexpression of EXP, at index *POS, and return a value |
| 10289 | for that subexpression cast to TO_TYPE. Advance *POS over the |
| 10290 | subexpression. */ |
| 10291 | |
| 10292 | static value * |
| 10293 | ada_evaluate_subexp_for_cast (expression *exp, int *pos, |
| 10294 | enum noside noside, struct type *to_type) |
| 10295 | { |
| 10296 | int pc = *pos; |
| 10297 | |
| 10298 | if (exp->elts[pc].opcode == OP_VAR_MSYM_VALUE |
| 10299 | || exp->elts[pc].opcode == OP_VAR_VALUE) |
| 10300 | { |
| 10301 | (*pos) += 4; |
| 10302 | |
| 10303 | value *val; |
| 10304 | if (exp->elts[pc].opcode == OP_VAR_MSYM_VALUE) |
| 10305 | { |
| 10306 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10307 | return value_zero (to_type, not_lval); |
| 10308 | |
| 10309 | val = evaluate_var_msym_value (noside, |
| 10310 | exp->elts[pc + 1].objfile, |
| 10311 | exp->elts[pc + 2].msymbol); |
| 10312 | } |
| 10313 | else |
| 10314 | val = evaluate_var_value (noside, |
| 10315 | exp->elts[pc + 1].block, |
| 10316 | exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol); |
| 10317 | |
| 10318 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10319 | return eval_skip_value (exp); |
| 10320 | |
| 10321 | val = ada_value_cast (to_type, val); |
| 10322 | |
| 10323 | /* Follow the Ada language semantics that do not allow taking |
| 10324 | an address of the result of a cast (view conversion in Ada). */ |
| 10325 | if (VALUE_LVAL (val) == lval_memory) |
| 10326 | { |
| 10327 | if (value_lazy (val)) |
| 10328 | value_fetch_lazy (val); |
| 10329 | VALUE_LVAL (val) = not_lval; |
| 10330 | } |
| 10331 | return val; |
| 10332 | } |
| 10333 | |
| 10334 | value *val = evaluate_subexp (to_type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10335 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10336 | return eval_skip_value (exp); |
| 10337 | return ada_value_cast (to_type, val); |
| 10338 | } |
| 10339 | |
| 10340 | /* Implement the evaluate_exp routine in the exp_descriptor structure |
| 10341 | for the Ada language. */ |
| 10342 | |
| 10343 | static struct value * |
| 10344 | ada_evaluate_subexp (struct type *expect_type, struct expression *exp, |
| 10345 | int *pos, enum noside noside) |
| 10346 | { |
| 10347 | enum exp_opcode op; |
| 10348 | int tem; |
| 10349 | int pc; |
| 10350 | int preeval_pos; |
| 10351 | struct value *arg1 = NULL, *arg2 = NULL, *arg3; |
| 10352 | struct type *type; |
| 10353 | int nargs, oplen; |
| 10354 | struct value **argvec; |
| 10355 | |
| 10356 | pc = *pos; |
| 10357 | *pos += 1; |
| 10358 | op = exp->elts[pc].opcode; |
| 10359 | |
| 10360 | switch (op) |
| 10361 | { |
| 10362 | default: |
| 10363 | *pos -= 1; |
| 10364 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10365 | |
| 10366 | if (noside == EVAL_NORMAL) |
| 10367 | arg1 = unwrap_value (arg1); |
| 10368 | |
| 10369 | /* If evaluating an OP_FLOAT and an EXPECT_TYPE was provided, |
| 10370 | then we need to perform the conversion manually, because |
| 10371 | evaluate_subexp_standard doesn't do it. This conversion is |
| 10372 | necessary in Ada because the different kinds of float/fixed |
| 10373 | types in Ada have different representations. |
| 10374 | |
| 10375 | Similarly, we need to perform the conversion from OP_LONG |
| 10376 | ourselves. */ |
| 10377 | if ((op == OP_FLOAT || op == OP_LONG) && expect_type != NULL) |
| 10378 | arg1 = ada_value_cast (expect_type, arg1); |
| 10379 | |
| 10380 | return arg1; |
| 10381 | |
| 10382 | case OP_STRING: |
| 10383 | { |
| 10384 | struct value *result; |
| 10385 | |
| 10386 | *pos -= 1; |
| 10387 | result = evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10388 | /* The result type will have code OP_STRING, bashed there from |
| 10389 | OP_ARRAY. Bash it back. */ |
| 10390 | if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (result)) == TYPE_CODE_STRING) |
| 10391 | TYPE_CODE (value_type (result)) = TYPE_CODE_ARRAY; |
| 10392 | return result; |
| 10393 | } |
| 10394 | |
| 10395 | case UNOP_CAST: |
| 10396 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 10397 | type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type; |
| 10398 | return ada_evaluate_subexp_for_cast (exp, pos, noside, type); |
| 10399 | |
| 10400 | case UNOP_QUAL: |
| 10401 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 10402 | type = exp->elts[pc + 1].type; |
| 10403 | return ada_evaluate_subexp (type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10404 | |
| 10405 | case BINOP_ASSIGN: |
| 10406 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10407 | if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_AGGREGATE) |
| 10408 | { |
| 10409 | arg1 = assign_aggregate (arg1, arg1, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10410 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP || noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10411 | return arg1; |
| 10412 | return ada_value_assign (arg1, arg1); |
| 10413 | } |
| 10414 | /* Force the evaluation of the rhs ARG2 to the type of the lhs ARG1, |
| 10415 | except if the lhs of our assignment is a convenience variable. |
| 10416 | In the case of assigning to a convenience variable, the lhs |
| 10417 | should be exactly the result of the evaluation of the rhs. */ |
| 10418 | type = value_type (arg1); |
| 10419 | if (VALUE_LVAL (arg1) == lval_internalvar) |
| 10420 | type = NULL; |
| 10421 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10422 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP || noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10423 | return arg1; |
| 10424 | if (VALUE_LVAL (arg1) == lval_internalvar) |
| 10425 | { |
| 10426 | /* Nothing. */ |
| 10427 | } |
| 10428 | else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1))) |
| 10429 | arg2 = cast_to_fixed (value_type (arg1), arg2); |
| 10430 | else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2))) |
| 10431 | error |
| 10432 | (_("Fixed-point values must be assigned to fixed-point variables")); |
| 10433 | else |
| 10434 | arg2 = coerce_for_assign (value_type (arg1), arg2); |
| 10435 | return ada_value_assign (arg1, arg2); |
| 10436 | |
| 10437 | case BINOP_ADD: |
| 10438 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside); |
| 10439 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside); |
| 10440 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10441 | goto nosideret; |
| 10442 | if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (arg1)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 10443 | return (value_from_longest |
| 10444 | (value_type (arg1), |
| 10445 | value_as_long (arg1) + value_as_long (arg2))); |
| 10446 | if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (arg2)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 10447 | return (value_from_longest |
| 10448 | (value_type (arg2), |
| 10449 | value_as_long (arg1) + value_as_long (arg2))); |
| 10450 | if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1)) |
| 10451 | || ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2))) |
| 10452 | && value_type (arg1) != value_type (arg2)) |
| 10453 | error (_("Operands of fixed-point addition must have the same type")); |
| 10454 | /* Do the addition, and cast the result to the type of the first |
| 10455 | argument. We cannot cast the result to a reference type, so if |
| 10456 | ARG1 is a reference type, find its underlying type. */ |
| 10457 | type = value_type (arg1); |
| 10458 | while (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 10459 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 10460 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); |
| 10461 | return value_cast (type, value_binop (arg1, arg2, BINOP_ADD)); |
| 10462 | |
| 10463 | case BINOP_SUB: |
| 10464 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside); |
| 10465 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp, pos, noside); |
| 10466 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10467 | goto nosideret; |
| 10468 | if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (arg1)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 10469 | return (value_from_longest |
| 10470 | (value_type (arg1), |
| 10471 | value_as_long (arg1) - value_as_long (arg2))); |
| 10472 | if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (arg2)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 10473 | return (value_from_longest |
| 10474 | (value_type (arg2), |
| 10475 | value_as_long (arg1) - value_as_long (arg2))); |
| 10476 | if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1)) |
| 10477 | || ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2))) |
| 10478 | && value_type (arg1) != value_type (arg2)) |
| 10479 | error (_("Operands of fixed-point subtraction " |
| 10480 | "must have the same type")); |
| 10481 | /* Do the substraction, and cast the result to the type of the first |
| 10482 | argument. We cannot cast the result to a reference type, so if |
| 10483 | ARG1 is a reference type, find its underlying type. */ |
| 10484 | type = value_type (arg1); |
| 10485 | while (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 10486 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 10487 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); |
| 10488 | return value_cast (type, value_binop (arg1, arg2, BINOP_SUB)); |
| 10489 | |
| 10490 | case BINOP_MUL: |
| 10491 | case BINOP_DIV: |
| 10492 | case BINOP_REM: |
| 10493 | case BINOP_MOD: |
| 10494 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10495 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10496 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10497 | goto nosideret; |
| 10498 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10499 | { |
| 10500 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); |
| 10501 | return value_zero (value_type (arg1), not_lval); |
| 10502 | } |
| 10503 | else |
| 10504 | { |
| 10505 | type = builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_double; |
| 10506 | if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1))) |
| 10507 | arg1 = cast_from_fixed (type, arg1); |
| 10508 | if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2))) |
| 10509 | arg2 = cast_from_fixed (type, arg2); |
| 10510 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); |
| 10511 | return ada_value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); |
| 10512 | } |
| 10513 | |
| 10514 | case BINOP_EQUAL: |
| 10515 | case BINOP_NOTEQUAL: |
| 10516 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10517 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (value_type (arg1), exp, pos, noside); |
| 10518 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10519 | goto nosideret; |
| 10520 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10521 | tem = 0; |
| 10522 | else |
| 10523 | { |
| 10524 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); |
| 10525 | tem = ada_value_equal (arg1, arg2); |
| 10526 | } |
| 10527 | if (op == BINOP_NOTEQUAL) |
| 10528 | tem = !tem; |
| 10529 | type = language_bool_type (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch); |
| 10530 | return value_from_longest (type, (LONGEST) tem); |
| 10531 | |
| 10532 | case UNOP_NEG: |
| 10533 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10534 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10535 | goto nosideret; |
| 10536 | else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1))) |
| 10537 | return value_cast (value_type (arg1), value_neg (arg1)); |
| 10538 | else |
| 10539 | { |
| 10540 | unop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1); |
| 10541 | return value_neg (arg1); |
| 10542 | } |
| 10543 | |
| 10544 | case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND: |
| 10545 | case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR: |
| 10546 | case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT: |
| 10547 | { |
| 10548 | struct value *val; |
| 10549 | |
| 10550 | *pos -= 1; |
| 10551 | val = evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10552 | type = language_bool_type (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch); |
| 10553 | return value_cast (type, val); |
| 10554 | } |
| 10555 | |
| 10556 | case BINOP_BITWISE_AND: |
| 10557 | case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR: |
| 10558 | case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR: |
| 10559 | { |
| 10560 | struct value *val; |
| 10561 | |
| 10562 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS); |
| 10563 | *pos = pc; |
| 10564 | val = evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10565 | |
| 10566 | return value_cast (value_type (arg1), val); |
| 10567 | } |
| 10568 | |
| 10569 | case OP_VAR_VALUE: |
| 10570 | *pos -= 1; |
| 10571 | |
| 10572 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10573 | { |
| 10574 | *pos += 4; |
| 10575 | goto nosideret; |
| 10576 | } |
| 10577 | |
| 10578 | if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol) == UNDEF_DOMAIN) |
| 10579 | /* Only encountered when an unresolved symbol occurs in a |
| 10580 | context other than a function call, in which case, it is |
| 10581 | invalid. */ |
| 10582 | error (_("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation"), |
| 10583 | exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol->print_name ()); |
| 10584 | |
| 10585 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10586 | { |
| 10587 | type = static_unwrap_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol)); |
| 10588 | /* Check to see if this is a tagged type. We also need to handle |
| 10589 | the case where the type is a reference to a tagged type, but |
| 10590 | we have to be careful to exclude pointers to tagged types. |
| 10591 | The latter should be shown as usual (as a pointer), whereas |
| 10592 | a reference should mostly be transparent to the user. */ |
| 10593 | if (ada_is_tagged_type (type, 0) |
| 10594 | || (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF |
| 10595 | && ada_is_tagged_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type), 0))) |
| 10596 | { |
| 10597 | /* Tagged types are a little special in the fact that the real |
| 10598 | type is dynamic and can only be determined by inspecting the |
| 10599 | object's tag. This means that we need to get the object's |
| 10600 | value first (EVAL_NORMAL) and then extract the actual object |
| 10601 | type from its tag. |
| 10602 | |
| 10603 | Note that we cannot skip the final step where we extract |
| 10604 | the object type from its tag, because the EVAL_NORMAL phase |
| 10605 | results in dynamic components being resolved into fixed ones. |
| 10606 | This can cause problems when trying to print the type |
| 10607 | description of tagged types whose parent has a dynamic size: |
| 10608 | We use the type name of the "_parent" component in order |
| 10609 | to print the name of the ancestor type in the type description. |
| 10610 | If that component had a dynamic size, the resolution into |
| 10611 | a fixed type would result in the loss of that type name, |
| 10612 | thus preventing us from printing the name of the ancestor |
| 10613 | type in the type description. */ |
| 10614 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_NORMAL); |
| 10615 | |
| 10616 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 10617 | { |
| 10618 | struct type *actual_type; |
| 10619 | |
| 10620 | actual_type = type_from_tag (ada_value_tag (arg1)); |
| 10621 | if (actual_type == NULL) |
| 10622 | /* If, for some reason, we were unable to determine |
| 10623 | the actual type from the tag, then use the static |
| 10624 | approximation that we just computed as a fallback. |
| 10625 | This can happen if the debugging information is |
| 10626 | incomplete, for instance. */ |
| 10627 | actual_type = type; |
| 10628 | return value_zero (actual_type, not_lval); |
| 10629 | } |
| 10630 | else |
| 10631 | { |
| 10632 | /* In the case of a ref, ada_coerce_ref takes care |
| 10633 | of determining the actual type. But the evaluation |
| 10634 | should return a ref as it should be valid to ask |
| 10635 | for its address; so rebuild a ref after coerce. */ |
| 10636 | arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1); |
| 10637 | return value_ref (arg1, TYPE_CODE_REF); |
| 10638 | } |
| 10639 | } |
| 10640 | |
| 10641 | /* Records and unions for which GNAT encodings have been |
| 10642 | generated need to be statically fixed as well. |
| 10643 | Otherwise, non-static fixing produces a type where |
| 10644 | all dynamic properties are removed, which prevents "ptype" |
| 10645 | from being able to completely describe the type. |
| 10646 | For instance, a case statement in a variant record would be |
| 10647 | replaced by the relevant components based on the actual |
| 10648 | value of the discriminants. */ |
| 10649 | if ((TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT |
| 10650 | && dynamic_template_type (type) != NULL) |
| 10651 | || (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_UNION |
| 10652 | && ada_find_parallel_type (type, "___XVU") != NULL)) |
| 10653 | { |
| 10654 | *pos += 4; |
| 10655 | return value_zero (to_static_fixed_type (type), not_lval); |
| 10656 | } |
| 10657 | } |
| 10658 | |
| 10659 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10660 | return ada_to_fixed_value (arg1); |
| 10661 | |
| 10662 | case OP_FUNCALL: |
| 10663 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 10664 | |
| 10665 | /* Allocate arg vector, including space for the function to be |
| 10666 | called in argvec[0] and a terminating NULL. */ |
| 10667 | nargs = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 10668 | argvec = XALLOCAVEC (struct value *, nargs + 2); |
| 10669 | |
| 10670 | if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_VAR_VALUE |
| 10671 | && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol) == UNDEF_DOMAIN) |
| 10672 | error (_("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation"), |
| 10673 | exp->elts[pc + 5].symbol->print_name ()); |
| 10674 | else |
| 10675 | { |
| 10676 | for (tem = 0; tem <= nargs; tem += 1) |
| 10677 | argvec[tem] = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10678 | argvec[tem] = 0; |
| 10679 | |
| 10680 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10681 | goto nosideret; |
| 10682 | } |
| 10683 | |
| 10684 | if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type |
| 10685 | (desc_base_type (value_type (argvec[0])))) |
| 10686 | argvec[0] = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec[0]); |
| 10687 | else if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (argvec[0])) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 10688 | && TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (value_type (argvec[0]), 0) != 0) |
| 10689 | /* This is a packed array that has already been fixed, and |
| 10690 | therefore already coerced to a simple array. Nothing further |
| 10691 | to do. */ |
| 10692 | ; |
| 10693 | else if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (argvec[0])) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 10694 | { |
| 10695 | /* Make sure we dereference references so that all the code below |
| 10696 | feels like it's really handling the referenced value. Wrapping |
| 10697 | types (for alignment) may be there, so make sure we strip them as |
| 10698 | well. */ |
| 10699 | argvec[0] = ada_to_fixed_value (coerce_ref (argvec[0])); |
| 10700 | } |
| 10701 | else if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (argvec[0])) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 10702 | && VALUE_LVAL (argvec[0]) == lval_memory) |
| 10703 | argvec[0] = value_addr (argvec[0]); |
| 10704 | |
| 10705 | type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (argvec[0])); |
| 10706 | |
| 10707 | /* Ada allows us to implicitly dereference arrays when subscripting |
| 10708 | them. So, if this is an array typedef (encoding use for array |
| 10709 | access types encoded as fat pointers), strip it now. */ |
| 10710 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF) |
| 10711 | type = ada_typedef_target_type (type); |
| 10712 | |
| 10713 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 10714 | { |
| 10715 | switch (TYPE_CODE (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)))) |
| 10716 | { |
| 10717 | case TYPE_CODE_FUNC: |
| 10718 | type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 10719 | break; |
| 10720 | case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: |
| 10721 | break; |
| 10722 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 10723 | if (noside != EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10724 | argvec[0] = ada_value_ind (argvec[0]); |
| 10725 | type = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 10726 | break; |
| 10727 | default: |
| 10728 | error (_("cannot subscript or call something of type `%s'"), |
| 10729 | ada_type_name (value_type (argvec[0]))); |
| 10730 | break; |
| 10731 | } |
| 10732 | } |
| 10733 | |
| 10734 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 10735 | { |
| 10736 | case TYPE_CODE_FUNC: |
| 10737 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10738 | { |
| 10739 | if (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) == NULL) |
| 10740 | error_call_unknown_return_type (NULL); |
| 10741 | return allocate_value (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 10742 | } |
| 10743 | return call_function_by_hand (argvec[0], NULL, |
| 10744 | gdb::make_array_view (argvec + 1, |
| 10745 | nargs)); |
| 10746 | case TYPE_CODE_INTERNAL_FUNCTION: |
| 10747 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10748 | /* We don't know anything about what the internal |
| 10749 | function might return, but we have to return |
| 10750 | something. */ |
| 10751 | return value_zero (builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int, |
| 10752 | not_lval); |
| 10753 | else |
| 10754 | return call_internal_function (exp->gdbarch, exp->language_defn, |
| 10755 | argvec[0], nargs, argvec + 1); |
| 10756 | |
| 10757 | case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT: |
| 10758 | { |
| 10759 | int arity; |
| 10760 | |
| 10761 | arity = ada_array_arity (type); |
| 10762 | type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs); |
| 10763 | if (type == NULL) |
| 10764 | error (_("cannot subscript or call a record")); |
| 10765 | if (arity != nargs) |
| 10766 | error (_("wrong number of subscripts; expecting %d"), arity); |
| 10767 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10768 | return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type), lval_memory); |
| 10769 | return |
| 10770 | unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript |
| 10771 | (argvec[0], nargs, argvec + 1)); |
| 10772 | } |
| 10773 | case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY: |
| 10774 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10775 | { |
| 10776 | type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs); |
| 10777 | if (type == NULL) |
| 10778 | error (_("element type of array unknown")); |
| 10779 | else |
| 10780 | return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type), lval_memory); |
| 10781 | } |
| 10782 | return |
| 10783 | unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript |
| 10784 | (ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec[0]), |
| 10785 | nargs, argvec + 1)); |
| 10786 | case TYPE_CODE_PTR: /* Pointer to array */ |
| 10787 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10788 | { |
| 10789 | type = to_fixed_array_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type), NULL, 1); |
| 10790 | type = ada_array_element_type (type, nargs); |
| 10791 | if (type == NULL) |
| 10792 | error (_("element type of array unknown")); |
| 10793 | else |
| 10794 | return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type), lval_memory); |
| 10795 | } |
| 10796 | return |
| 10797 | unwrap_value (ada_value_ptr_subscript (argvec[0], |
| 10798 | nargs, argvec + 1)); |
| 10799 | |
| 10800 | default: |
| 10801 | error (_("Attempt to index or call something other than an " |
| 10802 | "array or function")); |
| 10803 | } |
| 10804 | |
| 10805 | case TERNOP_SLICE: |
| 10806 | { |
| 10807 | struct value *array = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10808 | struct value *low_bound_val = |
| 10809 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10810 | struct value *high_bound_val = |
| 10811 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10812 | LONGEST low_bound; |
| 10813 | LONGEST high_bound; |
| 10814 | |
| 10815 | low_bound_val = coerce_ref (low_bound_val); |
| 10816 | high_bound_val = coerce_ref (high_bound_val); |
| 10817 | low_bound = value_as_long (low_bound_val); |
| 10818 | high_bound = value_as_long (high_bound_val); |
| 10819 | |
| 10820 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10821 | goto nosideret; |
| 10822 | |
| 10823 | /* If this is a reference to an aligner type, then remove all |
| 10824 | the aligners. */ |
| 10825 | if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (array)) == TYPE_CODE_REF |
| 10826 | && ada_is_aligner_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array)))) |
| 10827 | TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array)) = |
| 10828 | ada_aligned_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array))); |
| 10829 | |
| 10830 | if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (array))) |
| 10831 | error (_("cannot slice a packed array")); |
| 10832 | |
| 10833 | /* If this is a reference to an array or an array lvalue, |
| 10834 | convert to a pointer. */ |
| 10835 | if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (array)) == TYPE_CODE_REF |
| 10836 | || (TYPE_CODE (value_type (array)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY |
| 10837 | && VALUE_LVAL (array) == lval_memory)) |
| 10838 | array = value_addr (array); |
| 10839 | |
| 10840 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS |
| 10841 | && ada_is_array_descriptor_type (ada_check_typedef |
| 10842 | (value_type (array)))) |
| 10843 | return empty_array (ada_type_of_array (array, 0), low_bound, |
| 10844 | high_bound); |
| 10845 | |
| 10846 | array = ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (array); |
| 10847 | |
| 10848 | /* If we have more than one level of pointer indirection, |
| 10849 | dereference the value until we get only one level. */ |
| 10850 | while (TYPE_CODE (value_type (array)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 10851 | && (TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array))) |
| 10852 | == TYPE_CODE_PTR)) |
| 10853 | array = value_ind (array); |
| 10854 | |
| 10855 | /* Make sure we really do have an array type before going further, |
| 10856 | to avoid a SEGV when trying to get the index type or the target |
| 10857 | type later down the road if the debug info generated by |
| 10858 | the compiler is incorrect or incomplete. */ |
| 10859 | if (!ada_is_simple_array_type (value_type (array))) |
| 10860 | error (_("cannot take slice of non-array")); |
| 10861 | |
| 10862 | if (TYPE_CODE (ada_check_typedef (value_type (array))) |
| 10863 | == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 10864 | { |
| 10865 | struct type *type0 = ada_check_typedef (value_type (array)); |
| 10866 | |
| 10867 | if (high_bound < low_bound || noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10868 | return empty_array (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0), low_bound, high_bound); |
| 10869 | else |
| 10870 | { |
| 10871 | struct type *arr_type0 = |
| 10872 | to_fixed_array_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0), NULL, 1); |
| 10873 | |
| 10874 | return ada_value_slice_from_ptr (array, arr_type0, |
| 10875 | longest_to_int (low_bound), |
| 10876 | longest_to_int (high_bound)); |
| 10877 | } |
| 10878 | } |
| 10879 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10880 | return array; |
| 10881 | else if (high_bound < low_bound) |
| 10882 | return empty_array (value_type (array), low_bound, high_bound); |
| 10883 | else |
| 10884 | return ada_value_slice (array, longest_to_int (low_bound), |
| 10885 | longest_to_int (high_bound)); |
| 10886 | } |
| 10887 | |
| 10888 | case UNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 10889 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 10890 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10891 | type = check_typedef (exp->elts[pc + 1].type); |
| 10892 | |
| 10893 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10894 | goto nosideret; |
| 10895 | |
| 10896 | switch (TYPE_CODE (type)) |
| 10897 | { |
| 10898 | default: |
| 10899 | lim_warning (_("Membership test incompletely implemented; " |
| 10900 | "always returns true")); |
| 10901 | type = language_bool_type (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch); |
| 10902 | return value_from_longest (type, (LONGEST) 1); |
| 10903 | |
| 10904 | case TYPE_CODE_RANGE: |
| 10905 | arg2 = value_from_longest (type, TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type)); |
| 10906 | arg3 = value_from_longest (type, TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type)); |
| 10907 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); |
| 10908 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg3); |
| 10909 | type = language_bool_type (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch); |
| 10910 | return |
| 10911 | value_from_longest (type, |
| 10912 | (value_less (arg1, arg3) |
| 10913 | || value_equal (arg1, arg3)) |
| 10914 | && (value_less (arg2, arg1) |
| 10915 | || value_equal (arg2, arg1))); |
| 10916 | } |
| 10917 | |
| 10918 | case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS: |
| 10919 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 10920 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10921 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10922 | |
| 10923 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10924 | goto nosideret; |
| 10925 | |
| 10926 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10927 | { |
| 10928 | type = language_bool_type (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch); |
| 10929 | return value_zero (type, not_lval); |
| 10930 | } |
| 10931 | |
| 10932 | tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 10933 | |
| 10934 | type = ada_index_type (value_type (arg2), tem, "range"); |
| 10935 | if (!type) |
| 10936 | type = value_type (arg1); |
| 10937 | |
| 10938 | arg3 = value_from_longest (type, ada_array_bound (arg2, tem, 1)); |
| 10939 | arg2 = value_from_longest (type, ada_array_bound (arg2, tem, 0)); |
| 10940 | |
| 10941 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); |
| 10942 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg3); |
| 10943 | type = language_bool_type (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch); |
| 10944 | return |
| 10945 | value_from_longest (type, |
| 10946 | (value_less (arg1, arg3) |
| 10947 | || value_equal (arg1, arg3)) |
| 10948 | && (value_less (arg2, arg1) |
| 10949 | || value_equal (arg2, arg1))); |
| 10950 | |
| 10951 | case TERNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 10952 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10953 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10954 | arg3 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10955 | |
| 10956 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10957 | goto nosideret; |
| 10958 | |
| 10959 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); |
| 10960 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg3); |
| 10961 | type = language_bool_type (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch); |
| 10962 | return |
| 10963 | value_from_longest (type, |
| 10964 | (value_less (arg1, arg3) |
| 10965 | || value_equal (arg1, arg3)) |
| 10966 | && (value_less (arg2, arg1) |
| 10967 | || value_equal (arg2, arg1))); |
| 10968 | |
| 10969 | case OP_ATR_FIRST: |
| 10970 | case OP_ATR_LAST: |
| 10971 | case OP_ATR_LENGTH: |
| 10972 | { |
| 10973 | struct type *type_arg; |
| 10974 | |
| 10975 | if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_TYPE) |
| 10976 | { |
| 10977 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 10978 | arg1 = NULL; |
| 10979 | type_arg = check_typedef (exp->elts[pc + 2].type); |
| 10980 | } |
| 10981 | else |
| 10982 | { |
| 10983 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 10984 | type_arg = NULL; |
| 10985 | } |
| 10986 | |
| 10987 | if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode != OP_LONG) |
| 10988 | error (_("Invalid operand to '%s"), ada_attribute_name (op)); |
| 10989 | tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[*pos + 2].longconst); |
| 10990 | *pos += 4; |
| 10991 | |
| 10992 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 10993 | goto nosideret; |
| 10994 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 10995 | { |
| 10996 | if (type_arg == NULL) |
| 10997 | type_arg = value_type (arg1); |
| 10998 | |
| 10999 | if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type_arg)) |
| 11000 | type_arg = decode_constrained_packed_array_type (type_arg); |
| 11001 | |
| 11002 | if (!discrete_type_p (type_arg)) |
| 11003 | { |
| 11004 | switch (op) |
| 11005 | { |
| 11006 | default: /* Should never happen. */ |
| 11007 | error (_("unexpected attribute encountered")); |
| 11008 | case OP_ATR_FIRST: |
| 11009 | case OP_ATR_LAST: |
| 11010 | type_arg = ada_index_type (type_arg, tem, |
| 11011 | ada_attribute_name (op)); |
| 11012 | break; |
| 11013 | case OP_ATR_LENGTH: |
| 11014 | type_arg = builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int; |
| 11015 | break; |
| 11016 | } |
| 11017 | } |
| 11018 | |
| 11019 | return value_zero (type_arg, not_lval); |
| 11020 | } |
| 11021 | else if (type_arg == NULL) |
| 11022 | { |
| 11023 | arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1); |
| 11024 | |
| 11025 | if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arg1))) |
| 11026 | arg1 = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1); |
| 11027 | |
| 11028 | if (op == OP_ATR_LENGTH) |
| 11029 | type = builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int; |
| 11030 | else |
| 11031 | { |
| 11032 | type = ada_index_type (value_type (arg1), tem, |
| 11033 | ada_attribute_name (op)); |
| 11034 | if (type == NULL) |
| 11035 | type = builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int; |
| 11036 | } |
| 11037 | |
| 11038 | switch (op) |
| 11039 | { |
| 11040 | default: /* Should never happen. */ |
| 11041 | error (_("unexpected attribute encountered")); |
| 11042 | case OP_ATR_FIRST: |
| 11043 | return value_from_longest |
| 11044 | (type, ada_array_bound (arg1, tem, 0)); |
| 11045 | case OP_ATR_LAST: |
| 11046 | return value_from_longest |
| 11047 | (type, ada_array_bound (arg1, tem, 1)); |
| 11048 | case OP_ATR_LENGTH: |
| 11049 | return value_from_longest |
| 11050 | (type, ada_array_length (arg1, tem)); |
| 11051 | } |
| 11052 | } |
| 11053 | else if (discrete_type_p (type_arg)) |
| 11054 | { |
| 11055 | struct type *range_type; |
| 11056 | const char *name = ada_type_name (type_arg); |
| 11057 | |
| 11058 | range_type = NULL; |
| 11059 | if (name != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type_arg) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM) |
| 11060 | range_type = to_fixed_range_type (type_arg, NULL); |
| 11061 | if (range_type == NULL) |
| 11062 | range_type = type_arg; |
| 11063 | switch (op) |
| 11064 | { |
| 11065 | default: |
| 11066 | error (_("unexpected attribute encountered")); |
| 11067 | case OP_ATR_FIRST: |
| 11068 | return value_from_longest |
| 11069 | (range_type, ada_discrete_type_low_bound (range_type)); |
| 11070 | case OP_ATR_LAST: |
| 11071 | return value_from_longest |
| 11072 | (range_type, ada_discrete_type_high_bound (range_type)); |
| 11073 | case OP_ATR_LENGTH: |
| 11074 | error (_("the 'length attribute applies only to array types")); |
| 11075 | } |
| 11076 | } |
| 11077 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg) == TYPE_CODE_FLT) |
| 11078 | error (_("unimplemented type attribute")); |
| 11079 | else |
| 11080 | { |
| 11081 | LONGEST low, high; |
| 11082 | |
| 11083 | if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type_arg)) |
| 11084 | type_arg = decode_constrained_packed_array_type (type_arg); |
| 11085 | |
| 11086 | if (op == OP_ATR_LENGTH) |
| 11087 | type = builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int; |
| 11088 | else |
| 11089 | { |
| 11090 | type = ada_index_type (type_arg, tem, ada_attribute_name (op)); |
| 11091 | if (type == NULL) |
| 11092 | type = builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int; |
| 11093 | } |
| 11094 | |
| 11095 | switch (op) |
| 11096 | { |
| 11097 | default: |
| 11098 | error (_("unexpected attribute encountered")); |
| 11099 | case OP_ATR_FIRST: |
| 11100 | low = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 0); |
| 11101 | return value_from_longest (type, low); |
| 11102 | case OP_ATR_LAST: |
| 11103 | high = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 1); |
| 11104 | return value_from_longest (type, high); |
| 11105 | case OP_ATR_LENGTH: |
| 11106 | low = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 0); |
| 11107 | high = ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg, tem, 1); |
| 11108 | return value_from_longest (type, high - low + 1); |
| 11109 | } |
| 11110 | } |
| 11111 | } |
| 11112 | |
| 11113 | case OP_ATR_TAG: |
| 11114 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 11115 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 11116 | goto nosideret; |
| 11117 | |
| 11118 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 11119 | return value_zero (ada_tag_type (arg1), not_lval); |
| 11120 | |
| 11121 | return ada_value_tag (arg1); |
| 11122 | |
| 11123 | case OP_ATR_MIN: |
| 11124 | case OP_ATR_MAX: |
| 11125 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 11126 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 11127 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 11128 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 11129 | goto nosideret; |
| 11130 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 11131 | return value_zero (value_type (arg1), not_lval); |
| 11132 | else |
| 11133 | { |
| 11134 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); |
| 11135 | return value_binop (arg1, arg2, |
| 11136 | op == OP_ATR_MIN ? BINOP_MIN : BINOP_MAX); |
| 11137 | } |
| 11138 | |
| 11139 | case OP_ATR_MODULUS: |
| 11140 | { |
| 11141 | struct type *type_arg = check_typedef (exp->elts[pc + 2].type); |
| 11142 | |
| 11143 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 11144 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 11145 | goto nosideret; |
| 11146 | |
| 11147 | if (!ada_is_modular_type (type_arg)) |
| 11148 | error (_("'modulus must be applied to modular type")); |
| 11149 | |
| 11150 | return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type_arg), |
| 11151 | ada_modulus (type_arg)); |
| 11152 | } |
| 11153 | |
| 11154 | |
| 11155 | case OP_ATR_POS: |
| 11156 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 11157 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 11158 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 11159 | goto nosideret; |
| 11160 | type = builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int; |
| 11161 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 11162 | return value_zero (type, not_lval); |
| 11163 | else |
| 11164 | return value_pos_atr (type, arg1); |
| 11165 | |
| 11166 | case OP_ATR_SIZE: |
| 11167 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 11168 | type = value_type (arg1); |
| 11169 | |
| 11170 | /* If the argument is a reference, then dereference its type, since |
| 11171 | the user is really asking for the size of the actual object, |
| 11172 | not the size of the pointer. */ |
| 11173 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF) |
| 11174 | type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type); |
| 11175 | |
| 11176 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 11177 | goto nosideret; |
| 11178 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 11179 | return value_zero (builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int, not_lval); |
| 11180 | else |
| 11181 | return value_from_longest (builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int, |
| 11182 | TARGET_CHAR_BIT * TYPE_LENGTH (type)); |
| 11183 | |
| 11184 | case OP_ATR_VAL: |
| 11185 | evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, EVAL_SKIP); |
| 11186 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 11187 | type = exp->elts[pc + 2].type; |
| 11188 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 11189 | goto nosideret; |
| 11190 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 11191 | return value_zero (type, not_lval); |
| 11192 | else |
| 11193 | return value_val_atr (type, arg1); |
| 11194 | |
| 11195 | case BINOP_EXP: |
| 11196 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 11197 | arg2 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 11198 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 11199 | goto nosideret; |
| 11200 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 11201 | return value_zero (value_type (arg1), not_lval); |
| 11202 | else |
| 11203 | { |
| 11204 | /* For integer exponentiation operations, |
| 11205 | only promote the first argument. */ |
| 11206 | if (is_integral_type (value_type (arg2))) |
| 11207 | unop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1); |
| 11208 | else |
| 11209 | binop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1, &arg2); |
| 11210 | |
| 11211 | return value_binop (arg1, arg2, op); |
| 11212 | } |
| 11213 | |
| 11214 | case UNOP_PLUS: |
| 11215 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 11216 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 11217 | goto nosideret; |
| 11218 | else |
| 11219 | return arg1; |
| 11220 | |
| 11221 | case UNOP_ABS: |
| 11222 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 11223 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 11224 | goto nosideret; |
| 11225 | unop_promote (exp->language_defn, exp->gdbarch, &arg1); |
| 11226 | if (value_less (arg1, value_zero (value_type (arg1), not_lval))) |
| 11227 | return value_neg (arg1); |
| 11228 | else |
| 11229 | return arg1; |
| 11230 | |
| 11231 | case UNOP_IND: |
| 11232 | preeval_pos = *pos; |
| 11233 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 11234 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 11235 | goto nosideret; |
| 11236 | type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg1)); |
| 11237 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 11238 | { |
| 11239 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type)) |
| 11240 | /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */ |
| 11241 | { |
| 11242 | struct type *arrType = ada_type_of_array (arg1, 0); |
| 11243 | |
| 11244 | if (arrType == NULL) |
| 11245 | error (_("Attempt to dereference null array pointer.")); |
| 11246 | return value_at_lazy (arrType, 0); |
| 11247 | } |
| 11248 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR |
| 11249 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF |
| 11250 | /* In C you can dereference an array to get the 1st elt. */ |
| 11251 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY) |
| 11252 | { |
| 11253 | /* As mentioned in the OP_VAR_VALUE case, tagged types can |
| 11254 | only be determined by inspecting the object's tag. |
| 11255 | This means that we need to evaluate completely the |
| 11256 | expression in order to get its type. */ |
| 11257 | |
| 11258 | if ((TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_REF |
| 11259 | || TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_PTR) |
| 11260 | && ada_is_tagged_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type), 0)) |
| 11261 | { |
| 11262 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, &preeval_pos, |
| 11263 | EVAL_NORMAL); |
| 11264 | type = value_type (ada_value_ind (arg1)); |
| 11265 | } |
| 11266 | else |
| 11267 | { |
| 11268 | type = to_static_fixed_type |
| 11269 | (ada_aligned_type |
| 11270 | (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)))); |
| 11271 | } |
| 11272 | ada_ensure_varsize_limit (type); |
| 11273 | return value_zero (type, lval_memory); |
| 11274 | } |
| 11275 | else if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT) |
| 11276 | { |
| 11277 | /* GDB allows dereferencing an int. */ |
| 11278 | if (expect_type == NULL) |
| 11279 | return value_zero (builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int, |
| 11280 | lval_memory); |
| 11281 | else |
| 11282 | { |
| 11283 | expect_type = |
| 11284 | to_static_fixed_type (ada_aligned_type (expect_type)); |
| 11285 | return value_zero (expect_type, lval_memory); |
| 11286 | } |
| 11287 | } |
| 11288 | else |
| 11289 | error (_("Attempt to take contents of a non-pointer value.")); |
| 11290 | } |
| 11291 | arg1 = ada_coerce_ref (arg1); /* FIXME: What is this for?? */ |
| 11292 | type = ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg1)); |
| 11293 | |
| 11294 | if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_INT) |
| 11295 | /* GDB allows dereferencing an int. If we were given |
| 11296 | the expect_type, then use that as the target type. |
| 11297 | Otherwise, assume that the target type is an int. */ |
| 11298 | { |
| 11299 | if (expect_type != NULL) |
| 11300 | return ada_value_ind (value_cast (lookup_pointer_type (expect_type), |
| 11301 | arg1)); |
| 11302 | else |
| 11303 | return value_at_lazy (builtin_type (exp->gdbarch)->builtin_int, |
| 11304 | (CORE_ADDR) value_as_address (arg1)); |
| 11305 | } |
| 11306 | |
| 11307 | if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type)) |
| 11308 | /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */ |
| 11309 | return ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1); |
| 11310 | else |
| 11311 | return ada_value_ind (arg1); |
| 11312 | |
| 11313 | case STRUCTOP_STRUCT: |
| 11314 | tem = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 11315 | (*pos) += 3 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (tem + 1); |
| 11316 | preeval_pos = *pos; |
| 11317 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, pos, noside); |
| 11318 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 11319 | goto nosideret; |
| 11320 | if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 11321 | { |
| 11322 | struct type *type1 = value_type (arg1); |
| 11323 | |
| 11324 | if (ada_is_tagged_type (type1, 1)) |
| 11325 | { |
| 11326 | type = ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type1, |
| 11327 | &exp->elts[pc + 2].string, |
| 11328 | 1, 1); |
| 11329 | |
| 11330 | /* If the field is not found, check if it exists in the |
| 11331 | extension of this object's type. This means that we |
| 11332 | need to evaluate completely the expression. */ |
| 11333 | |
| 11334 | if (type == NULL) |
| 11335 | { |
| 11336 | arg1 = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE, exp, &preeval_pos, |
| 11337 | EVAL_NORMAL); |
| 11338 | arg1 = ada_value_struct_elt (arg1, |
| 11339 | &exp->elts[pc + 2].string, |
| 11340 | 0); |
| 11341 | arg1 = unwrap_value (arg1); |
| 11342 | type = value_type (ada_to_fixed_value (arg1)); |
| 11343 | } |
| 11344 | } |
| 11345 | else |
| 11346 | type = |
| 11347 | ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type1, &exp->elts[pc + 2].string, 1, |
| 11348 | 0); |
| 11349 | |
| 11350 | return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type), lval_memory); |
| 11351 | } |
| 11352 | else |
| 11353 | { |
| 11354 | arg1 = ada_value_struct_elt (arg1, &exp->elts[pc + 2].string, 0); |
| 11355 | arg1 = unwrap_value (arg1); |
| 11356 | return ada_to_fixed_value (arg1); |
| 11357 | } |
| 11358 | |
| 11359 | case OP_TYPE: |
| 11360 | /* The value is not supposed to be used. This is here to make it |
| 11361 | easier to accommodate expressions that contain types. */ |
| 11362 | (*pos) += 2; |
| 11363 | if (noside == EVAL_SKIP) |
| 11364 | goto nosideret; |
| 11365 | else if (noside == EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS) |
| 11366 | return allocate_value (exp->elts[pc + 1].type); |
| 11367 | else |
| 11368 | error (_("Attempt to use a type name as an expression")); |
| 11369 | |
| 11370 | case OP_AGGREGATE: |
| 11371 | case OP_CHOICES: |
| 11372 | case OP_OTHERS: |
| 11373 | case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE: |
| 11374 | case OP_POSITIONAL: |
| 11375 | case OP_NAME: |
| 11376 | if (noside == EVAL_NORMAL) |
| 11377 | switch (op) |
| 11378 | { |
| 11379 | case OP_NAME: |
| 11380 | error (_("Undefined name, ambiguous name, or renaming used in " |
| 11381 | "component association: %s."), &exp->elts[pc+2].string); |
| 11382 | case OP_AGGREGATE: |
| 11383 | error (_("Aggregates only allowed on the right of an assignment")); |
| 11384 | default: |
| 11385 | internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, |
| 11386 | _("aggregate apparently mangled")); |
| 11387 | } |
| 11388 | |
| 11389 | ada_forward_operator_length (exp, pc, &oplen, &nargs); |
| 11390 | *pos += oplen - 1; |
| 11391 | for (tem = 0; tem < nargs; tem += 1) |
| 11392 | ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL, exp, pos, noside); |
| 11393 | goto nosideret; |
| 11394 | } |
| 11395 | |
| 11396 | nosideret: |
| 11397 | return eval_skip_value (exp); |
| 11398 | } |
| 11399 | \f |
| 11400 | |
| 11401 | /* Fixed point */ |
| 11402 | |
| 11403 | /* If TYPE encodes an Ada fixed-point type, return the suffix of the |
| 11404 | type name that encodes the 'small and 'delta information. |
| 11405 | Otherwise, return NULL. */ |
| 11406 | |
| 11407 | static const char * |
| 11408 | fixed_type_info (struct type *type) |
| 11409 | { |
| 11410 | const char *name = ada_type_name (type); |
| 11411 | enum type_code code = (type == NULL) ? TYPE_CODE_UNDEF : TYPE_CODE (type); |
| 11412 | |
| 11413 | if ((code == TYPE_CODE_INT || code == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) && name != NULL) |
| 11414 | { |
| 11415 | const char *tail = strstr (name, "___XF_"); |
| 11416 | |
| 11417 | if (tail == NULL) |
| 11418 | return NULL; |
| 11419 | else |
| 11420 | return tail + 5; |
| 11421 | } |
| 11422 | else if (code == TYPE_CODE_RANGE && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) != type) |
| 11423 | return fixed_type_info (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type)); |
| 11424 | else |
| 11425 | return NULL; |
| 11426 | } |
| 11427 | |
| 11428 | /* Returns non-zero iff TYPE represents an Ada fixed-point type. */ |
| 11429 | |
| 11430 | int |
| 11431 | ada_is_fixed_point_type (struct type *type) |
| 11432 | { |
| 11433 | return fixed_type_info (type) != NULL; |
| 11434 | } |
| 11435 | |
| 11436 | /* Return non-zero iff TYPE represents a System.Address type. */ |
| 11437 | |
| 11438 | int |
| 11439 | ada_is_system_address_type (struct type *type) |
| 11440 | { |
| 11441 | return (TYPE_NAME (type) |
| 11442 | && strcmp (TYPE_NAME (type), "system__address") == 0); |
| 11443 | } |
| 11444 | |
| 11445 | /* Assuming that TYPE is the representation of an Ada fixed-point |
| 11446 | type, return the target floating-point type to be used to represent |
| 11447 | of this type during internal computation. */ |
| 11448 | |
| 11449 | static struct type * |
| 11450 | ada_scaling_type (struct type *type) |
| 11451 | { |
| 11452 | return builtin_type (get_type_arch (type))->builtin_long_double; |
| 11453 | } |
| 11454 | |
| 11455 | /* Assuming that TYPE is the representation of an Ada fixed-point |
| 11456 | type, return its delta, or NULL if the type is malformed and the |
| 11457 | delta cannot be determined. */ |
| 11458 | |
| 11459 | struct value * |
| 11460 | ada_delta (struct type *type) |
| 11461 | { |
| 11462 | const char *encoding = fixed_type_info (type); |
| 11463 | struct type *scale_type = ada_scaling_type (type); |
| 11464 | |
| 11465 | long long num, den; |
| 11466 | |
| 11467 | if (sscanf (encoding, "_%lld_%lld", &num, &den) < 2) |
| 11468 | return nullptr; |
| 11469 | else |
| 11470 | return value_binop (value_from_longest (scale_type, num), |
| 11471 | value_from_longest (scale_type, den), BINOP_DIV); |
| 11472 | } |
| 11473 | |
| 11474 | /* Assuming that ada_is_fixed_point_type (TYPE), return the scaling |
| 11475 | factor ('SMALL value) associated with the type. */ |
| 11476 | |
| 11477 | struct value * |
| 11478 | ada_scaling_factor (struct type *type) |
| 11479 | { |
| 11480 | const char *encoding = fixed_type_info (type); |
| 11481 | struct type *scale_type = ada_scaling_type (type); |
| 11482 | |
| 11483 | long long num0, den0, num1, den1; |
| 11484 | int n; |
| 11485 | |
| 11486 | n = sscanf (encoding, "_%lld_%lld_%lld_%lld", |
| 11487 | &num0, &den0, &num1, &den1); |
| 11488 | |
| 11489 | if (n < 2) |
| 11490 | return value_from_longest (scale_type, 1); |
| 11491 | else if (n == 4) |
| 11492 | return value_binop (value_from_longest (scale_type, num1), |
| 11493 | value_from_longest (scale_type, den1), BINOP_DIV); |
| 11494 | else |
| 11495 | return value_binop (value_from_longest (scale_type, num0), |
| 11496 | value_from_longest (scale_type, den0), BINOP_DIV); |
| 11497 | } |
| 11498 | |
| 11499 | \f |
| 11500 | |
| 11501 | /* Range types */ |
| 11502 | |
| 11503 | /* Scan STR beginning at position K for a discriminant name, and |
| 11504 | return the value of that discriminant field of DVAL in *PX. If |
| 11505 | PNEW_K is not null, put the position of the character beyond the |
| 11506 | name scanned in *PNEW_K. Return 1 if successful; return 0 and do |
| 11507 | not alter *PX and *PNEW_K if unsuccessful. */ |
| 11508 | |
| 11509 | static int |
| 11510 | scan_discrim_bound (const char *str, int k, struct value *dval, LONGEST * px, |
| 11511 | int *pnew_k) |
| 11512 | { |
| 11513 | static char *bound_buffer = NULL; |
| 11514 | static size_t bound_buffer_len = 0; |
| 11515 | const char *pstart, *pend, *bound; |
| 11516 | struct value *bound_val; |
| 11517 | |
| 11518 | if (dval == NULL || str == NULL || str[k] == '\0') |
| 11519 | return 0; |
| 11520 | |
| 11521 | pstart = str + k; |
| 11522 | pend = strstr (pstart, "__"); |
| 11523 | if (pend == NULL) |
| 11524 | { |
| 11525 | bound = pstart; |
| 11526 | k += strlen (bound); |
| 11527 | } |
| 11528 | else |
| 11529 | { |
| 11530 | int len = pend - pstart; |
| 11531 | |
| 11532 | /* Strip __ and beyond. */ |
| 11533 | GROW_VECT (bound_buffer, bound_buffer_len, len + 1); |
| 11534 | strncpy (bound_buffer, pstart, len); |
| 11535 | bound_buffer[len] = '\0'; |
| 11536 | |
| 11537 | bound = bound_buffer; |
| 11538 | k = pend - str; |
| 11539 | } |
| 11540 | |
| 11541 | bound_val = ada_search_struct_field (bound, dval, 0, value_type (dval)); |
| 11542 | if (bound_val == NULL) |
| 11543 | return 0; |
| 11544 | |
| 11545 | *px = value_as_long (bound_val); |
| 11546 | if (pnew_k != NULL) |
| 11547 | *pnew_k = k; |
| 11548 | return 1; |
| 11549 | } |
| 11550 | |
| 11551 | /* Value of variable named NAME in the current environment. If |
| 11552 | no such variable found, then if ERR_MSG is null, returns 0, and |
| 11553 | otherwise causes an error with message ERR_MSG. */ |
| 11554 | |
| 11555 | static struct value * |
| 11556 | get_var_value (const char *name, const char *err_msg) |
| 11557 | { |
| 11558 | lookup_name_info lookup_name (name, symbol_name_match_type::FULL); |
| 11559 | |
| 11560 | std::vector<struct block_symbol> syms; |
| 11561 | int nsyms = ada_lookup_symbol_list_worker (lookup_name, |
| 11562 | get_selected_block (0), |
| 11563 | VAR_DOMAIN, &syms, 1); |
| 11564 | |
| 11565 | if (nsyms != 1) |
| 11566 | { |
| 11567 | if (err_msg == NULL) |
| 11568 | return 0; |
| 11569 | else |
| 11570 | error (("%s"), err_msg); |
| 11571 | } |
| 11572 | |
| 11573 | return value_of_variable (syms[0].symbol, syms[0].block); |
| 11574 | } |
| 11575 | |
| 11576 | /* Value of integer variable named NAME in the current environment. |
| 11577 | If no such variable is found, returns false. Otherwise, sets VALUE |
| 11578 | to the variable's value and returns true. */ |
| 11579 | |
| 11580 | bool |
| 11581 | get_int_var_value (const char *name, LONGEST &value) |
| 11582 | { |
| 11583 | struct value *var_val = get_var_value (name, 0); |
| 11584 | |
| 11585 | if (var_val == 0) |
| 11586 | return false; |
| 11587 | |
| 11588 | value = value_as_long (var_val); |
| 11589 | return true; |
| 11590 | } |
| 11591 | |
| 11592 | |
| 11593 | /* Return a range type whose base type is that of the range type named |
| 11594 | NAME in the current environment, and whose bounds are calculated |
| 11595 | from NAME according to the GNAT range encoding conventions. |
| 11596 | Extract discriminant values, if needed, from DVAL. ORIG_TYPE is the |
| 11597 | corresponding range type from debug information; fall back to using it |
| 11598 | if symbol lookup fails. If a new type must be created, allocate it |
| 11599 | like ORIG_TYPE was. The bounds information, in general, is encoded |
| 11600 | in NAME, the base type given in the named range type. */ |
| 11601 | |
| 11602 | static struct type * |
| 11603 | to_fixed_range_type (struct type *raw_type, struct value *dval) |
| 11604 | { |
| 11605 | const char *name; |
| 11606 | struct type *base_type; |
| 11607 | const char *subtype_info; |
| 11608 | |
| 11609 | gdb_assert (raw_type != NULL); |
| 11610 | gdb_assert (TYPE_NAME (raw_type) != NULL); |
| 11611 | |
| 11612 | if (TYPE_CODE (raw_type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE) |
| 11613 | base_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (raw_type); |
| 11614 | else |
| 11615 | base_type = raw_type; |
| 11616 | |
| 11617 | name = TYPE_NAME (raw_type); |
| 11618 | subtype_info = strstr (name, "___XD"); |
| 11619 | if (subtype_info == NULL) |
| 11620 | { |
| 11621 | LONGEST L = ada_discrete_type_low_bound (raw_type); |
| 11622 | LONGEST U = ada_discrete_type_high_bound (raw_type); |
| 11623 | |
| 11624 | if (L < INT_MIN || U > INT_MAX) |
| 11625 | return raw_type; |
| 11626 | else |
| 11627 | return create_static_range_type (alloc_type_copy (raw_type), raw_type, |
| 11628 | L, U); |
| 11629 | } |
| 11630 | else |
| 11631 | { |
| 11632 | static char *name_buf = NULL; |
| 11633 | static size_t name_len = 0; |
| 11634 | int prefix_len = subtype_info - name; |
| 11635 | LONGEST L, U; |
| 11636 | struct type *type; |
| 11637 | const char *bounds_str; |
| 11638 | int n; |
| 11639 | |
| 11640 | GROW_VECT (name_buf, name_len, prefix_len + 5); |
| 11641 | strncpy (name_buf, name, prefix_len); |
| 11642 | name_buf[prefix_len] = '\0'; |
| 11643 | |
| 11644 | subtype_info += 5; |
| 11645 | bounds_str = strchr (subtype_info, '_'); |
| 11646 | n = 1; |
| 11647 | |
| 11648 | if (*subtype_info == 'L') |
| 11649 | { |
| 11650 | if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str, n, &L, &n) |
| 11651 | && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str, n, dval, &L, &n)) |
| 11652 | return raw_type; |
| 11653 | if (bounds_str[n] == '_') |
| 11654 | n += 2; |
| 11655 | else if (bounds_str[n] == '.') /* FIXME? SGI Workshop kludge. */ |
| 11656 | n += 1; |
| 11657 | subtype_info += 1; |
| 11658 | } |
| 11659 | else |
| 11660 | { |
| 11661 | strcpy (name_buf + prefix_len, "___L"); |
| 11662 | if (!get_int_var_value (name_buf, L)) |
| 11663 | { |
| 11664 | lim_warning (_("Unknown lower bound, using 1.")); |
| 11665 | L = 1; |
| 11666 | } |
| 11667 | } |
| 11668 | |
| 11669 | if (*subtype_info == 'U') |
| 11670 | { |
| 11671 | if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str, n, &U, &n) |
| 11672 | && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str, n, dval, &U, &n)) |
| 11673 | return raw_type; |
| 11674 | } |
| 11675 | else |
| 11676 | { |
| 11677 | strcpy (name_buf + prefix_len, "___U"); |
| 11678 | if (!get_int_var_value (name_buf, U)) |
| 11679 | { |
| 11680 | lim_warning (_("Unknown upper bound, using %ld."), (long) L); |
| 11681 | U = L; |
| 11682 | } |
| 11683 | } |
| 11684 | |
| 11685 | type = create_static_range_type (alloc_type_copy (raw_type), |
| 11686 | base_type, L, U); |
| 11687 | /* create_static_range_type alters the resulting type's length |
| 11688 | to match the size of the base_type, which is not what we want. |
| 11689 | Set it back to the original range type's length. */ |
| 11690 | TYPE_LENGTH (type) = TYPE_LENGTH (raw_type); |
| 11691 | TYPE_NAME (type) = name; |
| 11692 | return type; |
| 11693 | } |
| 11694 | } |
| 11695 | |
| 11696 | /* True iff NAME is the name of a range type. */ |
| 11697 | |
| 11698 | int |
| 11699 | ada_is_range_type_name (const char *name) |
| 11700 | { |
| 11701 | return (name != NULL && strstr (name, "___XD")); |
| 11702 | } |
| 11703 | \f |
| 11704 | |
| 11705 | /* Modular types */ |
| 11706 | |
| 11707 | /* True iff TYPE is an Ada modular type. */ |
| 11708 | |
| 11709 | int |
| 11710 | ada_is_modular_type (struct type *type) |
| 11711 | { |
| 11712 | struct type *subranged_type = get_base_type (type); |
| 11713 | |
| 11714 | return (subranged_type != NULL && TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE |
| 11715 | && TYPE_CODE (subranged_type) == TYPE_CODE_INT |
| 11716 | && TYPE_UNSIGNED (subranged_type)); |
| 11717 | } |
| 11718 | |
| 11719 | /* Assuming ada_is_modular_type (TYPE), the modulus of TYPE. */ |
| 11720 | |
| 11721 | ULONGEST |
| 11722 | ada_modulus (struct type *type) |
| 11723 | { |
| 11724 | return (ULONGEST) TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type) + 1; |
| 11725 | } |
| 11726 | \f |
| 11727 | |
| 11728 | /* Ada exception catchpoint support: |
| 11729 | --------------------------------- |
| 11730 | |
| 11731 | We support 3 kinds of exception catchpoints: |
| 11732 | . catchpoints on Ada exceptions |
| 11733 | . catchpoints on unhandled Ada exceptions |
| 11734 | . catchpoints on failed assertions |
| 11735 | |
| 11736 | Exceptions raised during failed assertions, or unhandled exceptions |
| 11737 | could perfectly be caught with the general catchpoint on Ada exceptions. |
| 11738 | However, we can easily differentiate these two special cases, and having |
| 11739 | the option to distinguish these two cases from the rest can be useful |
| 11740 | to zero-in on certain situations. |
| 11741 | |
| 11742 | Exception catchpoints are a specialized form of breakpoint, |
| 11743 | since they rely on inserting breakpoints inside known routines |
| 11744 | of the GNAT runtime. The implementation therefore uses a standard |
| 11745 | breakpoint structure of the BP_BREAKPOINT type, but with its own set |
| 11746 | of breakpoint_ops. |
| 11747 | |
| 11748 | Support in the runtime for exception catchpoints have been changed |
| 11749 | a few times already, and these changes affect the implementation |
| 11750 | of these catchpoints. In order to be able to support several |
| 11751 | variants of the runtime, we use a sniffer that will determine |
| 11752 | the runtime variant used by the program being debugged. */ |
| 11753 | |
| 11754 | /* Ada's standard exceptions. |
| 11755 | |
| 11756 | The Ada 83 standard also defined Numeric_Error. But there so many |
| 11757 | situations where it was unclear from the Ada 83 Reference Manual |
| 11758 | (RM) whether Constraint_Error or Numeric_Error should be raised, |
| 11759 | that the ARG (Ada Rapporteur Group) eventually issued a Binding |
| 11760 | Interpretation saying that anytime the RM says that Numeric_Error |
| 11761 | should be raised, the implementation may raise Constraint_Error. |
| 11762 | Ada 95 went one step further and pretty much removed Numeric_Error |
| 11763 | from the list of standard exceptions (it made it a renaming of |
| 11764 | Constraint_Error, to help preserve compatibility when compiling |
| 11765 | an Ada83 compiler). As such, we do not include Numeric_Error from |
| 11766 | this list of standard exceptions. */ |
| 11767 | |
| 11768 | static const char *standard_exc[] = { |
| 11769 | "constraint_error", |
| 11770 | "program_error", |
| 11771 | "storage_error", |
| 11772 | "tasking_error" |
| 11773 | }; |
| 11774 | |
| 11775 | typedef CORE_ADDR (ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_ftype) (void); |
| 11776 | |
| 11777 | /* A structure that describes how to support exception catchpoints |
| 11778 | for a given executable. */ |
| 11779 | |
| 11780 | struct exception_support_info |
| 11781 | { |
| 11782 | /* The name of the symbol to break on in order to insert |
| 11783 | a catchpoint on exceptions. */ |
| 11784 | const char *catch_exception_sym; |
| 11785 | |
| 11786 | /* The name of the symbol to break on in order to insert |
| 11787 | a catchpoint on unhandled exceptions. */ |
| 11788 | const char *catch_exception_unhandled_sym; |
| 11789 | |
| 11790 | /* The name of the symbol to break on in order to insert |
| 11791 | a catchpoint on failed assertions. */ |
| 11792 | const char *catch_assert_sym; |
| 11793 | |
| 11794 | /* The name of the symbol to break on in order to insert |
| 11795 | a catchpoint on exception handling. */ |
| 11796 | const char *catch_handlers_sym; |
| 11797 | |
| 11798 | /* Assuming that the inferior just triggered an unhandled exception |
| 11799 | catchpoint, this function is responsible for returning the address |
| 11800 | in inferior memory where the name of that exception is stored. |
| 11801 | Return zero if the address could not be computed. */ |
| 11802 | ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_ftype *unhandled_exception_name_addr; |
| 11803 | }; |
| 11804 | |
| 11805 | static CORE_ADDR ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr (void); |
| 11806 | static CORE_ADDR ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_from_raise (void); |
| 11807 | |
| 11808 | /* The following exception support info structure describes how to |
| 11809 | implement exception catchpoints with the latest version of the |
| 11810 | Ada runtime (as of 2019-08-??). */ |
| 11811 | |
| 11812 | static const struct exception_support_info default_exception_support_info = |
| 11813 | { |
| 11814 | "__gnat_debug_raise_exception", /* catch_exception_sym */ |
| 11815 | "__gnat_unhandled_exception", /* catch_exception_unhandled_sym */ |
| 11816 | "__gnat_debug_raise_assert_failure", /* catch_assert_sym */ |
| 11817 | "__gnat_begin_handler_v1", /* catch_handlers_sym */ |
| 11818 | ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr |
| 11819 | }; |
| 11820 | |
| 11821 | /* The following exception support info structure describes how to |
| 11822 | implement exception catchpoints with an earlier version of the |
| 11823 | Ada runtime (as of 2007-03-06) using v0 of the EH ABI. */ |
| 11824 | |
| 11825 | static const struct exception_support_info exception_support_info_v0 = |
| 11826 | { |
| 11827 | "__gnat_debug_raise_exception", /* catch_exception_sym */ |
| 11828 | "__gnat_unhandled_exception", /* catch_exception_unhandled_sym */ |
| 11829 | "__gnat_debug_raise_assert_failure", /* catch_assert_sym */ |
| 11830 | "__gnat_begin_handler", /* catch_handlers_sym */ |
| 11831 | ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr |
| 11832 | }; |
| 11833 | |
| 11834 | /* The following exception support info structure describes how to |
| 11835 | implement exception catchpoints with a slightly older version |
| 11836 | of the Ada runtime. */ |
| 11837 | |
| 11838 | static const struct exception_support_info exception_support_info_fallback = |
| 11839 | { |
| 11840 | "__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg", /* catch_exception_sym */ |
| 11841 | "__gnat_unhandled_exception", /* catch_exception_unhandled_sym */ |
| 11842 | "system__assertions__raise_assert_failure", /* catch_assert_sym */ |
| 11843 | "__gnat_begin_handler", /* catch_handlers_sym */ |
| 11844 | ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_from_raise |
| 11845 | }; |
| 11846 | |
| 11847 | /* Return nonzero if we can detect the exception support routines |
| 11848 | described in EINFO. |
| 11849 | |
| 11850 | This function errors out if an abnormal situation is detected |
| 11851 | (for instance, if we find the exception support routines, but |
| 11852 | that support is found to be incomplete). */ |
| 11853 | |
| 11854 | static int |
| 11855 | ada_has_this_exception_support (const struct exception_support_info *einfo) |
| 11856 | { |
| 11857 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 11858 | |
| 11859 | /* The symbol we're looking up is provided by a unit in the GNAT runtime |
| 11860 | that should be compiled with debugging information. As a result, we |
| 11861 | expect to find that symbol in the symtabs. */ |
| 11862 | |
| 11863 | sym = standard_lookup (einfo->catch_exception_sym, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN); |
| 11864 | if (sym == NULL) |
| 11865 | { |
| 11866 | /* Perhaps we did not find our symbol because the Ada runtime was |
| 11867 | compiled without debugging info, or simply stripped of it. |
| 11868 | It happens on some GNU/Linux distributions for instance, where |
| 11869 | users have to install a separate debug package in order to get |
| 11870 | the runtime's debugging info. In that situation, let the user |
| 11871 | know why we cannot insert an Ada exception catchpoint. |
| 11872 | |
| 11873 | Note: Just for the purpose of inserting our Ada exception |
| 11874 | catchpoint, we could rely purely on the associated minimal symbol. |
| 11875 | But we would be operating in degraded mode anyway, since we are |
| 11876 | still lacking the debugging info needed later on to extract |
| 11877 | the name of the exception being raised (this name is printed in |
| 11878 | the catchpoint message, and is also used when trying to catch |
| 11879 | a specific exception). We do not handle this case for now. */ |
| 11880 | struct bound_minimal_symbol msym |
| 11881 | = lookup_minimal_symbol (einfo->catch_exception_sym, NULL, NULL); |
| 11882 | |
| 11883 | if (msym.minsym && MSYMBOL_TYPE (msym.minsym) != mst_solib_trampoline) |
| 11884 | error (_("Your Ada runtime appears to be missing some debugging " |
| 11885 | "information.\nCannot insert Ada exception catchpoint " |
| 11886 | "in this configuration.")); |
| 11887 | |
| 11888 | return 0; |
| 11889 | } |
| 11890 | |
| 11891 | /* Make sure that the symbol we found corresponds to a function. */ |
| 11892 | |
| 11893 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK) |
| 11894 | { |
| 11895 | error (_("Symbol \"%s\" is not a function (class = %d)"), |
| 11896 | sym->linkage_name (), SYMBOL_CLASS (sym)); |
| 11897 | return 0; |
| 11898 | } |
| 11899 | |
| 11900 | sym = standard_lookup (einfo->catch_handlers_sym, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN); |
| 11901 | if (sym == NULL) |
| 11902 | { |
| 11903 | struct bound_minimal_symbol msym |
| 11904 | = lookup_minimal_symbol (einfo->catch_handlers_sym, NULL, NULL); |
| 11905 | |
| 11906 | if (msym.minsym && MSYMBOL_TYPE (msym.minsym) != mst_solib_trampoline) |
| 11907 | error (_("Your Ada runtime appears to be missing some debugging " |
| 11908 | "information.\nCannot insert Ada exception catchpoint " |
| 11909 | "in this configuration.")); |
| 11910 | |
| 11911 | return 0; |
| 11912 | } |
| 11913 | |
| 11914 | /* Make sure that the symbol we found corresponds to a function. */ |
| 11915 | |
| 11916 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK) |
| 11917 | { |
| 11918 | error (_("Symbol \"%s\" is not a function (class = %d)"), |
| 11919 | sym->linkage_name (), SYMBOL_CLASS (sym)); |
| 11920 | return 0; |
| 11921 | } |
| 11922 | |
| 11923 | return 1; |
| 11924 | } |
| 11925 | |
| 11926 | /* Inspect the Ada runtime and determine which exception info structure |
| 11927 | should be used to provide support for exception catchpoints. |
| 11928 | |
| 11929 | This function will always set the per-inferior exception_info, |
| 11930 | or raise an error. */ |
| 11931 | |
| 11932 | static void |
| 11933 | ada_exception_support_info_sniffer (void) |
| 11934 | { |
| 11935 | struct ada_inferior_data *data = get_ada_inferior_data (current_inferior ()); |
| 11936 | |
| 11937 | /* If the exception info is already known, then no need to recompute it. */ |
| 11938 | if (data->exception_info != NULL) |
| 11939 | return; |
| 11940 | |
| 11941 | /* Check the latest (default) exception support info. */ |
| 11942 | if (ada_has_this_exception_support (&default_exception_support_info)) |
| 11943 | { |
| 11944 | data->exception_info = &default_exception_support_info; |
| 11945 | return; |
| 11946 | } |
| 11947 | |
| 11948 | /* Try the v0 exception suport info. */ |
| 11949 | if (ada_has_this_exception_support (&exception_support_info_v0)) |
| 11950 | { |
| 11951 | data->exception_info = &exception_support_info_v0; |
| 11952 | return; |
| 11953 | } |
| 11954 | |
| 11955 | /* Try our fallback exception suport info. */ |
| 11956 | if (ada_has_this_exception_support (&exception_support_info_fallback)) |
| 11957 | { |
| 11958 | data->exception_info = &exception_support_info_fallback; |
| 11959 | return; |
| 11960 | } |
| 11961 | |
| 11962 | /* Sometimes, it is normal for us to not be able to find the routine |
| 11963 | we are looking for. This happens when the program is linked with |
| 11964 | the shared version of the GNAT runtime, and the program has not been |
| 11965 | started yet. Inform the user of these two possible causes if |
| 11966 | applicable. */ |
| 11967 | |
| 11968 | if (ada_update_initial_language (language_unknown) != language_ada) |
| 11969 | error (_("Unable to insert catchpoint. Is this an Ada main program?")); |
| 11970 | |
| 11971 | /* If the symbol does not exist, then check that the program is |
| 11972 | already started, to make sure that shared libraries have been |
| 11973 | loaded. If it is not started, this may mean that the symbol is |
| 11974 | in a shared library. */ |
| 11975 | |
| 11976 | if (inferior_ptid.pid () == 0) |
| 11977 | error (_("Unable to insert catchpoint. Try to start the program first.")); |
| 11978 | |
| 11979 | /* At this point, we know that we are debugging an Ada program and |
| 11980 | that the inferior has been started, but we still are not able to |
| 11981 | find the run-time symbols. That can mean that we are in |
| 11982 | configurable run time mode, or that a-except as been optimized |
| 11983 | out by the linker... In any case, at this point it is not worth |
| 11984 | supporting this feature. */ |
| 11985 | |
| 11986 | error (_("Cannot insert Ada exception catchpoints in this configuration.")); |
| 11987 | } |
| 11988 | |
| 11989 | /* True iff FRAME is very likely to be that of a function that is |
| 11990 | part of the runtime system. This is all very heuristic, but is |
| 11991 | intended to be used as advice as to what frames are uninteresting |
| 11992 | to most users. */ |
| 11993 | |
| 11994 | static int |
| 11995 | is_known_support_routine (struct frame_info *frame) |
| 11996 | { |
| 11997 | enum language func_lang; |
| 11998 | int i; |
| 11999 | const char *fullname; |
| 12000 | |
| 12001 | /* If this code does not have any debugging information (no symtab), |
| 12002 | This cannot be any user code. */ |
| 12003 | |
| 12004 | symtab_and_line sal = find_frame_sal (frame); |
| 12005 | if (sal.symtab == NULL) |
| 12006 | return 1; |
| 12007 | |
| 12008 | /* If there is a symtab, but the associated source file cannot be |
| 12009 | located, then assume this is not user code: Selecting a frame |
| 12010 | for which we cannot display the code would not be very helpful |
| 12011 | for the user. This should also take care of case such as VxWorks |
| 12012 | where the kernel has some debugging info provided for a few units. */ |
| 12013 | |
| 12014 | fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab); |
| 12015 | if (access (fullname, R_OK) != 0) |
| 12016 | return 1; |
| 12017 | |
| 12018 | /* Check the unit filename against the Ada runtime file naming. |
| 12019 | We also check the name of the objfile against the name of some |
| 12020 | known system libraries that sometimes come with debugging info |
| 12021 | too. */ |
| 12022 | |
| 12023 | for (i = 0; known_runtime_file_name_patterns[i] != NULL; i += 1) |
| 12024 | { |
| 12025 | re_comp (known_runtime_file_name_patterns[i]); |
| 12026 | if (re_exec (lbasename (sal.symtab->filename))) |
| 12027 | return 1; |
| 12028 | if (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab) != NULL |
| 12029 | && re_exec (objfile_name (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab)))) |
| 12030 | return 1; |
| 12031 | } |
| 12032 | |
| 12033 | /* Check whether the function is a GNAT-generated entity. */ |
| 12034 | |
| 12035 | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> func_name |
| 12036 | = find_frame_funname (frame, &func_lang, NULL); |
| 12037 | if (func_name == NULL) |
| 12038 | return 1; |
| 12039 | |
| 12040 | for (i = 0; known_auxiliary_function_name_patterns[i] != NULL; i += 1) |
| 12041 | { |
| 12042 | re_comp (known_auxiliary_function_name_patterns[i]); |
| 12043 | if (re_exec (func_name.get ())) |
| 12044 | return 1; |
| 12045 | } |
| 12046 | |
| 12047 | return 0; |
| 12048 | } |
| 12049 | |
| 12050 | /* Find the first frame that contains debugging information and that is not |
| 12051 | part of the Ada run-time, starting from FI and moving upward. */ |
| 12052 | |
| 12053 | void |
| 12054 | ada_find_printable_frame (struct frame_info *fi) |
| 12055 | { |
| 12056 | for (; fi != NULL; fi = get_prev_frame (fi)) |
| 12057 | { |
| 12058 | if (!is_known_support_routine (fi)) |
| 12059 | { |
| 12060 | select_frame (fi); |
| 12061 | break; |
| 12062 | } |
| 12063 | } |
| 12064 | |
| 12065 | } |
| 12066 | |
| 12067 | /* Assuming that the inferior just triggered an unhandled exception |
| 12068 | catchpoint, return the address in inferior memory where the name |
| 12069 | of the exception is stored. |
| 12070 | |
| 12071 | Return zero if the address could not be computed. */ |
| 12072 | |
| 12073 | static CORE_ADDR |
| 12074 | ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr (void) |
| 12075 | { |
| 12076 | return parse_and_eval_address ("e.full_name"); |
| 12077 | } |
| 12078 | |
| 12079 | /* Same as ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr, except that this function |
| 12080 | should be used when the inferior uses an older version of the runtime, |
| 12081 | where the exception name needs to be extracted from a specific frame |
| 12082 | several frames up in the callstack. */ |
| 12083 | |
| 12084 | static CORE_ADDR |
| 12085 | ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_from_raise (void) |
| 12086 | { |
| 12087 | int frame_level; |
| 12088 | struct frame_info *fi; |
| 12089 | struct ada_inferior_data *data = get_ada_inferior_data (current_inferior ()); |
| 12090 | |
| 12091 | /* To determine the name of this exception, we need to select |
| 12092 | the frame corresponding to RAISE_SYM_NAME. This frame is |
| 12093 | at least 3 levels up, so we simply skip the first 3 frames |
| 12094 | without checking the name of their associated function. */ |
| 12095 | fi = get_current_frame (); |
| 12096 | for (frame_level = 0; frame_level < 3; frame_level += 1) |
| 12097 | if (fi != NULL) |
| 12098 | fi = get_prev_frame (fi); |
| 12099 | |
| 12100 | while (fi != NULL) |
| 12101 | { |
| 12102 | enum language func_lang; |
| 12103 | |
| 12104 | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> func_name |
| 12105 | = find_frame_funname (fi, &func_lang, NULL); |
| 12106 | if (func_name != NULL) |
| 12107 | { |
| 12108 | if (strcmp (func_name.get (), |
| 12109 | data->exception_info->catch_exception_sym) == 0) |
| 12110 | break; /* We found the frame we were looking for... */ |
| 12111 | } |
| 12112 | fi = get_prev_frame (fi); |
| 12113 | } |
| 12114 | |
| 12115 | if (fi == NULL) |
| 12116 | return 0; |
| 12117 | |
| 12118 | select_frame (fi); |
| 12119 | return parse_and_eval_address ("id.full_name"); |
| 12120 | } |
| 12121 | |
| 12122 | /* Assuming the inferior just triggered an Ada exception catchpoint |
| 12123 | (of any type), return the address in inferior memory where the name |
| 12124 | of the exception is stored, if applicable. |
| 12125 | |
| 12126 | Assumes the selected frame is the current frame. |
| 12127 | |
| 12128 | Return zero if the address could not be computed, or if not relevant. */ |
| 12129 | |
| 12130 | static CORE_ADDR |
| 12131 | ada_exception_name_addr_1 (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex, |
| 12132 | struct breakpoint *b) |
| 12133 | { |
| 12134 | struct ada_inferior_data *data = get_ada_inferior_data (current_inferior ()); |
| 12135 | |
| 12136 | switch (ex) |
| 12137 | { |
| 12138 | case ada_catch_exception: |
| 12139 | return (parse_and_eval_address ("e.full_name")); |
| 12140 | break; |
| 12141 | |
| 12142 | case ada_catch_exception_unhandled: |
| 12143 | return data->exception_info->unhandled_exception_name_addr (); |
| 12144 | break; |
| 12145 | |
| 12146 | case ada_catch_handlers: |
| 12147 | return 0; /* The runtimes does not provide access to the exception |
| 12148 | name. */ |
| 12149 | break; |
| 12150 | |
| 12151 | case ada_catch_assert: |
| 12152 | return 0; /* Exception name is not relevant in this case. */ |
| 12153 | break; |
| 12154 | |
| 12155 | default: |
| 12156 | internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unexpected catchpoint type")); |
| 12157 | break; |
| 12158 | } |
| 12159 | |
| 12160 | return 0; /* Should never be reached. */ |
| 12161 | } |
| 12162 | |
| 12163 | /* Assuming the inferior is stopped at an exception catchpoint, |
| 12164 | return the message which was associated to the exception, if |
| 12165 | available. Return NULL if the message could not be retrieved. |
| 12166 | |
| 12167 | Note: The exception message can be associated to an exception |
| 12168 | either through the use of the Raise_Exception function, or |
| 12169 | more simply (Ada 2005 and later), via: |
| 12170 | |
| 12171 | raise Exception_Name with "exception message"; |
| 12172 | |
| 12173 | */ |
| 12174 | |
| 12175 | static gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> |
| 12176 | ada_exception_message_1 (void) |
| 12177 | { |
| 12178 | struct value *e_msg_val; |
| 12179 | int e_msg_len; |
| 12180 | |
| 12181 | /* For runtimes that support this feature, the exception message |
| 12182 | is passed as an unbounded string argument called "message". */ |
| 12183 | e_msg_val = parse_and_eval ("message"); |
| 12184 | if (e_msg_val == NULL) |
| 12185 | return NULL; /* Exception message not supported. */ |
| 12186 | |
| 12187 | e_msg_val = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (e_msg_val); |
| 12188 | gdb_assert (e_msg_val != NULL); |
| 12189 | e_msg_len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (e_msg_val)); |
| 12190 | |
| 12191 | /* If the message string is empty, then treat it as if there was |
| 12192 | no exception message. */ |
| 12193 | if (e_msg_len <= 0) |
| 12194 | return NULL; |
| 12195 | |
| 12196 | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> e_msg ((char *) xmalloc (e_msg_len + 1)); |
| 12197 | read_memory_string (value_address (e_msg_val), e_msg.get (), e_msg_len + 1); |
| 12198 | e_msg.get ()[e_msg_len] = '\0'; |
| 12199 | |
| 12200 | return e_msg; |
| 12201 | } |
| 12202 | |
| 12203 | /* Same as ada_exception_message_1, except that all exceptions are |
| 12204 | contained here (returning NULL instead). */ |
| 12205 | |
| 12206 | static gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> |
| 12207 | ada_exception_message (void) |
| 12208 | { |
| 12209 | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> e_msg; |
| 12210 | |
| 12211 | try |
| 12212 | { |
| 12213 | e_msg = ada_exception_message_1 (); |
| 12214 | } |
| 12215 | catch (const gdb_exception_error &e) |
| 12216 | { |
| 12217 | e_msg.reset (nullptr); |
| 12218 | } |
| 12219 | |
| 12220 | return e_msg; |
| 12221 | } |
| 12222 | |
| 12223 | /* Same as ada_exception_name_addr_1, except that it intercepts and contains |
| 12224 | any error that ada_exception_name_addr_1 might cause to be thrown. |
| 12225 | When an error is intercepted, a warning with the error message is printed, |
| 12226 | and zero is returned. */ |
| 12227 | |
| 12228 | static CORE_ADDR |
| 12229 | ada_exception_name_addr (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex, |
| 12230 | struct breakpoint *b) |
| 12231 | { |
| 12232 | CORE_ADDR result = 0; |
| 12233 | |
| 12234 | try |
| 12235 | { |
| 12236 | result = ada_exception_name_addr_1 (ex, b); |
| 12237 | } |
| 12238 | |
| 12239 | catch (const gdb_exception_error &e) |
| 12240 | { |
| 12241 | warning (_("failed to get exception name: %s"), e.what ()); |
| 12242 | return 0; |
| 12243 | } |
| 12244 | |
| 12245 | return result; |
| 12246 | } |
| 12247 | |
| 12248 | static std::string ada_exception_catchpoint_cond_string |
| 12249 | (const char *excep_string, |
| 12250 | enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex); |
| 12251 | |
| 12252 | /* Ada catchpoints. |
| 12253 | |
| 12254 | In the case of catchpoints on Ada exceptions, the catchpoint will |
| 12255 | stop the target on every exception the program throws. When a user |
| 12256 | specifies the name of a specific exception, we translate this |
| 12257 | request into a condition expression (in text form), and then parse |
| 12258 | it into an expression stored in each of the catchpoint's locations. |
| 12259 | We then use this condition to check whether the exception that was |
| 12260 | raised is the one the user is interested in. If not, then the |
| 12261 | target is resumed again. We store the name of the requested |
| 12262 | exception, in order to be able to re-set the condition expression |
| 12263 | when symbols change. */ |
| 12264 | |
| 12265 | /* An instance of this type is used to represent an Ada catchpoint |
| 12266 | breakpoint location. */ |
| 12267 | |
| 12268 | class ada_catchpoint_location : public bp_location |
| 12269 | { |
| 12270 | public: |
| 12271 | ada_catchpoint_location (breakpoint *owner) |
| 12272 | : bp_location (owner, bp_loc_software_breakpoint) |
| 12273 | {} |
| 12274 | |
| 12275 | /* The condition that checks whether the exception that was raised |
| 12276 | is the specific exception the user specified on catchpoint |
| 12277 | creation. */ |
| 12278 | expression_up excep_cond_expr; |
| 12279 | }; |
| 12280 | |
| 12281 | /* An instance of this type is used to represent an Ada catchpoint. */ |
| 12282 | |
| 12283 | struct ada_catchpoint : public breakpoint |
| 12284 | { |
| 12285 | explicit ada_catchpoint (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind kind) |
| 12286 | : m_kind (kind) |
| 12287 | { |
| 12288 | } |
| 12289 | |
| 12290 | /* The name of the specific exception the user specified. */ |
| 12291 | std::string excep_string; |
| 12292 | |
| 12293 | /* What kind of catchpoint this is. */ |
| 12294 | enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind m_kind; |
| 12295 | }; |
| 12296 | |
| 12297 | /* Parse the exception condition string in the context of each of the |
| 12298 | catchpoint's locations, and store them for later evaluation. */ |
| 12299 | |
| 12300 | static void |
| 12301 | create_excep_cond_exprs (struct ada_catchpoint *c, |
| 12302 | enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex) |
| 12303 | { |
| 12304 | struct bp_location *bl; |
| 12305 | |
| 12306 | /* Nothing to do if there's no specific exception to catch. */ |
| 12307 | if (c->excep_string.empty ()) |
| 12308 | return; |
| 12309 | |
| 12310 | /* Same if there are no locations... */ |
| 12311 | if (c->loc == NULL) |
| 12312 | return; |
| 12313 | |
| 12314 | /* Compute the condition expression in text form, from the specific |
| 12315 | expection we want to catch. */ |
| 12316 | std::string cond_string |
| 12317 | = ada_exception_catchpoint_cond_string (c->excep_string.c_str (), ex); |
| 12318 | |
| 12319 | /* Iterate over all the catchpoint's locations, and parse an |
| 12320 | expression for each. */ |
| 12321 | for (bl = c->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next) |
| 12322 | { |
| 12323 | struct ada_catchpoint_location *ada_loc |
| 12324 | = (struct ada_catchpoint_location *) bl; |
| 12325 | expression_up exp; |
| 12326 | |
| 12327 | if (!bl->shlib_disabled) |
| 12328 | { |
| 12329 | const char *s; |
| 12330 | |
| 12331 | s = cond_string.c_str (); |
| 12332 | try |
| 12333 | { |
| 12334 | exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, bl->address, |
| 12335 | block_for_pc (bl->address), |
| 12336 | 0); |
| 12337 | } |
| 12338 | catch (const gdb_exception_error &e) |
| 12339 | { |
| 12340 | warning (_("failed to reevaluate internal exception condition " |
| 12341 | "for catchpoint %d: %s"), |
| 12342 | c->number, e.what ()); |
| 12343 | } |
| 12344 | } |
| 12345 | |
| 12346 | ada_loc->excep_cond_expr = std::move (exp); |
| 12347 | } |
| 12348 | } |
| 12349 | |
| 12350 | /* Implement the ALLOCATE_LOCATION method in the breakpoint_ops |
| 12351 | structure for all exception catchpoint kinds. */ |
| 12352 | |
| 12353 | static struct bp_location * |
| 12354 | allocate_location_exception (struct breakpoint *self) |
| 12355 | { |
| 12356 | return new ada_catchpoint_location (self); |
| 12357 | } |
| 12358 | |
| 12359 | /* Implement the RE_SET method in the breakpoint_ops structure for all |
| 12360 | exception catchpoint kinds. */ |
| 12361 | |
| 12362 | static void |
| 12363 | re_set_exception (struct breakpoint *b) |
| 12364 | { |
| 12365 | struct ada_catchpoint *c = (struct ada_catchpoint *) b; |
| 12366 | |
| 12367 | /* Call the base class's method. This updates the catchpoint's |
| 12368 | locations. */ |
| 12369 | bkpt_breakpoint_ops.re_set (b); |
| 12370 | |
| 12371 | /* Reparse the exception conditional expressions. One for each |
| 12372 | location. */ |
| 12373 | create_excep_cond_exprs (c, c->m_kind); |
| 12374 | } |
| 12375 | |
| 12376 | /* Returns true if we should stop for this breakpoint hit. If the |
| 12377 | user specified a specific exception, we only want to cause a stop |
| 12378 | if the program thrown that exception. */ |
| 12379 | |
| 12380 | static int |
| 12381 | should_stop_exception (const struct bp_location *bl) |
| 12382 | { |
| 12383 | struct ada_catchpoint *c = (struct ada_catchpoint *) bl->owner; |
| 12384 | const struct ada_catchpoint_location *ada_loc |
| 12385 | = (const struct ada_catchpoint_location *) bl; |
| 12386 | int stop; |
| 12387 | |
| 12388 | struct internalvar *var = lookup_internalvar ("_ada_exception"); |
| 12389 | if (c->m_kind == ada_catch_assert) |
| 12390 | clear_internalvar (var); |
| 12391 | else |
| 12392 | { |
| 12393 | try |
| 12394 | { |
| 12395 | const char *expr; |
| 12396 | |
| 12397 | if (c->m_kind == ada_catch_handlers) |
| 12398 | expr = ("GNAT_GCC_exception_Access(gcc_exception)" |
| 12399 | ".all.occurrence.id"); |
| 12400 | else |
| 12401 | expr = "e"; |
| 12402 | |
| 12403 | struct value *exc = parse_and_eval (expr); |
| 12404 | set_internalvar (var, exc); |
| 12405 | } |
| 12406 | catch (const gdb_exception_error &ex) |
| 12407 | { |
| 12408 | clear_internalvar (var); |
| 12409 | } |
| 12410 | } |
| 12411 | |
| 12412 | /* With no specific exception, should always stop. */ |
| 12413 | if (c->excep_string.empty ()) |
| 12414 | return 1; |
| 12415 | |
| 12416 | if (ada_loc->excep_cond_expr == NULL) |
| 12417 | { |
| 12418 | /* We will have a NULL expression if back when we were creating |
| 12419 | the expressions, this location's had failed to parse. */ |
| 12420 | return 1; |
| 12421 | } |
| 12422 | |
| 12423 | stop = 1; |
| 12424 | try |
| 12425 | { |
| 12426 | struct value *mark; |
| 12427 | |
| 12428 | mark = value_mark (); |
| 12429 | stop = value_true (evaluate_expression (ada_loc->excep_cond_expr.get ())); |
| 12430 | value_free_to_mark (mark); |
| 12431 | } |
| 12432 | catch (const gdb_exception &ex) |
| 12433 | { |
| 12434 | exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, ex, |
| 12435 | _("Error in testing exception condition:\n")); |
| 12436 | } |
| 12437 | |
| 12438 | return stop; |
| 12439 | } |
| 12440 | |
| 12441 | /* Implement the CHECK_STATUS method in the breakpoint_ops structure |
| 12442 | for all exception catchpoint kinds. */ |
| 12443 | |
| 12444 | static void |
| 12445 | check_status_exception (bpstat bs) |
| 12446 | { |
| 12447 | bs->stop = should_stop_exception (bs->bp_location_at); |
| 12448 | } |
| 12449 | |
| 12450 | /* Implement the PRINT_IT method in the breakpoint_ops structure |
| 12451 | for all exception catchpoint kinds. */ |
| 12452 | |
| 12453 | static enum print_stop_action |
| 12454 | print_it_exception (bpstat bs) |
| 12455 | { |
| 12456 | struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; |
| 12457 | struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at; |
| 12458 | |
| 12459 | annotate_catchpoint (b->number); |
| 12460 | |
| 12461 | if (uiout->is_mi_like_p ()) |
| 12462 | { |
| 12463 | uiout->field_string ("reason", |
| 12464 | async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT)); |
| 12465 | uiout->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition)); |
| 12466 | } |
| 12467 | |
| 12468 | uiout->text (b->disposition == disp_del |
| 12469 | ? "\nTemporary catchpoint " : "\nCatchpoint "); |
| 12470 | uiout->field_signed ("bkptno", b->number); |
| 12471 | uiout->text (", "); |
| 12472 | |
| 12473 | /* ada_exception_name_addr relies on the selected frame being the |
| 12474 | current frame. Need to do this here because this function may be |
| 12475 | called more than once when printing a stop, and below, we'll |
| 12476 | select the first frame past the Ada run-time (see |
| 12477 | ada_find_printable_frame). */ |
| 12478 | select_frame (get_current_frame ()); |
| 12479 | |
| 12480 | struct ada_catchpoint *c = (struct ada_catchpoint *) b; |
| 12481 | switch (c->m_kind) |
| 12482 | { |
| 12483 | case ada_catch_exception: |
| 12484 | case ada_catch_exception_unhandled: |
| 12485 | case ada_catch_handlers: |
| 12486 | { |
| 12487 | const CORE_ADDR addr = ada_exception_name_addr (c->m_kind, b); |
| 12488 | char exception_name[256]; |
| 12489 | |
| 12490 | if (addr != 0) |
| 12491 | { |
| 12492 | read_memory (addr, (gdb_byte *) exception_name, |
| 12493 | sizeof (exception_name) - 1); |
| 12494 | exception_name [sizeof (exception_name) - 1] = '\0'; |
| 12495 | } |
| 12496 | else |
| 12497 | { |
| 12498 | /* For some reason, we were unable to read the exception |
| 12499 | name. This could happen if the Runtime was compiled |
| 12500 | without debugging info, for instance. In that case, |
| 12501 | just replace the exception name by the generic string |
| 12502 | "exception" - it will read as "an exception" in the |
| 12503 | notification we are about to print. */ |
| 12504 | memcpy (exception_name, "exception", sizeof ("exception")); |
| 12505 | } |
| 12506 | /* In the case of unhandled exception breakpoints, we print |
| 12507 | the exception name as "unhandled EXCEPTION_NAME", to make |
| 12508 | it clearer to the user which kind of catchpoint just got |
| 12509 | hit. We used ui_out_text to make sure that this extra |
| 12510 | info does not pollute the exception name in the MI case. */ |
| 12511 | if (c->m_kind == ada_catch_exception_unhandled) |
| 12512 | uiout->text ("unhandled "); |
| 12513 | uiout->field_string ("exception-name", exception_name); |
| 12514 | } |
| 12515 | break; |
| 12516 | case ada_catch_assert: |
| 12517 | /* In this case, the name of the exception is not really |
| 12518 | important. Just print "failed assertion" to make it clearer |
| 12519 | that his program just hit an assertion-failure catchpoint. |
| 12520 | We used ui_out_text because this info does not belong in |
| 12521 | the MI output. */ |
| 12522 | uiout->text ("failed assertion"); |
| 12523 | break; |
| 12524 | } |
| 12525 | |
| 12526 | gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr<char> exception_message = ada_exception_message (); |
| 12527 | if (exception_message != NULL) |
| 12528 | { |
| 12529 | uiout->text (" ("); |
| 12530 | uiout->field_string ("exception-message", exception_message.get ()); |
| 12531 | uiout->text (")"); |
| 12532 | } |
| 12533 | |
| 12534 | uiout->text (" at "); |
| 12535 | ada_find_printable_frame (get_current_frame ()); |
| 12536 | |
| 12537 | return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC; |
| 12538 | } |
| 12539 | |
| 12540 | /* Implement the PRINT_ONE method in the breakpoint_ops structure |
| 12541 | for all exception catchpoint kinds. */ |
| 12542 | |
| 12543 | static void |
| 12544 | print_one_exception (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc) |
| 12545 | { |
| 12546 | struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; |
| 12547 | struct ada_catchpoint *c = (struct ada_catchpoint *) b; |
| 12548 | struct value_print_options opts; |
| 12549 | |
| 12550 | get_user_print_options (&opts); |
| 12551 | |
| 12552 | if (opts.addressprint) |
| 12553 | uiout->field_skip ("addr"); |
| 12554 | |
| 12555 | annotate_field (5); |
| 12556 | switch (c->m_kind) |
| 12557 | { |
| 12558 | case ada_catch_exception: |
| 12559 | if (!c->excep_string.empty ()) |
| 12560 | { |
| 12561 | std::string msg = string_printf (_("`%s' Ada exception"), |
| 12562 | c->excep_string.c_str ()); |
| 12563 | |
| 12564 | uiout->field_string ("what", msg); |
| 12565 | } |
| 12566 | else |
| 12567 | uiout->field_string ("what", "all Ada exceptions"); |
| 12568 | |
| 12569 | break; |
| 12570 | |
| 12571 | case ada_catch_exception_unhandled: |
| 12572 | uiout->field_string ("what", "unhandled Ada exceptions"); |
| 12573 | break; |
| 12574 | |
| 12575 | case ada_catch_handlers: |
| 12576 | if (!c->excep_string.empty ()) |
| 12577 | { |
| 12578 | uiout->field_fmt ("what", |
| 12579 | _("`%s' Ada exception handlers"), |
| 12580 | c->excep_string.c_str ()); |
| 12581 | } |
| 12582 | else |
| 12583 | uiout->field_string ("what", "all Ada exceptions handlers"); |
| 12584 | break; |
| 12585 | |
| 12586 | case ada_catch_assert: |
| 12587 | uiout->field_string ("what", "failed Ada assertions"); |
| 12588 | break; |
| 12589 | |
| 12590 | default: |
| 12591 | internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unexpected catchpoint type")); |
| 12592 | break; |
| 12593 | } |
| 12594 | } |
| 12595 | |
| 12596 | /* Implement the PRINT_MENTION method in the breakpoint_ops structure |
| 12597 | for all exception catchpoint kinds. */ |
| 12598 | |
| 12599 | static void |
| 12600 | print_mention_exception (struct breakpoint *b) |
| 12601 | { |
| 12602 | struct ada_catchpoint *c = (struct ada_catchpoint *) b; |
| 12603 | struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout; |
| 12604 | |
| 12605 | uiout->text (b->disposition == disp_del ? _("Temporary catchpoint ") |
| 12606 | : _("Catchpoint ")); |
| 12607 | uiout->field_signed ("bkptno", b->number); |
| 12608 | uiout->text (": "); |
| 12609 | |
| 12610 | switch (c->m_kind) |
| 12611 | { |
| 12612 | case ada_catch_exception: |
| 12613 | if (!c->excep_string.empty ()) |
| 12614 | { |
| 12615 | std::string info = string_printf (_("`%s' Ada exception"), |
| 12616 | c->excep_string.c_str ()); |
| 12617 | uiout->text (info.c_str ()); |
| 12618 | } |
| 12619 | else |
| 12620 | uiout->text (_("all Ada exceptions")); |
| 12621 | break; |
| 12622 | |
| 12623 | case ada_catch_exception_unhandled: |
| 12624 | uiout->text (_("unhandled Ada exceptions")); |
| 12625 | break; |
| 12626 | |
| 12627 | case ada_catch_handlers: |
| 12628 | if (!c->excep_string.empty ()) |
| 12629 | { |
| 12630 | std::string info |
| 12631 | = string_printf (_("`%s' Ada exception handlers"), |
| 12632 | c->excep_string.c_str ()); |
| 12633 | uiout->text (info.c_str ()); |
| 12634 | } |
| 12635 | else |
| 12636 | uiout->text (_("all Ada exceptions handlers")); |
| 12637 | break; |
| 12638 | |
| 12639 | case ada_catch_assert: |
| 12640 | uiout->text (_("failed Ada assertions")); |
| 12641 | break; |
| 12642 | |
| 12643 | default: |
| 12644 | internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unexpected catchpoint type")); |
| 12645 | break; |
| 12646 | } |
| 12647 | } |
| 12648 | |
| 12649 | /* Implement the PRINT_RECREATE method in the breakpoint_ops structure |
| 12650 | for all exception catchpoint kinds. */ |
| 12651 | |
| 12652 | static void |
| 12653 | print_recreate_exception (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp) |
| 12654 | { |
| 12655 | struct ada_catchpoint *c = (struct ada_catchpoint *) b; |
| 12656 | |
| 12657 | switch (c->m_kind) |
| 12658 | { |
| 12659 | case ada_catch_exception: |
| 12660 | fprintf_filtered (fp, "catch exception"); |
| 12661 | if (!c->excep_string.empty ()) |
| 12662 | fprintf_filtered (fp, " %s", c->excep_string.c_str ()); |
| 12663 | break; |
| 12664 | |
| 12665 | case ada_catch_exception_unhandled: |
| 12666 | fprintf_filtered (fp, "catch exception unhandled"); |
| 12667 | break; |
| 12668 | |
| 12669 | case ada_catch_handlers: |
| 12670 | fprintf_filtered (fp, "catch handlers"); |
| 12671 | break; |
| 12672 | |
| 12673 | case ada_catch_assert: |
| 12674 | fprintf_filtered (fp, "catch assert"); |
| 12675 | break; |
| 12676 | |
| 12677 | default: |
| 12678 | internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unexpected catchpoint type")); |
| 12679 | } |
| 12680 | print_recreate_thread (b, fp); |
| 12681 | } |
| 12682 | |
| 12683 | /* Virtual tables for various breakpoint types. */ |
| 12684 | static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exception_breakpoint_ops; |
| 12685 | static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exception_unhandled_breakpoint_ops; |
| 12686 | static struct breakpoint_ops catch_assert_breakpoint_ops; |
| 12687 | static struct breakpoint_ops catch_handlers_breakpoint_ops; |
| 12688 | |
| 12689 | /* See ada-lang.h. */ |
| 12690 | |
| 12691 | bool |
| 12692 | is_ada_exception_catchpoint (breakpoint *bp) |
| 12693 | { |
| 12694 | return (bp->ops == &catch_exception_breakpoint_ops |
| 12695 | || bp->ops == &catch_exception_unhandled_breakpoint_ops |
| 12696 | || bp->ops == &catch_assert_breakpoint_ops |
| 12697 | || bp->ops == &catch_handlers_breakpoint_ops); |
| 12698 | } |
| 12699 | |
| 12700 | /* Split the arguments specified in a "catch exception" command. |
| 12701 | Set EX to the appropriate catchpoint type. |
| 12702 | Set EXCEP_STRING to the name of the specific exception if |
| 12703 | specified by the user. |
| 12704 | IS_CATCH_HANDLERS_CMD: True if the arguments are for a |
| 12705 | "catch handlers" command. False otherwise. |
| 12706 | If a condition is found at the end of the arguments, the condition |
| 12707 | expression is stored in COND_STRING (memory must be deallocated |
| 12708 | after use). Otherwise COND_STRING is set to NULL. */ |
| 12709 | |
| 12710 | static void |
| 12711 | catch_ada_exception_command_split (const char *args, |
| 12712 | bool is_catch_handlers_cmd, |
| 12713 | enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind *ex, |
| 12714 | std::string *excep_string, |
| 12715 | std::string *cond_string) |
| 12716 | { |
| 12717 | std::string exception_name; |
| 12718 | |
| 12719 | exception_name = extract_arg (&args); |
| 12720 | if (exception_name == "if") |
| 12721 | { |
| 12722 | /* This is not an exception name; this is the start of a condition |
| 12723 | expression for a catchpoint on all exceptions. So, "un-get" |
| 12724 | this token, and set exception_name to NULL. */ |
| 12725 | exception_name.clear (); |
| 12726 | args -= 2; |
| 12727 | } |
| 12728 | |
| 12729 | /* Check to see if we have a condition. */ |
| 12730 | |
| 12731 | args = skip_spaces (args); |
| 12732 | if (startswith (args, "if") |
| 12733 | && (isspace (args[2]) || args[2] == '\0')) |
| 12734 | { |
| 12735 | args += 2; |
| 12736 | args = skip_spaces (args); |
| 12737 | |
| 12738 | if (args[0] == '\0') |
| 12739 | error (_("Condition missing after `if' keyword")); |
| 12740 | *cond_string = args; |
| 12741 | |
| 12742 | args += strlen (args); |
| 12743 | } |
| 12744 | |
| 12745 | /* Check that we do not have any more arguments. Anything else |
| 12746 | is unexpected. */ |
| 12747 | |
| 12748 | if (args[0] != '\0') |
| 12749 | error (_("Junk at end of expression")); |
| 12750 | |
| 12751 | if (is_catch_handlers_cmd) |
| 12752 | { |
| 12753 | /* Catch handling of exceptions. */ |
| 12754 | *ex = ada_catch_handlers; |
| 12755 | *excep_string = exception_name; |
| 12756 | } |
| 12757 | else if (exception_name.empty ()) |
| 12758 | { |
| 12759 | /* Catch all exceptions. */ |
| 12760 | *ex = ada_catch_exception; |
| 12761 | excep_string->clear (); |
| 12762 | } |
| 12763 | else if (exception_name == "unhandled") |
| 12764 | { |
| 12765 | /* Catch unhandled exceptions. */ |
| 12766 | *ex = ada_catch_exception_unhandled; |
| 12767 | excep_string->clear (); |
| 12768 | } |
| 12769 | else |
| 12770 | { |
| 12771 | /* Catch a specific exception. */ |
| 12772 | *ex = ada_catch_exception; |
| 12773 | *excep_string = exception_name; |
| 12774 | } |
| 12775 | } |
| 12776 | |
| 12777 | /* Return the name of the symbol on which we should break in order to |
| 12778 | implement a catchpoint of the EX kind. */ |
| 12779 | |
| 12780 | static const char * |
| 12781 | ada_exception_sym_name (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex) |
| 12782 | { |
| 12783 | struct ada_inferior_data *data = get_ada_inferior_data (current_inferior ()); |
| 12784 | |
| 12785 | gdb_assert (data->exception_info != NULL); |
| 12786 | |
| 12787 | switch (ex) |
| 12788 | { |
| 12789 | case ada_catch_exception: |
| 12790 | return (data->exception_info->catch_exception_sym); |
| 12791 | break; |
| 12792 | case ada_catch_exception_unhandled: |
| 12793 | return (data->exception_info->catch_exception_unhandled_sym); |
| 12794 | break; |
| 12795 | case ada_catch_assert: |
| 12796 | return (data->exception_info->catch_assert_sym); |
| 12797 | break; |
| 12798 | case ada_catch_handlers: |
| 12799 | return (data->exception_info->catch_handlers_sym); |
| 12800 | break; |
| 12801 | default: |
| 12802 | internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, |
| 12803 | _("unexpected catchpoint kind (%d)"), ex); |
| 12804 | } |
| 12805 | } |
| 12806 | |
| 12807 | /* Return the breakpoint ops "virtual table" used for catchpoints |
| 12808 | of the EX kind. */ |
| 12809 | |
| 12810 | static const struct breakpoint_ops * |
| 12811 | ada_exception_breakpoint_ops (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex) |
| 12812 | { |
| 12813 | switch (ex) |
| 12814 | { |
| 12815 | case ada_catch_exception: |
| 12816 | return (&catch_exception_breakpoint_ops); |
| 12817 | break; |
| 12818 | case ada_catch_exception_unhandled: |
| 12819 | return (&catch_exception_unhandled_breakpoint_ops); |
| 12820 | break; |
| 12821 | case ada_catch_assert: |
| 12822 | return (&catch_assert_breakpoint_ops); |
| 12823 | break; |
| 12824 | case ada_catch_handlers: |
| 12825 | return (&catch_handlers_breakpoint_ops); |
| 12826 | break; |
| 12827 | default: |
| 12828 | internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, |
| 12829 | _("unexpected catchpoint kind (%d)"), ex); |
| 12830 | } |
| 12831 | } |
| 12832 | |
| 12833 | /* Return the condition that will be used to match the current exception |
| 12834 | being raised with the exception that the user wants to catch. This |
| 12835 | assumes that this condition is used when the inferior just triggered |
| 12836 | an exception catchpoint. |
| 12837 | EX: the type of catchpoints used for catching Ada exceptions. */ |
| 12838 | |
| 12839 | static std::string |
| 12840 | ada_exception_catchpoint_cond_string (const char *excep_string, |
| 12841 | enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex) |
| 12842 | { |
| 12843 | int i; |
| 12844 | bool is_standard_exc = false; |
| 12845 | std::string result; |
| 12846 | |
| 12847 | if (ex == ada_catch_handlers) |
| 12848 | { |
| 12849 | /* For exception handlers catchpoints, the condition string does |
| 12850 | not use the same parameter as for the other exceptions. */ |
| 12851 | result = ("long_integer (GNAT_GCC_exception_Access" |
| 12852 | "(gcc_exception).all.occurrence.id)"); |
| 12853 | } |
| 12854 | else |
| 12855 | result = "long_integer (e)"; |
| 12856 | |
| 12857 | /* The standard exceptions are a special case. They are defined in |
| 12858 | runtime units that have been compiled without debugging info; if |
| 12859 | EXCEP_STRING is the not-fully-qualified name of a standard |
| 12860 | exception (e.g. "constraint_error") then, during the evaluation |
| 12861 | of the condition expression, the symbol lookup on this name would |
| 12862 | *not* return this standard exception. The catchpoint condition |
| 12863 | may then be set only on user-defined exceptions which have the |
| 12864 | same not-fully-qualified name (e.g. my_package.constraint_error). |
| 12865 | |
| 12866 | To avoid this unexcepted behavior, these standard exceptions are |
| 12867 | systematically prefixed by "standard". This means that "catch |
| 12868 | exception constraint_error" is rewritten into "catch exception |
| 12869 | standard.constraint_error". |
| 12870 | |
| 12871 | If an exception named constraint_error is defined in another package of |
| 12872 | the inferior program, then the only way to specify this exception as a |
| 12873 | breakpoint condition is to use its fully-qualified named: |
| 12874 | e.g. my_package.constraint_error. */ |
| 12875 | |
| 12876 | for (i = 0; i < sizeof (standard_exc) / sizeof (char *); i++) |
| 12877 | { |
| 12878 | if (strcmp (standard_exc [i], excep_string) == 0) |
| 12879 | { |
| 12880 | is_standard_exc = true; |
| 12881 | break; |
| 12882 | } |
| 12883 | } |
| 12884 | |
| 12885 | result += " = "; |
| 12886 | |
| 12887 | if (is_standard_exc) |
| 12888 | string_appendf (result, "long_integer (&standard.%s)", excep_string); |
| 12889 | else |
| 12890 | string_appendf (result, "long_integer (&%s)", excep_string); |
| 12891 | |
| 12892 | return result; |
| 12893 | } |
| 12894 | |
| 12895 | /* Return the symtab_and_line that should be used to insert an exception |
| 12896 | catchpoint of the TYPE kind. |
| 12897 | |
| 12898 | ADDR_STRING returns the name of the function where the real |
| 12899 | breakpoint that implements the catchpoints is set, depending on the |
| 12900 | type of catchpoint we need to create. */ |
| 12901 | |
| 12902 | static struct symtab_and_line |
| 12903 | ada_exception_sal (enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex, |
| 12904 | std::string *addr_string, const struct breakpoint_ops **ops) |
| 12905 | { |
| 12906 | const char *sym_name; |
| 12907 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 12908 | |
| 12909 | /* First, find out which exception support info to use. */ |
| 12910 | ada_exception_support_info_sniffer (); |
| 12911 | |
| 12912 | /* Then lookup the function on which we will break in order to catch |
| 12913 | the Ada exceptions requested by the user. */ |
| 12914 | sym_name = ada_exception_sym_name (ex); |
| 12915 | sym = standard_lookup (sym_name, NULL, VAR_DOMAIN); |
| 12916 | |
| 12917 | if (sym == NULL) |
| 12918 | error (_("Catchpoint symbol not found: %s"), sym_name); |
| 12919 | |
| 12920 | if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK) |
| 12921 | error (_("Unable to insert catchpoint. %s is not a function."), sym_name); |
| 12922 | |
| 12923 | /* Set ADDR_STRING. */ |
| 12924 | *addr_string = sym_name; |
| 12925 | |
| 12926 | /* Set OPS. */ |
| 12927 | *ops = ada_exception_breakpoint_ops (ex); |
| 12928 | |
| 12929 | return find_function_start_sal (sym, 1); |
| 12930 | } |
| 12931 | |
| 12932 | /* Create an Ada exception catchpoint. |
| 12933 | |
| 12934 | EX_KIND is the kind of exception catchpoint to be created. |
| 12935 | |
| 12936 | If EXCEPT_STRING is empty, this catchpoint is expected to trigger |
| 12937 | for all exceptions. Otherwise, EXCEPT_STRING indicates the name |
| 12938 | of the exception to which this catchpoint applies. |
| 12939 | |
| 12940 | COND_STRING, if not empty, is the catchpoint condition. |
| 12941 | |
| 12942 | TEMPFLAG, if nonzero, means that the underlying breakpoint |
| 12943 | should be temporary. |
| 12944 | |
| 12945 | FROM_TTY is the usual argument passed to all commands implementations. */ |
| 12946 | |
| 12947 | void |
| 12948 | create_ada_exception_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, |
| 12949 | enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex_kind, |
| 12950 | const std::string &excep_string, |
| 12951 | const std::string &cond_string, |
| 12952 | int tempflag, |
| 12953 | int disabled, |
| 12954 | int from_tty) |
| 12955 | { |
| 12956 | std::string addr_string; |
| 12957 | const struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL; |
| 12958 | struct symtab_and_line sal = ada_exception_sal (ex_kind, &addr_string, &ops); |
| 12959 | |
| 12960 | std::unique_ptr<ada_catchpoint> c (new ada_catchpoint (ex_kind)); |
| 12961 | init_ada_exception_breakpoint (c.get (), gdbarch, sal, addr_string.c_str (), |
| 12962 | ops, tempflag, disabled, from_tty); |
| 12963 | c->excep_string = excep_string; |
| 12964 | create_excep_cond_exprs (c.get (), ex_kind); |
| 12965 | if (!cond_string.empty ()) |
| 12966 | set_breakpoint_condition (c.get (), cond_string.c_str (), from_tty); |
| 12967 | install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c), 1); |
| 12968 | } |
| 12969 | |
| 12970 | /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */ |
| 12971 | |
| 12972 | static void |
| 12973 | catch_ada_exception_command (const char *arg_entry, int from_tty, |
| 12974 | struct cmd_list_element *command) |
| 12975 | { |
| 12976 | const char *arg = arg_entry; |
| 12977 | struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); |
| 12978 | int tempflag; |
| 12979 | enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex_kind; |
| 12980 | std::string excep_string; |
| 12981 | std::string cond_string; |
| 12982 | |
| 12983 | tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; |
| 12984 | |
| 12985 | if (!arg) |
| 12986 | arg = ""; |
| 12987 | catch_ada_exception_command_split (arg, false, &ex_kind, &excep_string, |
| 12988 | &cond_string); |
| 12989 | create_ada_exception_catchpoint (gdbarch, ex_kind, |
| 12990 | excep_string, cond_string, |
| 12991 | tempflag, 1 /* enabled */, |
| 12992 | from_tty); |
| 12993 | } |
| 12994 | |
| 12995 | /* Implement the "catch handlers" command. */ |
| 12996 | |
| 12997 | static void |
| 12998 | catch_ada_handlers_command (const char *arg_entry, int from_tty, |
| 12999 | struct cmd_list_element *command) |
| 13000 | { |
| 13001 | const char *arg = arg_entry; |
| 13002 | struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); |
| 13003 | int tempflag; |
| 13004 | enum ada_exception_catchpoint_kind ex_kind; |
| 13005 | std::string excep_string; |
| 13006 | std::string cond_string; |
| 13007 | |
| 13008 | tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; |
| 13009 | |
| 13010 | if (!arg) |
| 13011 | arg = ""; |
| 13012 | catch_ada_exception_command_split (arg, true, &ex_kind, &excep_string, |
| 13013 | &cond_string); |
| 13014 | create_ada_exception_catchpoint (gdbarch, ex_kind, |
| 13015 | excep_string, cond_string, |
| 13016 | tempflag, 1 /* enabled */, |
| 13017 | from_tty); |
| 13018 | } |
| 13019 | |
| 13020 | /* Completion function for the Ada "catch" commands. */ |
| 13021 | |
| 13022 | static void |
| 13023 | catch_ada_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd, completion_tracker &tracker, |
| 13024 | const char *text, const char *word) |
| 13025 | { |
| 13026 | std::vector<ada_exc_info> exceptions = ada_exceptions_list (NULL); |
| 13027 | |
| 13028 | for (const ada_exc_info &info : exceptions) |
| 13029 | { |
| 13030 | if (startswith (info.name, word)) |
| 13031 | tracker.add_completion (make_unique_xstrdup (info.name)); |
| 13032 | } |
| 13033 | } |
| 13034 | |
| 13035 | /* Split the arguments specified in a "catch assert" command. |
| 13036 | |
| 13037 | ARGS contains the command's arguments (or the empty string if |
| 13038 | no arguments were passed). |
| 13039 | |
| 13040 | If ARGS contains a condition, set COND_STRING to that condition |
| 13041 | (the memory needs to be deallocated after use). */ |
| 13042 | |
| 13043 | static void |
| 13044 | catch_ada_assert_command_split (const char *args, std::string &cond_string) |
| 13045 | { |
| 13046 | args = skip_spaces (args); |
| 13047 | |
| 13048 | /* Check whether a condition was provided. */ |
| 13049 | if (startswith (args, "if") |
| 13050 | && (isspace (args[2]) || args[2] == '\0')) |
| 13051 | { |
| 13052 | args += 2; |
| 13053 | args = skip_spaces (args); |
| 13054 | if (args[0] == '\0') |
| 13055 | error (_("condition missing after `if' keyword")); |
| 13056 | cond_string.assign (args); |
| 13057 | } |
| 13058 | |
| 13059 | /* Otherwise, there should be no other argument at the end of |
| 13060 | the command. */ |
| 13061 | else if (args[0] != '\0') |
| 13062 | error (_("Junk at end of arguments.")); |
| 13063 | } |
| 13064 | |
| 13065 | /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */ |
| 13066 | |
| 13067 | static void |
| 13068 | catch_assert_command (const char *arg_entry, int from_tty, |
| 13069 | struct cmd_list_element *command) |
| 13070 | { |
| 13071 | const char *arg = arg_entry; |
| 13072 | struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); |
| 13073 | int tempflag; |
| 13074 | std::string cond_string; |
| 13075 | |
| 13076 | tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY; |
| 13077 | |
| 13078 | if (!arg) |
| 13079 | arg = ""; |
| 13080 | catch_ada_assert_command_split (arg, cond_string); |
| 13081 | create_ada_exception_catchpoint (gdbarch, ada_catch_assert, |
| 13082 | "", cond_string, |
| 13083 | tempflag, 1 /* enabled */, |
| 13084 | from_tty); |
| 13085 | } |
| 13086 | |
| 13087 | /* Return non-zero if the symbol SYM is an Ada exception object. */ |
| 13088 | |
| 13089 | static int |
| 13090 | ada_is_exception_sym (struct symbol *sym) |
| 13091 | { |
| 13092 | const char *type_name = TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)); |
| 13093 | |
| 13094 | return (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF |
| 13095 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK |
| 13096 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_CONST |
| 13097 | && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_UNRESOLVED |
| 13098 | && type_name != NULL && strcmp (type_name, "exception") == 0); |
| 13099 | } |
| 13100 | |
| 13101 | /* Given a global symbol SYM, return non-zero iff SYM is a non-standard |
| 13102 | Ada exception object. This matches all exceptions except the ones |
| 13103 | defined by the Ada language. */ |
| 13104 | |
| 13105 | static int |
| 13106 | ada_is_non_standard_exception_sym (struct symbol *sym) |
| 13107 | { |
| 13108 | int i; |
| 13109 | |
| 13110 | if (!ada_is_exception_sym (sym)) |
| 13111 | return 0; |
| 13112 | |
| 13113 | for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (standard_exc); i++) |
| 13114 | if (strcmp (sym->linkage_name (), standard_exc[i]) == 0) |
| 13115 | return 0; /* A standard exception. */ |
| 13116 | |
| 13117 | /* Numeric_Error is also a standard exception, so exclude it. |
| 13118 | See the STANDARD_EXC description for more details as to why |
| 13119 | this exception is not listed in that array. */ |
| 13120 | if (strcmp (sym->linkage_name (), "numeric_error") == 0) |
| 13121 | return 0; |
| 13122 | |
| 13123 | return 1; |
| 13124 | } |
| 13125 | |
| 13126 | /* A helper function for std::sort, comparing two struct ada_exc_info |
| 13127 | objects. |
| 13128 | |
| 13129 | The comparison is determined first by exception name, and then |
| 13130 | by exception address. */ |
| 13131 | |
| 13132 | bool |
| 13133 | ada_exc_info::operator< (const ada_exc_info &other) const |
| 13134 | { |
| 13135 | int result; |
| 13136 | |
| 13137 | result = strcmp (name, other.name); |
| 13138 | if (result < 0) |
| 13139 | return true; |
| 13140 | if (result == 0 && addr < other.addr) |
| 13141 | return true; |
| 13142 | return false; |
| 13143 | } |
| 13144 | |
| 13145 | bool |
| 13146 | ada_exc_info::operator== (const ada_exc_info &other) const |
| 13147 | { |
| 13148 | return addr == other.addr && strcmp (name, other.name) == 0; |
| 13149 | } |
| 13150 | |
| 13151 | /* Sort EXCEPTIONS using compare_ada_exception_info as the comparison |
| 13152 | routine, but keeping the first SKIP elements untouched. |
| 13153 | |
| 13154 | All duplicates are also removed. */ |
| 13155 | |
| 13156 | static void |
| 13157 | sort_remove_dups_ada_exceptions_list (std::vector<ada_exc_info> *exceptions, |
| 13158 | int skip) |
| 13159 | { |
| 13160 | std::sort (exceptions->begin () + skip, exceptions->end ()); |
| 13161 | exceptions->erase (std::unique (exceptions->begin () + skip, exceptions->end ()), |
| 13162 | exceptions->end ()); |
| 13163 | } |
| 13164 | |
| 13165 | /* Add all exceptions defined by the Ada standard whose name match |
| 13166 | a regular expression. |
| 13167 | |
| 13168 | If PREG is not NULL, then this regexp_t object is used to |
| 13169 | perform the symbol name matching. Otherwise, no name-based |
| 13170 | filtering is performed. |
| 13171 | |
| 13172 | EXCEPTIONS is a vector of exceptions to which matching exceptions |
| 13173 | gets pushed. */ |
| 13174 | |
| 13175 | static void |
| 13176 | ada_add_standard_exceptions (compiled_regex *preg, |
| 13177 | std::vector<ada_exc_info> *exceptions) |
| 13178 | { |
| 13179 | int i; |
| 13180 | |
| 13181 | for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (standard_exc); i++) |
| 13182 | { |
| 13183 | if (preg == NULL |
| 13184 | || preg->exec (standard_exc[i], 0, NULL, 0) == 0) |
| 13185 | { |
| 13186 | struct bound_minimal_symbol msymbol |
| 13187 | = ada_lookup_simple_minsym (standard_exc[i]); |
| 13188 | |
| 13189 | if (msymbol.minsym != NULL) |
| 13190 | { |
| 13191 | struct ada_exc_info info |
| 13192 | = {standard_exc[i], BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol)}; |
| 13193 | |
| 13194 | exceptions->push_back (info); |
| 13195 | } |
| 13196 | } |
| 13197 | } |
| 13198 | } |
| 13199 | |
| 13200 | /* Add all Ada exceptions defined locally and accessible from the given |
| 13201 | FRAME. |
| 13202 | |
| 13203 | If PREG is not NULL, then this regexp_t object is used to |
| 13204 | perform the symbol name matching. Otherwise, no name-based |
| 13205 | filtering is performed. |
| 13206 | |
| 13207 | EXCEPTIONS is a vector of exceptions to which matching exceptions |
| 13208 | gets pushed. */ |
| 13209 | |
| 13210 | static void |
| 13211 | ada_add_exceptions_from_frame (compiled_regex *preg, |
| 13212 | struct frame_info *frame, |
| 13213 | std::vector<ada_exc_info> *exceptions) |
| 13214 | { |
| 13215 | const struct block *block = get_frame_block (frame, 0); |
| 13216 | |
| 13217 | while (block != 0) |
| 13218 | { |
| 13219 | struct block_iterator iter; |
| 13220 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 13221 | |
| 13222 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block, iter, sym) |
| 13223 | { |
| 13224 | switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym)) |
| 13225 | { |
| 13226 | case LOC_TYPEDEF: |
| 13227 | case LOC_BLOCK: |
| 13228 | case LOC_CONST: |
| 13229 | break; |
| 13230 | default: |
| 13231 | if (ada_is_exception_sym (sym)) |
| 13232 | { |
| 13233 | struct ada_exc_info info = {sym->print_name (), |
| 13234 | SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym)}; |
| 13235 | |
| 13236 | exceptions->push_back (info); |
| 13237 | } |
| 13238 | } |
| 13239 | } |
| 13240 | if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (block) != NULL) |
| 13241 | break; |
| 13242 | block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block); |
| 13243 | } |
| 13244 | } |
| 13245 | |
| 13246 | /* Return true if NAME matches PREG or if PREG is NULL. */ |
| 13247 | |
| 13248 | static bool |
| 13249 | name_matches_regex (const char *name, compiled_regex *preg) |
| 13250 | { |
| 13251 | return (preg == NULL |
| 13252 | || preg->exec (ada_decode (name).c_str (), 0, NULL, 0) == 0); |
| 13253 | } |
| 13254 | |
| 13255 | /* Add all exceptions defined globally whose name name match |
| 13256 | a regular expression, excluding standard exceptions. |
| 13257 | |
| 13258 | The reason we exclude standard exceptions is that they need |
| 13259 | to be handled separately: Standard exceptions are defined inside |
| 13260 | a runtime unit which is normally not compiled with debugging info, |
| 13261 | and thus usually do not show up in our symbol search. However, |
| 13262 | if the unit was in fact built with debugging info, we need to |
| 13263 | exclude them because they would duplicate the entry we found |
| 13264 | during the special loop that specifically searches for those |
| 13265 | standard exceptions. |
| 13266 | |
| 13267 | If PREG is not NULL, then this regexp_t object is used to |
| 13268 | perform the symbol name matching. Otherwise, no name-based |
| 13269 | filtering is performed. |
| 13270 | |
| 13271 | EXCEPTIONS is a vector of exceptions to which matching exceptions |
| 13272 | gets pushed. */ |
| 13273 | |
| 13274 | static void |
| 13275 | ada_add_global_exceptions (compiled_regex *preg, |
| 13276 | std::vector<ada_exc_info> *exceptions) |
| 13277 | { |
| 13278 | /* In Ada, the symbol "search name" is a linkage name, whereas the |
| 13279 | regular expression used to do the matching refers to the natural |
| 13280 | name. So match against the decoded name. */ |
| 13281 | expand_symtabs_matching (NULL, |
| 13282 | lookup_name_info::match_any (), |
| 13283 | [&] (const char *search_name) |
| 13284 | { |
| 13285 | std::string decoded = ada_decode (search_name); |
| 13286 | return name_matches_regex (decoded.c_str (), preg); |
| 13287 | }, |
| 13288 | NULL, |
| 13289 | VARIABLES_DOMAIN); |
| 13290 | |
| 13291 | for (objfile *objfile : current_program_space->objfiles ()) |
| 13292 | { |
| 13293 | for (compunit_symtab *s : objfile->compunits ()) |
| 13294 | { |
| 13295 | const struct blockvector *bv = COMPUNIT_BLOCKVECTOR (s); |
| 13296 | int i; |
| 13297 | |
| 13298 | for (i = GLOBAL_BLOCK; i <= STATIC_BLOCK; i++) |
| 13299 | { |
| 13300 | const struct block *b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i); |
| 13301 | struct block_iterator iter; |
| 13302 | struct symbol *sym; |
| 13303 | |
| 13304 | ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym) |
| 13305 | if (ada_is_non_standard_exception_sym (sym) |
| 13306 | && name_matches_regex (sym->natural_name (), preg)) |
| 13307 | { |
| 13308 | struct ada_exc_info info |
| 13309 | = {sym->print_name (), SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym)}; |
| 13310 | |
| 13311 | exceptions->push_back (info); |
| 13312 | } |
| 13313 | } |
| 13314 | } |
| 13315 | } |
| 13316 | } |
| 13317 | |
| 13318 | /* Implements ada_exceptions_list with the regular expression passed |
| 13319 | as a regex_t, rather than a string. |
| 13320 | |
| 13321 | If not NULL, PREG is used to filter out exceptions whose names |
| 13322 | do not match. Otherwise, all exceptions are listed. */ |
| 13323 | |
| 13324 | static std::vector<ada_exc_info> |
| 13325 | ada_exceptions_list_1 (compiled_regex *preg) |
| 13326 | { |
| 13327 | std::vector<ada_exc_info> result; |
| 13328 | int prev_len; |
| 13329 | |
| 13330 | /* First, list the known standard exceptions. These exceptions |
| 13331 | need to be handled separately, as they are usually defined in |
| 13332 | runtime units that have been compiled without debugging info. */ |
| 13333 | |
| 13334 | ada_add_standard_exceptions (preg, &result); |
| 13335 | |
| 13336 | /* Next, find all exceptions whose scope is local and accessible |
| 13337 | from the currently selected frame. */ |
| 13338 | |
| 13339 | if (has_stack_frames ()) |
| 13340 | { |
| 13341 | prev_len = result.size (); |
| 13342 | ada_add_exceptions_from_frame (preg, get_selected_frame (NULL), |
| 13343 | &result); |
| 13344 | if (result.size () > prev_len) |
| 13345 | sort_remove_dups_ada_exceptions_list (&result, prev_len); |
| 13346 | } |
| 13347 | |
| 13348 | /* Add all exceptions whose scope is global. */ |
| 13349 | |
| 13350 | prev_len = result.size (); |
| 13351 | ada_add_global_exceptions (preg, &result); |
| 13352 | if (result.size () > prev_len) |
| 13353 | sort_remove_dups_ada_exceptions_list (&result, prev_len); |
| 13354 | |
| 13355 | return result; |
| 13356 | } |
| 13357 | |
| 13358 | /* Return a vector of ada_exc_info. |
| 13359 | |
| 13360 | If REGEXP is NULL, all exceptions are included in the result. |
| 13361 | Otherwise, it should contain a valid regular expression, |
| 13362 | and only the exceptions whose names match that regular expression |
| 13363 | are included in the result. |
| 13364 | |
| 13365 | The exceptions are sorted in the following order: |
| 13366 | - Standard exceptions (defined by the Ada language), in |
| 13367 | alphabetical order; |
| 13368 | - Exceptions only visible from the current frame, in |
| 13369 | alphabetical order; |
| 13370 | - Exceptions whose scope is global, in alphabetical order. */ |
| 13371 | |
| 13372 | std::vector<ada_exc_info> |
| 13373 | ada_exceptions_list (const char *regexp) |
| 13374 | { |
| 13375 | if (regexp == NULL) |
| 13376 | return ada_exceptions_list_1 (NULL); |
| 13377 | |
| 13378 | compiled_regex reg (regexp, REG_NOSUB, _("invalid regular expression")); |
| 13379 | return ada_exceptions_list_1 (®); |
| 13380 | } |
| 13381 | |
| 13382 | /* Implement the "info exceptions" command. */ |
| 13383 | |
| 13384 | static void |
| 13385 | info_exceptions_command (const char *regexp, int from_tty) |
| 13386 | { |
| 13387 | struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch (); |
| 13388 | |
| 13389 | std::vector<ada_exc_info> exceptions = ada_exceptions_list (regexp); |
| 13390 | |
| 13391 | if (regexp != NULL) |
| 13392 | printf_filtered |
| 13393 | (_("All Ada exceptions matching regular expression \"%s\":\n"), regexp); |
| 13394 | else |
| 13395 | printf_filtered (_("All defined Ada exceptions:\n")); |
| 13396 | |
| 13397 | for (const ada_exc_info &info : exceptions) |
| 13398 | printf_filtered ("%s: %s\n", info.name, paddress (gdbarch, info.addr)); |
| 13399 | } |
| 13400 | |
| 13401 | /* Operators */ |
| 13402 | /* Information about operators given special treatment in functions |
| 13403 | below. */ |
| 13404 | /* Format: OP_DEFN (<operator>, <operator length>, <# args>, <binop>). */ |
| 13405 | |
| 13406 | #define ADA_OPERATORS \ |
| 13407 | OP_DEFN (OP_VAR_VALUE, 4, 0, 0) \ |
| 13408 | OP_DEFN (BINOP_IN_BOUNDS, 3, 2, 0) \ |
| 13409 | OP_DEFN (TERNOP_IN_RANGE, 1, 3, 0) \ |
| 13410 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_FIRST, 1, 2, 0) \ |
| 13411 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_LAST, 1, 2, 0) \ |
| 13412 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_LENGTH, 1, 2, 0) \ |
| 13413 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_IMAGE, 1, 2, 0) \ |
| 13414 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_MAX, 1, 3, 0) \ |
| 13415 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_MIN, 1, 3, 0) \ |
| 13416 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_MODULUS, 1, 1, 0) \ |
| 13417 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_POS, 1, 2, 0) \ |
| 13418 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_SIZE, 1, 1, 0) \ |
| 13419 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_TAG, 1, 1, 0) \ |
| 13420 | OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_VAL, 1, 2, 0) \ |
| 13421 | OP_DEFN (UNOP_QUAL, 3, 1, 0) \ |
| 13422 | OP_DEFN (UNOP_IN_RANGE, 3, 1, 0) \ |
| 13423 | OP_DEFN (OP_OTHERS, 1, 1, 0) \ |
| 13424 | OP_DEFN (OP_POSITIONAL, 3, 1, 0) \ |
| 13425 | OP_DEFN (OP_DISCRETE_RANGE, 1, 2, 0) |
| 13426 | |
| 13427 | static void |
| 13428 | ada_operator_length (const struct expression *exp, int pc, int *oplenp, |
| 13429 | int *argsp) |
| 13430 | { |
| 13431 | switch (exp->elts[pc - 1].opcode) |
| 13432 | { |
| 13433 | default: |
| 13434 | operator_length_standard (exp, pc, oplenp, argsp); |
| 13435 | break; |
| 13436 | |
| 13437 | #define OP_DEFN(op, len, args, binop) \ |
| 13438 | case op: *oplenp = len; *argsp = args; break; |
| 13439 | ADA_OPERATORS; |
| 13440 | #undef OP_DEFN |
| 13441 | |
| 13442 | case OP_AGGREGATE: |
| 13443 | *oplenp = 3; |
| 13444 | *argsp = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc - 2].longconst); |
| 13445 | break; |
| 13446 | |
| 13447 | case OP_CHOICES: |
| 13448 | *oplenp = 3; |
| 13449 | *argsp = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc - 2].longconst) + 1; |
| 13450 | break; |
| 13451 | } |
| 13452 | } |
| 13453 | |
| 13454 | /* Implementation of the exp_descriptor method operator_check. */ |
| 13455 | |
| 13456 | static int |
| 13457 | ada_operator_check (struct expression *exp, int pos, |
| 13458 | int (*objfile_func) (struct objfile *objfile, void *data), |
| 13459 | void *data) |
| 13460 | { |
| 13461 | const union exp_element *const elts = exp->elts; |
| 13462 | struct type *type = NULL; |
| 13463 | |
| 13464 | switch (elts[pos].opcode) |
| 13465 | { |
| 13466 | case UNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 13467 | case UNOP_QUAL: |
| 13468 | type = elts[pos + 1].type; |
| 13469 | break; |
| 13470 | |
| 13471 | default: |
| 13472 | return operator_check_standard (exp, pos, objfile_func, data); |
| 13473 | } |
| 13474 | |
| 13475 | /* Invoke callbacks for TYPE and OBJFILE if they were set as non-NULL. */ |
| 13476 | |
| 13477 | if (type && TYPE_OBJFILE (type) |
| 13478 | && (*objfile_func) (TYPE_OBJFILE (type), data)) |
| 13479 | return 1; |
| 13480 | |
| 13481 | return 0; |
| 13482 | } |
| 13483 | |
| 13484 | static const char * |
| 13485 | ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode opcode) |
| 13486 | { |
| 13487 | switch (opcode) |
| 13488 | { |
| 13489 | default: |
| 13490 | return op_name_standard (opcode); |
| 13491 | |
| 13492 | #define OP_DEFN(op, len, args, binop) case op: return #op; |
| 13493 | ADA_OPERATORS; |
| 13494 | #undef OP_DEFN |
| 13495 | |
| 13496 | case OP_AGGREGATE: |
| 13497 | return "OP_AGGREGATE"; |
| 13498 | case OP_CHOICES: |
| 13499 | return "OP_CHOICES"; |
| 13500 | case OP_NAME: |
| 13501 | return "OP_NAME"; |
| 13502 | } |
| 13503 | } |
| 13504 | |
| 13505 | /* As for operator_length, but assumes PC is pointing at the first |
| 13506 | element of the operator, and gives meaningful results only for the |
| 13507 | Ada-specific operators, returning 0 for *OPLENP and *ARGSP otherwise. */ |
| 13508 | |
| 13509 | static void |
| 13510 | ada_forward_operator_length (struct expression *exp, int pc, |
| 13511 | int *oplenp, int *argsp) |
| 13512 | { |
| 13513 | switch (exp->elts[pc].opcode) |
| 13514 | { |
| 13515 | default: |
| 13516 | *oplenp = *argsp = 0; |
| 13517 | break; |
| 13518 | |
| 13519 | #define OP_DEFN(op, len, args, binop) \ |
| 13520 | case op: *oplenp = len; *argsp = args; break; |
| 13521 | ADA_OPERATORS; |
| 13522 | #undef OP_DEFN |
| 13523 | |
| 13524 | case OP_AGGREGATE: |
| 13525 | *oplenp = 3; |
| 13526 | *argsp = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 13527 | break; |
| 13528 | |
| 13529 | case OP_CHOICES: |
| 13530 | *oplenp = 3; |
| 13531 | *argsp = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst) + 1; |
| 13532 | break; |
| 13533 | |
| 13534 | case OP_STRING: |
| 13535 | case OP_NAME: |
| 13536 | { |
| 13537 | int len = longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 13538 | |
| 13539 | *oplenp = 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (len + 1); |
| 13540 | *argsp = 0; |
| 13541 | break; |
| 13542 | } |
| 13543 | } |
| 13544 | } |
| 13545 | |
| 13546 | static int |
| 13547 | ada_dump_subexp_body (struct expression *exp, struct ui_file *stream, int elt) |
| 13548 | { |
| 13549 | enum exp_opcode op = exp->elts[elt].opcode; |
| 13550 | int oplen, nargs; |
| 13551 | int pc = elt; |
| 13552 | int i; |
| 13553 | |
| 13554 | ada_forward_operator_length (exp, elt, &oplen, &nargs); |
| 13555 | |
| 13556 | switch (op) |
| 13557 | { |
| 13558 | /* Ada attributes ('Foo). */ |
| 13559 | case OP_ATR_FIRST: |
| 13560 | case OP_ATR_LAST: |
| 13561 | case OP_ATR_LENGTH: |
| 13562 | case OP_ATR_IMAGE: |
| 13563 | case OP_ATR_MAX: |
| 13564 | case OP_ATR_MIN: |
| 13565 | case OP_ATR_MODULUS: |
| 13566 | case OP_ATR_POS: |
| 13567 | case OP_ATR_SIZE: |
| 13568 | case OP_ATR_TAG: |
| 13569 | case OP_ATR_VAL: |
| 13570 | break; |
| 13571 | |
| 13572 | case UNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 13573 | case UNOP_QUAL: |
| 13574 | /* XXX: gdb_sprint_host_address, type_sprint */ |
| 13575 | fprintf_filtered (stream, _("Type @")); |
| 13576 | gdb_print_host_address (exp->elts[pc + 1].type, stream); |
| 13577 | fprintf_filtered (stream, " ("); |
| 13578 | type_print (exp->elts[pc + 1].type, NULL, stream, 0); |
| 13579 | fprintf_filtered (stream, ")"); |
| 13580 | break; |
| 13581 | case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS: |
| 13582 | fprintf_filtered (stream, " (%d)", |
| 13583 | longest_to_int (exp->elts[pc + 2].longconst)); |
| 13584 | break; |
| 13585 | case TERNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 13586 | break; |
| 13587 | |
| 13588 | case OP_AGGREGATE: |
| 13589 | case OP_OTHERS: |
| 13590 | case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE: |
| 13591 | case OP_POSITIONAL: |
| 13592 | case OP_CHOICES: |
| 13593 | break; |
| 13594 | |
| 13595 | case OP_NAME: |
| 13596 | case OP_STRING: |
| 13597 | { |
| 13598 | char *name = &exp->elts[elt + 2].string; |
| 13599 | int len = longest_to_int (exp->elts[elt + 1].longconst); |
| 13600 | |
| 13601 | fprintf_filtered (stream, "Text: `%.*s'", len, name); |
| 13602 | break; |
| 13603 | } |
| 13604 | |
| 13605 | default: |
| 13606 | return dump_subexp_body_standard (exp, stream, elt); |
| 13607 | } |
| 13608 | |
| 13609 | elt += oplen; |
| 13610 | for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1) |
| 13611 | elt = dump_subexp (exp, stream, elt); |
| 13612 | |
| 13613 | return elt; |
| 13614 | } |
| 13615 | |
| 13616 | /* The Ada extension of print_subexp (q.v.). */ |
| 13617 | |
| 13618 | static void |
| 13619 | ada_print_subexp (struct expression *exp, int *pos, |
| 13620 | struct ui_file *stream, enum precedence prec) |
| 13621 | { |
| 13622 | int oplen, nargs, i; |
| 13623 | int pc = *pos; |
| 13624 | enum exp_opcode op = exp->elts[pc].opcode; |
| 13625 | |
| 13626 | ada_forward_operator_length (exp, pc, &oplen, &nargs); |
| 13627 | |
| 13628 | *pos += oplen; |
| 13629 | switch (op) |
| 13630 | { |
| 13631 | default: |
| 13632 | *pos -= oplen; |
| 13633 | print_subexp_standard (exp, pos, stream, prec); |
| 13634 | return; |
| 13635 | |
| 13636 | case OP_VAR_VALUE: |
| 13637 | fputs_filtered (exp->elts[pc + 2].symbol->natural_name (), stream); |
| 13638 | return; |
| 13639 | |
| 13640 | case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS: |
| 13641 | /* XXX: sprint_subexp */ |
| 13642 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 13643 | fputs_filtered (" in ", stream); |
| 13644 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 13645 | fputs_filtered ("'range", stream); |
| 13646 | if (exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst > 1) |
| 13647 | fprintf_filtered (stream, "(%ld)", |
| 13648 | (long) exp->elts[pc + 1].longconst); |
| 13649 | return; |
| 13650 | |
| 13651 | case TERNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 13652 | if (prec >= PREC_EQUAL) |
| 13653 | fputs_filtered ("(", stream); |
| 13654 | /* XXX: sprint_subexp */ |
| 13655 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 13656 | fputs_filtered (" in ", stream); |
| 13657 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_EQUAL); |
| 13658 | fputs_filtered (" .. ", stream); |
| 13659 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_EQUAL); |
| 13660 | if (prec >= PREC_EQUAL) |
| 13661 | fputs_filtered (")", stream); |
| 13662 | return; |
| 13663 | |
| 13664 | case OP_ATR_FIRST: |
| 13665 | case OP_ATR_LAST: |
| 13666 | case OP_ATR_LENGTH: |
| 13667 | case OP_ATR_IMAGE: |
| 13668 | case OP_ATR_MAX: |
| 13669 | case OP_ATR_MIN: |
| 13670 | case OP_ATR_MODULUS: |
| 13671 | case OP_ATR_POS: |
| 13672 | case OP_ATR_SIZE: |
| 13673 | case OP_ATR_TAG: |
| 13674 | case OP_ATR_VAL: |
| 13675 | if (exp->elts[*pos].opcode == OP_TYPE) |
| 13676 | { |
| 13677 | if (TYPE_CODE (exp->elts[*pos + 1].type) != TYPE_CODE_VOID) |
| 13678 | LA_PRINT_TYPE (exp->elts[*pos + 1].type, "", stream, 0, 0, |
| 13679 | &type_print_raw_options); |
| 13680 | *pos += 3; |
| 13681 | } |
| 13682 | else |
| 13683 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 13684 | fprintf_filtered (stream, "'%s", ada_attribute_name (op)); |
| 13685 | if (nargs > 1) |
| 13686 | { |
| 13687 | int tem; |
| 13688 | |
| 13689 | for (tem = 1; tem < nargs; tem += 1) |
| 13690 | { |
| 13691 | fputs_filtered ((tem == 1) ? " (" : ", ", stream); |
| 13692 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_ABOVE_COMMA); |
| 13693 | } |
| 13694 | fputs_filtered (")", stream); |
| 13695 | } |
| 13696 | return; |
| 13697 | |
| 13698 | case UNOP_QUAL: |
| 13699 | type_print (exp->elts[pc + 1].type, "", stream, 0); |
| 13700 | fputs_filtered ("'(", stream); |
| 13701 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_PREFIX); |
| 13702 | fputs_filtered (")", stream); |
| 13703 | return; |
| 13704 | |
| 13705 | case UNOP_IN_RANGE: |
| 13706 | /* XXX: sprint_subexp */ |
| 13707 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 13708 | fputs_filtered (" in ", stream); |
| 13709 | LA_PRINT_TYPE (exp->elts[pc + 1].type, "", stream, 1, 0, |
| 13710 | &type_print_raw_options); |
| 13711 | return; |
| 13712 | |
| 13713 | case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE: |
| 13714 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 13715 | fputs_filtered ("..", stream); |
| 13716 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 13717 | return; |
| 13718 | |
| 13719 | case OP_OTHERS: |
| 13720 | fputs_filtered ("others => ", stream); |
| 13721 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 13722 | return; |
| 13723 | |
| 13724 | case OP_CHOICES: |
| 13725 | for (i = 0; i < nargs-1; i += 1) |
| 13726 | { |
| 13727 | if (i > 0) |
| 13728 | fputs_filtered ("|", stream); |
| 13729 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 13730 | } |
| 13731 | fputs_filtered (" => ", stream); |
| 13732 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 13733 | return; |
| 13734 | |
| 13735 | case OP_POSITIONAL: |
| 13736 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 13737 | return; |
| 13738 | |
| 13739 | case OP_AGGREGATE: |
| 13740 | fputs_filtered ("(", stream); |
| 13741 | for (i = 0; i < nargs; i += 1) |
| 13742 | { |
| 13743 | if (i > 0) |
| 13744 | fputs_filtered (", ", stream); |
| 13745 | print_subexp (exp, pos, stream, PREC_SUFFIX); |
| 13746 | } |
| 13747 | fputs_filtered (")", stream); |
| 13748 | return; |
| 13749 | } |
| 13750 | } |
| 13751 | |
| 13752 | /* Table mapping opcodes into strings for printing operators |
| 13753 | and precedences of the operators. */ |
| 13754 | |
| 13755 | static const struct op_print ada_op_print_tab[] = { |
| 13756 | {":=", BINOP_ASSIGN, PREC_ASSIGN, 1}, |
| 13757 | {"or else", BINOP_LOGICAL_OR, PREC_LOGICAL_OR, 0}, |
| 13758 | {"and then", BINOP_LOGICAL_AND, PREC_LOGICAL_AND, 0}, |
| 13759 | {"or", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR, PREC_BITWISE_IOR, 0}, |
| 13760 | {"xor", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR, PREC_BITWISE_XOR, 0}, |
| 13761 | {"and", BINOP_BITWISE_AND, PREC_BITWISE_AND, 0}, |
| 13762 | {"=", BINOP_EQUAL, PREC_EQUAL, 0}, |
| 13763 | {"/=", BINOP_NOTEQUAL, PREC_EQUAL, 0}, |
| 13764 | {"<=", BINOP_LEQ, PREC_ORDER, 0}, |
| 13765 | {">=", BINOP_GEQ, PREC_ORDER, 0}, |
| 13766 | {">", BINOP_GTR, PREC_ORDER, 0}, |
| 13767 | {"<", BINOP_LESS, PREC_ORDER, 0}, |
| 13768 | {">>", BINOP_RSH, PREC_SHIFT, 0}, |
| 13769 | {"<<", BINOP_LSH, PREC_SHIFT, 0}, |
| 13770 | {"+", BINOP_ADD, PREC_ADD, 0}, |
| 13771 | {"-", BINOP_SUB, PREC_ADD, 0}, |
| 13772 | {"&", BINOP_CONCAT, PREC_ADD, 0}, |
| 13773 | {"*", BINOP_MUL, PREC_MUL, 0}, |
| 13774 | {"/", BINOP_DIV, PREC_MUL, 0}, |
| 13775 | {"rem", BINOP_REM, PREC_MUL, 0}, |
| 13776 | {"mod", BINOP_MOD, PREC_MUL, 0}, |
| 13777 | {"**", BINOP_EXP, PREC_REPEAT, 0}, |
| 13778 | {"@", BINOP_REPEAT, PREC_REPEAT, 0}, |
| 13779 | {"-", UNOP_NEG, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, |
| 13780 | {"+", UNOP_PLUS, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, |
| 13781 | {"not ", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, |
| 13782 | {"not ", UNOP_COMPLEMENT, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, |
| 13783 | {"abs ", UNOP_ABS, PREC_PREFIX, 0}, |
| 13784 | {".all", UNOP_IND, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, |
| 13785 | {"'access", UNOP_ADDR, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, |
| 13786 | {"'size", OP_ATR_SIZE, PREC_SUFFIX, 1}, |
| 13787 | {NULL, OP_NULL, PREC_SUFFIX, 0} |
| 13788 | }; |
| 13789 | \f |
| 13790 | enum ada_primitive_types { |
| 13791 | ada_primitive_type_int, |
| 13792 | ada_primitive_type_long, |
| 13793 | ada_primitive_type_short, |
| 13794 | ada_primitive_type_char, |
| 13795 | ada_primitive_type_float, |
| 13796 | ada_primitive_type_double, |
| 13797 | ada_primitive_type_void, |
| 13798 | ada_primitive_type_long_long, |
| 13799 | ada_primitive_type_long_double, |
| 13800 | ada_primitive_type_natural, |
| 13801 | ada_primitive_type_positive, |
| 13802 | ada_primitive_type_system_address, |
| 13803 | ada_primitive_type_storage_offset, |
| 13804 | nr_ada_primitive_types |
| 13805 | }; |
| 13806 | |
| 13807 | static void |
| 13808 | ada_language_arch_info (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, |
| 13809 | struct language_arch_info *lai) |
| 13810 | { |
| 13811 | const struct builtin_type *builtin = builtin_type (gdbarch); |
| 13812 | |
| 13813 | lai->primitive_type_vector |
| 13814 | = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_CALLOC (gdbarch, nr_ada_primitive_types + 1, |
| 13815 | struct type *); |
| 13816 | |
| 13817 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_int] |
| 13818 | = arch_integer_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch), |
| 13819 | 0, "integer"); |
| 13820 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_long] |
| 13821 | = arch_integer_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_long_bit (gdbarch), |
| 13822 | 0, "long_integer"); |
| 13823 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_short] |
| 13824 | = arch_integer_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_short_bit (gdbarch), |
| 13825 | 0, "short_integer"); |
| 13826 | lai->string_char_type |
| 13827 | = lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_char] |
| 13828 | = arch_character_type (gdbarch, TARGET_CHAR_BIT, 0, "character"); |
| 13829 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_float] |
| 13830 | = arch_float_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_float_bit (gdbarch), |
| 13831 | "float", gdbarch_float_format (gdbarch)); |
| 13832 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_double] |
| 13833 | = arch_float_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch), |
| 13834 | "long_float", gdbarch_double_format (gdbarch)); |
| 13835 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_long_long] |
| 13836 | = arch_integer_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_long_long_bit (gdbarch), |
| 13837 | 0, "long_long_integer"); |
| 13838 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_long_double] |
| 13839 | = arch_float_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_long_double_bit (gdbarch), |
| 13840 | "long_long_float", gdbarch_long_double_format (gdbarch)); |
| 13841 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_natural] |
| 13842 | = arch_integer_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch), |
| 13843 | 0, "natural"); |
| 13844 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_positive] |
| 13845 | = arch_integer_type (gdbarch, gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch), |
| 13846 | 0, "positive"); |
| 13847 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_void] |
| 13848 | = builtin->builtin_void; |
| 13849 | |
| 13850 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_system_address] |
| 13851 | = lookup_pointer_type (arch_type (gdbarch, TYPE_CODE_VOID, TARGET_CHAR_BIT, |
| 13852 | "void")); |
| 13853 | TYPE_NAME (lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_system_address]) |
| 13854 | = "system__address"; |
| 13855 | |
| 13856 | /* Create the equivalent of the System.Storage_Elements.Storage_Offset |
| 13857 | type. This is a signed integral type whose size is the same as |
| 13858 | the size of addresses. */ |
| 13859 | { |
| 13860 | unsigned int addr_length = TYPE_LENGTH |
| 13861 | (lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_system_address]); |
| 13862 | |
| 13863 | lai->primitive_type_vector [ada_primitive_type_storage_offset] |
| 13864 | = arch_integer_type (gdbarch, addr_length * HOST_CHAR_BIT, 0, |
| 13865 | "storage_offset"); |
| 13866 | } |
| 13867 | |
| 13868 | lai->bool_type_symbol = NULL; |
| 13869 | lai->bool_type_default = builtin->builtin_bool; |
| 13870 | } |
| 13871 | \f |
| 13872 | /* Language vector */ |
| 13873 | |
| 13874 | /* Not really used, but needed in the ada_language_defn. */ |
| 13875 | |
| 13876 | static void |
| 13877 | emit_char (int c, struct type *type, struct ui_file *stream, int quoter) |
| 13878 | { |
| 13879 | ada_emit_char (c, type, stream, quoter, 1); |
| 13880 | } |
| 13881 | |
| 13882 | static int |
| 13883 | parse (struct parser_state *ps) |
| 13884 | { |
| 13885 | warnings_issued = 0; |
| 13886 | return ada_parse (ps); |
| 13887 | } |
| 13888 | |
| 13889 | static const struct exp_descriptor ada_exp_descriptor = { |
| 13890 | ada_print_subexp, |
| 13891 | ada_operator_length, |
| 13892 | ada_operator_check, |
| 13893 | ada_op_name, |
| 13894 | ada_dump_subexp_body, |
| 13895 | ada_evaluate_subexp |
| 13896 | }; |
| 13897 | |
| 13898 | /* symbol_name_matcher_ftype adapter for wild_match. */ |
| 13899 | |
| 13900 | static bool |
| 13901 | do_wild_match (const char *symbol_search_name, |
| 13902 | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, |
| 13903 | completion_match_result *comp_match_res) |
| 13904 | { |
| 13905 | return wild_match (symbol_search_name, ada_lookup_name (lookup_name)); |
| 13906 | } |
| 13907 | |
| 13908 | /* symbol_name_matcher_ftype adapter for full_match. */ |
| 13909 | |
| 13910 | static bool |
| 13911 | do_full_match (const char *symbol_search_name, |
| 13912 | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, |
| 13913 | completion_match_result *comp_match_res) |
| 13914 | { |
| 13915 | return full_match (symbol_search_name, ada_lookup_name (lookup_name)); |
| 13916 | } |
| 13917 | |
| 13918 | /* symbol_name_matcher_ftype for exact (verbatim) matches. */ |
| 13919 | |
| 13920 | static bool |
| 13921 | do_exact_match (const char *symbol_search_name, |
| 13922 | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, |
| 13923 | completion_match_result *comp_match_res) |
| 13924 | { |
| 13925 | return strcmp (symbol_search_name, ada_lookup_name (lookup_name)) == 0; |
| 13926 | } |
| 13927 | |
| 13928 | /* Build the Ada lookup name for LOOKUP_NAME. */ |
| 13929 | |
| 13930 | ada_lookup_name_info::ada_lookup_name_info (const lookup_name_info &lookup_name) |
| 13931 | { |
| 13932 | gdb::string_view user_name = lookup_name.name (); |
| 13933 | |
| 13934 | if (user_name[0] == '<') |
| 13935 | { |
| 13936 | if (user_name.back () == '>') |
| 13937 | m_encoded_name |
| 13938 | = user_name.substr (1, user_name.size () - 2).to_string (); |
| 13939 | else |
| 13940 | m_encoded_name |
| 13941 | = user_name.substr (1, user_name.size () - 1).to_string (); |
| 13942 | m_encoded_p = true; |
| 13943 | m_verbatim_p = true; |
| 13944 | m_wild_match_p = false; |
| 13945 | m_standard_p = false; |
| 13946 | } |
| 13947 | else |
| 13948 | { |
| 13949 | m_verbatim_p = false; |
| 13950 | |
| 13951 | m_encoded_p = user_name.find ("__") != gdb::string_view::npos; |
| 13952 | |
| 13953 | if (!m_encoded_p) |
| 13954 | { |
| 13955 | const char *folded = ada_fold_name (user_name); |
| 13956 | const char *encoded = ada_encode_1 (folded, false); |
| 13957 | if (encoded != NULL) |
| 13958 | m_encoded_name = encoded; |
| 13959 | else |
| 13960 | m_encoded_name = user_name.to_string (); |
| 13961 | } |
| 13962 | else |
| 13963 | m_encoded_name = user_name.to_string (); |
| 13964 | |
| 13965 | /* Handle the 'package Standard' special case. See description |
| 13966 | of m_standard_p. */ |
| 13967 | if (startswith (m_encoded_name.c_str (), "standard__")) |
| 13968 | { |
| 13969 | m_encoded_name = m_encoded_name.substr (sizeof ("standard__") - 1); |
| 13970 | m_standard_p = true; |
| 13971 | } |
| 13972 | else |
| 13973 | m_standard_p = false; |
| 13974 | |
| 13975 | /* If the name contains a ".", then the user is entering a fully |
| 13976 | qualified entity name, and the match must not be done in wild |
| 13977 | mode. Similarly, if the user wants to complete what looks |
| 13978 | like an encoded name, the match must not be done in wild |
| 13979 | mode. Also, in the standard__ special case always do |
| 13980 | non-wild matching. */ |
| 13981 | m_wild_match_p |
| 13982 | = (lookup_name.match_type () != symbol_name_match_type::FULL |
| 13983 | && !m_encoded_p |
| 13984 | && !m_standard_p |
| 13985 | && user_name.find ('.') == std::string::npos); |
| 13986 | } |
| 13987 | } |
| 13988 | |
| 13989 | /* symbol_name_matcher_ftype method for Ada. This only handles |
| 13990 | completion mode. */ |
| 13991 | |
| 13992 | static bool |
| 13993 | ada_symbol_name_matches (const char *symbol_search_name, |
| 13994 | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, |
| 13995 | completion_match_result *comp_match_res) |
| 13996 | { |
| 13997 | return lookup_name.ada ().matches (symbol_search_name, |
| 13998 | lookup_name.match_type (), |
| 13999 | comp_match_res); |
| 14000 | } |
| 14001 | |
| 14002 | /* A name matcher that matches the symbol name exactly, with |
| 14003 | strcmp. */ |
| 14004 | |
| 14005 | static bool |
| 14006 | literal_symbol_name_matcher (const char *symbol_search_name, |
| 14007 | const lookup_name_info &lookup_name, |
| 14008 | completion_match_result *comp_match_res) |
| 14009 | { |
| 14010 | gdb::string_view name_view = lookup_name.name (); |
| 14011 | |
| 14012 | if (lookup_name.completion_mode () |
| 14013 | ? (strncmp (symbol_search_name, name_view.data (), |
| 14014 | name_view.size ()) == 0) |
| 14015 | : symbol_search_name == name_view) |
| 14016 | { |
| 14017 | if (comp_match_res != NULL) |
| 14018 | comp_match_res->set_match (symbol_search_name); |
| 14019 | return true; |
| 14020 | } |
| 14021 | else |
| 14022 | return false; |
| 14023 | } |
| 14024 | |
| 14025 | /* Implement the "la_get_symbol_name_matcher" language_defn method for |
| 14026 | Ada. */ |
| 14027 | |
| 14028 | static symbol_name_matcher_ftype * |
| 14029 | ada_get_symbol_name_matcher (const lookup_name_info &lookup_name) |
| 14030 | { |
| 14031 | if (lookup_name.match_type () == symbol_name_match_type::SEARCH_NAME) |
| 14032 | return literal_symbol_name_matcher; |
| 14033 | |
| 14034 | if (lookup_name.completion_mode ()) |
| 14035 | return ada_symbol_name_matches; |
| 14036 | else |
| 14037 | { |
| 14038 | if (lookup_name.ada ().wild_match_p ()) |
| 14039 | return do_wild_match; |
| 14040 | else if (lookup_name.ada ().verbatim_p ()) |
| 14041 | return do_exact_match; |
| 14042 | else |
| 14043 | return do_full_match; |
| 14044 | } |
| 14045 | } |
| 14046 | |
| 14047 | /* Implement the "la_read_var_value" language_defn method for Ada. */ |
| 14048 | |
| 14049 | static struct value * |
| 14050 | ada_read_var_value (struct symbol *var, const struct block *var_block, |
| 14051 | struct frame_info *frame) |
| 14052 | { |
| 14053 | /* The only case where default_read_var_value is not sufficient |
| 14054 | is when VAR is a renaming... */ |
| 14055 | if (frame != nullptr) |
| 14056 | { |
| 14057 | const struct block *frame_block = get_frame_block (frame, NULL); |
| 14058 | if (frame_block != nullptr && ada_is_renaming_symbol (var)) |
| 14059 | return ada_read_renaming_var_value (var, frame_block); |
| 14060 | } |
| 14061 | |
| 14062 | /* This is a typical case where we expect the default_read_var_value |
| 14063 | function to work. */ |
| 14064 | return default_read_var_value (var, var_block, frame); |
| 14065 | } |
| 14066 | |
| 14067 | static const char *ada_extensions[] = |
| 14068 | { |
| 14069 | ".adb", ".ads", ".a", ".ada", ".dg", NULL |
| 14070 | }; |
| 14071 | |
| 14072 | extern const struct language_defn ada_language_defn = { |
| 14073 | "ada", /* Language name */ |
| 14074 | "Ada", |
| 14075 | language_ada, |
| 14076 | range_check_off, |
| 14077 | case_sensitive_on, /* Yes, Ada is case-insensitive, but |
| 14078 | that's not quite what this means. */ |
| 14079 | array_row_major, |
| 14080 | macro_expansion_no, |
| 14081 | ada_extensions, |
| 14082 | &ada_exp_descriptor, |
| 14083 | parse, |
| 14084 | resolve, |
| 14085 | ada_printchar, /* Print a character constant */ |
| 14086 | ada_printstr, /* Function to print string constant */ |
| 14087 | emit_char, /* Function to print single char (not used) */ |
| 14088 | ada_print_type, /* Print a type using appropriate syntax */ |
| 14089 | ada_print_typedef, /* Print a typedef using appropriate syntax */ |
| 14090 | ada_value_print_inner, /* la_value_print_inner */ |
| 14091 | ada_value_print, /* Print a top-level value */ |
| 14092 | ada_read_var_value, /* la_read_var_value */ |
| 14093 | NULL, /* Language specific skip_trampoline */ |
| 14094 | NULL, /* name_of_this */ |
| 14095 | true, /* la_store_sym_names_in_linkage_form_p */ |
| 14096 | ada_lookup_symbol_nonlocal, /* Looking up non-local symbols. */ |
| 14097 | basic_lookup_transparent_type, /* lookup_transparent_type */ |
| 14098 | ada_la_decode, /* Language specific symbol demangler */ |
| 14099 | ada_sniff_from_mangled_name, |
| 14100 | NULL, /* Language specific |
| 14101 | class_name_from_physname */ |
| 14102 | ada_op_print_tab, /* expression operators for printing */ |
| 14103 | 0, /* c-style arrays */ |
| 14104 | 1, /* String lower bound */ |
| 14105 | ada_get_gdb_completer_word_break_characters, |
| 14106 | ada_collect_symbol_completion_matches, |
| 14107 | ada_language_arch_info, |
| 14108 | ada_print_array_index, |
| 14109 | default_pass_by_reference, |
| 14110 | ada_watch_location_expression, |
| 14111 | ada_get_symbol_name_matcher, /* la_get_symbol_name_matcher */ |
| 14112 | ada_iterate_over_symbols, |
| 14113 | default_search_name_hash, |
| 14114 | &ada_varobj_ops, |
| 14115 | NULL, |
| 14116 | NULL, |
| 14117 | ada_is_string_type, |
| 14118 | "(...)" /* la_struct_too_deep_ellipsis */ |
| 14119 | }; |
| 14120 | |
| 14121 | /* Command-list for the "set/show ada" prefix command. */ |
| 14122 | static struct cmd_list_element *set_ada_list; |
| 14123 | static struct cmd_list_element *show_ada_list; |
| 14124 | |
| 14125 | static void |
| 14126 | initialize_ada_catchpoint_ops (void) |
| 14127 | { |
| 14128 | struct breakpoint_ops *ops; |
| 14129 | |
| 14130 | initialize_breakpoint_ops (); |
| 14131 | |
| 14132 | ops = &catch_exception_breakpoint_ops; |
| 14133 | *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops; |
| 14134 | ops->allocate_location = allocate_location_exception; |
| 14135 | ops->re_set = re_set_exception; |
| 14136 | ops->check_status = check_status_exception; |
| 14137 | ops->print_it = print_it_exception; |
| 14138 | ops->print_one = print_one_exception; |
| 14139 | ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception; |
| 14140 | ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception; |
| 14141 | |
| 14142 | ops = &catch_exception_unhandled_breakpoint_ops; |
| 14143 | *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops; |
| 14144 | ops->allocate_location = allocate_location_exception; |
| 14145 | ops->re_set = re_set_exception; |
| 14146 | ops->check_status = check_status_exception; |
| 14147 | ops->print_it = print_it_exception; |
| 14148 | ops->print_one = print_one_exception; |
| 14149 | ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception; |
| 14150 | ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception; |
| 14151 | |
| 14152 | ops = &catch_assert_breakpoint_ops; |
| 14153 | *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops; |
| 14154 | ops->allocate_location = allocate_location_exception; |
| 14155 | ops->re_set = re_set_exception; |
| 14156 | ops->check_status = check_status_exception; |
| 14157 | ops->print_it = print_it_exception; |
| 14158 | ops->print_one = print_one_exception; |
| 14159 | ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception; |
| 14160 | ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception; |
| 14161 | |
| 14162 | ops = &catch_handlers_breakpoint_ops; |
| 14163 | *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops; |
| 14164 | ops->allocate_location = allocate_location_exception; |
| 14165 | ops->re_set = re_set_exception; |
| 14166 | ops->check_status = check_status_exception; |
| 14167 | ops->print_it = print_it_exception; |
| 14168 | ops->print_one = print_one_exception; |
| 14169 | ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception; |
| 14170 | ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception; |
| 14171 | } |
| 14172 | |
| 14173 | /* This module's 'new_objfile' observer. */ |
| 14174 | |
| 14175 | static void |
| 14176 | ada_new_objfile_observer (struct objfile *objfile) |
| 14177 | { |
| 14178 | ada_clear_symbol_cache (); |
| 14179 | } |
| 14180 | |
| 14181 | /* This module's 'free_objfile' observer. */ |
| 14182 | |
| 14183 | static void |
| 14184 | ada_free_objfile_observer (struct objfile *objfile) |
| 14185 | { |
| 14186 | ada_clear_symbol_cache (); |
| 14187 | } |
| 14188 | |
| 14189 | void _initialize_ada_language (); |
| 14190 | void |
| 14191 | _initialize_ada_language () |
| 14192 | { |
| 14193 | initialize_ada_catchpoint_ops (); |
| 14194 | |
| 14195 | add_basic_prefix_cmd ("ada", no_class, |
| 14196 | _("Prefix command for changing Ada-specific settings."), |
| 14197 | &set_ada_list, "set ada ", 0, &setlist); |
| 14198 | |
| 14199 | add_show_prefix_cmd ("ada", no_class, |
| 14200 | _("Generic command for showing Ada-specific settings."), |
| 14201 | &show_ada_list, "show ada ", 0, &showlist); |
| 14202 | |
| 14203 | add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("trust-PAD-over-XVS", class_obscure, |
| 14204 | &trust_pad_over_xvs, _("\ |
| 14205 | Enable or disable an optimization trusting PAD types over XVS types."), _("\ |
| 14206 | Show whether an optimization trusting PAD types over XVS types is activated."), |
| 14207 | _("\ |
| 14208 | This is related to the encoding used by the GNAT compiler. The debugger\n\ |
| 14209 | should normally trust the contents of PAD types, but certain older versions\n\ |
| 14210 | of GNAT have a bug that sometimes causes the information in the PAD type\n\ |
| 14211 | to be incorrect. Turning this setting \"off\" allows the debugger to\n\ |
| 14212 | work around this bug. It is always safe to turn this option \"off\", but\n\ |
| 14213 | this incurs a slight performance penalty, so it is recommended to NOT change\n\ |
| 14214 | this option to \"off\" unless necessary."), |
| 14215 | NULL, NULL, &set_ada_list, &show_ada_list); |
| 14216 | |
| 14217 | add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("print-signatures", class_vars, |
| 14218 | &print_signatures, _("\ |
| 14219 | Enable or disable the output of formal and return types for functions in the \ |
| 14220 | overloads selection menu."), _("\ |
| 14221 | Show whether the output of formal and return types for functions in the \ |
| 14222 | overloads selection menu is activated."), |
| 14223 | NULL, NULL, NULL, &set_ada_list, &show_ada_list); |
| 14224 | |
| 14225 | add_catch_command ("exception", _("\ |
| 14226 | Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\ |
| 14227 | Usage: catch exception [ARG] [if CONDITION]\n\ |
| 14228 | Without any argument, stop when any Ada exception is raised.\n\ |
| 14229 | If ARG is \"unhandled\" (without the quotes), only stop when the exception\n\ |
| 14230 | being raised does not have a handler (and will therefore lead to the task's\n\ |
| 14231 | termination).\n\ |
| 14232 | Otherwise, the catchpoint only stops when the name of the exception being\n\ |
| 14233 | raised is the same as ARG.\n\ |
| 14234 | CONDITION is a boolean expression that is evaluated to see whether the\n\ |
| 14235 | exception should cause a stop."), |
| 14236 | catch_ada_exception_command, |
| 14237 | catch_ada_completer, |
| 14238 | CATCH_PERMANENT, |
| 14239 | CATCH_TEMPORARY); |
| 14240 | |
| 14241 | add_catch_command ("handlers", _("\ |
| 14242 | Catch Ada exceptions, when handled.\n\ |
| 14243 | Usage: catch handlers [ARG] [if CONDITION]\n\ |
| 14244 | Without any argument, stop when any Ada exception is handled.\n\ |
| 14245 | With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name.\n\ |
| 14246 | CONDITION is a boolean expression that is evaluated to see whether the\n\ |
| 14247 | exception should cause a stop."), |
| 14248 | catch_ada_handlers_command, |
| 14249 | catch_ada_completer, |
| 14250 | CATCH_PERMANENT, |
| 14251 | CATCH_TEMPORARY); |
| 14252 | add_catch_command ("assert", _("\ |
| 14253 | Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\ |
| 14254 | Usage: catch assert [if CONDITION]\n\ |
| 14255 | CONDITION is a boolean expression that is evaluated to see whether the\n\ |
| 14256 | exception should cause a stop."), |
| 14257 | catch_assert_command, |
| 14258 | NULL, |
| 14259 | CATCH_PERMANENT, |
| 14260 | CATCH_TEMPORARY); |
| 14261 | |
| 14262 | varsize_limit = 65536; |
| 14263 | add_setshow_uinteger_cmd ("varsize-limit", class_support, |
| 14264 | &varsize_limit, _("\ |
| 14265 | Set the maximum number of bytes allowed in a variable-size object."), _("\ |
| 14266 | Show the maximum number of bytes allowed in a variable-size object."), _("\ |
| 14267 | Attempts to access an object whose size is not a compile-time constant\n\ |
| 14268 | and exceeds this limit will cause an error."), |
| 14269 | NULL, NULL, &setlist, &showlist); |
| 14270 | |
| 14271 | add_info ("exceptions", info_exceptions_command, |
| 14272 | _("\ |
| 14273 | List all Ada exception names.\n\ |
| 14274 | Usage: info exceptions [REGEXP]\n\ |
| 14275 | If a regular expression is passed as an argument, only those matching\n\ |
| 14276 | the regular expression are listed.")); |
| 14277 | |
| 14278 | add_basic_prefix_cmd ("ada", class_maintenance, |
| 14279 | _("Set Ada maintenance-related variables."), |
| 14280 | &maint_set_ada_cmdlist, "maintenance set ada ", |
| 14281 | 0/*allow-unknown*/, &maintenance_set_cmdlist); |
| 14282 | |
| 14283 | add_show_prefix_cmd ("ada", class_maintenance, |
| 14284 | _("Show Ada maintenance-related variables."), |
| 14285 | &maint_show_ada_cmdlist, "maintenance show ada ", |
| 14286 | 0/*allow-unknown*/, &maintenance_show_cmdlist); |
| 14287 | |
| 14288 | add_setshow_boolean_cmd |
| 14289 | ("ignore-descriptive-types", class_maintenance, |
| 14290 | &ada_ignore_descriptive_types_p, |
| 14291 | _("Set whether descriptive types generated by GNAT should be ignored."), |
| 14292 | _("Show whether descriptive types generated by GNAT should be ignored."), |
| 14293 | _("\ |
| 14294 | When enabled, the debugger will stop using the DW_AT_GNAT_descriptive_type\n\ |
| 14295 | DWARF attribute."), |
| 14296 | NULL, NULL, &maint_set_ada_cmdlist, &maint_show_ada_cmdlist); |
| 14297 | |
| 14298 | decoded_names_store = htab_create_alloc (256, htab_hash_string, streq_hash, |
| 14299 | NULL, xcalloc, xfree); |
| 14300 | |
| 14301 | /* The ada-lang observers. */ |
| 14302 | gdb::observers::new_objfile.attach (ada_new_objfile_observer); |
| 14303 | gdb::observers::free_objfile.attach (ada_free_objfile_observer); |
| 14304 | gdb::observers::inferior_exit.attach (ada_inferior_exit); |
| 14305 | } |